Skip to main content

Full text of "Five Decades of Progress"

See other formats 


FIVE     DECADES     OF     PROGRESS 

EASTERN  KENTUCKY  STATE  COLLEGE 

Richmond,  Kentucky 


1906  - 1957 


The  Coates  Administration  Building 


By  Members  of  The  Faculty 

Compiled,  Supplemented,  and  Edited 

By 

Dr.  Jonathan  T.  Dorris 

380  overall  pages 


The  volume  is  divided  in  two 
parts.  Part  I  (nineteen  chapters) 
contains  such  non-curricular  sub- 
jects as  "The  Founding  of  East- 
ern", "The  Administration",  "The 
Faculty",  "The  Library",  "Ath- 
letics", "Student  Life",  "The 
Memorial  Museum",  "The  Re- 
serve Officers  Training  Corps", 
"Religious  Life",  "The  War 
Years",  "Stateland  Farm",  and 
"The  Alumni  Association". 


FIVE    DECADES    OF    PROGRESS 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2011  with  funding  from 

LYRASIS  IVIembers  and  Sloan  Foundation 


http://www.archive.org/details/fivedecadesofproOOdorr 


Ill 


FIVE    DECADES    OF    PROGRESS 


EASTERN    KENTUCKY 
STATE    COLLEGE 


1906-1957 


Richmond,  Kentucky 


By  Members  of  the  Faculty 


Jonathan  T.  Dorris,  Editor 


EASTERN 
Volume  XLVII 


KENTUCKY 

September,  1957 


REVIEW 

Number  5 


Published  bi-monthly  by  the  Eastern  Kentucky  State  College 
and  entered  at  the  post  office  at  Richmond,  Kentucky,  as  second- 
class  matter,  November  20,  1906. 


COPYRIGHT.   1957,   BY 
EASTERN  KENTUCKY  STATE  COLLEGE 


Vll 


Dedicated  to  the  Alumni  and  Other  Students  of  Eastern  who 
have  Carried  and  are  Carrying  the  Torch  of  Learning  and  the 
Spirit  of  Freedom  and  Service  throughout  the  World. 


PREFACE 

Dr.  J.  T.  Dorris  and  his  associates  have  brought  together  in 
this  volume  an  account  of  some  of  the  milestones  which  Eastern 
Kentucky  State  College  has  passed  during  its  first  fifty  years  of 
high  service  to  the  Commonwealth. 

The  College  itself  is  a  monument  to  all  who  have  labored  here. 
It  is  the  product  of  many  minds  working  together  as  a  team.  Mem- 
bers of  the  Board  of  Regents,  faculty  members,  alumni,  thousands 
of  students,  and  friends  of  education  throughout  Kentucky  have  all 
had  a  part  in  making  Eastern  what  it  is  today. 

Although  it  was  realized  early  that  in  this  brief  history  due 
credit  could  not  be  given  to  everyone  to  whom  credit  was  due  and 
that  mention  could  be  made  of  only  some  of  the  chief  builders  of 
the  College,  an  attempt  has  been  made  to  give  enough  of  the  history 
to  cause  the  reader  to  want  to  recall  other  important  personalities 
and  events  that  have  influenced  Eastern's  growth  and  development. 

The  College  is  greatly  indebted  to  the  faculty  members  who 
took  time  out  of  a  busy  teaching  schedule  to  prepare  the  chapters 
which  bear  their  names.  We  are  all  deeply  grateful  to  Dr.  Dorris 
who,  because  of  his  love  of  history,  especially  as  it  pertains  to 
Eastern  Kentucky  State  College,  worked  untiringly  for  many 
months  in  editing  this  volume.  The  book  is  a  tribute  to  him  no  less 
than  to  the  College.  On  behalf  of  the  College  I  express  to  him  and 
to  the  co-authors  our  gratitude  for  this  very  interesting  account  of 
Eastern's  half  century  of  service. 

W.  F.  O'DONNELL,  President 
Eastern  Kentucky  State  College 


XI 


INTRODUCTION 

Early  in  1930  President  Herman  Lee  Donovan  of  Eastern 
informed  the  Editor  that  the  Board  of  Regents  of  the  College  had 
decided  to  observe,  in  1931,  the  twenty-fifth  anniversary  of  the 
founding  of  this  higher  institution  of  learning.  He  stated  further 
that  the  Regents  had  selected  the  present  Editor  to  prepare  a  history 
of  the  College  for  publication  and  distribution  on  that  auspicious 
occasion.  The  chosen  author  was  to  perform  the  task  alone  and 
without  any  diminution  of  his  teaching  load.  This  information  soon 
prompted  him  to  seek  the  aid  of  other  teachers  on  the  campus  in 
preparing  the  work  for  publication.  On  their  assurance  of  help  he 
obtained  permission  from  President  Donovan  to  make  the  history 
a  collaborative  task  with  him  as  editor  of,  and  contributor  to, 
the  volume. 

The  Editor  determined  forthwith  the  manner  of  treatment  of 
the  subject  and  made  assignments  of  chapters  to  his  collaborators. 
The  economic  depression,  however,  soon  discouraged  the  completion 
of  the  task,  and  the  plan  to  observe  the  twenty-fifth  anniversary 
of  the  founding  of  Eastern  was  abandoned  sine  die. 

Early  in  1935  the  administrators  of  the  College  decided  to 
observe,  in  1936,  the  thirtieth  anniversary  of  the  establishment  of 
Eastern.  The  Editor  soon  resumed  the  preparation  of  a  history  in 
the  manner  in  which  he  had  proceeded  five  years  earlier.  Nothing 
interfered  this  time,  and  Three  Decades  of  Progress:  Eastern 
Kentucky  State  Teachers  College,  a  365-page  book,  was  ready  for 
distribution  by  commencement  late  in  May,  1936.  The  appearance  of 
the  work  was  the  most  important  and  enduring  feature  of  the 
anniversary  celebration  at  that  time. 

As  the  fifth  progressive  decade  of  Eastern  passed  the  college 
administration  decided  again  to  observe  the  anniversary  of  the 
founding  of  the  institution.  A  volume  to  be  Five  Decades  of  Progress: 
Eastern  Kentucky  State  College  was  planned  for  publication.  The 
same  person  became  the  Editor  and  contributor  as  in  the  preparation 
of  Three  Decades  of  Progress.  He  proceeded  as  earlier  and  made 
assignments,  in  January  and  February,  1955,  of  chapters  which 
appear  in  Part  I  (except  Music)  of  the  volume.  Some  time  later  the 
Editor  recommended  to  the  faculty  the  subject  matter  that  appears 
in  Part  H  of  the  book.  New  assignments  were  made  and  the 
preparation  of  the  history  continued. 

In  planning  Five  Decades  of  Progress  it  seemed  advisable  to 
omit  the  treatment  of  certain  subjects  covered  in  Three  Decades  of 
Progress,  the  most  important  of  which  were  the  alumni  of  the 
College.  The  number  of   graduates  had   become   so   large   that   an 


Alumni  Directory  was  considered  necessary.  This  work  was  prepared 
by  Mrs.  Mary  Frances  (McKinney)  Richards,  the  longtime  Executive 
Secretary  of  the  Alumni  Association  of  Eastern,  and  her  assistant, 
Mrs.  Frankie  Deniston.  The  190-page  Directory  was  ready  for 
distribution  early  in  1957. 

The  history  is  not  complete  in  every  detail.  Nevertheless,  it 
reveals  in  a  large  measure  the  most  important  phases  of  the  life 
and  growth  of  the  College  from  its  infancy  to  its  present  full  grown 
condition — from  1906-7  when  it  was  hardly  a  college,  until  it  began 
conferring  degrees  in  1925  and  arrived  at  its  current  standing  with  a 
magnificent  physical  plant,  with  an  enrollment  of  more  than  2700 
(September,  1957)  college  students,  and  with  595  graduates 
(bachelors  and  masters)  in  the  two  classes  of  1957.  Moreover,  the 
preparation  of  the  history  has  given  the  forty  writers  of  th'^? 
chapters  an  opportunity  to  survey  the  development  of  the  college 
and  to  evaluate  the  elements  that  contributed  to  the  progress  of  the 
institution  during  its  first  half  century  of  existence.  Such  knowledge 
will  surely  stimuate  a  desire,  both  individual  and  collective,  on  the 
part  of  members  of  the  faculty  and  the  administration  to  build  more 
wisely  on  the  foundation  of  past  achievements  and  perforce  continue 
to  progress  during  succeeding  decades.  The  "Diamond  Jubilee"  and 
"Century  of  Progress"  histories  that  Three  Decades  of  Progress  and 
Five  Decades  of  Progress  will  make  most  probable  in  1982  and  2007, 
will  doubtless  indicate  a  greater  growth  and  efficiency  because  of 
these  publications  of  1936  and  1957.  Such  periodical  histories  of  all 
educational  institutions  of  learning  should  be  encouraged.  They 
would  be  influential  factors  for  progress  that  otherwise  might  not 
exist.  Even  business  corporations  often  publish  histories  of  their 
growth  and  services  for  the  same  obvious  reasons  that  Eastern 
produces  Five  Decades  of  Progress. 

The  Editor  acknowledges  the  worthy  contributions  to  the 
volume  by  the  many  writers  and  appreciates  their  assistance  in 
reading  the  first  proof.  President  O'Donnell  has  approved  every 
chapter.  Professor  William  L.  Keene  has  been  most  generous  with 
his  time  in  reading  proofs,  aiding  in  preparing  the  index,  and 
giving  counsel  in  maturing  certain  details  in  the  late  preparation 
of  the  manuscript  for  publication.  Dr.  Smith  Park  and  Professors 
William  Stocker  and  John  Rowlett  prepared  maps  for  two  chapters. 
The  Editor's  wife  has  rendered  appreciable  service  in  preparing 
the  manuscript  for  the  final  printing  and  in  the  preparation  of 
the  index. 

With  contributions  from  so  many  sources,  containing  varied 
styles  of  composition,  the  volume  does  not  present  the  desirable 
format  that  a  one-person  authorship  would  likely  have  produced. 
Some  chapters  indicate  subheadings,  while  others  remain  without 
divisions.  Capitalization  and  punctuation  are  not  entirely  uniform, 
due  to  variety  in  composition,  even  though  the  Editor  tried  to 
produce  an  approved  uniformity.  Nevertheless,  information  is 
conveyed  so  simply  that  readers  should  have  no  difficulty  in  easily 
understanding  the  context  of  the  volume. 

xiv 


The  numerous  illustrations  are  intended  to  supplement  the 
chapters.  They  enhance  the  value  of  the  book  in  a  manner  that 
words  cannot  convey,  and  are  well  worth  the  additional  cost  of 
producing  the  publication.  Many  persons,  deceased  and  living, 
deserve  the  honor  of  having  their  personalities  thus  portrayed. 
Of  course,  not  every  worthy  item  could  be  used;  a  line  of  choice 
had  to  be  drawn,  and  some  members  of  the  faculty  and  their  special 
interests  are  regretably  omitted. 

Special  recognition  for  aid  in  producing  illustrations  is  due 
several  persons.  The  Photo  Club  of  the  College,  sponsored  by  Dr. 
Harvey  H.  LaFuze,  and  the  photographers  of  Richmond,  Ru  Bee  and 
William  Ed.  Stanifer.  should  thus  be  recognized.  Likewise  Mrs. 
Lillian  Smith  Chestnut,  Mrs.  Rice  Woods,  Mrs.  W.  Rodes  Shakelford, 
Mrs.  Henry  White,  Mrs.  John  J.  Greenleaf,  Mrs.  A.  B.  Carter, 
Mrs.  W.  A.  Ault,  Mrs.  Earle  B.  Combs,  Mrs.  E.  C.  McDougle, 
Mrs.  Melvin  E.  Mattox,  Mrs.  G.  M.  Brock,  Mrs.  R.  A.  Edwards,  all 
of  Richmond,  made  contributions.  Mrs.  Thomas  H.  Pickels  of  Mt. 
Sterling,  Mrs.  Hugh  McLellan  of  Winchester,  and  Mrs.  Homer  E. 
Cooper  of  Berea  submitted  likenesses  of  their  deceased  husbands. 
Mr.  Eugene  Keith  of  Louisville  loaned  a  photograph  of  his  mother, 
the  late  Mrs.  Charles  A.  Keith.  There  are  other  sources  of 
illustrations,  like  the  College  Milestone,  that  might  be  mentioned 
in  this  appreciation.  And  in  this  connection,  Miss  Lois  Colly, 
Secretary  to  President  O'Donnell,  should  be  mentioned. 

Finally,  Eastern  Kentucky  State  College  ventures  to  offer  Five 
Decades  of  Progress  as  a  fair  statement  of  the  progress  the  admin- 
istration and  faculty  have  made  in  performing  the  services  expected 
of  Eastern  when  the  school  was  created  some  fifty  years  ago.  The 
volume  is  therefore  sincerely  and  humbly  submitted  to  the  citizens 
of  Kentucky,  who  have  so  nobly  supported  the  College  and  who  are 
doubtless  proud  of  their  higher  institutions  of  learning. 

J.  T.  D. 
September  19,  1957 


FIVE    DECADES    OF    PROGRESS 

EASTERN   KENTUCKY   STATE   COLLEGE 

CONTENTS 

Part  I 

Non-Curricular 

Pages 
INTRODUCTION xiii 

CHAPTER    I 

THE  FOUNDING  OF  EASTERN  1 

Jonathan  T.  Dorris 

CHAPTER    II 

BUILDINGS  AND  GROUNDS  18 

Smith    Park 

CHAPTER    III 

THE  BOARD  OF  REGENTS  26 

William   F.   O'Donnell 

CHAPTER    IV 

THE   ADMINISTRATION 42 

William  J.   Moore 

CHAPTER    V 

THE  FACULTY  58 

William  J.  Moore 

CHAPTER    VI 

THE    TRAINING    SCHOOL    79 

Richard  A.  Edwards  and  J.  Dorland  Coates 

CHAPTER    VII 

THE   LIBRARY   98 

Miss  Mary  Floyd 

CHAPTER   VIII 

THE  MEMORIAL  MUSEUM 105 

Jonathan  T.  Dorris 

CHAPTER    IX 

AGRICULTURE  AND  STATELAND  FARM 117 

William  Stocker 

xvii 


Pages 

CHAPTER    X 

STUDENT  ORGANIZATIONS  127 

Mrs.   Mary   Edmunds   Barnhill 

CHAPTER    XI 

STUDENT  LIFE 138 

Mrs.  Julian  Tyng  and  Miss  Edith  G.  Ford 

CHAPTER    XII 
ATHLETICS   151 

Fred  Darling  and  Don  Feltner 

CHAPTER    XIII 

THE  RESERVE  OFFICERS  TRAINING  CORPS 168 

Col.  Alden  O.  Hatch,  PMST;  Major  Paul  E.  Myers,  Ass't  PMST 
and  Capt.  Ernest  H.  Morgan,  Ass't  PMST 

CHAPTER    XIV 

THE  WAR  YEARS 194 

William  L.  Keene 

CHAPTER    XV 

TOWN  AND  GOWN  217 

Miss  Maude  Gibson 

CHAPTER    XVI 
IN-SERVICE  EDUCATION 222 

D.  J.  Carty  and  R.  E.  Jaggers 

CHAPTER    XVII 

RELIGIOUS  LIFE  .._ 231 

Presley  M.  Grise 

CHAPTER  XVIII 
PUBLICATIONS 242 

Roy  B.  Clark 

CHAPTER    XIX 

THE  ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION 251 

Mrs.  Mary  Frances  (McKinney)  Richards  and 
Mrs.  Frankie  Deniston 


Part   II 
Curricular 

CHAPTER    XX 
ORGANIZATION  AND  INSTRUCTION 261 

Roy  B.  Clark 

xviii 


Pages 

CHAPTER    XXI 

AGRICULTURE  263 

William  Stocker 

CHAPTER    XXII 
ART  264 

Fred.  P.  Giles 

CHAPTER   XXIII 
COMMERCE  269 

William  J.  Moore 

CHAPTER    XXIV 

EDUCATION 272 

D.  Thomas  Ferrell 

CHAPTER    XXV 

ENGLISH 282 

Roy  B.  Clark 

CHAPTER    XXVI 
FOREIGN  LANGUAGES 287 

Mrs.  Janet  Murbach 

CHAPTER   XXVII 
GEOGRAPHY  AND  GEOLOGY 288 

L.  G.  Kennamer 

CHAPTER   XXVIII 

GOVERNMENT  AND  SOCIOLOGY 292 

Charles  A.  Keith  and  Virgil  E.  Burns 

CHAPTER   XXIX 

HEALTH  AND  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  296 

Charles  T.  Hughes 

CHAPTER    XXX 

HISTORY 303 

Kerney  M.  Adams  and  Clyde  J.  Lewis 

CHAPTER   XXXI 

HOME  ECONOMICS 311 

Miss  Mary  King  Burrier 

CHAPTER   XXXII 
INDUSTRIAL  ARTS 315 

Ralph  W.  Whalin  and  John  D.  Rowlett 

CHAPTER  XXXIII 

MATHEMATICS 320 

Smith  Park 

xix 


Pages 
CHAPTER   XXXIV 

MILITARY  SCIENCE 324 

Major  Paul  E.  Meyers 

CHAPTER   XXXV 

MUSIC    325 

James  E.  Van  Peursem 

CHAPTER  XXXVI 

PHYSICAL  AND  BIOLOGICAL  SCIENCES 337 

Meredith  J.  Cox,  H.  H.  LaFuze  and  J.  G.  Black 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

INDEX 345 


ILLUSTRATIONS 

Pages 

Keen  Johnson  Student  Union  Building Frontispiece 

Some  Founders  of  Eastern 15-17 

Plan  of  Eastern  Kentucky  State  College 22 

Plot  of  Buildings  and  Grounds  23 

The  Roark  Building 24 

The  Cammack  Building  24 

Burnam  Hall  25 

Sullivan  Hall 25 

The  Board  of  Regents  31-36 

Chairmen  of  Board  of  Regents  37-40 

A  Meeting  of  the  Board  of  Regents  in  1957  40 

Treasurers  and  Business  Agent 41 

Coates  Administration  Building 54 

Presidents  of  Eastern  55 

Melvin  E.  Mattox 56 

Dr.  J.  R.  Robinson 56 

The  Late  William  A.  Ault 56 

The  Late  Miss  Marie  Roberts  57 

Mrs.  Emma  Y.  Case 57 

Miss  Mary  Floyd 57 

Some  Early  Members  of  the  Faculty  74-76 

Deans  and  Personnel  Director  77 

Dr.  Anna  A.  Schnieb  78 

Miss  Edith  Mcllvane 78 

The  Late  Miss  Allie  Fowler 78 

The  Late  Miss  Anna  D.  Gill 78 

Richard  A.  Edwards  95 

Dr.  J.  Dorland  Coates  95 

View  from  Sullivan  Hall 104 

The  Director  of  the  Museum  115 

The  Science  Building  116 

The  Memorial  Museum 116 

The  Late  Ashby  B.  Carter 124 

The  Holstein  Herd  of  the  College  Farm 125 

Stancheons  for  Cows  in  the  Diary  Barn 125 

New  Stateland  Farm 126 

Omicron  Alpha  Kappa 136 

Off  Campus  Group 137 

The  Late  Mrs.  Charles  A.  Keith 146 

Dr.  Charles  A.  Keith 146 

Keith  Hall  146 

Walnut  Hall 147 

The  Grill  and  Bookstore 147 

The  President's  Home 148 

The  Dining  Hall 148 

A  Homecoming  Float 149 

Crowded  Statium  at  a  Football  Game  149 

xxi 


Pages 

Crowning  the  Queen  of  a  Military  Ball 149 

Beckham  Hall  150 

Earle  B.  Combs  162 

Action  in  Baseball  at  Eastern  163 

High  Jump  at  Eastern 163 

Action  in  Football  on  Eastern's  Gridiron 164 

Action  in  Swimming  Pool  in  the  Weaver  Health  Building  ....  164 

Action  in  Basketball  in  the  Weaver  Health  Building  165 

Basketball  Fans  at  Home 165 

Dr.  Thomas  E.  McDonald 166 

Charles  T.  Hughes  166 

Dr.  Rome  Rankin 166 

Tom  Samuels 166 

The  Maroonettes 167 

Rifle  Team  190 

Eastern's  First  R  O  T  C  Staff  _ 191 

R  O  T  C  Staff  of  1955 191 

R  O  T  C  Staff  of  1957 192 

The  R  O  T  C  on  Review 192 

Company  E  of  the  R  O  T  C 193 

Our  Unreturning 210-215 

Ariadne  and  Her  Panther  216 

The  Wacs  on  Review 216 

An  Operetta 221 

Commencement  in  Brock  Auditorium  221 

Dr.  D.  Thomas  Ferrell 230 

D.  J.  Carty  230 

Organization  Officers.  Baptist  Student  Union 237 

Ministers  and  Counselors 237 

Organization  Officers,  Westminster  Fellowship  238 

An  Easter  Campus  Sunrise  Service 238 

Wesley  Foundation  Choir 239 

Baccalaureate  Service  in  Brock  Auditorium 240 

The  Hanging  of  the  Greens  240 

The  Newsman  Club 241 

The  Eastern  Progress  Staff 250 

Mrs.  Mary  Frances  (McKinney)  Richards 255 

Dr.  Roy  B.  Clark _ 262 

The  Late  George  Gumbert 263 

Sigma  Tau  Pi 271 

The  Canterbury  Club  _. 286 

The  Harlan  Club 290 

The  World  Affairs  Club 291 

The  Student  Council 295 

Dr.  Jacob  D.  Farris 301 

Weaver  Health  Building 302 

A  Comm.encement  Procession 310 

The  Late  Nobel  G.  Deniston  318 

The  Industrial  and  Fine  Arts  Building 319 

xxii 


Pages 

A  Shop  in  Industrial  Arts  319 

Some  Cottages  of  Veterans'  Villages 323 

A  Rendition  of  the  Messiah 333 

Eastern's  Band 334 

An  Orchestra  Lesson  334 

The  Stephens  Collins  Foster  Music  Camp  335 

The  Music  Building 338 

Eastern's  Marching  Band 336 

The  Biology  Club  344 

The  Physics  Club  345 


CHAPTER    I 

THE  FOUNDING  OF  EASTERN 
By  Jonathan  T.  Dorris 

The   Educational   Improvement  Commissioni 

In  1904  the  teachers  of  Kentucky,  after  sixty-five  years  of 
agitation,  took  a  definite  and  effective  step  toward  developing 
sufficient  sentiment  to  cause  the  General  Assembly  at  its  next 
session  to  establish  a  permanent  and  adequate  system  of  public 
normal  schools.  In  fact,  other  improvements  in  the  school  system 
of  the  Commonwealth  were  contemplated  when  the  Kentucky 
Educational  Association,  meeting  at  Maysville  in  June,  created  a 
committee  to  consider  the  organization  of  an  Improvement  Com- 
mission to  promote  a  better  educational  program  in  the  State. 
The  following  April,  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction,  James 
H.  Fuqua,  called  a  conference  of  educators  and  other  citizens  at 
Frankfort  to  consider  similar  plans.  The  outcome  of  this  meeting 
was  a  committee  to  confer  with  the  one  appointed  at  Maysville. 

These  committees  recommended  to  the  Kentucky  Educational 
Association,  at  its  annual  meeting  at  Mammoth  Cave  in  June,  the 
organization  of  an  Educational  Improvement  Commission.  The 
primary  purpose  of  this  body  was  "to  conduct  an  educational  cam- 
paign in  order  to  create  public  sentiment  and  stir  public  enthusiasm 
in  favor  of  thoroughly  trained  and  equipped  teachers  for  the 
Public  Schools  of  the  Commonwealth;  [in  favor  of]  a  system  of 
State  Normal  Schools,  as  the  necessary  measure  of  training  and 
equipping  teachers  for  higher  professional  service;  [in  favor  of] 
better  school  houses  and  better  equipment  for  them;  [and  in  favor 
of]  longer  terms  and  larger  salaries  for  teachers."2  The  joint 
committee  also  recommended  the  creation  of  a  "State  Central  Com- 
mittee of  citizens  and  teachers'"  to  be  composed  of  three  persons 
from  each  of  the  eleven  Congressional  districts  of  the  State.  The 
purpose  of  this  body  was  "to  cooperate  with  the  District  Educa- 
tional Associations  .  .  .,  with  the  County  Associations  and  Institutes, 
with  County  Superintendents,  and  with  other  Educational  bodies 


1  A  much  more  definitive  account  of  the  establishment  of  Eastern  may  be 
found  in  Three  Decades  of  Progress:  Eastern  Kentucky  State  Teachers  College, 
by  members  of  the  faculty,  Jonathan  T.  Dorris,  editor,  published  in  1936.  The 
account  here  is  largely  excerpts  from  that  chapter.  See  the  second  paragraph 
in  the  division  on  "Organization  and  the  Legislation  of  1908"  near  the  end  of 
this  chapter  in  Five  Decades  of  Progress.  Chapter  I  of  Three  Decades  of  Progress 
is  an  account  of  "Teacher-Training  in  Kentucky  prior  to  1906"  by  Mrs.  Mabel 
Pollitt   Adams. 

-  See  the  Southern  School  Journal  for  1905,  especially  the  September  number. 

1 


and  officials,  in  creating  popular  interest  in  Education,  in  Ken- 
tucky." 

The  Mammoth  Cave  Convention  created  an  Executive  Com- 
mittee of  five  to  act  for  three  years  as  an  advisory  council  to  the 
officers  of  the  Educational  Commission.  This  committee  was 
authorized  to  define  the  policies,  to  outline  the  administration,  to 
control  the  finances,  and  to  nominate  the  officers  of  the  Com- 
mission. It  was  also  to  prepare  a  constitution  and  by-laws  for  the 
Commission  to  be  ratified  by  the  Association  at  its  annual  meeting 
in  June,  1906. 

The  State  Central  Committee  of  thirty-three,  with  perhaps 
one  exception,  was  composed  of  two  prominent  laymen  and  one 
outstanding  schoolman  from  each  Congressional  district.  With 
this  organization  the  Kentucky  Educational  Association  launched 
perhaps  the  most  important  campaign  for  the  improvement  of 
education  that  has  ever  been  conducted  in  the  State.  This  move- 
ment increased  in  magnitude  until,  under  the  able  direction  of 
Superintendent  J.  G.  Crabbe  (1908-1909),  it  was  characterized  as  a 
"whirlwind   educational  campaign." 

The  immediate  program  of  the  Commission,  as  outlined  by  the 
Executive  Committee,  was  the  distribution  of  literature,  "showing 
the  condition  of  Kentucky  as  compared  with  other  states  of  the 
Union";  the  sending  of  "speakers  to  various  localities  to  arouse  the 
people";  and  the  keeping  of  "a  strong  Legislative  Committee  before 
the  next  General  Assembly  to  fight  for  State  Normal  Schools  and 
other  measures  looking  to  the  educational  uplift  of  the  Common- 
wealth." It  also  utilized  the  press  to  great  advantage  in  promoting 
its  program.  The  Committee  deemed  it  necessary  at  the  outset  to 
make  it  plain  as  to  why  the  Commission  was  formed.  An  article 
in  the  Glasgow  Tijnes  was  given  as  "very  nearly"  expressing  its 
sentiments.    It  stated  in  part: 

We  find  that  Kentucky  is  one  of  the  two  states  of  the 
Union  that  does  not  maintain  a  system  of  State  Normal 
Schools  .  .  .;  that  there  are  only  three  states  in  the  Union 
that  show  a  greater  percentage  of  ignorance  among  their 
white  population;  that  less  than  one-half  of  our  pupil  chil- 
dren are  attending  any  school  whatever;  that  there  is  a 
very  small  percentage  of  the  total  school  fund  of  the  State 
raised  by  local  taxation;  that  our  State  is  not  keeping  pace 
with  the  other  States  of  the  South  in  the  great  educational 
wave  that  is  sweeping  the  country;  .  .  .  and  that  public 
sentiment  on  educational  matters  is  at  a  very  low  ebb  and 
needs  arousing. 

The  objectives  of  the  Mammoth  Cave  Convention  were  highly 
commendable.  Apparently  they  included  every  immediate  and 
remote  need  in  the  field  of  popular  education.  Not  only  were 
adequate  teacher-training  institutions,  supported  by  the  State, 
determined  upon  as  an  immediate  goal,  but  the  development  of  a 
highly  professionalized  and  well-paid  body  of  teachers,  unhampered 
by  "partisan  politics,  sectionalism,  and  personalities,"  was  also 
contemplated.  Further,  a  more  efficient  administrative  system, 
devoid  of  nepotism  and  the  menacing  and  pernicious  evils  attending 


the  existing  three-member  trustee  system  of  rural  teacher  appoint- 
ment, was  an  ultimate  objective. 

The  magnitude  of  the  task  which  the  educational  forces  of 
the  State  had  undertaken  in  1905  required  considerable  funds. 
Voluntary  subscriptions  exceeding  five  hundred  dollars  were  raised 
at  the  Mammoth  Cave  Convention.  Soon  thereafter  county  teachers 
associations  made  contributions.  A  total  of  $1,058.00  came  from 
the  nine  counties  of  Warren,  Barren,  Monroe,  Mercer,  Elliott, 
Rowan,  Owen,  Pike,  and  Washington.  During  a  tri-county  institute 
at  Frankfort  $350.00  was  raised,  each  of  the  thirty  teachers  of 
Woodford  County  giving  three  dollars  and  their  superintendent 
twenty  from  their  small  salaries;  and  thus  a  fairly  large  sum  was 
placed  at  the  disposal  of  the  Commission. 

The  work  done  by  the  educational  forces  of  the  State  from 
June,  1905,  until  January,  1906,  was  considerable.  The  press  was 
utilized  and  nearly  two-hundred  newspapers  devoted  space  to  the 
program,  some  setting  "apart  a  column  or  two  for  school  news 
exclusively."  Laymen  spoke  and  wrote  and  teachers  worked  un- 
ceasingly. The  Southern  School  Journal,  published  at  Lexington 
by  Rice  S.  Eubank  and  Thos.  W.  Vinson  and  edited  by  J.  C.  Willis, 
continued  to  utilize  every  means  possible  to  increase  sentiment 
favorable  to  the  Commission's  objectives.  The  service  rendered 
by  this  "Official  Organ  of  the  Kentucky  State  Board  of  Education" 
can  hardly  be  overestimated.  For  months  before  the  Mammoth 
Cave  Convention  its  pages  had  given  pictures  and  articles  about 
public  normal  schools  in  other  states.  This  glowing  information 
aroused  much  interest  in  the  subject.  More  than  half  of  the 
Journal's  pages  in  the  December  (1905)  issue  were  devoted  to  the 
need  of  state  normal  schools  in  Kentucky.  Articles  by  educators  in 
other  states  were  certainly  helpful  to  the  cause,  but  it  was  the 
efforts  of  Kentuckians  that  accelerated  the  movement  and  crys- 
talized  public  sentiment  to  the  point  where  victory  was  certain.  Two 
laymen  deserve  special  mention  —  Judge  W.  M.  Beckner  of  Win- 
chester and  Judge  M.  C.  Saufley  of  Stanford.  Their  scholarly 
articles  in  the  Southern  School  Journal  surely  had  great  influence 
upon  those  whose  support  was  uncertain. 

Judge  Beckner's  interpretation  of  Section  183  of  the  State's 
constitution  to  mean  that  the  General  Assembly  was  under  obli- 
gations to  establish  normal  schools  to  "provide  for  an  efficient 
system  of  Common  Schools  throughout  the  State"  was  the  most 
important.  And,  coming  from  such  source  (Beckner  had  helped  to 
make  the  constitution)  this  opinion  had  a  telling  effect  on  the 
members  of  the  coming  session  of  the  State  Legislature. 

Judge  Saufley  also  discussed  the  constitutional  phase  of  the 
question.  He  stated  that  the  constitution  of  1850  was  not  manda- 
tory in  requiring  an  efficient  public  school  system.  It  merely 
provided  that  "the  'Common  School  Fund'  shall  be  held  inviolate 
'for  the  purpose  of  sustaining  a  system  of  common  schools'."  The 
organic   law  of   1850,   he   stated,   did   "not  declare  what   sort  of  a 


system  of  schools  shall  be  provided,  whether  good,  better,  or  best; 
whether  it  shall  be  efficient  or  less  than  efficient."  The  Judge 
declared  that  this  omission  had  been  supplied  in  Section  183  of  the 
existing  constitution.  Then  after  further  discussion  he  stated:  "It 
would  seem  like  a  waste  of  words  to  remind  the  Legislature  that 
lawyers,  doctors,  pharmacists,  mine  superintendents,  and  other 
classes  of  professional  men  must  be  specially  educated  for  their 
work  before  practicing  for  the  public.  Why  should  not  a  school 
teacher?"  he  asked.  Judge  Sauf ley's  scholarly  article  was  indeed 
a  logical  argument  for  a  state  system  of  teacher-training  schools. 

Late  in  1905  the  Educational  Improvement  Commission  formu- 
lated a  petition  to  be  presented  to  the  General  Assembly  when  it 
met  in  January.  About  eight  thousand  copies  of  it  wei'e  mailed  to 
as  many  educators  and  other  citizens,  who  were  instructed  to  secure 
signatures  and  return  the  papers  as  soon  as  possible.  In  this 
manner  the  Legislature  was  memorialized  to  enact  a  law  "to  pro- 
vide for  the  establishment  and  maintenance  of  an  efficient  system 
of  State  Normal  Schools  .  .  .,  for  the  specific  purpose,"  the  petition 
ran,  "of  giving  such  training  to  the  common  school  teachers  of 
Kentucky  as  will  enable  them  to  make  those  schools  efficient; 
thus  giving  to  the  children  of  the  'Great  Common  People'  educa- 
tional advantages  in  keeping  with  that  of  the  other  States  of  the 
South  and  West,  and  at  the  same  time  enhancing  the  peace,  dignity, 
and  prosperity  of  this  Commonwealth." 

The  Law  Establishing  Normal  Schools 

The  General  Assembly  which  convened  at  Frankfort  in  Janu- 
ary, 1906,  will  always  be  eulogized  by  historians  of  education  in 
Kentucky.  Perhaps  no  other  body  of  legislators  in  the  State  ever 
responded  more  heartily  to  the  electorate's  demand  for  improve- 
ment in  the  public  school  system.  The  educational  forces,  of 
course,  were  represented  at  the  Capital  to  influence  action  on  their 
program,  and  Superintendent  Fuqua  voiced  their  sentiment  by 
including  Judge  Beckner's  able  article,  already  mentioned,  in  his 
biennial  report  to  the  Legislature,  "as  a  clear  and  concise  state- 
ment of  the  situation  and  of  the  State's  needs  for  normal  schools. "3 

Governor  J.  C.  W.  Beckham,  however,  approached  the  subject 
rather  cautiously.  In  his  message  to  the  General  Assembly,  he 
said:  "The  question  of  establishing  normal  schools  will  be  seriously 
pressed  upon  your  attention,  but  to  do  so  the  money  would  have 
to  come  out  of  the  school  fund,  for  there  are  no  other  means  now 
available  for  such  a  purpose.  If  they  can  be  established  without 
seriously  trespassing  upon  the  school  fund,  then  I  believe  it  would 
be  a  good  idea  to  do  so."  And  on  the  subject  of  education  in  general 
he  advised:  ".  .  .  this  General  Assembly  should  consider,  not  the 
appropriation  of  more  money,  but  such  improvement  in  the  school 
system  as  will  bring  forth  more  valuable  results  from  the  large 
amount  already  spent  for  such  purposes. "^ 


sSupt.  James  H.  Fuqua's  Report,  Dec.  30,  1905,  pp.  33-36. 
*  See  House  Journal  for  1906,  p.  30:   also  Southern  School  Journal,  Jan.  1906, 
29. 


On  January  9,  Hon.  Richard  W.  Miller,  Representative  from 
Madison  County,  introduced  a  bill  which  the  schoolmen  had  formu- 
lated. It  provided  for  three  normal  schools,  each  to  receive 
$50,000.00  for  grounds,  buildings,  and  equipment,  and  $25,000.00  for 
salaries  and  other  expenses.  The  measure  divided  the  State  into 
three  districts,  naming  the  counties  in  each  and  allowing  the  board 
of  regents  of  each  to  determine  the  location  of  their  school. 

As  soon  as  Miller's  measure  was  referred  to  the  proper  com- 
mittee, objections  to  its  passage  began  to  be  made.  A  recent 
decision  of  the  Appellate  Court  had  reduced  the  State's  sources 
of  revenue,  and,  furthermore,  $250,000.00  additional  funds  appeared 
necessary  to  complete  the  new  Capitol  then  under  construction. 
The  normal  school  bill,  therefore,  would  necessitate  more  funds 
than  the  General  Assembly  ought  to  provide  at  that  time.'  More- 
over, a  measure  allowing  $50,000.00  for  the  normal  department  of 
the  State  College  (now  the  University  of  Kentucky)  was  before 
the  Legislature. 

Since  it  appeared  that  the  General  Assembly  could  hardly 
afford  to  make  sufficient  appropriations  for  three  (or  even  two) 
normals,  sentiment  for  only  one  developed  rapidly.  Soon  a  bill 
embodying  this  opinion  began  to  take  form,  and  it  appeared  that 
the  school  would  be  located  at  Bowling  Green,  for  that  city 
offered  the  State  the  plant  of  the  Southern  Normal  School,  operated 
there  by  H.  H.  and  T.  C.  Cherry.  Naturally,  it  was  apparent  that 
a  state  school  would  be  so  valuable  an  asset  to  any  community 
that  the  Legislature  should  expect  cities  to  bid  for  its  location. 
Thus  only  a  small  appropriation  would  be  necessary  in  1906  to 
establish  a  normal  school. 

Bowling  Green,  however,  had  a  worthy  rival  for  the  State's 
favor.  Richmond  had  expected,  before  the  Legislature  convened, 
to  get  one  of  the  schools  contemplated.  Soon  after  the  Civil  War 
the  Southern  Presbyterians  had  established  in  this  city  an  insti- 
tution called  Central  University.  Much  against  the  wishes  of  the 
people  of  Richmond  this  school  had  been  united  with  Centre  Col- 
lege at  Danville  in  1901.  The  plant  of  Central  University,  there- 
fore, was  available  for  a  normal,  and  it  was  indeed  significant  that 
a  graduate  of  this  defunct  institution  introduced  the  bill  to  establish 
three  such  schools  in  the  State. 

Miller  soon  became  anxious  over  the  fate  of  his  measure  and 
especially  the  probability  of  the  establishment  of  only  one  normal 
and  its  location  at  Bowling  Green.  His  fears  were  shared  by  others 
in  Madison  County,  and  Hon.  Jere  A.  Sullivan  and  Hon.  W.  Rodes 
Shackelford,  of  Richmond,  soon  arrived  in  Frankfort  to  aid  him. 
Henceforth,  this  triumvirate  of  old  Central  University  graduates 
and  other  prominent  citizens  of  Richmond,  many  of  whom  were 
also  graduates  of  Central  University,  played  a  conspicuous  role 
in  the  movement  to  establish  teacher-training  schools  in  the  Com- 
monwealth.    And    it    should    be    borne    in    mind    that    these    men 


"Lexington   Herald,    Feb.    8,    1906,    an    article:    "Why    Richmond's    Proposition 
for  a  Normal  School  Should  be  Accepted." 


were  determined  to  have  the  normal,  if  there  were  to  be  only  one, 
located   in   Richmond. 

Sullivan  soon  pronounced  Miller's  bill  as  not  worth  revision 
and  began  to  prepare  another  measure.  Feeling  the  need  of  a 
competent  schoolman's  aid,  he  invited  President  H.  H.  Cherry  of 
Bowling  Green  to  assist  him.  While  Sullivan  was  working  on  his 
substitute  bill,  Shackelford  was  lobbying  among  members  of  both 
Houses  to  get  Richmond  chosen  as  the  site  of  the  school.  At  that 
time  only  one  was  contemplated  and  its  location  was  likely  to  be 
determined  by  the   General  Assembly. 

The  political  set-up  at  Frankfoi't,  apparently,  was  more 
favorable  toward  Bowling  Green  than  toward  Richmond.  Shackel- 
ford soon  recognized  this  and  recommended  "a  compromise  by 
having  two  normals,  one  at  Richmond  and  one  at  Bowling  Green." 
It  so  happened  that  the  late  Dr.  R.  N.  McCormack,  Secretary  of  the 
State  Board  of  Health  and  a  resident  of  Bowling  Green,  had 
attracted  Sullivan's  attention  by  his  earnest  advocacy  of  Bowling 
Green  as  a  location  for  the  one  normal  school  then  under  consider- 
ation. On  Shackelford's  suggestion,  Sullivan  invited  Dr.  McCor- 
mack to  his  room  in  the  old  Capital  Hotel  and  proposed  to  him 
that  the  substitute  bill  provide  for  two  normals.  Dr.  McCormack 
agreed  to  the  proposition  and  the  two  men  made  "an  offensive 
and  defensive  alliance  as  to  two  normals  ...  to  last  through  that 
legislature  and  all  future  time."  The  important  part  of  the  agree- 
ment, of  course,  was  that  one  of  the  schools  would  be  located  at 
Bowling  Green  and  the  other  at  Richmond.  The  substitute  bill, 
therefore,  named  each  of  these  cities  "as  the  location  of  one  of 
the  two  normal  schools  to  be  established. "<5 

At  this  point  Judge  Anthony  R.  Burnam  of  Richmond,  Judge 
Louis  McQuown  of  Bowling  Green  and  H.  H.  Cherry  were  invited 
to  pass  upon  the  constitutionality  of  the  measure.  Upon  being 
assured  that  the  bill  was  satisfactory,  Sullivan  determined  to  get 
Governor  Beckham's  approval  before  submitting  it  to  the  Legis- 
lature. Owing  to  certain  political  rivalries  between  the  Governor 
and  Hon.  James  B.  McCreary  of  Richmond,  Sullivan  deemed  it 
prudent  to  get  a  mutual  friend  to  interview  Governor  Beckham. 
Thereupon  he  wired  Judge  John  M.  Lassing  of  Covington,  another 
graduate  of  Central  University,  to  come  to  Frankfort.  Judge  Lass- 
ing adjourned  his  court,  came  to  the  Capital,  and  secured  the 
Governor's  approval  of  the  bill.  Beckham  recommended,  however, 
that  the  two  cities  should  not  be  named  in  the  measure,  for  the 
inclusion  would  eliminate  the  consideration  of  other  places  and 
thereby  arouse  such  opposition  that  the  bill  would  probably  be 
defeated.  The  Governor  also  assured  Sullivan  and  Miller  that  they 
might  approve  the  members  of  a  commission  which  he  would 
appoint  to  select  locations  for  the  two  schools.''' 


«  Article  by  Hon.   J.   A.   Sullivan,   RICHMOND   Pantagraph,   July   16,   1926. 

■  Ibid. 

"House  Journal,  1906,  pp.  92,  516,  585,  1173,  1183.  See  a  long  article  on 
"The  College  and  the  State  Normal  School"  by  President  Arthur  Yeager,  of 
Georgetown    College,    in    the    Southern    School   Journal,    June,    1906. 


The  bill  was  modified  as  Beckham  recommended  and  passed 
the  House  by  unanimous  vote  on  March  2.  The  Senate  ignored  a 
recommendation  by  the  private  colleges  of  the  State  that  the 
proposed  schools  be  confined  only  to  the  preparation  of  teachers 
and  passed  the  bill  unanimously  on  March  6.8  On  March  21,  it 
received  Governor  Beckham's  signature  and  became  a  law.^ 

The  salient  features  of  the  law  were: 

(1)  The  establishment  of  two  institutions  to  be  known  as 
"The  'Eastern  Kentucky  State  Normal  School',  to  be  located  in 
Normal  School  district  No.  1,  and  the  'Western  Kentucky  State 
Normal  School'.,  to  be  located  in  Normal  School  district  No.  2,  the 
boundaries  of  which"  were  fixed  by  a  commission  appointed  by  the 
Governor. 

(2)  The  object  of  the  schools  was  stated  to  be  the  fulfillment 
"of  section  one-hundred  and  eighty-three  of  the  Constitution  of 
Kentucky,  by  giving  to  the  teachers  of  the  Commonwealth  such 
training  ...  as  may  be  deemed  necessary  by  the  Normal  Executive 
Council,  hereinafter  created   .   .   ." 

(3)  There  was  to  be  a  Board  of  Regents  for  each  of  the 
schools,  consisting  of  five  members,  four  of  whom  were  to  be  ap- 
pointed by  the  Governor,  and  the  fifth  the  Superintendent  of  Public 
Instruction,  who  should  be  chairman  of  each  board. 

(4)  "In  order  to  enable  the  Boards  of  Regents  to  carry  out 
the  provision"  of  the  law  $10,000.00  was  appointed  "to  be  divided 
equally  between  the  two  Normal  Schools  .  .  .  for  the  purpose  of 
equipping  suitable  buildings,  improving  grounds,  etc.,  and  the 
sum  of  forty  thousand  dollars  ($40,000.00)  annually,  to  be  divided 
equally  between  the  two  schools  for  the  purpose  of  defraying 
the  salaries  of  teachers  and  other  current  expenses  .  .  ." 

(5)  Each  county  in  a  district  was  entitled  to  a  free  scholar- 
ship for  "one  white  pupil  for  every  five  hundred  and  fraction 
thereof  over  two  hundred  and  fifty,  of  white  children"  in  the 
county.  Pupils  refusing  to  sign  an  agreement  to  teach  in  the  public 
schools  of  the  State  not  fewer  than  two  years  upon  an  elementary 
certificate  or  three  years  upon  an  advanced  certificate  must  pay 
the  fees  and  tuition  prescribed  by  the  Board  of  Regents. ^'^ 

Richmond  Chosen 
As  has  already  been  stated,  certain  citizens  of  Richmond  de- 
termined early  to  get  a  normal  for  their  fair  city,  whether  three, 
one  or  two  were  established.  Even  before  the  General  Assembly 
met,  the  gift  of  the  plant  of  old  Central  University  to  the  Common- 
wealth as  an  inducement  to  secure  the  location  of  the  school  was 
considered.  In  August  or  September  (1905)  the  young  county 
superintendent  of  schools  of  Madison  County,  Hon.  John  Noland, 
a  graduate  of  Central  University  and  later  a  member  of  the  Board 


"Senate  Journal,  1906,  pp.  996,  1121.  It  is  interesting  to  note  that  Hon. 
J.  W.  Cammack.  one  of  Eastern's  regents  from  1906  until  his  death,  was  a 
member   of   the   Senate   in    1906. 

1"  This  agreement  to  teach  is  no  longer  required  and  free  tuition  has  always 
been  allowed.  The  district  feature  of  the  law  was  respected  until  1922,  when 
two   other  teachers  colleges  were   established. 


of  Regents  of  Eastern,  suggested  to  Superintendent  Fuqua,  the 
possibility  of  securing  this  property  without  any  cost  to  the 
State. 1'  The  plant  belonged  to  Walters  Collegiate  Institute,  which 
operated  an  academy  there. 

Soon  after  the  normal  school  situation  arose  the  Richmond 
Commercial  Club  became  very  active.  This  organization  immedi- 
ately undertook  the  task  of  influencing  the  Institute  to  offer  its 
property  to  the  State  without  cost  on  condition  that  a  teacher- 
training  school  be  located  in  Richmond.  The  Club  also  directed 
the  city's  efforts  to  influence  the  Legislature,  and  later  the  Com- 
mission, to  accept  this  proposition.  On  the  evening  of  the  very 
day  (January  9)  Miller  introduced  his  normal  school  bill  in  the 
House  the  Secretary  of  the  Commercial  Club  recorded  in  his 
minutes:  "The  Normal  School  question  was  discussed  and  it  was 
explained  that  with  our  excellent  representation  in  the  present 
Legislature  .  .  .  we  should  be  able  to  make  a  fine  fight  for  the 
location  of  one  of  the  branch  school."i2 

Again  on  January  25  the  Club  called  a  mass  meeting  of  the 
citizens  of  Richmond  in  the  Courthouse  "for  the  express  purpose 
of  arousing  public  interest  ...  to  secure  the  location  of  .  .  .  the 
State  Normal  School  to  be  established  by  the  present  Legislature." 
The  handbill  announcing  the  meeting  stated:  "Richmond  has  more 
to  offer  than  any  of  her  rivals,  but  it  is  absolutely  necessary  that 
our  advantages  be  properly  placed  before  the  Legislature  .  .  ."13 
The  Richmond  Kentucky  Register,  edited  by  Thos.  H.  Pickels, 
another  graduate  of  Central  University,  in  reporting  this  meeting 
the  next  day  announced  the  appointment  of  a  committee  to  go  to 
Frankfort  "to  sound  the  temper  of  the  Legislature  and  to  boom 
the  location  for  this  city."  At  that  time  only  one  school  was  ex- 
pected to  be  established,  and  the  Register  further  stated:  ".  .  .  Rich- 
mond's chance  is  to  have  the  name  of  this  city  inserted  in  the 
bill." 

The  committee  appointed  by  the  Commercial  Club  were  active 
until  their  objectives  were  achieved.  The  work  of  some  of  the 
members  has  already  been  noted.  The  services  rendered  by  Rev. 
Hugh  McLellani^  and  Clarence  E.  Woods  deserve  special  mention. 
Rev.  McLellan  was  active  at  the  outset  in  enlisting  the  Commercial 
Club  in  the  cause.  With  Mr.  Sullivan  he  addressed  a  teachers' 
meeting  at  Frankfort  in  behalf  of  Richmond's  offer  to  secure  the 
school.  He  also  appeared  with  Mr.  Sullivan  before  the  joint 
educational  committee  of  the  House  and  Senate  for  the  same 
purpose.  This,  of  course,  was  before  the  substitute  bill  was  intro- 
duced. Suffice  it  to  say  further  that  Rev.  McLellan  was  a  tower 
of  strength  in  the  cause  until  the  goal  was  attained. 


11  Mr.  Noland  and  the  late  Judge  W.  Rodes  Shackelford  read  and  approved 
this   chapter  before   its   publication   in   1936. 

12  Ms.  in  the  writer's  possession. 

13  Handbill  in  the  writer's  possession. 

1'  Rev.  McLellan  was  the  pastor  of  the  First  Christian  Church  of  Richmond. 
Later  he  was  pastor  of  the  First  Christian  Church  of  San  Antonio,  Texas,  for 
eighteen  years  and  ended  his  ministry  as  pastor  of  the  First  Christian  Church 
in   Winchester.   Kentucky. 

8 


As  Mayor  of  Richmond,  Mr.  Woods  was  naturally  a  leader 
in  the  movement  to  secure  a  normal  for  his  city.  His  activity  as 
secretary  of  the  Commercial  Club  was  useful  to  the  movement.  At 
the  most  opportune  time  he  appeared  in  Frankfort  with  scores  of 
pictures  of  everything  of  interest  in  Richmond  which  might  in- 
fluence members  of  the  Legislature  to  vote  to  locate  the  normal 
school  in  Richmond.  All  this  material  was  placed  on  an  entire 
side  wall  of  the  famous  old  Capital  Hotel  under  the  caption:  "What 
Richmond  Offers  Free  of  Cost  to  the  State  for  a  Normal  School." 
This  display  contained  a  pamphlet  the  cover  page  of  which  an- 
nounced: 

What  Richmond  Offers 

A  ready-made  Normal  School  Plant. 

A  Main  College  Building  Seating  800:  worth  $60,000. 

A  Dormitory,  35  rooms:  worth  $30,000. 

A  Gvmnasium  Worth  $5,000;  fully  equipped. 

An  Athletic  Field.  A  Grand  Stand. 

A  City  with  a  College  and  School  Soirit. 

A  Railroad  Center — The  most  accessible  point  to  the  ma- 
jority of  Kentucky  Teachers. 

All  this  we  offer  Free,  constituting  the  most  liberal  and 
economical  proposition  ever  m.ade  to  the  taxpayers  of 
Kentucky. 

The  pamphlet  gave  information  concerning  Madison  County, 
the  city  of  Richmond,  the  grounds  and  buildings  of  Central  Uni- 
versity, special  description  being  made  of  the  main  college  build- 
ing, the  dormitory,  the  gymnasium,  the  athletic  field  and  the  cam- 
pus.   One  paragraph  setting  forth  Richmond's  offer  stated: 

The  property  above  described,   is  well  worth  the  sum  of 
$150,000    and    could    not,    considering    building,    walks, 
drives,  shade  trees,  etc.,  be  reproduced  for  that  sum  after 
years  of  labors,  and  the  Trustees  of  Walters  Collegiate 
Institute  offer  it  to  the  Commonwealth  of  Kentucky,  to 
be  used  as  a  Normal  School,  if  the  General  Assembly  of 
Kentucky  will  locate  such  a  school  at  Richmond  .  .  .15 
"The  completeness  of  the  display,  its  eloquent  appeal,  and  the 
total  absence  of  any  such  spectacular  display  from  Bowling  Green," 
the  other  strong  contestant  for  the  one  school  then  contemplated, 
"spoke   vastly  more   powerfully   than   all   .    .    .   the   handbills   dis- 
tributed by"  Richmond's  rival. ig     Naturally  the  Madison  County 
delegation  was  highly  pleased  with  the  interest  occasioned  by  their 
effort  and  returned  home  more  confident  than  ever  that  victory 
would  ultimately  be  theirs. 

It  should  be  noted  in  passing  that  Richmond  was  recognized 
at  the  outset  as  a  probable  site  for  one  of  the  normal  schools. 
Certainly  those  who  were  familiar  with  the  sundry  aspects  of 
the  movement  to  establish  the  schools  appreciated  the  value  of 
Richmond's  offer,  the  potency  of  that  city's  leadership  in  the  Gen- 
eral Assembly,  and  the  tremendous  activity  and  resourcefulness  of 
others  from  Madison  County  who  were  enlisted  in  the  cause.  And 
all  along  the  effectiveness  of  the  efforts  of  the  sons  of  old  Central 


1^  Pamphlet  in  the  writer's  possession. 

1"  Letter  by  Clarence  Woods  to  the  writer,  August  31,  1935. 


University  was  clearly  evident  on  every  hand.  These  able  gentle- 
men were  determined  to  obtain  a  higher  institution  of  learning 
to  take  the  place  of  their  alma  mater,  whose  loss  they  had  not  yet 
ceased  to  mourn.  With  one  of  their  number  the  author  of  the 
bill  to  establish  the  schools;  with  another  advocating  the  measure 
as  a  member  of  the  lower  House;  with  a  native  citizen  of  Richmond 
and  friend  of  the  University  in  the  Senate;  with  graduates  and 
students  of  the  school  living  in  Richmond  and  working  to  get  the 
normal;  with  other  alumni  elsewhere  working  for  them;  and  fi- 
nally with  the  Governor  an  early  student  of  Central  University, 
Richmond  was  certain  to  be  an  ultimate  choice. 

On  April  12  the  seven  Commissioners,  appointed  to  select  loca- 
tions for  the  two  schools,  organized  at  Frankfort  and  gave  notice 
'"to  all  localities  .  .  .  desiring  .  .  .  either  of  the  two  normal  schools 
...  to  send  in  writing  proposals  of  suitable  sites  ...  to  the  chairman 
of  the  commission  ...  on  or  before  May  7  next."i" 

Before  determining  the  sites  for  the  two  schools  the  Commis- 
sion visited  the  towns  offering  inducements  for  the  locations.  In 
anticipation  of  such  a  visit  Richmond  made  considerable  prepar- 
ation in  order  to  appear  at  its  best.  On  April  24  Mayor  Woods 
issued  a  long  proclamation  appealing  "to  all  citizens  to  do  their 
part  in  placing  our  fair  city  in  proper  condition  to  receive  this 
distinguished  body  of  men  .  .  ."  He  advised  in  detail  a  thorough 
cleaning  up  and  redecoration  of  the  town  and  published  nine  of 
the  city's  ordinances  providing  for  proper  sanitation  and  the 
elimination  of  nuisances,  "an  inexcusable  disregard  of  which" 
would  "be  punished  as  provided"  therein. is 

Apparently  the  citizens  did  as  their  Mayor  advised  and  put 
the  city  in  readiness  to  receive  the  Commission.  Central  University 
buildings  and  grounds  were  given  special  attention,  the  campus 
being  put  in  order  by  workmen  of  the  Richmond  Water  and  Gas 
Company. 

The  Richmond  Register  stated:  "The  visitors  were  surprised  at 
our  great  inducements,  saying  that  the  half  had  not  been  told  them. 
The  hospitality  and  cordiality  of  our  receptions  likewise  touched 
them  deeply  and  there  is  no  doubt  .  .  .,  that  when  they  meet  for 
final  business  next  Monday  Richmond  will  be  rewarded  as  she 
should."  And  here  the  Central  University  graduate,  Editor  Pickels, 
wrote  triumphantly  in  his  paper:  "We'll  get  ours  all  right  and 
Danville  can  have  Central  University,  and  welcome.  For  we've 
got  a  much  bigger  thing. "if* 

On  May  7  the  Normal  School  Commission  met  in  Louisville  to 
consider  the  selection  of  sites  for  the  two  normal  schools.  Ap- 
parently the  task  was  easy,  and  Bowling  Green's  and  Richmond's 
respective  offers  of  property  worth  $125,000  and  $150,000  were 
readily  accepted;  and  thereby  these  two  cities  became  the  loca- 
tions of  the  two  teacher-training  schools. 


1"  Southern  School  Journal,  May,  1906. 

1^  Richmond  Climax.  April  26,  1906. 

1"  Richmond  Kentucky  Register,  May  4,   1906   (clipping). 

10 


The  Louisville  Courier- Journal  also  stated:  "The  Commis- 
sioners were  greatly  impressed  with  the  fact  that  Richmond  and 
Madison  County  jointly  support  a  splendid  infirmary  commonly 
known  as  the  Pattie  A.  Clay  Hospital,  the  gift  of  B.  J.  Clay,  Minis- 
ter to  Switzerland  [1905-1910].  This  noble  institution  is  a  feature 
of  the  county  of  Madison  that  greatly  adds  to  the  advantage  of 
Richmond  as  the  home  of  students,  where  in  illness  they  may  re- 
ceive medical  or  surgical  attention  .  .  ."20 

Not  all  the  property  of  Central  University  passed  at  this  time 
to  the  State.  The  Trustees  of  Walters  Collegiate  Institute  retained 
some  of  the  property  valued  then  at  about  $25,000,  "in  view  of  the 
fact  that  some  of  those  who  had  made  donations  to  the  school" 
might  "bring  suit  for  recovery  of  their  gifts,  not  wishing  them  to 
pass  into  the  hands  of  the  State. "21  Subsequently  the  State  pur- 
chased this  property  for  $10,000. 

Organization  and  the  Legislation  of  1908 

There  had  been  some  apprehension  manifested  all  along  that 
state  normal  schools  would  compete  seriously  with  certain  other 
institutions  of  higher  learning  in  the  State.  This  opposition,  how- 
ever, had  not  been  strong  enough  to  muster  a  single  vote  in  the 
General  Assembly  against  the  enactment  of  the  law.  Apparently 
the  opposition  came  from  two  sources,  namely,  those  few  who  felt 
that  the  preparation  of  teachers  at  public  expense  should  be 
done  by  the  normal  department  of  the  State  College  and  those 
who  feared  that  the  normal  schools  would  ultimately  encroach 
upon  the  field  enjoyed  by  the  private  colleges  of  the  Common- 
wealth. 

Soon  after  the  appointment  (May  9,  1906)  of  the  Regents  of 
the  two  schools  those  of  the  Eastern  district  elected  Ruric  Nevel 
Roark  president.  Dr.  Roark  had  gone  before  the  general  assembly 
in  January,  1904,  in  an  attempt  to  secure  legislation  to  establish 
a  normal  school  independent  of  the  State  College,  now  the  Univer- 
sity of  Kentucky.  For  sometime  he  had  been  head  of  the  normal 
department  of  the  State  College.  Believing,  however,  in  a  special 
professional  institution  for  the  training  of  teachers,  he  sought  the 
enactment  of  a  law  to  create  a  normal  school.  President  Patterson 
of  the  State  College  opposed  such  legislation,  and  Dr.  Roark  failed 
in  his  attempt.  He  resigned  his  position  as  head  of  the  normal 
department  of  the  State  College  and  left  Kentucky.  It  was  after 
the  failure  early  in  1904  to  secure  the  higher  institution  of  learning 
for  the  training  of  teachers  that  the  Kentucky  Educational  Associ- 
ation created  the  Educational  Improvement  Commission  to  encour- 
age the  sentiment  which  resulted  in  the  creation  of  the  two  normal 
schools  in  1906.  (President  Patterson  also  opposed  this  legislation, 
according  to  Judge  Sullivan.)  It  was  fitting  indeed,  therefore,  that 
the  Regents  of  the  school  in  Richmond  should  invite  Dr.  Roark  to 
become  its  president. 


-"  other  papers  also  emphasized  the  service  the  informary  would  likely  render 
the  students  attending  the  school  in  Richmond. 
21  Courier-Journal,  May  8,  1906. 

11 


On  June  11,  President  Roark  and  his  board  met  in  Sullivan's 
office  in  Richmond  and  tentatively  determined  the  organization  of 
the  school.  On  June  13  "Superintendent  Fuqua,  at  the  direction 
of  the  Regents,  made  formal  application  to  Auditor  S.  W.  Hager 
.  .  .  for  tlie  $5,000  appropriated  .  .  .  for  equipment  and  repairs." 
Tliis  application  was  met  by  an  injunction  filed  by  the  attorneys 
of  one  R.  A.  Marsee,  a  very  small  property  owner  of  Bell  County, 
whom  the  opposition  had  persuaded  to  file  papers  in  the  Franklin 
County  Circuit  Court  enjoining  the  auditor  from  payment  on 
constitutional  grounds. 

Judge  R.  S.  Stout  denied  the  injunction  (July  20,  1906),  and 
when  the  constitutionality  of  the  law  came  before  him,  he  decided 
in  favor  of  the  schools  (September  27).  On  December  18  the  case 
was  taken  to  the  Court  of  Appeals,  which  affirmed  the  opinion  of 
the  Circuit  Cour  (April  24,  1907). 22  The  position  taken  by  the 
plaintiff  was  founded  on  section  184  of  the  State's  constitution 
which   in   part   provides: 

No  sum  shall  be  raised  or  collected  for  education  other 
than  in  common  schools  until  the  question  of  taxation  is 
submitted  to  the  legal  voters,  and  the  majority  of  the  votes 
cast  at  said  election  shall  be  in  favor  of  said  taxation:   Pro- 
vided, the  tax  now  imposed  for  educational  purposes,  and 
for  the  endowment  and  maintenance  of  the  Agricultural 
and  Mechanical  college,  shall  remain  until  changed  by  law. 
The    appellant,    therefore,    set   forth   the   contention   that   the 
normal  school  was  "not  within  the  term  'common  schools',"  and 
"that  the  education  of  teachers  should  be  limited  to  the  A.  &  M. 
College   [the   State   College]   because   that   is   the   only   institution 
having  normal  teaching,  which  is  expressly  authorized  by  the  con- 
stitution to  receive  aid  from  the  Legislature." 

The  counsel  for  the  appellee  (Judge  Jere  A.  Sullivan,  then  one 
of  Eastern's  Regents,  was  a  member)  had  little  difficulty  in  prov- 
ing their  position.  They  called  attention  to  the  fact  that  Marsee, 
whose  mountain  land  was  valued  at  $300,  would  pay  less  than  one 
cent  additional  tax  under  the  operation  of  the  law.  They  also  noted 
that  no  other  citizen  had  joined  the  appellant  in  the  case.  Further- 
more, they  easily  convinced  the  Court  that  the  law  was  constitu- 
tional, to  wit: 

Normal  schools  are  among  the  institutions  for  which, 
under  the  proviso  of  section   184,   of  the  constitution,  the 
legislature   is   authorized   to   make   appropriations   without 
submitting  the  question  to  a  vote  of  the  people;  and  there- 
fore, the  act  under  discussion  must  be  held  valid.'-- 
Soon  after  Judge  Stout's  denial  of  the  injunction  the  Regents 
of  the  two  schools  met  in  joint  session  at  Frankfort  (July  25,  1906) 
and  directed  their  presidents  to  proceed  at  once  to   organization. 
Preliminary  steps  in  this  direction  had  already  been  taken  by  the 
Normal  Executive  Council  in  a  meeting  at  Bowling   Green.    The 
Eastern  Regents  acted  on  the  assumption  that  the  law  establishing 


--  See   John   Grant  Crabbe.   Biennial   Report   of  the   Superintendent   of   Public 
Instruction,   1909,   p.   56. 

23  Kentucky  Reports,  1907  I  Vol.  152),  Marsee  vs.  Hager,  State  Auditor,  etc. 

12 


the  normals  would  be  declared  valid  and  instructed  their  treasurer, 
Hon.  R.  E.  Turley  of  Richmond,  to  borrow  $5,000  to  prepare  for  the 
opening  of  school.  The  time  was  short,  but  September  11  was  set 
for  the  beginning  of  the  Model  School. 

The  task  ahead  of  President  Roark  included  the  selection  of 
a  faculty,  the  repair  of  the  buildings,  the  purchase  of  supplies, 
the  provision  of  offices,  the  announcement  of  courses  of  study,  and 
the  perfection  of  other  details  of  organization.  Late  in  August 
he  moved  into  an  office  on  the  campus  and  began  the  direction  of 
numerous  activities  from  that  vantage  point.  But  in  spite  of  his 
strenuous  activity,  repairs  "had  to  proceed  while  the  school  was 
being  organized  and  the  sounds  of  the  recitation  and  the  carpenters' 
hammers"  intermingled  throughout  the  school  year  —  a  condition, 
it  might  be  said,  that  has  existed  much  of  these  Five  Decades  of 
Progress  at  Eastern.'- J^  The  Model  (grade)  School  opened  in  Sep- 
tember, as  planned,  and  on  January  15,  1907,  the  Normal  School 
(the  College)  proper  began  to  function. a- 

At  last  Kentucky  had  two  normals;  but  there  was  much  dis- 
satisfaction with  a  situation  that  seemed  to  cause  these  schools  to 
work  at  cross  purposes  with  the  State  College  (now  the  University 
of  Kentucky).  Furthermore,  conditions  at  Eastern  (and  Western 
too)  demanded  considerable  funds  for  more  buildings  and  equip- 
ment and  for  larger  dormitory  accommodations.  In  recognition  of 
these  and  other  conditions.  Dr.  E.  E.  Hume,  Chairman  of  the 
Executive  Committee  of  the  Educational  Improvement  Commission, 
called  a  meeting  of  representatives  of  the  three  schools  and  the 
Federation  of  Women's  Clubs  at  Louisville  on  November  19,  1907. 
The  purpose  of  the  conference  was  to  determine  a  common  program 
in  approaching  the  General  Assembly,  which  was  to  meet  in  Janu- 
ary. In  fact,  the  educational  forces  of  the  State  had  formulated 
much  legislation  for  this  session  of  the  Legislature. 

As  far  as  the  three  higher  institutions  of  learning  were  con- 
cerned, the  conference  planned  to  change  the  status  of  the  State 
College  to  the  condition  of  a  State  University,  "and  as  a  pre- 
requisite to  its  becoming  a  university  in  fact  sub-freshman  work 
was  to  be  eliminated  as  rapidly  as  possible."  This  condition  would 
react  to  the  advantage  of  the  normal  schools,  which  were  seeking 
students  below  the  college  level.  The  normal  department  of  the 
University  was  to  be  elevated  to  the  position  of  a  department  of 
education.  Furthermore,  the  three  schools  agreed  to  unite  in 
pressing  the  Legislature  for  considerable  funds  to  carry  out  their 
respective  programs.  A  committee  was  created  to  promote  these 
and  other  educational  measures  before  the  General  Assembly. 

This  session  of  the  Legislature  was  far  more  generous  than 
the  one  in  1906.  Its  response  to  the  demands  of  the  teachers  was 
most    gratifying.      The     State    University    was    created    and    given 


-*  John  Grant  Crabbe,  Biennial  Report  for  the  two  years  ending  June  30, 
1909,   p.   58. 

-^  The  Western  Normal  opened  the  first  Monday  in  January,  1907,  a  few 
days  earlier  than  Eastern.  It  is  interesting  to  note  that  Dr.  H.  L.  Donovan, 
President  of  Eastern  from  1928  to  1941,  was  the  first  student  to  enroll  in  Western. 

13 


$200,000  for  buildings  and  equipment  and  each  normal  received 
$150,000  for  the  same  purpose.'- 'J 

Much  more  valuable  school  legislation  was  obtained  at  this 
session  of  the  General  Assembly.  Jere  A.  Sullivan  and  Anthony 
Rollins  Burnam  of  Richmond  succeeded  R.  W.  Miller  and  Curtis 
F.  Burnam,  respectively,  in  the  House  and  Senate  in  1908.  These 
gentlemen  had  been  elected  for  the  expressed  purpose  of  getting 
the  much  needed  appropriations.  Mr.  Sullivan  deserves  credit  for 
successes  in  the  House.  Mr.  Burnam  exercised  much  influence  in 
the  Senate,  but  his  most  worthy  service  was  rendered  in  influencing 
Governor  Willson  to  sign  the  appropriation  bill. 

As  far  as  Eastern  was  concerned  the  appropriation  meant  an 
enlarged  school  plant,  the  assurance  of  permanence,  and  a  greater 
capacity  of  usefulness.  Furthermore,  from  the  precedent  set,  Ken- 
tucky could  expect  to  develop  in  less  than  three  decades  a  system 
of  teacher-training  institutions  equal  to  any  others  of  similar  status 
in  America.  Moreover,  it  might  be  said  that  in  less  than  twenty 
years  the  General  Assembly  established  (1922)  two  more  such 
schools  (one  at  Murray  and  the  other  at  Morehead)  on  a  college 
level  and  allowed  the  State  University  a  college  of  education. 

It  will  soon  be  a  century  and  a  quarter  since  Superintendent 
Joseph  James  Bullock  of  Kentucky  recommended  (1838-1839)  "one 
or  more  normal  schools  for  the  purpose  of  training  the  sons  of  the 
soil  for  teaching  .  .  ."27  Although  his  prayer  was  not  answered  for 
more  than  three  score  and  five  years,  there  exist  today  (1957)  in  the 
Commonwealth  facilities  for  the  training  of  teachers  that  excel 
anything  that  he  or  his  immediate  successors  ever  hoped  for.  And 
truly  it  may  be  said  that  Eastern  is  spreading  a  gospel  of  education 
for  teachers  throughout  Kentucky  and  the  Nation  at  large  that 
merits  the  fullest  measure  of  appreciation  and  support. 28 


-''  Ibid.,  p.   339. 

-'  See  Barksdale  Hamlet,  History  of  Education  in  Kentucky,  p.  18-19,  for 
paragraphs  from  Bullock's  report  on  the  condition  of  education  in  Kentucky. 
Actually  this  History  of  Education  in  Kentucky  was  prepared  by  T.  J.  Coates, 
then  in  the  Deoartment  of  Education  at  Frankfort  and  later  President  of  Eastern, 
1916-1928. 

-^  See  Three  Decades  of  Progress  for  a  chapter  (XV)  on  "Central  University," 
which  is  a  shorter  account  of  the  University  in  the  Register  of  the  Kentucky 
Historical  Society  for  1934. 


14 


SOME  FOUNDERS  OF  EASTERN 


Hon.  Jere  A.   Sullivan 


Hon.  Richard  W.  Miller 

From   a   copy   of   the   Cream   and 
Crimson,  C.U.'s  Annual  for  1900. 


Hon.  Curtis  Field  Burnam 


Judge  W.  Rodes  Shackelford 

From   a  portrait  in  the  Madison 
County  Circuit   Court  Room. 


15 


Rev.  Hugh  McLellan 

The  courtesy  of  Mrs.  Hugh  Mc- 
Lellan  of  Winchester. 


Mayor  Clarence  E.  Woods 

The  courtesy  of  Mrs.  Rice  Woods 
of  Richmond. 


Sen.  James  W.  Cammack 

Member  of  the  Board  of  Regents, 
1906-1939. 


Judge  Anthony  Rollins  Burnam 

The    courtesy    of    Mrs.    John    J. 
Greenleaf  of  Richmond. 


16 


Hon.  John  Noland 

Member  of  the  Board  of  Regents, 
1932-1938. 


Editor  Thomas  H.  Pickels 

The  courtesy  of  Mrs.  Thomas  H. 
Pickels  of  Mt.  Sterling. 


Gov.  J.  C.  W.  Beckham 

From  a  portrait  in  Beckham  Hall. 


Supt.  J.  H.  Fuqua 

First   Chairman   of  the   Board   of 
Regents. 


17 


CHAPTER  II 

BUILDINGS  AND  GROUNDS 
By  Smith  Park 

"All   the   earth's   resplendent   beauty 
Nature  gathered  here, 
Rolling  lawns  and  trees  and  grasses 
On  the  hillsides  fair." 

In  its  buildings  and  grounds  Eastern  has  one  of  the  most  beau- 
tiful and  complete  campuses  of  any  of  the  small  colleges  in  the 
South  if  not  in  the  nation.  Its  tei^rain  is  of  the  rolling  bluegrass 
so  typical  of  that  famous  area  of  central  Kentucky;  its  native 
trees  consisting  of  oaks,  maples,  dog  woods,  red  buds  and  many 
other  species  are  reminders  of  the  wonders  found  by  the  pioneers 
as  they  explored  the  "Great  Meadow";  its  buildings  of  red  brick 
construction  are  of  varied  types  of  architecture,  but  considered  all 
together  give  a  feeling  of  unity  and  warmth  to  the  student  or  to 
the  casual  visitor. 

From  its  modest  beginning  of  23.1  acres  donated  by  Walters 
Collegiate  Institute  in  a  deed  which  reads  in  part,  ".  .  .  in  consid- 
eration of  the  establishment  at  Richmond,  Kentucky,  of  one  of 
the  two  Normal  Schools  .  .  ."  and  "Central  University  unites  in 
this  conveyance  for  the  purpose  of  consenting  thereto,  and  does 
hereby  release  lien  which  it  retained  upon  said  property  .  .  .",  the 
campus  area  proper  and  college  farm  have  grown  by  the  addition 
of  ten  parcels  of  land  until  at  present  they  encompass  224.7  acres 
of  well-kept  fertile  soil.  Table  I  in  conjunction  with  the  General 
Plan  drawing  shows  the  gradual  development  of  the  campus  with 
the  areas,  grantors,  dates  and  costs  of  the  different  boundaries. 

On  the  land  donated  by  Walters  Collegiate  Institute  were 
located  the  University  Building,  Old  Memorial  Hall,  which  has 
been  replaced  by  new  dormitories,  and  a  little  gymnasium,  which 
burned  Friday,  August  28,  1920.  Other  buildings  made  available 
by  lease  and  later  by  purchase  were  the  old  Industrial  Arts  Build- 
ing located  where  the  Student  Union  now  stands,  and  four  brick 
cottages  known  as  "faculty  row."  Of  the  original  four  cottages 
only  two  now  stand,  one  the  home  of  the  Superintendent  of  Build- 
ings and  Grounds  and  the  other  used  by  the  Home  Economics 
Department  as  a  demonstration  home. 

Table  II  lists  the  main  buildings  with  approximate  dates  of 
construction,  original  costs  and  total  cost  to  date.  In  1908  an  ap- 
propriation of  $150,000.00  was  made  by  the  state  from  which  Roark 
Building,  the  front  section  of  Sullivan  Hall  and  the  Power  Plant 

18 


were  constructed  under  one  contract.  The  annex  to  Sullivan  Hall 
was  built  in  1912.  In  1954  Sullivan  Hall  was  renovated  and  made 
suitable  for  the  return  in  1955  of  the  women  students,  who  had 
been  forced  to  yield  the  space  to  men  due  to  the  large  influx  of 
veterans  after  World  War  H. 

Sullivan  Hall,  the  two  units  of  Burnam  which  were  con- 
structed in  1921  and  1926,  with  the  enlargement  made  in  1939  are 
the  present  abodes  of  the  women  students  to  the  number  of  528. 

Old  Memorial  Hall  was  demolished  and  replaced  by  Beckham, 
McCreary  and  Miller  Halls  in  1938.  Keith  Hall  was  started  in 
1954  and  has  recently  been  completed  to  house  in  a  most  ample 
manner  173  men  students.  Its  design  and  construction  have  in- 
corporated all  modern  developments  in  dormitory  construction. 
These  halls  with  the  space  under  the  stadium,  Stateland  Hall  and 
barracks  makes  it  possible  to  house  476  men  on  the  campus. 

There  are  at  present  123  cottages  used  by  married  couples. 
The  demand  is  so  great  that  many  more  could  be  used. 

In  1912,  the  Thompson  Burnam  property  on  the  northwest 
corner  of  the  campus  was  added  as  a  home  for  the  President. 
This  beautiful  building  was  erected  in  the  1880's  as  a  home  for 
the  chancellor  of  Central  University.  Within  its  walls  seems  to 
linger  with  the  passage  of  time  the  hospitable  atmosphere  of  the 
"Old  South"  and  the  visitor  never  leaves  without  feeling  that  his 
life  has  been  enriched  by  such  surroundings. 

The  original  Gibson  tract  contained  176.63  acres  of  which  28.0 
acres  were  sold  to  the  Richmond  Cemetery  Co.  for  $8,540.00.  This 
purchase  combined  with  several  smaller  ones  given  in  Table  I 
produce  the  total  of  224.70  acres. 

After  the  little  gymnasium  on  the  original  tract  burned 
another  wooden  one  was  built  in  1922  south  of  the  site  of  the  old 
one.  This  proved  insufficient  for  the  athletic  needs  of  the  Col- 
lege and  consequently  in  1930  the  beautiful  Weaver  Health  Build- 
ing was  constructed  with  swimming  pool,  hand-ball  courts  and 
other  modern  facilities.  As  time  passed  and  the  athletic  program 
grew  it  became  necessary  to  enlarge  the  basketball  floor  to  take 
care  of  the  demand  for  tickets  and  the  addition  was  constructed 
in  1948.  This  improvement,  with  Hanger  Stadium  constructed  in 
1935,  a  new  baseball  field  on  the  Bond  tract  used  first  in  1955  and 
five  hard  surfaced  tennis  courts  give  facilities  sufficient  to  take 
care  of  the  athletic  program  for  the  foreseeable  future. 

The  Coates  Administration  Building  was  constructed  in  1926 
to  satisfy  a  long-felt  need  for  adequate  space  for  the  administi'a- 
tion.  This  was  followed  in  1929  by  the  Hiram  Brock  Auditorium. 
It  has  a  seating  capacity  of  1,800  and  with  its  recent  redecoration 
it  is  one  of  the  most  beautiful  auditoriums  to  be  found. 

The  gem  of  all  the  structures,  however,  is  the  Keen  Johnson 
Student  Union  Building.  It  is  of  the  Georgian  style,  sometimes 
known  as  the  "Williamsburg,"  as  evidenced  by  the  length  facing 
the  street;  the  balustraded  clock  tower  above  a  classic,  denteled 
pediment;  the  double  chimneys  at  each  end;  the  wide  mullioned 

19 


windows;  and  the  three  spacious  portals  enveloped  with  white 
stone.  The  inside  is  no  less  worthy  of  description,  for  one  can 
only  admire  the  marble  trim  and  the  black  terrazzo  floor  with 
counter-sunk  mats.  On  the  first  floor  are  the  spacious  lobby, 
walnut  hall,  little  theater,  faculty  club  rooms,  powder  room,  of- 
fices and  committee  rooms.  On  the  ground  floor  are  found  the 
bookstore,  post-office,  grill,  recreation  rooms  and  student  offices. 
The  entire  upper  floor  is  occupied  by  the  dining  rooms  and  kitchen. 
The  main  dining  room  is  a  stately,  awe  inspiring,  marble  hall, 
where  approximately  1000  people  can  dine  at  one  time.  Double 
rows  of  Imperial  Black  columns  eighteen  feet  high  support  a  barrel 
vaulted  ceiling.  The  entire  hall  is  decorated  with  soft  cream  and 
gray  marble.  The  color  scheme  of  the  entire  hall  is  held  in  natural 
harmony  at  all  hours  by  fluorescent  lights  softly  flowing  from 
lovely  modern  chandeliers.  A  visit  to  this  building  is  an  aesthetic 
experience  to  be  long  remembered. 

For  many  years  there  had  been  a  great  demand  for  adequate 
facilities  to  house  the  Science  Department,  which  had  been  lo- 
cated in  old  Roark  Building.  Consequently  a  most  spacious  and 
adequate  Science  Building  was  constructed  in  1952.  The  Biology, 
Physics,  and  Chemistry  Departments  occupy  the  first,  second  and 
third  floors  respectively.  With  a  recent  appropriation  by  the  State 
for  additional  equipment.  Eastern's  facilities  for  science  education 
are  in  step  with  the  growth  and  importance  of  science  in  present 
day  living.  The  Museum  occupies  half  of  the  ground  floor  and 
will  probably  eventually  occupy  the  remaining  space  now  used 
as   classrooms. 

Music  having  been  one  of  the  most  impoi-tant  factors  in  East- 
ern's educational  plan  is  soon  to  be  housed  in  a  most  elegant  new 
building  located  on  College  Street  to  the  rear  of  the  President's 
Home.  It  is  now  in  process  of  construction  and  when  completed 
at  a  cost  of  approximately  $500,000.00  will  adequately  house  all 
the  musical  activities  of  the  School. 

The  total  cost  of  the  college  property  from  the  time  of  the 
establishment  of  the  School  to  the  present  is  as  follows: 

Campus  &  Grounds  ....- $    264,552.35 

Buildings _ 4,554,440.62 

Equipment _ 647,441.83 

New  Stateland  Farm,  Buildings  &  Equipment....      142,024.04 

Total  ._ $5,608,458.84 

These  figures  include  general  improvements,  such  as  light  and 
heat  mains,  sewers,  gas  mains,  football  field  lighting  and  small 
miscellaneous  buildings,  some  of  which  have  been  removed. 

No  effort  has  been  spared  in  the  attempt  to  build  the  physical 
plant  of  the  institution  to  the  point  that,  from  the  day  a  Freshman 
enters  until  he  graduates  four  years  later,  he  will  be  surrounded 
by  the  beauties  of  nature  in  its  many  moods  and  by  adequate 
structures  to  satisfy  his  every  need.  Thereby  it  is  the  hope  and 
aim  of  Eastern  to  produce  a  citizen  for  the  great  Commonwealth 
of  whom  all  may  be  proud. 

20 


Table 

I.      S( 
D 

No. 

Area 

Acres 

1 

23.10 

2 

3.90 

3 

0.86 

4 

1.90 

5 

7.50 

6 

148.63 

7 

17.13 

.    8 

17.12 

9 

3.66 

10 

0.32 

11 

0.58 

Totals 

224.70 

Sources  of  Land  in  Campus, 
Dates  of  Purchase. 

Grantor 
Walters  Collegiate  Institute 
Central  University  of  Ky. 
State  Bank  &  Trust  Co. 
Mr.  &  Mrs.  T.  S.  Burnam 
Walters    Collegiate    Institute 
John  R.   Gibson,   Estate 
Mr.  &  Mrs.  Wilson    Bond 
Mr.  &  Mrs.  W.    H.    Pursifull 
Mr.  &  Mrs.  A.  B.   Bennett 
Mr.  &  Mrs.  Eugene  M.  Link 
First  Presbyterian  Church. 


with  Costs,  Acreages,  and 


Date 

June  6, 

1906 

Donated 

June  8, 

1909 

$  15,000.00 

Dec.  16, 

1914 

550.00 

Apr.  15, 

1912 

12,500.00 

Dec.  30, 

1922 

10,000.00 

Feb.  8, 

1923 

45,366.35 

July  5, 

1924 

12,250.00 

Dec.  31, 

1928 

12,300.00 

May  9, 

1927 

10,000.00 

Aug.  29, 

1940 

6,000.00 

Apr.  28, 

1938 

8,000.00 

$121,966.35 

Table  II.     Main  Buildings,  with  Dates  of  Construction,  and  Total 
Costs  to  the  Present. 

Date  Building                                                                  Total  Cost 

1906  University  Building,  Old  Gymnasium, 

Memorial  Hall $100,747.48 

1909  Home  Economics  House  and  Home  of 

Superintendtnt  of  Buildings  &  Grounds  17,610.80 

1909     Roark  Building,  Sullivan  Hall  &  Power  Plant  150,870.84 

1912     Sullivan  Hall  Annex  34,358.15 

1912     President's   Home    17,389.84 

1918     Cammack  Building  67,714.62 

1921     Burnam  Hall  129,784.66 

1921     Memorial  Hall  Annex  58,872.46 

1923     Crabbe  Library   67,703.40 

1926     Burnam  Hall  Addition 243,393.15 

1926     Coates  Administration  Building 203,765.96 

1929  Hiram  Brock  Auditorium  156,608.68 

1930  Weaver  Health  Building  204.409.34 

1935     Hanger  Stadium  44,123.91 

1935     Rural  School  8,598.34 

1938     Crabbe  Library  Addition 93,813.86 

1938     Beckham,  McCreary  and  Miller  Halls  176,776.28 

1938  Telford  Music  Building 9,675.33 

1939  Fitzpatrick  Arts  Building  111,326.54 

1939     Burnam  Hall  Annex  48,241.42 

1939     Johnson   Student  Union  Bldg 354,078.28 

1945     Veteran's  Homes 125,133.01 

1948     Weaver  Health  Building  Addition  260,324.73 

1952     Science  Building 674,382.48 

1954     Sullivan  Hall  Renovated 176,941.80 

1954     Keith  Hall 534,623.00 

1956     New  Music  Building  575,000.00 


21 


-J^  ^c/?£rs 


I 

Co 


<S£//f/f>4l     PC /IN 

C/f/^^u<F 41.  az 

f/t/?Ar      /se.es 


o  cs 

K 


MM" 

■«  ^  iS  f^  3 


i-H  CM      c^ -^  in  CO  i>- CO  a:  o  i-H  CM  c^  Tj< 


•2  S  3  3  « .y 
3  i^  W  g  w£ 
(U  D  <L>  g  OjS 

H  H  H  O^H  < 


-B  3 

"M-" 

3^° 

^  S  3  ^  M„  ^ 
-y  CO  CO  tn  CO  o  " 


.  3  m 

J     n  M 
^  o  a; « 


iDS"-tJiUC!-,tn 

s:  <u  o  <u£  5  CO  « 


-  '^  S  fe 
to  -2  .ti  (0  CO 


m  CD  t- 00  05  O --I  N  C^  "#  IJHO   C-.  OO  02  O  i-l  IM  w*  i"  to  t- w  S 
rH  r^  >H  iH  r-l  CM  CVJ  CM  N  N  eg  CM    CM  CM  CM  C^  CO  CO  C^  CO  C^  CO  CO  CO  C^ 


23 


The  Roark  Building,  built  in  1909 
The  Science  Building,  completed  in 
1953,  extends  from  the  rear. 


The  Cammack  Building: 
The  Grade  Model  Training  School. 


Burnam  Hall,  A  Dormitory  for  Women 


Sullivan  Hall,  A  Dormitory  for  Women 


CHAPTER  III 

THE  BOARD  OF  REGENTS 
By  William  F.  O'Donnell 

Eastern  Kentucky  State  College  has  been  most  fortunate  in 
the  character  and  ability  of  the  men  who  have  served  on  the 
Board  of  Regents.  The  Board  from  the  beginning  has  consisted 
of  the  four  appointed  members  and  the  State  Superintendent  of 
Public  Instruction  who  is  ex-officio  chairman  of  the  Board. 

The  legislature  in  1956  provided  that  after  April  1,  1957,  the 
Board  should  have  six  appointed  members,  together  with  the  State 
Superintendent   of  Public   Instruction. 

Only  twenty-three  appointive  members  and  fifteen  ex-officio 
members  served  on  Eastern's  Board  during  the  College's  first  fifty 
years.  All  of  them  have  been  outstanding  business  or  professional 
leaders  who  were  devoted  to  education  in  general  and  to  Eastern's 
interests  in  particular.  Eight  were  lawyers.  Seven  were  business 
men.  There  were  three  bankers,  two  newspaper  editors,  two  ed- 
ucators and  one  surgeon. 

The  names  of  these  men  are  inseparably  connected  with  the 
College  and  they  must  be  given  a  share  of  the  credit  for  Eastern's 
proud  position  among  colleges  and  teacher  training  institutions  of 
the  United  States. 

The  relatively  long  tenure  of  the  original  Board  gave  oppor- 
tunity to  organize  the  new  College,  to  choose  carefully  its  faculty, 
to  outline  its  objectives,  and  to  chart  its  course  to  high  service 
which  continues  to  this  day. 

The  first  Board,  of  which  State  Superintendent  James  H. 
Fuqua  was  chairman,  was  appointed  by  Governor  J.  C.  W.  Beck- 
ham in  1908.  It  consisted  of  Judge  J.  W.  Cammack,  P.  W.  Grin- 
stead,  Jere  A.  Sullivan,  and  Judge  Fred  A.  Vaughan.  Judge  Cam- 
mack  was  an  able  lawyer  and  later  attorney  general  of  Kentucky. 
His  home  was  in  Owenton.  He  served  for  a  period  of  thirty-three 
years,  during  much  of  which  time  he  was  also  secretary  of  the 
Board.  The  Cammack  Training  School  on  Eastern's  campus  was 
named   in   his  honor. 

Judge  J.  A.  Sullivan,  a  distinguished  lawyer,  whose  home  was 
in  Richmond,  is  remembered  not  only  because  of  his  enthusiastic 
support  of  and  loyalty  to  Eastern  but  also  because  it  was  he  who, 
as  a  member  of  the  legislature,  was  the  author  of  the  Sullivan  Act 
requiring  high  schools  to  be  established  in  each  county  in  the 
Commonwealth  for  the  benefit  of  the  pupils  living  "in  the  country." 
Prior  to  that  time,  there  were  only  about  one  hundred  high  schools 

26 


in  the  State,  practically  none  of  them  open  to  county  students 
except  on   a   tuition  basis. 

With  the  growth  and  development  of  high  schools  there  was 
a  corresponding  increase  in  the  number  of  graduates  who  were 
qualified  to  enter  college.  Eastern's  enrollment  soon  reflected 
these  increased  opportunities.  The  Board  of  Regents  recognized 
Judge  Sullivan's  devoted  service  to  Eastern  by  naming  Sullivan 
Hall  for  him. 

The  other  two  members  of  the  first  Board  of  Regents  were 
P.  W.  Grinstead  of  Cold  Springs,  who  served  eight  years,  and 
Judge  Fred  A.  Vaughan  of  Paintsville,  who  served  ten  years. 
Judge  Vaughan  served  one  term  as  Secretary  of  State.  They  at- 
tended the  Board  meetings  regularly  and  brought  sound  judgment 
and  constructive  suggestions  to  the  solution  of  the  many  problems 
which  the  Board  had  to  consider  in  connection  with  the  develop- 
ment of  the  College  plant  and  in  adopting  long-range  policies. 

The  original  Board's  first  duty  was  to  select  a  president  for 
the  newly  established  school.  Dr.  Ruric  Nevel  Roark,  former 
head  of  the  Normal  Department  of  State  College  (now  the  Uni- 
versity of  Kentucky)  was  not  an  applicant  for  the  position  but, 
because  of  the  high  esteem  in  which  he  was  held  as  one  of  the 
greatest  educators  Kentucky  ever  had,  he  became  immediately  the 
unanimous  choice  of  the  Board  of  Regents.  When  informed  that 
he  had  been  elected  unanimously  as  Eastern's  first  president,  he 
accepted  on  condition  that  he  be  allowed  "liberal  powers  of 
authority." 

It  can  be  said  that  Eastern's  Board  of  Regents  has  given 
"liberal  powers  of  authority"  to  all  succeeding  presidents.  The 
presidents,  however,  have  always  valued  highly  the  Board's  counsel 
and  guidance  in  administering  the  policies,  rules  and  regulations 
of  the  College.  There  has  been  good  team  work  among  the  Board 
members  and  between  the  Board  and  the  administrators.  The 
team  has  always  been  greater  than  the  individual.  The  College 
today  is  the  "lengthened  shadow"  of  the  thirty-eight  men  who 
served  as  regents  during  Eastern's  first  fifty  years. 

Much  could  be  written  in  commendation  of  the  contribution 
made  by  the  regents  who  served  during  the  first  five  decades  of 
Eastern's  history.  All  of  them  deserve  special  recognition.  This 
is  especially  true  of  the  regents  who  were  responsible  for  the 
building  program  of  the  late  '30's,  when  the  Public  Works  Adminis- 
tration made  money  available  on  a  matching  basis  for  the  enlarge- 
ment of  the  college  plant.  Eastern  was  among  the  few  Kentucky 
colleges  that  took  advantage  of  these  available  funds.  It  was 
during  this  period  that  Eastern's  Board  approved  the  construction 
of  Beckham,  McCreary,  and  Miller  Halls,  the  Fitzpatrick  Arts 
Building,  the  Keen  Johnson  Student  Union  Building,  and  enlarge- 
ment of  the  library.  Some  of  these  projects  are  already  debt  free. 
All  of  them  will  be  free  of  debt  in  1962.  The  State's  appropriation 
for  all  of  these  buildings  was  only  $150,000.     Today  these  build- 

27 


ings,  valued  at  more  than  $3,000,000,  are  a  lasting  tribute  to  the 
Board's  leadership  and  to  Dr.  H.  L.  Donovan,  who  was  president 
at  that  time. 

The  regents  serve  without  pay,  often  at  great  personal  incon- 
venience and  sometimes  to  the  neglect  of  their  private  affairs. 
If  they  were  privileged  to  add  their  comment  here,  they  would 
surely  say  that  they  have  had  great  pride  and  satisfaction  in  the 
active  part  they  played  in  the  development  of  a  College  which 
through  the  years  has  held  high  the  torch  of  learning,  culture,  and 
opportunity  for  many  thousands  of  young  people  who  have  gone 
out  from  Eastern's  campus  to  find  a  secure  place  for  themselves 
in  the  civic,  social,  religious,  professional  and  business  life  of 
the   world. 

As  the  first  fifty  years  come  to  a  close,  Eastern  is  privileged 
to  have  on  its  Board  Dr.  Robert  R.  Martin,  an  alumnus  of  the 
class  of  1934,  now  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  and 
ex-officio  chairman  of  the  Board;  H.  D.  Fitzpatrick,  Sr.,  banker, 
business  and  civic  leader  of  Prestonsburg,  for  whom  the  Fitzpat- 
rick Arts  Building  was  named;  Keen  Johnson,  former  Lieutenant 
Governor  and  Governor  of  Kentucky,  now  Vice  President  of  a 
large  corporation  with  worldwide  interests  (The  Student  Union 
Building  was  named  for  Mr.  Johnson);  Judge  Flem  D.  Sampson, 
former  Governor  of  Kentucky  and  former  chief  justice  of  the 
Court  of  Appeals;  and  Cecil  C.  Sanders,  able  lawyer  and  State 
Senator,  who  represents  the  Board  on  the  Kentucky  Council  on 
Public  Higher  Education. 

As  the  College  enters  the  beginning  of  its  second  fifty  years, 
the  Board  will  have  for  the  first  time  six  appointed  members,  to- 
gether with  State  Superintendent  Robert  R.  Martin,  who  remains 
as  ex-officio  chairman  of  the  Board.  The  new  members  whose 
terms  began  April  1,  1957,  are  Earle  B.  Combs,  Sr.,  of  Richmond, 
and  Judge  Thomas  B.  McGregor,  Frankfort. 

Mr.  Combs  is  one  of  the  State's  most  highly  esteemed  and  best 
known  citizens.  While  a  student  at  Eastern  he  entered  big  league 
baseball  and  is  known  throughout  the  nation  for  his  long-time 
connection  with  the  New  York  Yankees.  Judge  McGregor  is  a 
distinguished  lawyer  in  a  city  that  has  many  able  attorneys.  He 
formerly  presided  over  the  Frankfort  Circuit  Court  and  for  a  long 
time  was  a  member  of  the  State  Public  Service  Commission.  Dr. 
Ernest  E.  Begley  of  Hazard  was  named  to  fill  out  the  unexnired 
term  of  Mr.  Fitzpatrick,  who  died  January  17,  fifty  years  almost 
to  the  day  after  the  College  was  opened  January   15,   1907. 

To  these  men  will  fall  the  responsibility  of  guiding  the  Col- 
lege through  one  of  the  most  difficult  and  challenging  periods  of 
its  history.  The  thousands  of  prospective  students  who  will  be 
seeking  admission  to  Eastern's  dormitories  and  classrooms  are 
already  in  graded  and  high  schools.  They  will  move  on  to 
college  in  ever-increasing  numbers.  Eastern  must  accept  its  share 
of  the  responsibility  of  seeing  that  when  these  young  people  are 
ready  for  college  there  will  be  a  college  ready  for  them.     So  long 

28 


as  men  of  ability  and  vision  are  appointed  to  membership  on  the 
Board  of  Regents,  the  College  will  continue  to  hold  high  the  torch 
that  was  handed  to  it  fifty  years  ago. 

The  appointed  members  of  the  Board  of  Regents,  their  home 
addresses,  and  their  terms  of  service  are  as  follows: 


Name 

J.  W.  Cammack 

Address 

Owenton 

June 

2, 

Term  < 

1906, 

)f  Service 

to  Feb. 

5, 

1939 

(Cammack  Training  School  Building) 

P.  W.  Grinstead           Cold  Springs 

June 

2, 

1906, 

to 

May 

8, 

1914 

J.  A.  SulHvan 

Richmond 

June 

2, 

1906, 

to 

April 

26. 

1930 

(Sullivan  Hall) 

Fred  A.  Vaughan 

Paintsville 

June 

2, 

1906, 

to 

June 

16, 

1916 

Hiram  M.  Brock 

Harlan 

May 

8, 

1914, 

to 

April 

26. 

193C 

April 

27, 

1932, 

to 

Jan. 

10, 

1936 

(Hiram  Brock  Auditor 

W.  A.  Price 

ium) 

Corbin 

June 

16, 

1916, 

to 

May 

15, 

1920 

Charles  F.  Weaver 

Ashland 

May 

15 

1920, 

to 

Oct. 

21, 

1932 

Weaver  Health  Buildir 

H.  D.  Fitzpatrick,  Sr. 

ig) 
Prestonsburg 

April 

26 

1930, 

to 

April 

27, 

1932 

Jan. 

21, 

1933, 

to 

April 

1, 

1944 

April 

1 

1956, 

to 

Jan. 

17, 

195'i 

(Fitzpatrick  Arts  Building) 

N.  U.  Bond                   Berea 

June 

21 

1930, 

to 

April 

27, 

1932 

John  Noland 

Richmond 

Aug. 

12 

1932, 

to 

April 

1, 

1938 

Glenn  O.  Swing 

Covington 

April 

17 

1939, 

to 

April 

1, 

1944 

J.  M.  Alverson,  Sr. 

Paris 

Sept. 

14, 

1936, 

to 

Dec. 

26, 

1952 

Keen  Johnson 

Richmond 

Sept. 

14, 

1936, 

to 

April 

1, 

1946 

April 

1 

1954, 

to 

present 

(Keen  Johnson  Student  Union  Building 
0.  F.  Hume                   Richmond 

) 
April 

1 

1944, 

to 

April 

1, 

1948 

E.  J.  Evans 

Paintsville 

April 

1 

1944, 

to 

April 

1, 

1948 

J.  C.  Codell 

Winchester 

April 

1 

1946, 

to 

Oct. 

3, 

1948 

H.  Clay  Kauffman 

Lancaster 

April 

1 

1946. 

to 

Nov. 

1, 

1950 

W.  E.  Blackburn 

Pikeville 

April 

1 

1948, 

to 

April 

1, 

1956 

A.  C.  Jones 

Harlan 

April 

1 

1948, 

to 

April 

1, 

1956 

Leslie  O.  Gardner 

Fort  Thomas 

April 

1 

1949, 

to 

April 

1, 

1950 

John  S.  Juett 

Williamstown  April 

1 

1950, 

to 

April 

1 

1954 

Cecil  C.  Sanders 

Lancaster 

Nov. 

14 

1950, 

to 

present 

Flem  D.  Sampson 

Barbourville 

April 

1 

1956, 

to 

present 

Dr.  Ernest  E.  Begley 

Hazard 

Jan. 

26 

1957, 

to 

present 

Earle  B.  Combs,  Sr. 

Richmond 

April 

1 

1957, 

to 

present 

Judge  T.  McGregor 

Frankfort 

April 

1 

1957, 

to 

present 

CHAIRMEN  OF  BOARD  OF  REGENTS 

(State  Superintendents  of  Public  Instruction) 

Term    of    Service 

January 

January 

April 

January 

January 

January 

January 


Name 
James  H.  Fuqua 
John  Grant  Crabbe 
Ellsworth  Regenstein 
Barksdale  Hamlett 
V.  O.  Gilbert 
George  Colvin 
McHenry    Rhoads 


2, 

1906, 

to  January 

6, 

1908 

6, 

1908, 

to  April 

9, 

1910 

9, 

1910, 

to  January 

1, 

1912 

1, 

1912, 

to  January 

3, 

1916 

3, 

1916, 

to  January 

5, 

1920 

5, 

1920, 

to  January 

7, 

1924 

7, 

1924, 

to  January 

2, 

1928 

29 


W.  C.  Bell 

January     2, 

1928,  to  January 

4, 

1932 

James  H.  Richmond 

January     4, 

1932,  to  January 

6, 

1936 

Harry   W.   Peters 

January     6, 

1936,  to  January 

4, 

1940 

John  W.  Booker 

January     4, 

1940,  to  January 

2, 

1944 

John  Fred  Williams 

January     2, 

1944,  to  January 

5, 

1948 

Boswell  B.  Hodgkin 

January     5, 

1948,  to  January 

7, 

1952 

Wendell  P.  Butler 

January     7, 

1952,  to  January 

2, 

1956 

Robert  R.  Martin 

January     2, 

1956,  to  present 

TREASURERS  OF  THE 

COLLEGE 

Name 

Address 

Term  of  Service 

R.  E.  Turley 

Richmond         June 

2,  1906,  to  Sept. 

13, 

1920 

Aug. 

14,  1926,  to  Nov. 

27, 

1933 

Paul  Burnam 

Richmond         Sept. 

13,  1920,  to  Aug. 

14, 

1926 

Jan. 

1,  1945,  to  June 

30, 

1950 

Spears  Turley 

Richmond        Dec. 

2,  1933,  to  Jan. 

1, 

1945 

June    30,  1950,  to  present 


SECRETARIES  TO  BOARD 


Name 

Fred  A.  Vaughan 
J.  W.  Cammack 


Address 

Paintsville 
Owenton 


Eleanor  Cammack      Owenton 
L.  Katherine  Morgan  Richmond 


Lois  Colley 


Richmond 


June 

June 

April 

July 

July 

Mar. 

July 


OF  REGENTS 

Term  of  Service 

2,  1906,  to  June  16,  1916 

16,  1916,  to  Jan.   2,  1928 

27,  1932,  to  Feb.   5,  1939 

6,  1928,  to  June   1,  1929 

1,  1929,  to  April  27,  1932 

4,  1939,  to  Mar.   1,  1948 

1,  1948,  to  present 


30 


MEMBERS  OF  THE  BOARD  OF  REGENTS 

(Appointed  Members) 


Hon.  P.  W.  Grinstead 


Hon.  Fred  A.  Vaughan 


Hon.  Charles  F.  Weaver  Hon.  H.  D.  Fitzpatrick,  Sr. 


■r^ 

V 

r^^^^^^^l 

^1      f  i 

i     ^^^1 

!■ 

P 

Hon.  H.  Clay  Kauffman  Hon.  J.  C.  Codell 


Hon,   J.   M.   Alverson,    Sr. 


Gov.  Keen  Johnson 


Hon.  E.  J.  Evans 


Dr.  O.  F.  Hume 


34 


Hon.  Leslie  O.  Gardner 


Hon.  John  S.  Juett 


Sen.  Cecil  C.   Sanders  Gov.  Flem  D.  Sampson 

35 


Dr.  Ernest  E.  Begley  Hon.  Earle  B.  Combs,  Sr. 


Judge  Thomas  B.  McGregor 
36 


CHAIRMEN  OF  BOARD  OF  REGENTS 

(State  Superintendents  of  Public  Instruction) 


Hon.  Ellsworth  Regenstein 


Dr.  John  Grant  Crabbe 

President  of  Eastern,  1910-1916. 


Hon.  Barksdale  Hamlett  Hon.  V.  O.  Gilbert 

37 


Hon.  George  Colvin  Hon.  McHenry  Rhoads 


Hon.  W.  C.  Bell  Hon.  James  H.  Richmond 

38 


Hon.  Wendell  P.  Butler 


Hon.  John  W.  Booker 


Hon.  John  Fred  Williams  Hon.  Boswell  B.  Hods'kin 


39 


Dr.  Robert  R.  Martin 


Hon.  Harry  W.  Peters 


A  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Regents  early  in  1957  before  the  appointment 
of  Judge  Thomas  B.  McGregor  and  Earle  B.  Combs,  Sr.  Seated:  Sen.  Cecil  C. 
Sanders,  Dr.  Robert  R.  Martin,  and  Gov.  Flem.  D.  Sampson.  Standing: 
Pres.  William  F.  O'Donnell,  Gov.  Keen  Johnson,  and  Dr.  Ernest  E.  Begley. 


TREASURERS  AND  BUSINESS  AGENT 


Hon.  R.  E.  Turley,  1906-1920 


Hon.  Paul  Burnam,  1920-1926, 
1945-1950. 


Hon.   Spears  Turley,  1933-1945,       Hon.  G.  Marshall  Brock,  various 
1950  to  the  present.  duties  1918  to  1923;  Business 

Agent,  1923  to  the  present. 

41 


CHAPTER   IV 

THE  ADMINISTRATION 

By  William  J.  Moore 

In  this  chapter  are  presented  short  biographical  sketches  of 
those  who  have  served  in  the  chief  administrative  positions  of 
Eastern  since  its  creation. 

Presidents  of  Eastern 

Eastern  has  had  five  presidents  and  two  acting  presidents. 
Those  who  have  served  as  president  are  Ruric  Nevel  Roark,  John 
Grant  Crabbe,  Thomas  Jackson  Coates,  Herman  Lee  Donovan, 
and  William  Francis  O'Donnell.  Those  who  have  served  as  acting 
presidents  are  Mrs.  Mary  C.  Roark  and  Homer  E.  Cooper. 
Ruric  Nevel  Roark 

The  second  item  of  business  for  the  first  meeting  of  the  first 
Board  of  Regents  of  Eastern,  held  on  June  2,  1906,  was  to  tender 
the  presidency  of  the  new  institution  to  Ruric  Nevel  Roark. 

The  minutes  of  that  meeting  state  simply  that  "The  Presidency 
of  Eastern  State  Normal  School  was  tendered  to  Dr.  R.  N.  Roark." 
President  Roark  served  until  his  death  which  occurred  on  April 
10,    1909. 

President  Roark  was  born  in  Muhlenberg  County,  May  19, 
1859.  He  was  educated  in  the  common  schools  of  Muhlenberg 
County,  Greenville  Academy,  National  Normal  University  at  Leba- 
non, Ohio  and  Clark  University.  For  four  years,  after  his  gradua- 
tion from  National  Normal  University  in  1881,  he  was  a  member 
of  the  staff  of  that  institution. 

After  leaving  the  Lebanon  institution.  President  Roark  re- 
turned to  Kentucky  and  organized  the  Glasgow  Normal  School, 
of  which  he  was  the  first  president. 

In  1889  he  was  elected  Dean  of  the  Normal  Department  of 
State  College,  Lexington  (now  the  University  of  Kentucky).  He 
remained  in  this  capacity  until  1905  when  he  resigned  to  accept 
a  fellowship  at  Clark  University. 

President  Roark  was  author  of  the  following  books:  Psychology 
in  Education,  Economy  in  Education,  Method  in  Education,  and 
General  Outline  of  Pedagogy.  He  was  the  author  of  numerous 
journal  articles. 

At  State  College,  Mr.  Roark  distinguished  himself  as  an  able 
educator  and  an  indefatigable  worker.  His  services  as  a  lecturer 
and  director  of  teachers'  institutes  were  widely  sought,  not  only  in 
Kentucky  but  in  other  states  as  well.  He  was  an  ardent  champion 
for  better  trained  teachers,  and  his  influence  was  no  small  factor 

42 


in  building  up  sentiment  which  resulted  in  the  creation  of  the  first 
two  teacher  education  institutions. 

It  was  President  Roark's  honor  and  responsibility  to  take  the 
leadership  to  define  the  goals  of  the  Normal,  to  outline  the  course  of 
study,  to  select  a  faculty,  and  to  make  the  new  school  a  successful 
educational  institution.     He  did  his  task  well. 

President  Roark  died  on  April  10,  1909,  at  the  rather  young 
age  of  fifty. 

John  Grant  Crahhe 

John  Grant  Crabbe,  Eastern's  second  president,  was  a  native 
of  Ohio.  He  was  born  at  Mt.  Sterling,  Ohio,  November  29,  1865,  a 
son  of  Thomas  W.  Crabbe  and  Julia  Catherine  Baughman  Crabbe. 
He  received  the  A.  B.  Degree  from  Ohio  Wesleyan  University  in 
1889;  the  A.  M.  Degree  from  Ohio  Wesleyan  University  in  1892;  the 
Ped.  M.  Degree  from  Ohio  University  in  1897;  the  LL.  D.  Degree 
from  Berea  College  in  1909;  the  Ped.  D.  Degree  from  Miami  Uni- 
versity in  1909;  and  LL.D.  Degree  from  the  State  University  of 
Kentucky  in  1911. 

Doctor  Crabbe  began  his  educational  career  as  head  of  the 
department  of  Greek  and  Latin  in  Flint,  Michigan,  Normal  College. 
He  was  elected  Superintendent  of  the  City  Schools  of  Ashland, 
Kentucky,  in  1890,  and  served  in  that  capacity  for  eighteen  years. 

Dr.  Crabbe  had  made  an  enviable  record  as  Superintendent 
of  Public  Instruction.  His  whirlwind  campaigns  had  served  to 
alert  Kentuckians  to  the  importance  of  public  education.  Largely 
through  his  efforts  the  county  unit  law  was  passed.  This  abolished 
an  outgrown  three-trustee  system  and  started  a  growth  in  the 
schools  of  the  state  almost  unparalleled  in  the  history  of  education. 

A  good  deal  of  the  time  and  energy  of  Dr.  Crabbe,  during  the 
early  part  of  his  administration  at  Eastern,  was  naturally  devoted 
to  the  matter  of  perfecting  the  organizational  set-up  for  the  college. 
Several  faculty  committees  and  the  office  of  Dean  of  the  Faculty 
were  created,  and  the  duties  of  employees  of  the  college  were 
defined  in  a  more  definite  manner. 

From  Three  Decades  oj  Progress  published  by  Eastern  Kentucky 
State  Teachers  College  in  1936  is  quote  the  following: 

It  was  due  largely  to  Doctor  Crabbe's  leadership  that 
plans  were  made  for  developing  the  library,  for  the 
expansion  of  the  curriculum  and  for  the  addition  of 
departments  of  instruction.  It  was  also  during  his  period 
of  service  that  the  student  body  was  greatly  increased 
and  the  number  of  faculty  members  approximately  doubled. 
The  maintenance  appropriation  for  the  college  was  in- 
creased from  $40  000.00  for  the  school  year  1910-11,  the 
first  year  of  Doctor  Crabbe's  administration,  to  $75,000.00 
for  the  school  year  1911-12,  the  second  year  of  his  term. 
This  appropriation  continued  at  the  rate  of  $75,000.00  per 
year  during  the  remainder  of  his  administration.  The 
material  development  and  growth  of  the  institution  went 
forward  in  that  the  president's  home  was  purchased,  an 
addition  to  Sullivan  Hall  was  constructed,  a  farm  was 
purchased,  and  laboratory  and  library  equipment  were 
added. 

43 


Thoinas  Jackson  Coates 

Eastern's  third  President  was  Thomas  Jackson  Coates.  President 
Coates  was  elected  on  September  5,  1916,  began  his  term  of  service 
on  September  7  of  the  same  year,  and  continued  as  President  until 
his  death,  which  occurred  on  March  17,  1928. 

President  Coates  was  a  native  of  Pikeville,  Kentucky,  where 
he  was  born  March  17,  1867.  He  received  his  higher  education  at 
State  College,  Lexington,  Kentucky,  and  at  the  Southern  Normal 
School,  Bowling  Green,  Kentucky,  from  which  institution  he  re- 
ceived the  A.  B.  Degree  in  1904  and  the  A.  M.  Degree  in  1906.  He 
was  a  teacher  in  the  rural  schools  of  Kentucky  from  1883  to  1889; 
served  as  Principal  of  the  Greenville  Public  Schools  and  editor  of 
the  Muhlenberg  Echo  from  1889  to  1895;  was  Superintendent  of 
Schools  at  Princeton  from  1895  to  1907,  and  was  Superintendent  of 
Schools,  Richmond,  from  1907  to  1911. 

In  1911  he  became  a  member  of  the  staff  of  the  State  De- 
partment of  Education  as  a  supervisor  of  rural  schools.  This 
position  he  held  until  his  election  to  the  Presidency  of  Eastern. 

During  the  administration  of  President  Coates,  state  appro- 
priations totaling  approximately  three  quarters  of  a  million  dollars 
were  secured.  It  was  during  his  administration  that  Cammack 
Building,  Burnam  Hall,  John  Grant  Crabbe  Library  Building,  and 
the  Thomas  Jackson  Coates  Administration  Building  were  com- 
pleted. 

During  President  Coates'  term  of  office  the  curriculum  of  the 
college  was  lengthened  from  two  to  four  years. 

Herman  Lee  Donovan 

Following  the  death  of  President  Coates,  Herman  Lee  Donovan, 
a  Professor  of  Education  at  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers, 
Nashville,  Tennessee,  was  elected  to  the  Presidency  of  Eastern. 
He  thus  became  Eastern's  fourth  President. 

President  Donovan  was  elected  on  March  26,  1928.  and  assumed 
the  duties  of  his  office  on  June  1,  1928.  He  continued  as  President 
until  June  30,  1941,  at  which  time  he  resigned  to  become  President 
of  the  University  of  Kentucky.  He  was  a  native  of  Mason  County, 
Kentucky,  where  he  was  born  on  March  17,  1887.  His  early 
education  was  in  the  common  schools  of  that  county.  He  attended 
Western  Kentucky  State  Normal  School,  1906-08;  received  the 
B.  A.  degree  from  the  University  of  Kentucky  in  1914;  the  M.  A. 
degree  from  Columbia  University  in  1920;  and  the  Ph.  D.  degree 
from  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers  in  1925.  For  a  while 
he  was  also  a  graduate  student  at  the  University  of  Chicago.  In 
1933  the  University  of  Kentucky  confei'red  upon  him  the  LL.  D. 
degree. 

Dr.  Donovan  taught  in  the  common  schools  of  Mason  County; 
was  a  principal  of  a  ward  school  at  Paducah,  Kentucky;  Superin- 
tendent of  Schools,  Wickliffe;  Assistant  Superintendent  of  Public 
Schools,  Louisville;  Superintendent  of  Schools,  Catlettsburg;  Dean 
of  the  Faculty,  Eastern  Kentucky  State  Normal  School  and  Teachers 

44 


College;  and  Professor  of  Education,  George  Peabody  College  for 
Teachers.  During  his  administration  Eastern  was  admitted  to 
membership  in  the  Southern  Association  of  Colleges  and  Secon- 
dary Schools  and  the  American  Association  of  Teachers  Colleges. 
It  was  during  his  administration  that  the  institution  was  organized 
into  divisions  of  instruction,  and  graduate  work  leading  to  the 
Master's  degree  was  first  inaugurated.  It  should  be  said  that  the 
divisions  of  instruction  did  not  function  very  effectively  and  that 
soon  after  its  inauguration  graduate  work  was  discontinued  by 
action  of  the  Council  on  Public  Higher  Education,  only  to  be 
reinstated  at  a  subsequent  date. 

During  President  Donovan's  term  of  office  the  so-called 
"Normal  School"  was  discontinued,  thus  eliminating  teacher  ed- 
ucation at  the  secondary  level.  Model  High  School  was  re-estab- 
lished as  a  school  for  laboratory  purposes,  and  the  departments  of 
art,  music,  physical  education  and  health,  biology,  chemistry,  geog- 
raphy and  geology,  physics,  and  commerce  were  reorganized.  Six 
important  buildings  were  added  to  the  campus  during  his  admin- 
istration: Hiram  Brock  Auditorium,  the  Weaver  Health  Building, 
Beckham,  McCreary  and  Miller  Halls,  and  the  Student  Union 
Building.  The  old  University  Building  was  remodeled,  the  Power 
Plant  was  enlarged,  a  new  addition  to  the  Library  was  built,  and 
the  Stadium  and  the  Amphitheater  were  completed. 

William  Francis  0'Do7inell 

To  succeed  President  Donovan,  the  Board  of  Regents  selected 
William  Francis  O'Donnell,  at  that  time  Superintendent  of  the 
Richmond  City  Schools.  The  election  was  on  April  4,  1941,  and 
President  O'Donnell  assumed  the  duties  of  his  office  on  July  1,  of 
the  same  year.     He  thus  became  Eastern's  fifth  President. 

President  O'Donnell  was  born  at  Burnet,  Texas,  on  May  1,  1890, 
a  son  of  William  Francis  and  Angeline  Beasley  O'Donnell.  He 
received  his  elementary  and  secondary  education  in  the  public 
schools  of  Texas.  In  1912  Transylvania  College  conferred  the 
Bachelor  of  Arts  Degree  upon  him,  and  in  1932  he  received  the 
Master  of  Arts  Degree  from  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University. 
From  Transylvania  College  he  received  the  honorary  LL.  D.  Degree 
in  1943.  Prior  to  his  election  to  the  Presidency  of  Eastern,  Dr. 
O'Donnell  had  experience  as  Principal  of  Carrollton,  Kentucky, 
High  School,  1912-13;  Superintendent  of  Schools,  Carrollton,  1913- 
26;  and  Superintendent  of  Richmond,  Kentucky,  Public  Schools, 
1926-41. 

When  President  O'Donnell  assumed  his  duties  as  Eastern's 
President  the  nation  was  in  the  midst  of  World  War  II  and  college 
attendance  was  at  a  record  low.  With  the  cessation  of  hostilities, 
the  return  to  normal  life,  and  the  introduction  of  G.  I.  Benefits 
for  college  students  who  had  served  in  the  Armed  Forces,  attend- 
ance began  to  increase  rapidly  and  has  continued  until  this  writing. 
Eastern  ceased  to  be  a  small  college  and  moved  into  the  middle- 
sized  bracket.     There  were  substantial  changes  in  most  curricula 

45 


of  the  College  and  the  general  educational  movement  had  its  impact 
upon  the  college.  The  number  of  students  taking  graduate  work 
increased  more  rapidly  than  the  student  body  as  a  whole,  owing 
to  the  demand  for  better  prepared  teachers. 

During  President  O'Donnell's  administration,  new  buildings 
added  are  the  Science  Building;  Keith  Hall,  a  dormitory  for  men; 
and  the  new  Music  Building,  now  under  construction.  Buildings 
which  were  overhauled  or  remodeled  are  Sullivan  Hall,  University 
Building,  the  Power  Plant,  New  Stateland  Hall,  and  Roark  Building. 

Acting  Presidents 

On  April  16,  1909,  Mrs.  Mary  C.  Roark,  the  wife  of  Eastern's 
first  President,  was  elected  Acting-President  of  Eastern.  On  Oc- 
tober 1,  1909,  she  was  elected  Dean  of  Women  and  served  in  both 
the  capacity  of  Dean  of  Women  and  Acting-President  until  April 
9,  1910.  Upon  retiring  as  Acting-President  she  continued  in  the 
position  as  Dean  of  Women  until  the  close  of  the  school  year 
1914-15. 

Mrs.  Roark  studied  at  Nebraska  University,  Oberlin  College, 
National  Normal  University,  and  Colorado  College.  She  held  the 
Bachelor  of  Science  and  Bachelor  of  Arts  degrees  from  National 
University.  She  taught  in  National  Normal  University,  Kentucky 
State  College,  and  was  for  three  years  Vice-President  of  Glasgow 
Normal  School. 

Two  days  after  the  death  of  President  Coates,  Dr.  Homer  E. 
Cooper,  Dean  of  the  Faculty,  was  elected  Acting-President.  He 
served  the  College  in  that  capacity  from  March  19,  1928  to  June 
1,  1928.  He  then  resumed  his  duties  as  Dean  of  the  Faculty,  a 
position  that  he  had  held  since  1924. 

Dr.  Cooper  was  a  native  of  West  Virginia.  He  held  the  A.  B. 
degree  from  the  University  of  West  Virginia  and  the  Master  of 
Arts  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degrees  from  Teachers  College, 
Columbia  University.  It  was  largely  through  his  efforts  as  Dean 
that  Eastern  was  admitted  to  membership  in  the  Southern  Asso- 
ciation of  Colleges  and  Secondary  Schools. 

Dr.  Cooper  had  experience  as  a  rural  school  teacher  for  four 
years;  a  village  supervising  principal,  three  years;  Superintendent 
of  Point  Pleasant,  West  Virginia,  four  years;  Superintendent  of 
Bluefield,  West  Virginia,  for  four  years;  head.  Extramural  Instruc- 
tion Department  and  instructor  in  Educational  Administration,  Uni- 
versity of  Pittsburgh,  three  years;  head,  Extramural  Instruction 
Department  and  Assistant  Professor  of  Education  Administration, 
University  of  Pittsburgh,  one  year;  Superintendent,  Maryland  Casu- 
alty Company  Training  School,  Baltimore,  two  years. 

Deans  Of  The  Faculty 

Eastern  has  had  five  Deans  of  the  Faculty;  namely,  Ernest 
Clifton  McDougle,  Herman  Lee  Donovan,  Homer  E.  Cooper, 
William  C.  Jones,  and  William  J.  Moore.  In  addition,  J.  R.  Rob- 
inson acted  as  Dean  from  September  1,  1923,  until  September  1, 

46 


1924,  and  D.  Thomas  Ferrell,  from  January  1,  1945,  to  March 
20,  1945. 

Eastern's  first  Dean,  Ernest  Chfton  McDougle,  had  been  with 
the  institution  since  its  founding.  The  first  Board  of  Regents  was 
named  on  May  9,  1906.  In  the  minutes  of  its  first  meeting,  held 
on  June  2  of  the  same  year,  occurs  the  following  statement;  "J.  W. 
Cammack  was  appointed  a  committee  to  ascertain  whether  Pro- 
fessor E.  C.  McDougle  of  Henderson,  Tennessee,  was  subject  to 
employment  as  a  member  of  the  faculty  of  the  Richmond  State 
Normal  School.'  He  began  his  duties  as  Dean  in  the  fall  of  1915. 
He  acted  in  this  capacity  until  the  end  of  the  college  year  1921. 

Dr.  McDougle  was  a  native  of  Ohio.  In  1891  he  received  the 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree  from  the  National  Normal  University. 
In  1893  the  Southern  Normal  University  conferred  upon  him  the 
degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts.  He  received  the  Master  of  Arts  degree 
from  the  same  institution  in  1895,  and  in  1914,  he  was  awarded 
the  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree  from  Clark  University. 

Prior  to  his  coming  to  Eastern,  Dr.  McDougle  had  had  the 
following  experience:  Three  years,  teacher  of  science  in  Southern 
Normal  University;  five  years  President,  Georgia  Robertson  Chris- 
tian College. 

Eastern's  second  Dean  was  Herman  Lee  Donovan.  At  the 
time  of  his  selection  as  Dean,  April  23,  1921,  he  was  superintendent 
of  the  Catlettsburg  City  Schools.  At  its  meeting  on  June  29,  1923, 
the  Board  of  Regents  gave  Dean  Donovan  a  leave  for  a  year  in 
order  that  he  might  take  advantage  of  a  scholarship  which  had 
been  offered  him  by  the  General  Education  Board.  Dr.  Donovan 
did  not  return  to  the  institution  as  Dean,  but  accepted  a  position 
in  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers.  Later  he  was  elected 
President  of  Eastern.  More  data  concerning  him  are  found  in 
the  first  division  of  this  chapter. 

Upon  the  resignation  of  Dean  Donovan,  Dr.  Homer  E.  Cooper 
was  selected  Dean.  He  began  his  duties  in  the  fall  of  1924  and 
continued  in  that  capacity  until  the  end  of  the  second  semester  of 
1930-31.  For  a  while  Dr.  Cooper  served  as  Acting  President  of 
the  College.  Additional  data  about  him  are  given  earlier  in  this 
chapter. 

The  formal  office  of  Dean  of  the  Faculty  was  discontinued  late 
in  the  school  year  of  1930-31,  but  was  reestablished  in  the  spring  of 
1934,  when  William  C.  Jones  was  elected  Dean.  He  served  in  that 
capacity  from  April  17,  1934,  until  January  1,  1945,  when  he  resigned 
to  become  Dean  of  the  Graduate  School  of  George  Peabody  College 
for  Teachers.  Dr.  Jones  had  been  with  the  institution  since  1926, 
and  at  the  time  of  his  election  as  Dean  was  serving  in  the  capacity 
of  Head  of  the  Department  of  Education  and  Director  of  Research. 

Dr.  Jones  received  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  from  East 
Texas  State  Teachers  College;  the  Master  of  Arts  degree  from 
Colorado  State  Teachers  College;  and  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy 
degree  from  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers.     His  experience 

47 


had  included  instructor  in  mathematics,  Wiley  High  School,  Wiley, 
Colorado,  one  year;  Principal,  Wiley  High  School,  two  years;  some- 
time principal  of  the  Normal  School,  Eastern  Kentucky  State 
College. 

Dr.  William  J.  Moore  was  elected  Dean  of  Eastern  at  a  meeting 
of  the  Board  of  Regents  held  on  December  11,  1944,  and  assumed 
his  duties  in  this  position  on  March  20,  1945.  At  the  time  of  his 
election  he  was  serving  as  Commissioner  of  Revenue  for  the  State 
of  Kentucky,  having  taken  a  leave  of  absence  from  Eastern.  He 
had  been  with  the  institution  since  1928  and  is  at  present  Dean 
of  the  Faculty. 

Dean  Moore  holds  a  diploma  from  the  Eastern  Kentucky  State 
Normal  School,  and  the  degrees  of  Bachelor  of  Arts,  Master  of 
Arts,  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy  from  the  University  of  Kentucky. 
For  two  years  he  was  a  student  of  the  College  of  Law  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Kentucky.  His  experience  includes  rural  school  teaching; 
principal  of  the  Corinth,  Kentucky,  Independent  Grade  School,  two 
years;  principal  of  the  Clay  County  High  School,  Manchester, 
Kentucky,  four  and  one-half  years;  superintendent,  Midway,  Ken- 
tucky, Public  Schools,  two  and  one-half  years;  sometime.  Director 
of  Finance,  State  Department  of  Education;  and  sometime,  Com- 
missioner of  Revenue,  State  of  Kentucky. 

Acting  Deans 

James  Russell  Robinson  was  Acting  Dean  from  September  1, 
1923,  until  September,  1924.  At  that  time  he  held  the  Bachelor 
of  Arts  and  Master  of  Arts  degrees  from  the  University  of  Chicago. 
He  had  had  experience  as  teacher  in  the  Walton  High  School, 
1909-10;  Caldwell  High  School,  Richmond,  1910-12;  and  principal, 
Madison  County  School,  Waco,  Kentucky,  1912-18.  He  had  been 
associated  with  Eastern  since  1918. 

Dr.  D.  Thomas  Ferrell  served  as  Acting  Dean  of  Eastern 
from  January  1,  1945  until  March  20,  1945,  when  Dr.  Moore  assumed 
the  duties  of  that  office.  Since  that  time  he  has  been  serving  as 
Head  of  the  Department  of  Education  at  Eastern. 

Dr.  Ferrell  holds  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  and  the  Mas- 
ter of  Arts  degree  from  Duke  University;  the  Master  of  Arts 
degree  from  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University;  and  the  Doctor 
of  Philosophy  from  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers.  He 
has  had  experience  as  instructor,  American  Army  Post  School; 
Principal,  Alexis  Grade  School,  North  Carolina,  two  years;  in- 
structor of  history,  Trinity  Park  School,  two  years;  Principal, 
Bethesda  High  School,  North  Carolina,  three  years;  teacher.  East- 
ern Carolina  Teachers  College,  one  summer  term.  He  came  to 
Eastern  in  1927. 

Registrars 

The  Office  of  Registrar  was  created  in  1908.  Ernest  Clifton 
McDougle  was  the  first  Registrar  and  served  in  this  capacity  from 
1908  until  September  1,  1921.     It  should  be  said  that  only  a  small 

48 


amount  of  Dr.  McDougle's  time  was  devoted  to  work  in  the 
Registrar's  Office. 

Other  data  about  Dr.  McDougle  are  found  in  this  chapter. 

James  Russell  Robinson  was  appointed  Registrar  in  1922  and 
served  in  that  capacity  until  September  1,  1925,  when  he  was  given 
a  leave  of  absence  to  pursue  graduate  work  at  George  Peabody 
College  for  Teachers.  He  became  a  member  of  the  staff  of  that 
College  and  eventually  its  registrar.  During  Mr.  Robinson's  tenure, 
the  Office  of  Registrar  was  completely  reorganized  and  made  an 
important  part  of  the  administrative  machinery  of  the  College. 

Other  data  about  Mr.  Robinson  are  found  in  this  chapter. 

Melvin  E.  Mattox  has  served  as  Registrar  since  September  1, 
1925,  until  the  present,  except  during  the  college  year  1928-29,  at 
which  time  he  was  at  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers  pur- 
suing graduate  work.  During  the  semester  and  a  half  he  was  away 
that  year,  W.  J.  Moore  was  Acting  Registrar. 

Mr.  Mattox  received  a  diploma  from  Mississippi  State  Normal 
School.  He  holds  the  degrees  of  Bachelor  of  Science  and  Master  of 
Arts  from  Peabody  College  for  Teachers,  and  has  had  three  ad- 
ditional quarters  of  graduate  work  from  the  same  institution.  His 
experience  before  coming  to  Eastern  consisted  of  one  year  as  rural 
teacher;  principal  of  village  and  consolidated  schools  for  five 
years;  instructor,  Mississippi  State  Normal,  two  summers;  Pro- 
fessor in  Education,  University  of  South  Carolina,  one  summer. 
He  was  Superintendent  of  Eastern's  Training  School  for  one  year. 

Director  of  Student  Personnel 

In  the  fall  of  1945  the  Office  of  Director  of  Student  Personnel 
was  created  and  Dr.  Noel  B.  Cuff  was  elected  the  first  Director. 
He  assumed  his  duties  on  September  20,  1945,  where  he  served 
until  his  death  on  December  12,  1954.  The  position  has  not  been 
filled. 

Dr.  Cuff  held  the  Bachelor  of  Science,  the  Master  of  Arts,  and 
the  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degrees  from  George  Peabody  College 
for  Teachers.  His  experience  consisted  of  teacher  of  Spanish,  David 
Lipscomb  College,  two  years;  teacher  of  English,  Freed-Hardeman 
College,  one  year;  Principal  of  a  county  high  school,  Davidson 
County,  Tennessee,  two  years;  teacher  of  Psychology,  Appalachian 
State  Normal  School,  Boone,  North  Carolina,  two  summer  ses- 
sions; and  teacher  of  Psychology,  David  Lipscomb  College,  two 
years.  Dr.  Cuff  came  to  Eastern  in  1928  and  taught  Psychology  and 
related  subjects  prior  to  his  election  as  Director  of  Student  Per- 
sonnel. 

Director  of  In-Service  Education 

D.  J.  Carty  came  to  Eastern  in  January,  1948,  as  Director  of 
Public  Relations.  His  position  was  later  changed  to  that  of  Direc- 
tor of  In-Service  Education.  Mr.  Carty's  early  education  was  in 
the  public  schools  of  Magoffin  County,  the  Magoffin  Baptist  Insti- 
tute, and  Berea  Normal  School.  In  1926  he  received  a  diploma 
from    Morehead    State    Teachers    College.     In    August,    1933,    he 

49 


received  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  from  Eastern  Kentucky 
State  Teachers  College;  in  1950  he  received  the  Master  of  Arts 
degree  from  the  University  of  Cincinnati.  He  has  had  additional 
graduate  work  at  the  University  of  Kentucky. 

Mr.  Carty's  experience  consists  of  rural  school  teacher  in  the 
Magoffin  County  Schools;  Principal  of  elementary  schools  in  Har- 
lan, Johnson,  and  Magoffin  counties;  teacher  in  the  Shelby ville 
High  School;  and  Principal  of  the  Royalton  High  School.  He  was 
Superintendent  of  Magoffin  County  Schools  for  fifteen  years; 
Director  of  Census  and  Attendance  of  Education,  University  of 
Kentucky,  for  four  summer  sessions;  Administrative  Assistant  to 
the  State  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction;  and  Acting  Direc- 
tor of  Finance  in  the  State  Department  of  Education. 

Deans  of  Men 

Charles  Alexander  Keith  held  the  Office  of  Dean  of  Men  from 
the  time  it  was  created  in  1921  until  he  retired  from  the  institution 
in  1953.  At  the  time  of  his  retirement  Mr.  Keith  was  also  Head 
of  the  Social  Science  Department. 

For  some  time  Mr.  Keith  was  a  student  at  the  University  of 
Arkansas  and  the  University  of  Texas.  He  was  a  Rhodes  Scholar 
to  Oxford  University,  England,  and  received  the  B.  A.  and  M.  A. 
degrees.  Honour  Modern  History  from  that  university.  In  1926 
Ohio  Northern  University  conferred  upon  him  the  Honorary  Doc- 
tor of  Pedagogy  degree.  He  had  one  year  and  two  summer  terms 
of  additional  graduate  work  at  the  University  of  Indiana. 

Dr.  Keith  first  came  to  Eastern  in  1912.  Prior  to  his  coming 
to  Eastern,  he  had  experience  as  rural  teacher  in  Arkansas,  two 
years;  and  Head  of  the  History  Department,  Little  Rock,  Arkansas, 
one  year.  For  a  summer  term  he  v/as  Acting  Head  of  the  History 
Department  of  Western  Kentucky  State  Teachers  College,  and  for 
a  summer  term  he  was  lecturer  on  historical  subjects  at  Ohio 
Northern  University. 

Mr.  Quentin  Begley  Keen  began  his  duties  as  Dean  of  Men 
on  September  1,  1955.  He  received  his  elementary  and  high  school 
training  at  Witherspoon  College,  Buckhorn,  Kentucky.  He  received 
the  A.  B.  degree  from  Berea  College  in  1939,  the  M.  A.  degree  from 
Duke  University  in  1947,  and  the  M.  A.  degree  from  Eastern  Ken- 
tucky State  College  in  1955.  He  has  additional  graduate  work  at 
the  University  of  California  at  Los  Angeles.  Mr.  Keen  has  had 
experience  as  a  high  school  teacher  in  the  Buckhorn  High  School; 
high  school  teacher  in  the  Helix  High  School,  La  Mesa,  California; 
Principal  of  the  M.  C.  Napier  High  School,  Perry  County,  Kentucky; 
and  Principal  of  the  Leslie  County  High  School,  Hyden,  Kentucky. 

Deans  of  Women 

Dr.  Virginia  Spencer,  Eastern's  first  Dean  of  Women,  served 
in  that  capacity  from  September  1,  1907,  to  September  1,  1909.  She 
had  received  the  Bachelor's  and  Master's  degrees  from  the  Uni- 
versity of  Kansas  and  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree  from  the 
University   of  Zurich. 

50 


Mrs.  Mary  C.  Roark  was  Dean  of  Women  from  October  1,  1909, 
to  September  1,  1915.  Data  about  Mrs.  Roark  has  been  given 
earlier  in  this  chapter. 

Miss  Marie  L.  Roberts  became  Dean  of  Women  on  September 
1,  1915,  and  continued  in  that  position  until  September  1,  1932. 
Miss  Roberts  was  a  graduate  of  Western  College  for  Women,  Ox- 
ford, Ohio.  She  had  further  work  in  the  summer  sessions  of 
Columbia  University  and  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers. 
She  had  experience  as  a  teacher  at  Western  College,  two  years; 
teacher,  Ashland,  Kentucky,  High  School;  and  Assistant  Principal 
of  the  Ashland  High  School. 

Mrs.  Emma  Y.  Case  began  her  duties  as  Dean  of  Women  at 
Eastern  on  September  1,  1932,  and  has  served  continuously  since. 
For  some  time  she  was  a  student  at  the  University  of  Kentucky. 
She  received  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  from  Eastern  Kentucky 
State  Normal  School  and  Teachers  College,  and  the  Master's  degree 
from  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers. 

Mrs.  Case  has  had  experience  as  rural  school  teacher,  two 
years;  graded  school  teacher,  two  years;  teacher,  Tucumcari  City 
Schools,  New  Mexico,  one  year;  and  principal  of  high  schools  in 
Kentucky,  four  years.  She  first  became  affiliated  with  Eastern 
in   1925. 

Business    Agents 

Ernest  Clifton  McDougle  was  Eastern's  first  Business  Agent, 
which  position  he  held  from  July  1,  1907,  to  April  9,  1910. 

President  Crabbe  assigned  the  duties  of  the  Business  Agent 
to  Mr.  J.  P.  Culbertson,  who  was  his  secretary.  Mr.  Culbertson 
served  in  this  capacity  until  he  resigned  on  September  1,  1916. 

Mr.  Frank  C.  Gentry  was  appointed  Secretary  to  the  President 
on  September  28,  1916,  and  as  Secretary,  he  served  as  Business 
Agent  also,  except  for  a  brief  period  during  World  War  I  when 
J.  R.  Robinson  did  the  work  until  January  13,  1923. 

Mr.  G.  M.  Brock  succeeded  Mr.  Gentry  as  Business  Agent  on 
January  13,  1923,  and  has  served  continuously  since.  Under  the 
leadership  of  Mr.  Brock,  the  Office  of  Business  Agent  has  grown 
into  a  very  important  unit  of  the  college. 

Extension  Department 

The  Extension  Department  was  organized  in  1920.  Eight 
individuals  have  served  as  its  director.  J.  R.  Robinson  was  the 
first  director,  and  he  served  from  1920  to  1921.  Data  concerning 
Mr.  Robinson  have  been  given  in  another  part  of  this   chapter. 

Mr.  Charles  D.  Lewis  served  as  director  during  1921  and  1922. 
He  held  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Pedagogy  from  the  University  of 
Kentucky,  and  the  Master  of  Arts  degree  from  the  University  of 
Illinois.  He  had  taught  in  the  Theodor  Harris  Institute,  Pineville, 
Kentucky;  had  been  an  instructor  and  Professor  of  Biology,  Berea 
Normal  School;  and  had  taught  in  the  summer  session  of  George 
Peabody  College  for  Teachers. 

Mr.  R.  Dean  Squires,  who  succeeded  Mr.  Lewis,  received  his 

51 


elementary  and  secondary  education  in  the  public  and  private 
schools  of  Bourbon  County,  Kentucky.  From  Central  University 
(united  with  Centre  College  in  1901),  Richmond,  Kentucky,  he 
received  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  in  1901.  He  had  spent  three 
terms  at  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University. 

Mr.  Squires  had  had  experience  as  public  school  teacher  in 
Montgomery  County,  Kentucky;  Superintendent  of  Township  Con- 
solidated Schools  in  Indiana;  and  Superintendent  of  Carlisle,  Ken- 
tucky,  City  Schools. 

Mr.  Fallen  Campbell  was  director  from  1926  to  1928.  He  was 
educated  in  the  public  schools  of  Breathitt  County,  Kentucky,  and 
at  Eastern.  He  had  taught  in  the  public  schools  of  Breathitt 
County  and  had  served  as  Superintendent  of  that  county.  He 
resigned  his  position  at  Eastern  to  become  affiliated  with  the 
Kentucky  State  Department  of  Education. 

Mr.  Kerney  M.  Adams  served  as  director  from  1928  to  1932. 
He  received  a  diploma  from  the  Eastern  Kentucky  State  Normal 
School  and  Teachers  College;  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  from 
the  University  of  Kentucky;  and  the  Master  of  Arts  degree  from 
Cornell  University.  He  took  additional  graduate  work  at  Cornell 
University  and  Harvard  University.  His  previous  experience  had 
consisted  of  rural  school  teaching  in  Kentucky  and  teaching  history 
in  the  Altoona,  Pennsylvania,  High  School.  He  became  head  of 
the  history  department  of  Eastern  in  1953. 

Dr.  Richard  Elmer  Jaggers  was  director  from  1931  to  1933.  He 
was  a  native  of  Hart  County,  Kentucky,  and  held  a  diploma  from 
Western  Kentucky  State  College.  He  received  the  Bachelor  of 
Arts  and  Master  of  Arts  degrees  from  the  University  of  Kentucky. 
In  1930,  Cornell  University  awarded  the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Philos- 
ophy to  him. 

Dr.  Jaggers  had  had  experience  as  rural  teacher,  county  super- 
intendent, city  superintendent.  Principal  of  Eastern's  Normal 
School,  etc.  Upon  leaving  Eastern  he  became  affiliated  with  the 
State  Department  of  Education  in  the  capacity  of  Director  of 
Teacher  Training  and  Certification. 

Mr.  M.  E.  Mattox  served  as  director  from  February,  1933, 
until  January,  1948.  Data  concerning  Mr.  Mattox  has  been  given 
in  another  part  of  this  chapter. 

Mr.  D.  J.  Carty  has  been  in  charge  of  the  Extension  Department 
since  January,  1948.  Data  concerning  him  has  been  given  in  an- 
other part  of  this  chapter. 

Directors  of  Training  or  Laboratory  Schools 

The  first  Director  of  the  Training  School  was  Colonel  Edgar 
Hesketh  Crawford,  who  served  in  that  capacity  from  January  1, 
1907,  to  September,  1908.  Very  little  is  known  about  Colonel 
Crawford  other  than  he  seems  to  have  been  a  graduate  of  the 
Baptist    College    at   Bardstown,    Kentucky. 

The  second  Director  of  the  Training  School  was  Ira  Waite 
Jayne,  who  served  from  September  1,  1908,  to  May  1,  1909. 

52 


Mr.  E.  George  Payne  followed  Mr.  Jayne  and  served  as  Direc- 
tor from  September  1,  1909  to  June  1,  1910. 

Mr.  Richard  A.  Edwards  began  his  duties  as  Director  of  the 
Training  School  on  September  1,  1918,  and  served  until  he  retired 
in  195ij.  He  was  on  leave  of  absence  during  the  college  year  1924- 
25,  during  which  year  Mr.  M.  E.  Mattox  was  acting  director.  For 
a  number  of  years  prior  to  his  retirement,  Mr.  Edwards  served 
as  Director  of  the  Elementary  Training  School  and  Dr.  J.  D.  Coates 
as  Principal  of  Model  High  School. 

Mr.  Edwards  received  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  from  the 
University  of  Kentucky  and  the  Master  of  Arts  degree  from  the 
Teachers  College,  Columbia  University.  He  did  additional  gradu- 
ate work  at  the  University  of  Wisconsin,  the  University  of  Minne- 
sota, and  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers.  He  had  experience 
as  a  rural  teacher  in  Graves  and  Calloway  counties.  From  1910- 
1914  he  was  Principal  of  the  Trimble  County  High  School  and  the 
Bedford  Graded  School.  From  1914-1918  he  was  Superintendent 
of  the  City   Schools   of  Morganfield,   Kentucky. 

In  1954  Dr.  J.  Dorland  Coates  became  Director  of  Laboratory 
Schools  and  Principal  of  the  Model  High  School.  Prior  to  this 
time  he  had  been  Principal  of  the  Model  High  School. 

Dr.  Coates  received  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  from 
Eastern  Kentucky  State  Teachers  College,  the  Master  of  Arts 
degree  from  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers,  and  the  Doctor 
of  Philosophy  degree  from  Colorado  State  College  of  Education. 
He  had  additional  graduate  work  at  the  University  of  Chicago. 
Doctor  Coates  had  experience  as  a  teacher  in  the  Consolidated 
School  of  Buckeye,  Kentucky,  teacher  of  Science  at  Shelbyville 
High  School,  Shelbyville,  Kentucky,  and  as  a  teacher  of  Industrial 
Arts  and  Science  at  the  Model  High  School  of  Eastern  Kentucky 
State  College. 

Superintendents  of  Buildings  and  Grounds 

The  Superintendent  of  Buildings  and  Grounds  has  general 
supervision  over  the  maintenance  employees  of  the  College  and 
is  responsible  to  the  President  for  the  maintenance  and  repair 
work. 

Mr.  R.  F.  Ramsey  was  Superintendent  of  Buildings  and  Grounds 
from  1918  to  1922.  He  was  a  member  of  the  maintenance  staff  of 
the  College  before  assuming  the  duties  of  Superintendent  of  Build- 
ings and  Grounds. 

Mr.  William  A.  Ault  became  Superintendent  of  Buildings  and 
Grounds  on  March  1,  1922,  and  served  until  his  retirement  on  July 
1,  1956.  He  had  formerly  been  in  the  garage  business  in  Grayson, 
Kentucky. 


.53 


The  Coates  Administration  Building 
The  Brock  Auditorium  is  a  rear  extension 


54 


PRESIDENTS  OF  EASTERN 

(See  p.  37  for  President  Crabbe) 


Dr.  R.  Nevel  Roark 

President,  1906-1909 


Dr.  Thomas  Jackson  Coates 

President,    1916-1928 


Dr.  Herman  Lee  Donovan 

President,   1928-1941 


Dr.  William  F.  O'Donnell 

President,   1941  to  the  present. 


55 


OTHER  ADMINISTRATORS 


Prof.  Melvin  E.  Mattox 

Registrar,  1925  to  the  present. 


Dr.  J.  R.  Robinson 

Mathematics,  Extension,  Registrar 
and  History,  1919-1927. 


fwm 


f 


William  A.  Ault 

Supt.  Buildings  and  Grounds, 
March  1,  1922  to  July  1,  1956. 

56 


Miss  Marie  Roberts 
Dean    of   Women,    1915-32. 


Mrs.  Emma  Y.  (Robert  P.)  Case 

Dean     of    Women,     1932    to    the 
present. 


Miss  Mary  Floyd 

Librarian,  1930  to  1957. 


57 


CHAPTER   V 

THE  FACULTY 
By  William  J.  Moore 

Throughout  its  fifty  years  the  major  function  of  Eastern  has 
been  that  of  preparing  teachers  for  the  public  schools  of  Ken- 
tucky. No  one  can  contrast  the  public  schools  of  fifty  years  ago 
with  those  of  today  in  the  Commonwealth  without  coming  to  the 
conclusion  that  much  progress  has  been  made.  In  this  change  for 
the  better,  Eastern  has  played  a  conspicuous  part. 

Of  all  the  factors  responsible  for  Eastern's  contribution  to  the 
improvement  of  education  in  the  State,  the  faculty  must  be  given 
first  place.  Without  the  unstinted  devotion  of  the  hundreds  of 
able  men  and  women  who  have  taught  in  the  classrooms  on  its 
campus.  Eastern  could  have  made  no  significant  contribution. 

Eastern  faculty  members  have  always  had  heavy  teaching 
loads.  The  institution  has  never  appropriated  any  considerable 
amount  of  money  for  research;  nevertheless,  the  teaching  staff 
has  had  among  its  number  many  who  have  made  worthwhile  con- 
tributions in  research  and  writing.  To  catalog  the  contributions  in 
this  field  is  not  within  the  scope  of  this  chapter. 

An  evaluation  committee  of  the  American  Association  of  Col- 
leges for  Teacher  Education  made  its  official  visitation  to  Eastern's 
campus  in  the  late  autumn  of  1953.  It  had  many  complimentary 
things  to  say  about  the  institution  and  Eastern's  faculty.  The  fol- 
lowing are  given  as  typical: 

1.  The  experience  of  faculty  members  in  public  elemen- 
tary and  secondary  schools  has  done  much  to  give  a 
practical  slant  to  instruction  in  professional  courses. 

2.  Nearly  all  faculty  members  belong  and  a  considerable 
number  actively  participate  in  local,  regional,  state,  and 
national  educational  organizations.  Eastern  has  a  com- 
mendable record  for  leadership  in  educational  matters. 

3.  Tenure  in  Eastern  provides  the  security  which  enables 
its  faculty  over  a  period  of  years  to  accumulate  a 
wealth  of  subject  matter  information  and  classroom 
experience  in  their  respective  subject  matter  areas. 

4.  A  close  personal  and  professional  relationship  prevails 
between  students  and  faculty. 

5.  The  great  majority  of  teachers  are  genuinely  concerned 
about  the  growth  and  development  of  students  as 
people  as  well  as  their  growth  as  students  and  prospec- 
tive teachers. 

6.  There  apparently  is  a  high  staff  morale  and  mutual 
trust  between  faculty  and  administration. 

58 


TABLE  1  shows  the  growth  of  the  faculty  in  size,  by  five  year 
intervals,  from  the  college  year  1906-07  to  the  year  1955-56.1 


TABLE 

1 

Year 

Men 

Women 

Total 

1906-07 

9 

10 

19 

1911-12 

13 

13 

26 

1916-17 

13 

20 

33 

1921-22 

18 

19 

37 

1926-27 

35 

32 

67 

1931-32 

37 

41 

78 

1936-37 

44 

34 

78 

1940-41 

54 

33 

87 

1945-46 

40 

34 

74 

1950-51 

54 

35 

89 

1955-56 

66 

33 

99 

TABLE  2  shows  the  academic  training,  as  expressed  in  de- 
grees held,  of  the  members  of  the  teaching  staff  of  the  Eastern 
Kentucky  State  College  from  the  college  year  1906-07  to  1955-56, 
inclusive. 

TABLE  2 
Number  Holding  Each  Degree 
Bachelors  or 
No  Degree     Equivalent 


Masters 

Doctors 

Total 

3 

1 

19 

3 

0 

26 

3 

1 

33 

7 

1 

37 

17 

3 

67 

44 

11 

78 

53 

16 

78 

51 

23 

85 

48 

20 

74 

60 

19 

89 

71 

21 

99 

School 
Year 

1906-07  9  6 

1911-12  11  12 

1916-17  17  12 

1921-22  20  9 

1926-27  13  34 

1931-32  4  19 

1936-37  2  7 

1940-41  0  11 

1945-46  0  6 

1950-51  0  10 

1955-56  0  7 

TABLE  3  gives  the  academic  training,  as  expressed  in  per 
centages  by  degrees  held,  of  the  teaching  staff  of  the  Eastern  Ken 
tucky  State  College  from  the  college  year  1906-07  to  1955-56,  inclu 
sive. 

TABLE  3 
Percentage  Holding  Each  Degree 
Bachelors  or 
Equivalent 

31.5% 

46.1% 

36.3% 

24.3% 

50.7% 

^The  interval  from  1936-37  to  1940-41  is  a  four-year  interval. 

59 


School 

Year 

No  Degree 

1906-07 

47.3% 

1911-12 

42.3% 

1916-17 

51.5% 

1921-22 

54% 

1926-27 

19.4% 

Masters 

Doctors 

15.7% 

5.2% 

11.5% 

0 

9% 

3% 

18.9% 

2.7% 

25.3% 

4.4% 

1931-32 

5.1% 

24.3% 

56.4% 

14.1% 

1936-37 

2.5% 

8.9% 

67.9% 

20.5% 

1940-41 

0 

12.9% 

60% 

27% 

1945-46 

0 

8.1% 

64.8% 

27% 

1950-51 

0 

11.2% 

67.4% 

21.3% 

1955-56 

0 

7% 

71.7% 

21.2% 

Where  Eastern  Staff  Members  Received  the  Bachelor's  Degree 

The  institutions  from  which  the  members  of  the  teaching  staff 
of  Eastern  received  the  Bachelor's  degree  and  the  number  of 
faculty  members  receiving  the  degree  from  each  institution  are 
shown  in  TABLE  4. 

TABLE  4 

Number  Receiving 

Institution  Bachelor  Degree 

Eastern  Kentucky  State  College 23 

University  of  Kentucky   20 

George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers 9 

Western  Kentucky  State  College  4 

Columbia  University  3 

North  Texas  State  College  3 

Berea  College 3 

Transylvania  College 2 

Oberlin  College 2 

Ohio  Wesleyan  College  2 

University   of  Kansas   2 

Bowling  Green  College  of  Commerce  2 

Colorado  State  College  of  Education 

Duke  University 

Ohio  University  

University  of  Minnesota 

Indiana  State  Teachers  College 

University  of  Southern  California 

University  of  Louisville  

Baldwin-Wallace  College  

Defiance  College  

Denison  University  

DePauw  University 

Eastern  Indiana  State  Normal  School  

George  Washington  University  

Heidelberg  College  

Lindenwood  College 

Martha  Washington  College  

Maryville  College  

Morehead  State  College 

Morningside  College  

Harvard  University  

Newberry  College  

Omaha  University  

Simmons  University  

60 


Simpson  College 

Southern  Methodist  University  

Southwestern  University  

State  Teachers  College  (Farmville,  Virginia)  

Taylor  University  

University  of  Nebraska  

Westminster  College  

Where  Eastern  Staff  Members  Received  the  Master's  Degree 

The  institutions  from  which  the  members  of  the  teaching  staff 
of  Eastern  received  the  Master's  degree  and  the  number  of  faculty 
members  receiving  the  degree  from  each  institution  are  shown 
in  TABLE  5. 

TABLE  5 

Number  Receiving 

Institution  Master  Degree 

University  of  Kentucky 24 

George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers 14 

Eastern  Kentucky  State  College  13 

Columbia   University T. 11 

North  Texas  State  College  2 

Duke  University  2 

Ohio  University 2 

University  of  Missouri 2 

University  of  Cincinnati 2 

Eastman  School  of  Music 2 

Ohio  State  University  2 

University  of  Iowa 

University  of  Minnesota  

Indiana  State  Teachers  College 

University  of  Southern  California 

Boston  University  

Bradley  University 

Brown  University 

Drake  University 

Michigan  State  College 

Northwestern  University  

University  of  Arkansas 

University  of  Chicago 

University  of  South  Carolina : 

West  Virginia  University 

Where  Eastern  Staff  Members  Received  the  Doctoral  Degree 

The  institutions  from  which  the  members  of  the  teaching  staff 
of  Eastern  received  the  doctoral  degree  and  the  number  of  faculty 
members  receiving  the  degree  from  each  institution  are  shown  in 
TABLE  6. 

TABLE  6 

Number  Receiving 

Institution  Doctoral  Degree 

University  of  Kentucky  5 

George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers  5 

61 


University  of  Michigan  2 

Indiana  University  2 

New  York  University  

Colorado  State  College  of  Education  

Cornell  University  

University  of  Iowa  

University  of  Minnesota  

University  of  Denver  

University  of  Tennessee 

Universite  de  Toulouse,  France  

TABLE  7  gives  a  distribution  of  the  number  of  years  of  service 
which  the  present  members  of  the  teaching  staff  of  Eastern  Ken- 
tucky State  College  have  given  to  the  institution. 

TABLE  7 
Years  of  Service  at  Eastern  Number  of  Staff  Members 

1  14 

2  8 

3  4 

4  2 

5  2 

6  3 

7  3 

8  5 

9  5 

10  3 

11  2 

12  0 

13  0 

14  1 

15  0 

16  0. 

17  3 

18  1 

19  3 

20  1 

21  0 

22  0 

23  0 

24  1 

25  2 

26  3 

27  4 

28  6 

29  4 

30  7 

31  1 

32  4 

33  2 

34  0 

62 


Years  of  Service  at  Eastern  Number  of  Staff  Members 

35  0 

36  1 

37  0 

38  1 
Faculty  1955-56 

Below  are  given  the  names  of  the  faculty  of  Eastern  Kentucky 
State  College  for  the  college  year  1955-56,  together  with  academic 
training  and  position  held. 

W.  F.  O'DONNELL,  A.  B.,  M.  A.,  LL.  D.  President 

A.  B.,  Transylvania  College;  M.  A.,  Teachers  College,  Co- 
lumbia University;  LL.  D.,  Transylvania  College. 

KERNEY  M.  ADAMS,  A.  B.,  A.  M.  Professor  of  History 

Diploma,  Eastern  Kentucky  State  Normal  School;  A.  B.,  Uni- 
versity of  Kentucky;  A.  M.,  Cornell  University;  additional  graduate 
work.  Harvard  University. 

MRS.  VIRGINIA  BLACKBURN  ADAMS,  A.  B.,  M.A.  Assistant  Professor 

of  History;  Supervising  Teaclier,  Model  High  School 

A.  B.,  M.  A.,  Eastern  Kentucky  State  College;  additional  grad- 
uate work.  University  of  Kentucky. 

ANNIE   ALVIS,   A.   B.,   M.   A.  Assistant   Professor   of   Elementary 

Education;  Supervising  Teacher,  Elementary  Training  School 

A.  B.,  State  Teachers  College,  Farmville,  Virginia;  M.  A., 
Teachers  College,  Columbia  University;  graduate  student.  Uni- 
versity of  Chicago. 

LANDIS  D.  BAKER,  B.  H.,  M.  F.  A.  Instructor  of  Music 

B.  M.,  Heidelberg  College;  M.  F.  A.,  Ohio  University. 

MBS.  MARY  EDMUNDS  BARNHILL,  A.  B.,  M.  A.,  LL.  B., 

Associate  Professor  of  English 

Diploma,  Western  Kentucky  State  Normal  School;  A.  B.,  Uni- 
versity of  Kentucky;  M.  A.,  Ohio  State  University;  LL.  B.,  Univer- 
sity of  Louisville;  additional  graduate  work,  Ohio  State  University. 

CLIFTON  A.  BAYSE,  B.  S.,  M.  S.  Instructor  of  Physics 

B.  S.,  Morehead  State  College;  M.  S.,  University  of  Kentucky. 

HENRY  J.  BINDEL,  JR.,  B.  A.,  M.  A.  Instructor  of  Science 

Supervising  Teacher,  Model  High  School 

B.  A.,  M.  A.,  Eastern  Kentucky  State  College. 

J.  G.  BLACK,  B.  S.,  M.  S.,  Ph.  D.  Professor  of  Physics 

B.  S.,  M.  S.,  University  of  Kentucky;  Ph.  D.,  University  of 
Michigan. 

MARY  BUBNAM  BRITTAIN,  B.  S.,  M.  A.         Instructor  of  Elementary  Education; 

Supervising  Teacher,  Elementary  Training  School 

B.  S.,  University  of  Kentucky;  M.  A.,  Eastern  Kentucky  State 
College. 

**KEITH  BROOKS,  B.  S.,  M.  S.  Instructor  of  English  and  Speech 

B.  S.,  M.  S.,  University  of  Wisconsin. 

PEARL  L.  BUCHANAN,  A.  B.,  M.  A.  Associate  Professor  of  EngUsh 

A.  B.,  Southwestern  University;  graduate  student.  University 
of  Oklahoma  and  Northwestern  University;  M.  A.,  George  Peabody 
College  for  Teachers. 
VIRGIL  BURNS,  A.  B.,  M.  A.  Associate  Professor  of  History  and  Government 

Diploma,  Western  Kentucky  State  Normal  School;  student. 
Bowling  Green  Business  University;  A.  B.,  University  of  Kentucky; 

63 


M.  A.,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University;  additional  graduate 
work,  Columbia  University. 

MARY  KING  BURRIER,  B.  S.,  M.  S.         Associate  Professor  of  Home  Economics 

Diploma,  Hamilton  College;  B.  S.,  M.  S.,  University  of  Ken- 
tucky; graduate  work,  Columbia  University,  University  of  Chicago. 

JANE  CAMPBELL,  B.  Mus.,  A.  B.,  A.  M.  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.  Mus.,  Taylor  University;  A.  B.,  Eastern  Indiana  State  Normal 
School;  graduate  work.  State  Teachers  College,  Indiana,  Pa.;  A.  M., 
Columbia  Univerity;  Ecole  Normale  de  Musique,  Paris;  student  of 
Nadia  Boulanger. 

D.   J.   CARTY,   B.   S.,   M.   A.  Director   of   In-Service   Education 

B.  S.,  Eastern  Kentucky  State  Teachers  College;  M.  A.,  Uni- 
versity of  Cincinnati. 

MRS.  EMMA  YOUNG  CASE,  A.  B.,  M.  A.  Associate  Professor  of  Education; 

Dean  of  Women 

Student,  University  of  Kentucky;  A.  B.,  Eastern  Kentucky 
State  Teachers  College;  M.  A.,  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers. 

RICHARD  G.  CHRISMAN,  B.  A.,   M.  A.  Assistant  Professor  of  Commerce 

B.  A.,  Berea  College;  graduate  student,  New  York  University, 
University  of  Chicago,  University  of  Kentucky  Law  School;  M.  A., 
University  of  Kentucky;  additional  graduate  work.  University  of 
Pittsburgh,   University   of  Denver. 

J.  DORLAND  COATES,  B.  S.,  M.  A.,  Ph.  D.        Professor  of  Secondary  Education; 

Director  of  Laboratory  Schools 

B.  S.,  Eastern  Kentucky  State  Teachers  College;  M.  A.,  George 
Peabody  College  for  Teachers;  Ph.  D.,  Colorado  State  College  of 
Education;  post-doctoral  work.  University  of  Chicago. 

JOHN  H.  COOPER,  A.  B.,  M.  S.  Ed.,  Dir.  H.  S.  Instructor  of  Health 

and  Physical  Education 

A.  B.,  Simpson  College;  M.  S.  Ed,  Drake  University;  Dir.  H.  S., 
Indiana  University;  P.  E.  D.,  Indiana  University. 

MEREDITH  J.  COX,  B.  S.,  M.  A.  Professor  of  Chemistry 

Diploma,  Warren  Academy;  B.  S.,  M.  A.,  George  Peabody 
College  for  Teachers;  additional  graduate  work,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, University  of  Wisconsin,  and  Duke  University. 

FRED  DARLING,  B.  S.,  M.  A.  Assistant  Professor  of  Health  and  Physical 

Education;  Assistant  Football  Coach 

B.  S.,  M.  A.,  Eastern  Kentucky  State  Teachers  College;  addi- 
tional graduate  work,  University  of  Kentucky  and  Indiana  Uni- 
versity. 

JAMES  HOMER  DAVIS,  B.  S.,  M.  Ed.  Associate  Professor  of  Industrial  Arts 

B.  S.,  Eastern  Kentucky  State  College;  M.  Ed.,  University  of 
Missouri;  additional  graduate  work.  University  of  Kentucky. 

ROBERT  C.  DONALDSON,  A.  B.,  A.  M.,  Ph.  D.         Assistant  Professor  of  History 

A.  B.,  A.  M.,  University  of  Southern  California;  Ph.  D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Michigan. 

LAURA  F.  ELLIS,  B.  S.  Instructor  of  Physical  Education 

B.  S.,  Eastern  Kentucky  State  College;  graduate  work,  Eastern 
Kentucky  State  College. 

FRED  A.  ENGLE,  A.  B.,  A.  M.,  Ph.  D.  Professor  of  Education 

Student,  Cumberland  College,  University  of  Chicago;  A.  B., 
A.  M.,  Ph.  D.,  University  of  Kentucky. 

64 


D.  THOMAS  FERRELL,  A.  B.,  M.  A.,  Ph.  D.  Professor  of  Education 

A.  B.,  A.  M.,  Duke  University;  M.  A.,  Teachers  College,  Co- 
lumbia University;  one  quarter,  Trinity  College,  Dublin,  Ireland; 
Ph.  D.,  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers;  post-doctoral  work, 
University  of  Chicago. 

WILLIAM  E.  FITZSIMMONS,  JR.,  B.  F.  A.;  M.  M.  Instructor  of  Music 

B.  F.  A.,  Omaha  University;  M.  M.,  Eastman  School  of  Music. 
MARY  FLOYD,  A.  B.,  M.  A.,  B.  S.  in  Library  Service 

Associate  Professor  of  History;  Librarian 

A.  B.,  Eastern  Kentucky  State  Teachers  College;  M.  A.,  Teach- 
ers   College,    Columbia    University;    graduate    student.    University 
of  Chicago;  B.  S.  in  Library  Service,   Columbia  University. 
EDITH  G.  FORD,  B.  C.  S.,  A.  B.,  A.  M.  Associate  Professor  of  Commerce 

Diploma,  Louisiana  State  Normal  College;  B.  C.  S.,  Bowling 
Green  Business  University;  A.  B.,  George  Washington  University; 
A.  M.,  University  of  Kentucky;  student.  University  of  Paris. 

DWIGHT  DEAN  GATWOOD,  B.  S.,  M.  A.  Assistant  Professor  of  Art 

B.  S.,  M.  A.,  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers;  additional 
graduate  work,  Ohio  State  University. 

FREDERIC  P.  GILES,  B.  Mus.,  B.  A.,  Pli.  D.  Professor  of  Art 

B.  Mus.,  Southern  Methodist  University;  B.  A.,  North  Texas 
State  Teachers  College;  M.  A.,  Ph.  D.,  George  Peabody  College  for 
Teachers;  additional  graduate  work,  American  Conservatory  of 
Music. 

ANNA  D.  GILL,  B.  C.  S.,  A.  B.,  M.  A.  Associate  Professor  of  Commerce 

B.  C.  S.,  Bowling  Green  Business  University;  student,  Chicago 
Gregg  School,  University  of  Wisconsin,  and  Western  Kentucky 
State  Teachers  College;  A.  B.,  M.  A.,  University  of  Kentucky;  addi- 
tional graduate  work,  Columbia  University  and  Colorado  State 
College  of  Education. 

PRESLEY  M.  GRISE,  A.  B.,  M.  A.,  Ph.  D.  Professor  of  EngUsh 

A.  B.,  Western  Kentucky  State  Teachers  College;  M.  A.,  George 
Peabody  College  for  Teachers;  Ph.  D.  University  of  Kentucky. 

THOMAS  C.  HERNDON,  B.  S.,  M.  A.,  Ph.  D.  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.  S.,  University  of  Kentucky;  graduate  work.  University  of 
Chicago;  M.  A.,  Ph.  D.,  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers. 

GERTRUDE  M.  HOOD,  A.  B.,  A.  M.  Assistant  Professor  of  Health  and 

Physical  Education 

A.  B.,  Ohio  Wesleyan  University;  A.  M.,  Columbia  University. 
SAUL  HOUNCHELL,  A.  B.,  M.  A.,  Ph.  D.  Associate  Professor  of  EngUsh 

A.  B.,  Denison  University;  M.  A.,  Ph.  D.,  George  Peabody  Col- 
lege for  Teachers. 

CHARLES  T.  HUGHES,   A.   B.,   M.   A.  Associate   Professor  of  Physical 

Education  and  Director  of  Athletics 

Diploma,  Morton-Elliott  Junior  College;  A.  B.,  University  of 
Kentucky;  M.  A.,  University  of  Michigan. 
RICHARD  E.  JAGGERS,  A.  B.,  A.  M.,  Ph.  D.  Professor  of  Education 

A.  B.,  A.  M.,  University  of  Kentucky;  Ph.  D.,  Cornell  University. 

MRS.  MABEL  WALKER  JENNINGS,  B.  S.,  M.  A.  Assistant  Professor  of 

Elementary  Education;  Supervising  Teacher,  Elementary  Training  School 

B.  S.,  M.  A.,  Eastern  Kentucky  State  College. 

QUENTIN  B.  KEEN,  B.  A.,  M.  A.,  M.  A.  in  Ed.  Dean  of  Men 

B.  A.,  Berea  College;  M.  A.,  Duke  University;  M.  A.  in  Ed., 

65 


Eastern  Kentucky   State   College;   additional   graduate   work,   Uni- 
versity of  California  at  Los  Angeles. 

WILLIAM  L.  KEENE,  B.  S.,  M.  A.  Professor  of  English 

B.  S.,  M.  A.,  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers;  additional 
graduate  work,  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers. 

L.   G.   KENNAMER,   A.   B.,   B.   S.,   M.   A.,   Ph.   D. 

Professor  of  Geography  and  Geology 

A.  B.,  Simmons  University;  student.  University  of  Wisconsin, 
Vanderbilt  University,  and  University  of  Tennessee;  B.  S.,  M.  A., 
Ph.  D.,  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers. 

ELIZABETH  KESSLER,  B.  S.,  M.  A.  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.  A.,  Newberry  College;  M.  A.,  University  of  South  Carolina; 
additional  graduate  work,  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers. 

H.  H.  LaFUZE,  A.  B.,  M.  S.,  Ph.  D.  Professor  of  Biology 

A.  B.,  DePauw  University;  M.  S.,  Ph.  D.,  State  University  of 
Iowa;  additional  graduate  work,  Northwestern  University. 

CORA  LEE,  B.  S.,  M.  A.  Assistant  Professor  of  English; 

Supervising  Teacher,   Model  High  School 

B.  S.,  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers;  M.  A.,  Teachers 
College,  Columbia  University;  additional  graduate  work.  Univer- 
sity of  Chicago. 

CLYDE  LEWIS,  A.  B.,  M.  A.,  Ph.  D.  Associate  Professor  of  History 

A.  B.,  Eastern  Kentucky  State  Teachers  College;  M.  A.,  Uni- 
versity of  Cincinnati;  Ph.  D.,  University  of  Kentucky. 

JOHN  S.  LEWIS,  A.  B.,  M.  A.,  Ph.  D.  Associate  Professor  of  EngUsh 

A.  B.,  Harvard  University;  A.  M.,  Brown  University;  Ph.  D., 
New  York  University. 

PAUL  McBRAYER,  B.  S.  Basketball  Coach 

B.  S.,  University  of  Kentucky. 

ALVIN  McGLASSON,  B.  S.,  M.  S.  Instructor  of  Mathematics 

B.  S.,  Eastern  Kentucky  State  College;  M.  S.,  University  of 
Kentucky. 

WILLARD   THOMAS   McHONE,   A.   B.  Instructor   of  Art 

A.  B.,  Eastern  Kentucky  State  College;  graduate  work,  Uni- 
versity of  Louisville. 

ALEX  GENTRY  McILVAINE,  B.  S.,  M.  A.  Instructor  of  Commerce 

B.  S.,  M.  A.,  Eastern  Kentucky  State  College;  additional  grad- 
uate work,  University  of  Kentucky. 

GLENN  A.  McLAIN,  A.  B.,  M.  A.  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

A.  B.,  Defiance  College;  M.  A.,  Bradley  University;  additional 
graduate  work,  Boston  University. 

FRANCES  MARIE  McPHERSON,  B.  M.,  M.  M.  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.  M.,  Lindenwood  College;  student,  Horner  Conservatoire; 
M.  M.,  Michigan  State  College;  student,  Rudolph  Ganz. 

HENRY  G.  MARTIN,  A.  B.,  M.  A.,  Ed.  D.  Assistant  Professor  of  Education; 

Director,   Elementary   Training   School 

A.  B.,  Berea  College;  M.  A.,  University  of  Kentucky;  Ed.  D., 
University  of  Tennessee. 

MELVIN  E.  MATTOX,  B.  S.,  M.  A.  Professor  of  Education;   Registrar 

Diploma,  Mississippi  State  Normal  School;  B.  S.,  M.  A.,  George 
Peabody  College  for  Teachers;  additional  graduate  work,  George 
Peabody  College  for  Teachers  and  University  of  Kentucky. 

66 


MARGARET  HUME  MOBERLY,  B.  S.,  M.  B.  A.       Assistant  Professor  of  Commerce 

B.  S.,  Eastern  Kentucky  State  Teachers  College;  M.  B.  A.,  Uni- 
versity of  Chicago. 

WILLIAM  J.  MOORE,  A.  B.,  A.  M.,  Ph.  D.  Dean  of  the  Faculty;  Director  of 

Researcli;  Professor  of  Economics 

Diploma,  Eastern  Kentucky  State  Normal  School;  student. 
College  of  Law,  University  of  Kentucky;  A.  B.,  A.  M.,  Ph.  D., 
University  of  Kentucky;  post-doctoral  work,  University  of  Ken- 
tucky and  University  of  Chicago. 

WILLIE  MOSS,  B.  S.,  M.  A.  Assistant  Professor  of  Home  Economics 

B.  S.,  Western  Kentucky  State  College;  M.  A.,  University  of 
Kentucky. 

MRS.  JANET  MURBACH,  A.  B.,  A.  M.,  Docteur  de  I'universite  de  Toulouse, 

France  Professor  of  Romance  Languages 

A.  B.,  Oberlin  College;  student.  University  of  Paris  and  Uni- 
versity of  California;  A.  M.,  University  of  Kentucky;  Docteur  de 
I'universite  de  Toulouse,  France. 

THOMAS  E.  MYERS,  B.  S.,  M.  S.  Assistant  Professor  of  Industrial  Arts 

B.  S.,  M.  S.,  North  Texas  State  College. 

PAUL  C.  NAGEL,  B.  A.,   M.   A.,  Ph.  D.  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

B.  A.,  M.  A.,  Ph.  D.,  University  of  Minnesota. 
SMITH  PARK,  B.  S.,  M.  S.,  Ph.  D.  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.  S.,  M.  S.,  Ph.  D.,  University  of  Kentucky. 
WILLIS  M.  PABKHURST,  B.  S.,  M.  S.  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

B.  S.,  M.  S.,  Indiana  State  Teachers  College;  additional  grad- 
uate work,  Purdue  University. 
KERMIT  PATTERSON,  B.  S.,  M.  B.  A.  Instructor  of  Commerce 

B.  S.,  M.  B.  A.,  University  of  Kentucky. 
JAMES  L.  PEEL,  A.  B.,  M.  B.  A.  Instructor  of  Commerce 

A.  B.,  Transylvania  College;  M.  B.  A.,  University  of  Kentucky. 

GLENN  E.  PBESNELL,  B.  S.  Football  Coach 

B.  S.,  University  of  Nebraska. 

ELLEN  PUGH,  A.  B.,  A.  M.  Assistant  Professor  of  Elementary  Education; 

Supervising  Teacher,  Elementary  Training  School 

A.  B.,  Ohio  Wesleyan  University;  A.  M.,  Ohio  State  University; 
additional  graduate  work,  Ohio  State  University  and  Columbia 
University. 

DENNIS  G.  RAINEY,  A.  B.,  M.  S.  Assistant  Professor  of  Biology 

A.  B.,  Westminster  College;  M.  S.,  University  of  Arkansas;  ad- 
ditional graduate  work.  University  of  Kansas. 

ALMA  REGENSTEIN,  B.  S.,  M.  A.  Assistant  Professor  of  Home  Economics 

Supervising  Teacher,   Model  High   School 

B.  S.,  Eastern  Kentucky  State  Teachers  College;  M.  A.,  Uni- 
versity of  Kentucky. 

MRS.  MARY  F.  McKINNEY  RICHARDS,   B.   S.,   M.   A. 

Associate  Professor  of  Geography 

Diploma,  Eastern  Kentucky  State  Teachers  College;  B.  S., 
M.  A.,  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers. 

B.  R.  RICHARDS,  A.  B.,  M.  B.  A.  Associate  Professor  of  Commerce 

A.  B.,  Eastern  Kentucky  State  Teachers  College;  graduate 
student.  University  of  Kentucky;  M.  B.  A.,  College  of  Business 
Administration,  Boston  University;  additional  graduate  work,  Bos- 
ton University;  student.  College  of  Law,  Boston  University,  and 
University  of  Southern  California. 

67 


HAROLD  RIGBY,  B.  S.  Instructor  of  Music;  Director  of 

High  School  Band  and  Orchestra 

B.  S.,  Eastern  Kentucky  State  Teachers  College;  graduate 
work,  University  of  Kentucky. 

G.  GORDON  RITTER,  B.  S.,  M.  Ed.  Director  of  College  Band 

B.    S.,    M.    Ed.,    Ohio    University;    additional    graduate    work. 
University  of  Michigan. 
JOHN  D.  ROWLETT,  B.  S.,  M.  S.  Assistant  Professor  of  Industrial  Arts 

B.  S.,  M.  S.,  North  Texas  State  College;  additional  graduate 
work,  Southern  Methodist  University,  North  Texas  State  College. 

RUBY  RUSH,  A.  B.,  A.  M.  Assistant  Professor  of  Latin;  Supervising 

Teacher,  Model  High  School 

Graduate,  Virginia  Intermont  College;  A.  B.,  University  of 
Kentucky;  A.  M.,  Columbia  University. 

MRS.  MAMIE  WEST  SCOTT,  B.  M.,  M.  A.  Assistant  Professor  of 

Elementary  Education,  Rural  Demonstration  School 

B.  M.,  Martha  Washington  College;  M.  A.,  University  of  Ken- 
tucky; additional  graduate  work,  College  of  Music,  Cincinnati; 
University  of  Tennessee,  Columbia  University. 

MRS.  BLANCHE  SAMS  SEEVERS,  B.  Mus.,  A.  B.,  M.  Mus. 

Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.  Mus.,  A.  B.,  University  of  Kansas;  M.  Mus.,  Northwestern 
University;  additional  graduate  work,  Columbia  University. 

EVELYN  SLATER,  B.  S.,  M.  S.  Assistant  Professor  of  Home  Economics 

B.  S.,  M.  S.,  University  of  Kentucky;  additional  graduate  work, 
Columbia  University. 

JAMES  G.  SNOWDEN,  A.  B.,  M.  A.,  Ed.  D.  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

A.  B.,  M.  A.,  University  of  Kentucky;  Ed.  D.,  Indiana  University. 

WILLIAM  T.  SOPEB,  B.  S.  Instructor  of  Bacteriology   and  Health 

B.  S.,  University  of  Kentucky;  graduate  work,  University  of 
Kentucky. 

WILLIAM  A.  SPRAGUE,  A.  B.,  M.  A.,  Ed.  D.        Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

A.  B.,  M.  A.,  Colorado  State  College  of  Education;  Ed.  D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Denver. 

WILLIAM  STOCKER,  B.  S.,  M.  S.  Assistant  Professor  of  Agriculture 

B.  S.,  Eastern  Kentucky  State  Teachers  College;  M.  S.,  Univer- 
sity of  Kentucky. 

♦♦THOMAS  STONE,  Mus.  B.,  M.  M.  Associate  Professor  of  Music 

Mus.  B.,  Oberlin  College;  additional  work.  La  Follette  School 
of  Music,  New  York;  M.  M.,  Cincinnati  College  of  Music. 

VIRGINIA  F.  STORY,  B.  S.,  M.  A.      Assistant  Professor  of  Elementary  Education; 

Supervising  Teacher,  Elementary  Training  School 

Diploma,  Eastern  Kentucky  State  Teachers  College;  B.  S.,  M.  A., 
George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers. 

WILLARD  E.  SWINFORD,  B.  S.,   M.  A.  Instructor  in  Industrial  Arts 

B.  S.,  M.  A.,  Eastern  Kentucky  State  College. 

JACKSON  A.  TAYLOR,   B.  S.,  M.   S.  Instructor  in  Agriculture 

B.  S.,  M.  S.,  University  of  Kentucky. 

IDA  PEARL  TEATER,  A.  B.,  M.  A.  Assistant  Professor  of  English; 

Supervising  Teacher,  Model  High  School 

A.  B.,  M  .A.,  Eastern  Kentucky  State  College;  additional  grad- 
uate work,  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers. 

BROWN  E.  TELFORD,  B.  S.  Associate  Professor  of  Music;  Teacher 

of  Piano  and  Organ 

Diploma,  Greenbrier  College  for  Women;  student,  Cincinnati 

68 


Conservatory  of  Music,  New  York  School  of  Music  and  Arts,  New 
England  Conservatory  of  Music;  B.  S.,  Columbia  University. 

MRS.  JULIAN  TYNG,  B.  S.,  M.  A.  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

Diploma,  Eastern  Kentucky  State  Normal  School  and  Teachers 
College;   B.   S.,   George   Peabody   College   for   Teachers;    graduate 
work,  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers;  M.  A.,  Teachers  Col- 
lege, Columbia  University. 
JAMES  E.  VAN  PEURSEM,  A.  B.,  B.  Mus.,  M.  A.  Professor  of  Music 

A.  B.,  Morningside  College;  B.  Mus.,  Oberlin  College;  M.  A., 
New  York  University. 

**MRS.  VASILE  M.  VENETTOZZI,  B.  M.,  M.  M.  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.  M.,  Baldwin-Wallace  College;  M.  M.,  Eastman  School  of 
Music. 

VICTOR  A.  VENETTOZZI,  A.  B.,  M.  A.  Instructor  of  EngUsli 

A.  B.,  M.  A.,  Eastern  Kentucky  State  College. 

SAMUEL  WALKER,  A.  B.,  A.  M.,  Ph.  D.  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

A.  B.,  Maryville  College;  A.  M.,  Ph.  D.,  University  of  Ken- 
tucky. 

RALPH  A.  WHALIN,  B.  S.,  M.  Ed.  Professor  of  Industrial  Arts 

B.  S.,  Western  Kentucky  State  Teachers  College;  M.  Ed.,  Uni- 
versity of  Missouri;  additional  graduate  work.  University  of  Ken- 
tucky. 

A.  L.  WHITT,  B.  S.,  M.  S.  Assistant  Professor  of  Biology 

B.  S.,  Western  Kentucky  State  College;  M.  S.,  University  of 
Kentucky;  additional  graduate  work,  Vanderbilt  University. 
ARTHUR  L.  WICKERSHAM,  B.  S.,  M.  A.  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics; 

Supervising  Teacher,  Model  High  School 
B.  S.,  M.  A.,  Eastern  Kentucky  State  Teachers  College;  addi- 
tional graduate  work,  University  of  Kentucky. 

M.  GLEN  WILSON,  JR.,  B.  S.,  M.  A.  Assistant  Professor  of  EngUsh  and  Speech 

B.  S.,  West  Virginia  Wesleyan  College;  M.  A.,  West  Virginia 
University;  additional  graduate  work,  Ohio  State  University. 

GERMANIA  J.  WINGO,  B.  S.,  M.  A.  Assistant  Professor  of  Elementary 

Education;  Supervising  Teacher,  Elementary  Training  School 

Diploma,  Virginia  State  Teachers  College;  diploma  in  critic 
work,  Columbia  University;  B.  S.,  M.  A.,  Teachers  College,  Colum- 
bia University;  additional  graduate  work,  University  of  Colorado. 

**On  leave  of  absence  1955-56. 

Library  Staff 

MARY  FLOYD,  A.  B.,  M.  A.,  B.  S.  in  Library  Service 

Associate  Professor  of  History;  Librarian 

A.  B.,  Eastern  Kentucky  State  Teachers  College;  M.  A.,  Teach- 
ers College,  Columbia  University;  graduate  student,  University  of 
Chicago;  B.  S.  in  Library  Service,  Columbia  University. 

MRS.  MARY  DICKERSON,  A.  B.,  B.  S.  in  Library  Science         Assistant  Librarian 

A.  B.,  Centre  College;  B.  S.  in  Library  Science,  University  of 
Kentucky. 

MRS.  LESTER  MILLER,  B.  S.,  M.  A.  Assistant  Librarian 

B.  S.,  M.  A.,  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers. 

MRS.  NANCY  R.  PARK,   A.   B.,   Cert,   in  L.   S.  Assistant  Librarian 

A.  B.,  North  Carolina  Woman's  College;  Certificate  in  Library 
Science,  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers. 

69 


MRS.   GUY  WHITEHEAD,   B.   S.,   B.   S.   in   Library   Science 

Assistant  Librarian  in  charge  of  Reference  Work 

B.  S.,  B.  S.  in  Library  Science,  George  Peabody  College  for 
Teachers. 

Military  Science  Staff 

LT.  COLONEL  ALDEN  O.  HATCH,  B.  S.  Professor  of 

Military  Science  and  Tactics 

B.  S.,  University  of  Utah;  graduate  of  the  Basic  and  Advanced 
Course,  Field  Artillery  School,  Fort  Sill,  Oklahoma;  Command  and 
General  Staff  College,  Fort  Leavenworth,  Kansas.  Lt.  Colonel 
Hatch,  who  had  been  on  duty  at  the  college  for  four  years  and 
had  been  PMST  for  one  year,  departed  in  August,  1956,  for  an 
assignment  with  U.  S.  Troops  in  Germany. 

LT.  COLONEL  EDWIN  G.  HICKMAN,  Artillery.  Professor  of 

Military  Science  and  Tactics 

Graduate  of  the  United  States  Military  Academy,  West  Point, 
New  York;  the  Artillery  School,  Fort  Sill,  Oklahoma;  and  the 
Command  and  General  Staff  College,  Fort  Leavenworth,  Kansas. 
Colonel  Hickman  arrived  in  August  from  a  two  year  tour  of  duty 
with  the  Joint  American  Military  Mission  for  Aid  to  Turkey  in 
Ankora  to  succeed  Colonel  Hatch. 

MAJOR  PAUL  E.  MYERS,  B.  S.  Assistant  Professor  of 

Military  Science  and  Tactics 

B.  S.,  University  of  Illinois;  graduate  of  the  Basic  Course, 
The  Infantry  School,  Fort  Benning,  Georgia;  and  the  Advanced 
Officers  Course,  The  Armored  School,  Fort  Knox,  Kentucky.  Major 
Myers  was  assigned  to  ROTC  Duty  at  Eastern  in  August,  1955, 
after  completing  a  three  year  tour  of  duty  in  Germany. 

CAPTAIN  ERNEST  H.  MORGAN,  B.  S.  Assistant  Professor  of 

Military  Science  and  Tactics 

B.  S.,  University  of  Kentucky;  graduate  of  the  Basic  and 
Advanced  Officers  Course,  The  Infantry  School,  Fort  Benning, 
Georgia.  Captain  Morgan  was  transferred  to  an  assignment  in 
Korea  in  August,  1956. 

CAPTAIN  QUENTIN  L.  HUMBERD,   Infantry  Assistant  Professor  of 

Military  Science  and  Tactics 

Graduate  of  the  University  of  Tennessee,  Knoxville,  Tennessee; 
The  Infantry  School,  Fort  Benning,  Georgia;  and  The  Armored 
School,  Fort  Knox,  Kentucky.  Captain  Humberd  arrived  in  April 
1956  from  a  two  year  tour  of  duty  in  Japan  and  Korea  with  Mili- 
tary Intelligence  to  succeed  Captain  Morgan. 

The  following  Non-commissioned  Officers  are  presently  as- 
signed to  Eastern  as  Assistant  Instructors: 

M/Sgt.  Joseph  T.  Barron 

M/Sgt.  Ralph  Johnson 

M/Sgt.  John  F.  Sublousky 

SFC  Henry  V.  Cantwell 

SFC  Bailey  F.  Smith 

Sgt.  Michael  J.  Mucio 

Faculty  Emeriti 

G.  O.  BRYANT,  A.  B.,  A.  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics; 
Supervising  Teacher,  Model  High  School 

70 


ASHBY  B.  CARTER,  B.  S.,  M.  A.,  Associate  Professor  of 

Agriculture  (deceased) 

ROY  B.   CLARK,   A.   B.,   A.   M.,   Ph.   D.,   Professor   of  English 

JONATHAN  T.  DORRIS,  A.  B.,  A.  M.,  Ph.  D.,  Litt.  D.,  Professor  of 

History  and  Government;  Director  of  the  Museum 

.  RICHARD  A.  EDWARDS,  A.  B.,  A.  M.,  Professor  of  Education, 

Superintendent  of  Training  School 

MAUDE  GIBSON,  Professor  of  Art 

MAY  C.  HANSEN,  B.  S.,  M.  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

CHARLES  A.  KEITH,  B.  A.,  M.  A.,  Ped.  D.,  Professor  of  History 

and  Government;  Dean  of  Men 

ANNA  A.  SCHNIEB,  A.  B.,  A.  M.,  Ph.  D.,  Professor  of  Education 

ELIZABETH  WILSON,  B.  S.,  M.  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of 

Elementary  Education;  Supervising  Teacher,  Elementary 

Training  School 

Former  Members  of  Eastern's  Faculty 

Below  is  given  a  list  of  former  staff  members  of  Eastern. 
Because  of  incomplete  records,  some,  no  doubt,  have  not  been 
included. 


Adams,  Hugh  P. 

Adams,  Mary  L. 

Agna,  Catherine  C. 

Albers,  Vernon  M. 

Allen,  Jack 

Allen,  Robert  H. 

Anderson,  Betsy  R. 

Arbuckle,  Virginia 

Ashmore,  Ben 

Atkisson,  Harold  F. 

Bach,  Hallie  Day 

Baker,  William  Bradley 

Barnard,  Ben  H. 

Barnes,  David 

Barnes,  Paul  A. 

Barter,  Ada 

Bartoo,  Harriette  V.  Krick 

Beall,  Mary 

Bell,  Jane 

Bennett,  Isabelle 

Billington,  Monroe 

Bilton,  Jean  Farland 

Boldrick,  Clara 

Boothe,  I.  H. 

Botts,  Ethel 

Bowmer,  William  S. 

Boyd,  Katherine 

Branscome,  C.  E. 

Bray,  Nell  Hogan 

Bressie,  Lorna 


Brock,  H.  H. 
Bronson,  Maurine  Maye 
Brooks,  Keith 
Bruner,  James  D. 
Burkich,  Mrs.  Ruby 
Burnam,    Elizabeth 
Caldwell,  C.  E. 
Campbell,  Fallen 
Carley,  Ronald 
Carpenter,   Flora 
Carpenter,  Katie 
Casey,  Jess 
Cassidy,   Elizabeth 
Cherry,  Elizabeth 
Coates,  T.  J. 
Coleman,  Helen 
Compton,  J.  O. 
Comstock,  Wallace  H. 
Conklin,   Constance 
Cooper,  Homer  E. 
Cowles,  Stuart  L. 
Cox,  Rex  W. 
Crabbe,  J.  G. 
Cuff,  Noel  B. 
Davies,  Clara  A. 
Davis,  Anna  Lee 
Deane,  Mary  B. 
Deniston,  N.  G. 
Derrick,  Lucille 
Dettwiller,  Daisy  D. 


71 


Dix.  Ruth 

Donovan,  H.  L. 

Doty.  Dabney  B..  Jr. 

Dozier,  Randolph 

Easterling.  David  M. 

Evans,  Laura  Katharine 

Farris,  Jacob  D. 

Fitz,  Dord  Edward 

Flanagan,  Raphael  J. 

Foglesong,  Margaret 

Ford,  William  W. 

Forster,  Katherine 

Foster,  Elinor 

Foster,  R.  A. 

Fowler,  Allie 

Gaines,  William  Robert 

Gaither,  Mrs.  Elizabeth  Caywood 

Gallaher,  Charles  W. 

Gilbert,  Mary 

Gilkey,  J.  E. 

Glover,  T.  Harold 

Graham,  Joseph  D. 

Green,  Louise  A. 

Greenleaf,  Ida 

Greer,  Mrs.  Elizabeth  S. 

Grinstead,  Wren  Jones 

Grubbs,  Haydon  Y. 

Gumbert,  George 

Hager,  Cyril  Francis 

Hammond,  Katherine 

Hanson,  Eliza  M. 

Hardin,  Ruth  Anette 

Harmon,  Ella  Maude 

Harris,  Betty 

Hembree,  George  N. 

Hicks,  Walter  E. 

Higgins,  Rogers  E. 

Hillegas,  M.  B. 

Hire,  Eleanor  Anne 

Hopp,  William  B. 

Hornback,  William  B. 

Houchins,  Jennie 

Houtchens,  Max  Henry 

Huckabay,  Calvin 

Hughes,  Eliza 

Hume,  Mrs.  Stanton  B. 

Hummell,  Arnim  Dean 

Humphrey,  Elizabeth 

Hurst,  Jeanie  B. 

Jayne,  W.  L. 


Jenkins,  Emerson  D. 
Jerner,  Eleanor 
Johnson,  J.  R. 
Johnson,  Mrs.  J.  R. 
Jones,  Willard  L. 
Jones,  William  C. 
Keen,  Edwin  P. 
Kinzer,  John  Ross 
Koch,  John  G. 
Kohl,  Lilly  E. 
Lascoe,  O.  D. 
Lawrence,  A.  J. 
Leche,  Arthur  W. 
Lewis,  Charles  D. 
Lewis,  Hortense 
Lingenfelser,  Margaret 
Link,  Eugene  M. 
Logan,  James  V. 
Lowry,  Louise  L. 
Lutes,  Mrs.  Helen  H. 
McClelland,  Margaret 
McCoy,  Clyde 
McDonough,  Robert  J. 
McDonough,  T.   E. 
McDougal,  Ernest  Clifton 
McGuire,  Charlotte  Watson 
McKee,  Lelia 
McLain,  Glenn 
McMillan,  Mary 
Maizlish,  L  Paul 
Marsteller,  William  Fish 
Mason,  Frances 
May,  Gerald 
Mebane,  Eleanor 
Meixner,  Mary 
Mesner,  E.  D. 
Meyer,  Harvey  Kessler,  Jr. 
Miller,  Charles  F. 
Miller,  Maud  M. 
Miller,  Rucie 
Million,  Issie  D. 
Mimms,  Lora  B. 
Moore,   Bess 
Moore,  Dorothy 
Morse,  Samuel  F. 
Murphy,  Edna  Lord 
Murphy,  Mary  C. 
Murray,  Mary  Lavinia 
Musick,  Virginia  Anne 
Myers,  Nancy 


72 


Myers,  Shilo  Shaffer 
Nath,  Lawrence  H. 
Neale,  Margai^et 
Neeley,  Winnie  Davis 
Nettinga,  Cornelia 
Newman,  Frances  E. 
Noble,  Earl  T. 
Oldham,  Jane 
Owens,  Bess  Alice 
Pascall,   William  D. 
Patridge,  Lelia  E. 
Pearson,  Eugene 
Perry,  Edson  C. 
Perry,  Ruth 
Peterson,  Edward  N. 
Phipps,  Frank 
Pickett,  Mary  Smith 
Piotrowska,  Helena 
Pollitt,  Mabel  H. 
Portwood,  Alfred  E. 
Pullen,  J.  S. 
Ralston,  Henrietta 
Ramey,  Murray 
Rankin,  Rome 
Raper,  Horace  W. 
Reeves,  William  C. 
Reid,  Mary  E. 
Rice,  Claudia  DeWolf 
Rice,  Jane  V. 
Rider,  Wendell  J. 
Roark,  R.  N. 
Roark,  Mrs.  R.  N. 
Roberts,  Katherine 
Robinson,  J.  R. 
Rumbold,  Dean  W. 
Russell,  Helen  H. 
Rutledge,  Louise 
Samuels,  T.  C. 
Schnabl,  Henri 
Schnieb,  Anna  A. 
Schrivner,  Pearl 
Schroeter,  Frank  E. 
Scudder,  J.  W. 
Sharon,  J.  A. 


Sharp,  J.  W. 
Simpson,  Mariette 
Slade,  Ethel  May 
Smith,  G.  D. 

Sorbet,  Elizabeth  Melanie 
Spencer,  Virginia  E. 
Squires,  R.  Dean 
Stamper,  Cleo 
Starkey,  John  R. 
Stephens.  Sterling  Rogers 
Stewart,  J.  O. 
Stott,  Roscoe  G. 
Strader,  Edna  Louise 
Sullivan,  Kathleen  B. 
Sulhvan,  M.  R. 
Tapp,  Hambleton 
Tarwater,  Mary  Klug 
Tarwater,  William  H. 
Taylor,  John  O. 
Taylor.  L.  N. 
Taylor,  N.  V. 
Tindall,  George  B. 
Traynor,  Mary 
Turner,  James  R. 
Turner,  Lona  Lee 
Wade,  C.  M. 
Ward,  William  D. 
Waters,  Carrie  M. 
Watson,  C.  F. 
Wesley,  L.  G. 
Willard,  Frank  E. 
Williams,  Anna  C. 
Williams,  Frances 
Williams,  Martha  J. 
Williams,  Winnona 
Wilson,  C.  H. 
Wilson.  Leland 
Wolcott,  Helen  B. 
Woods.  Ruth 
Wright,  Mary  Eva 
Yates,  Stella  Day 
Young,   Stefanie 
Zellhoefer,  Edna 


73 


SOME  EARLY  MEMBERS   OF  THE  FACULTY 


Wren  J.  Grinstead,  George   Drury    Smith, 

A.B.,  A.M.,   Later  Ph.D.,   Latin        B.S.,  A.B.,  Later  S.C.D.,  Natural 

Sciences 


I.  H.  Boothe, 

Common    School    Branches    and 
Penmanship 


C.  E,   Caldwell, 

B,S„  A.M.,   Mathematics 


74 


J.  H.  Hoskinson,  E.  C.  McDougle, 

A.M.,    Secondary    Education    and      B.S.,  A.M.,  Later  Ph.D.,  Pedagogy- 
Principal  of  Model  High  School.  Registrar  and  Dean  of  Faculty, 

1915-1921;   Photograph   on  90th 
birthday,  March,  1957. 


Mary  Estelle  Reid 

Librarian 


Lelia  E.  Patridge 

Methods  and  Supervisor  of  Prac- 
tice Teaching 


75 


Mrs.    Ruric    Nevel    Roark, 

B.S.,  A.B.,  Dean  of  Women 


Mrs.  Mary  B.  Deane, 
A.B.,  Geography  and  Geology 


Miss  May  C.  Hansen, 

Later    A.B.,    A.M.,    Teacher    and 
Critic  Grades  I  and  II. 


Miss  Maude  Gibson 

Drawing   and   Art 


76 


DEANS  AND  PERSONNEL  DIRECTOR 


Dr.  William  C.  Jones 

To   Eastern   in    1926;    Dean    1934- 
1944. 


Dr.  Homer  E.  Cooper 

Dean  of  Faculty,  1924-1931;  Acting 
President,  March  19,  1928  to 
June   1,   1928. 


Dr.  Noel  B.  Cuff 

To  Eastern  in  1928;  Director  of 
Student  Personnel  at  his  death, 
1955. 


Dr.  William  J.  Moore 

To  Eastern  in  1928;  Dean  of  Fac- 
ulty, 1945  to  the  present. 


77 


OTHER  MEMBERS 


% 


Dr.  Anna  A.  Schnieb  Miss  Edith  Mcllvaine 

Education,  Psychology,  1923-1952.      Director   of   the    Cafeteria,    1927- 

1957. 


Miss  Allie  Fowler 

Art,  1932-1956.  Deceased. 


Miss  Anna  D.  Gill 

Commercial    Subjects,    1930-1956. 
Deceased. 


78 


CHAPTER   VI 

THE  TRAINING   SCHOOL 
By  Richard  A.  Edwards  and  J.  Borland  Coates 

The  Training  School,  known  for  the  first  half  of  the  period 
as  the  Model  School,  opened  September  11,  1906,  a  full  four  months 
before  the  beginning  of  the  State  Normal  School  proper.  It  was 
the  first  training  school  established  in  Kentucky  as  part  of  a 
teacher  training  institution.  A  copy  of  the  Eastern  Kentucky  Re- 
view bearing  the  date  of  October,  1906,  carries  the  following  an- 
nouncement. 

A  distinctive  and  essential  part  of  every  modern 
Normal  School  is  a  Model  School,  in  which  the  most  ap- 
proved methods  of  teaching  and  of  school  administration 
are  illustrated  by  the  work  of  expert  teachers  and  super- 
visors. 

The  Eastern  Kentucky  State  Normal  is  peculiarly  for- 
tunate in  finding  at  Richmond,  in  the  Walters  Collegiate 
Institute,  a  good  nucleus  of  a  Model  School.  The  upper 
four  forms  of  the  institution  have  become  a  high  school; 
the  course  of  study  has  been  strengthened  and  enriched,  and 
those  who  successfully  complete  it  will  be  amply  prepared 
for  immediate  entrance  into  the  regular  courses  of  the  best 
colleges  and  undergraduate  department  of  universities  in 
any  part  of  the  country.  The  other  grades  have  been  added 
below,  and  thus  provision  is  made  for  children  of  all  ages 
and  degrees  of  advancement. 

This  Model  School,  complete  in  all  grades,  is  organized 
for  two  purposes:  first,  to  provide  a  school  in  which  the 
students  of  the  Normal  can  observe  the  best  work  as  done 
by  expert  teachers,  trained  to  their  profession;  and,  second, 
to  afford  facilities  of  a  superior  order  for  the  education  of 
boys  and  girls  whose  parents  desire  for  their  children  the 
advantages  of  a  select  private  school. 

The  Model  School  announced  its  tuition  rates  by  the  year  as 
follows:  $30.00  for  each  of  the  six  elementary  grades,  $40.00  for 
the  grammar  grades,  and  $50.00  for  each  of  the  four  upper  forms. 
One  hundred  and  fifty-six  pupils  were  enrolled  the  first  year 
including  sixty-five  in  the  high  school.  Col.  E.  H.  Crawford,  who 
had  been  chosen  Director  of  the  Model  School,  did  not  arrive  until 
the  year  was  half  out.  Three  of  the  early  instructors  of  the  Model 
School  later  became  prominent  members  of  the  Normal  School 
faculty.  They  were  Mr.  J.  A.  Sharon,  who  acted  as  principal  dur- 
ing the  first  fall  term  and  taught  high  school  classes;  Mr.  Wren  J. 
Grinstead,  who  also  was  elected  as  a  regular  member  of  the  Normal 
School  staff,  but  continued  to  teach  a  few  classes  in  the  high  school 
for  several  years;  and  Dr.  Virginia  E.  Spencer,  who  taught  the 
grammar  grades  for  the  fall  term  and  who  took  up  the  duties  of 
Dean  of  Women  when  the  Normal  opened  January  15.  Miss  Wesa 
Moore  taught  the  intermediate  grades,  and  Miss  Lena  Gertrude 
Roling  had  charge  of  the  primary  children  and  bore  the  title  of 
supervisor. 

79 


Within  a  year  the  organization  crystallized  into  a  more  orderly 
plan  with  six  full-time  teachers.  It  remained  about  the  same  for 
fifteen  years.  A  note  added  to  the  list  of  the  Model  School  staff 
is  printed  in  early  bulletins  states  that  "  members  of  the  regular 
faculty  of  the  Normal  School  also  teach  in  the  Model  School  on 
the  departmental  plan.  In  this  way  Drawing,  French,  Vocal  Music, 
and  Penmanship  are  taught." 

From  the  Review  number  dated  July.  1907,  the  following  in- 
teresting information  is  taken; 

Soon  after  assuming  the  duties  of  his  office  as  Director 
of  the  Model  School,  Colonel  E.  H.  Crawford  organized  the 
High  School  into  a  cadet  coi'ps  and  introduced,  with  marked 
success,  self  government  through  the  military  feature.  In 
March  the  Model  School  boys  to  the  number  of  forty  were 
formally  mustered  into  the  service  of  the  State  by  Col. 
Marvin  Parrent,  Assistant  Adjutant  General  of  the  State. 
The  cadets  now  have  a  compact  organization  with  their 
own  officers.  They  have  the  regulation  uniform,  arms  and 
camp  equipment,  and  the  County  of  Madison,  in  conformity 
with  the  law,  has  furnished  pressed  steel  lockers  with  com- 
bination locks,  for  use  in  the  armory.  No  feature  of  the 
school  is  so  popular  as  this  voluntary,  self-governing 
military  organization. 

Instruction  in  this  department  is  both  practical  and 
theoretical.  The  State  furnishes  guns,  uniforms,  etc.  to  all 
members.  This  department  is  free  to  all  young  men  who  ma- 
triculate in  the  school.  Cadets  will  go  into  camp  at  James- 
town, July  18. 

At  Jamestown,  Virginia,  in  the  summer  of  1907,  the  Nation 
was  celebrating  the  three-hundredth  anniversary  of  the  settle- 
ment of  the  first  permanent  English  colony  in  America.  It  must 
have  been  a  great  day  for  the  cadets  when  they  stood  at  attention 
and  listened  to  the  reading  of  "Special  Order  No.  28,"  as  follows: 

The  Cadet  Company  located  at  Richmond,  Kentucky, 
Colonel  E.  H.  Crawford  commanding,  is  hereby  attached 
to  the  Second  Infantry,  Kentucky  State  Guard,  for  and 
during  the  encampment,  and  will  proceed  to  Jamestown, 
Virginia,  with  the  above  named  organization  at  a  time  that 
shall  be  designed  hereafter. 

This  organization  will  be  allowed  the  same  privileges 
and  concessions  as  other  organizations  of  the  Guard. 

By  Command  of  Governor  J.  C.  W.  Beckham, 
Henry  R.  Lawrence,  Adjutant  General. 

Fortunately  the  muster  roll  for  the  cadet  corps  has  been 
preserved: 

Col.  E.  H.  Crawford,  Commanding;  N.  B.  Noland,  1st 
Lieut.;  J.  P.  Chenault,  2nd  Lieut.;  R.  R.  Burnam,  3rd  Lieut. 

Sergeants:  E.  A.  Deiss;  T.  E.  Baldwin,  Jr.;  R.  J.  Roark; 
R.  E.  Turley,  Jr.;  O.  J.  Coyler. 

Corporals:  Lowell  E  Sharon,  Ronald  C.  Oldham,  Walter 
Q.  Park,  Chas.  Powell,  A.  C.  Chenault. 

Privates:  John  Adams,  Lindsay  Blanton,  Jr.,  Kavenaugh 
Broaddus,  Paul  Burnam,  Barnett  Chenault,  John  Cornelison, 
Lodell  DeJarnett,  Alex  Mason,  Robert  Mason,  Rankin 
Mason,  Ivan  McDougle,  C.  H.  Park,  K.  S.  Park,  J.  G.  Phelps, 
Luther  Powell,  Fx^ank  Prather,  B.  C.  Simmons,  Jr.,  R.  W. 
Walker,  Joseph  Weber,  Malcolm  Adolphus  Parsons. 

80 


The  Drum  and  Bugle  Corps  comprised  Joe  Hollenkamp,  Drum- 
Major,  Philip  Blumenthal,  Archie  Chenault,  Earl  Curtis,  Frank 
Devore,  Robert  Estill,  Garnett  Million,  Glen  Million,  James  Stepp, 
Brown  Lee  Yates. 

Not  all  of  the  drum  and  bugle  corps  were  bona  fide  members 
of  the  school,  and  not  all  of  the  rhythmic  cadence  blown  from  bugles 
or  pounded  out  of  drums  fell  with  pleasing  sound  upon  the  ears 
of  the  Colonel  of  the  Second  Infantry.  At  Jamestown  the  drum 
and  bugle  corps  carried  guns. 

The  camp  was  a  momentous  event  in  the  lives  of  the  cadets. 
It  was  a  subject  of  considerable  interest  in  the  home  community. 
One  exciting  incident  which  occurred  while  the  boys  were  in 
camp  was  of  sufficient  interest  to  be  written  up  in  several  Eastern 
papers.  Elmer  Deiss  came  near  drowning  while  swimming  at 
Virginia  Beach.  Through  the  heroism  of  N.  B.  Noland  he  was 
rescued  and  brought  to  terra  firma,  although  young  Noland,  who 
was  by  no  means  an  expert  swimmer,  almost  lost  his  own  life  in 
the  effort. 

The  Model  High  cadets  participated  in  one  more  historical 
celebration.  The  Boonesborough  chapter  of  the  D.  A.  R.,  in  October, 
1907,  dedicated  the  marker  it  had  erected  on  the  site  of  the  old 
stockade  fort  at  Boonesborough.  One  hundred  and  thirty  years 
previous  to  this  event  the  direct  ancestors  of  some  of  these  boys 
had  fired  volleys  from  this  identical  spot,  not  into  the  air,  but  with 
deadly  aim  at  the  creeping  bodies  of  redskins  outside  the  fort; 
and  twenty-four  years  later  the  sons  of  some  of  these  cadets  par- 
ticipated as  Boy  Scouts  from  the  Model  High  School  in  the  dedi- 
cation of  the  Boonesborough  memorial  bridge. 

By  the  end  of  the  second  year  of  the  Model  School  military  drill 
had  lost  its  glamour.  There  were  no  more  Jamestown  expeditions, 
and  Col.  Crawford  had  withdrawn  from  the  institution.  The  enroll- 
ment in  high  school  decreased.  In  three  years  it  was  less  than  half 
as  large  as  it  had  been  in  1907.  The  Normal  was  supporting  the 
High  School  and  getting  very  little  in  return  from  it. 

Walters  Collegiate  Institute  property  was  not  ceded  to  the 
state  institution  when  Richmond  was  selected  as  the  site  of  the 
school.  Its  trustees  held  the  property  until  almost  the  end  of 
President  Crabbe's  administration  before  negotiations  for  its  pur- 
chase by  the  Normal  were  consummated.  The  Normal  maintained 
the  "private"  high  school  as  a  continuation  of  Walters  Collegiate 
Institute,  and  at  the  same  time  paid  "excessive"  rental  fees  for 
use  of  the  property. 

The  minutes  of  the  Board  of  Regents  in  session  May,  1911, 
record  the  motion  that  "Walters  Collegiate  Institute  lease  to  East- 
ern Kentucky  State  Normal  School  its  building  and  property — 
that  in  consideration  therefor — Eastern  Kentucky  State  Normal 
School  do  conduct  during  said  period  a  first  class  high  school  as  an 
adjunct  to  the  Model  School."  A  second  motion  immediately  fol- 
lowing the  preceding  one  contained  a  threat  that  unless  a  satis- 
factory deal  could  be  made  with  the  Walters  Collegiate  Institute 

81 


trustees,  the  Model  High  School  would  be  abolished  and  secondary 
work  conducted  within  the  Normal.  The  former  plan  being  more 
in  accord  with  the  wishes  of  patrons  of  the  school,  it  was  the  one 
that  prevailed  for  the  time. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Regents  in  July,  1912,  "President  Crabtae 
recommended  that  the  Model  High  School  be  continued,  and  that 
it  should  be  extended  and  developed  as  a  high  class  preparatory 
school:  principal  to  be  employed  at  a  salary  not  to  exceed  the 
maximum,  $1,900,  tuition  in  grades  seven  and  eight  to  be  free 
for  the  future."  Two  years  later  at  a  meeting  of  the  Board  of 
Regents,  "the  question  of  the  continuation  of  the  Model  High 
School  was  discussed  and  the  matter  was  left  open  for  a  decision 
of  President  Crabbe,  details  covering  same  to  be  arranged  by  him." 

There  was  no  graduating  class  from  the  Model  High  School 
in  the  years  1907,  1908,  and  1911.  The  school  had  taken  a  forward 
stand  comparable  with  the  best  secondary  schools  in  the  State  when 
it  continued  the  four  years  requirement  of  Walters  Collegiate  In- 
stitue  for  graduation.  That  was  as  much  as  the  Normal  School 
demanded  of  its  graduates  at  first.  Some  of  the  Model  High  School 
students  transferred  to  the  Normal  and  finished  there.  For  the 
first  five  or  six  years  students  continued  to  drop  out  after  three 
years  of  work  and  enter  college  with  the  credits  already  earned,  or 
with  the  necessary  extra  credits  made  up  elsewhere.  A  number  of 
reputable  colleges  did  not  require  graduation  from  a  four-year 
high  school  for  entrance  at  that  time. 

The  Review  for  April,  1909,  contains  this  interesting  bit  of 
information  about  the  accrediting  of  the  High  School  and  its  first 
graduating  class:  "The  Model  School  has  recently  been  accredited 
by  the  State  University  under  its  new  advanced  requirements.  The 
University  of  Michigan  will  hereafter  accept  i-ecommended  gradu- 
ates without  examination.  Transylvania  University  has  informally 
agreed  to  give  the  Model  School  graduates  one  year  advanced 
standing.  Of  this  year's  senior  class,  one  plans  to  enter  Yale,  one 
Michigan,  and  one  the  University  of  Missouri.  The  Model  School 
now  has  a  recognized  standing  in  the  educational  world." 

Three  High  Schools  and  The  Shifting  Sands 

Madison  Female  Institute  was  a  well  known  girls'  school  es- 
tablished in  1856,  under  the  auspices  of  the  church  of  the  Disciples 
of  Christ.  During  the  War  Between  the  States  the  buildings  were 
occupied  part  of  the  time  by  Federal  troops  as  a  hospital.  After 
the  war  civil  government  in  the  South  was  too  weak  and  too  im- 
poverished to  support  public  schools  adequately;  as  a  result,  private 
schools  and  academies  were  revived  and  flourished.  Madison  Female 
Institute  drew  students  from  other  counties  in  the  State  and  from 
some  of  the  neighboring  states.  It  provided  a  cultural  training  for 
the  daughters  of  well-to-do  families.  The  Institute  also  maintained 
an  elementary  school  of  six  grades  for  both  boys  and  girls. 

With  the  coming  of  the  Model  School,  Richmond  had  three  com- 
plete educational  plants  extending  from  the  first  grade  through 

82 


the  twelfth.  All  three  struggled  to  keep  up  a  bold  front.  The  impetus 
given  to  public  education  in  Kentucky  proved  deleterious  to  the 
progress  of  private  and  church  schools.  Walters  Collegiate  Institute 
had  already  taken  refuge  under  the  wing  of  a  state  institution.  By 
1919  Madison  Female  Institute,  founded  in  1856  and  located  across 
the  valley  on  the  opposite  hill,  had  so  dwindled  in  numbers  and 
depreciated  in  property  that  it  ceased  to  operate,  and  its  trustees 
tendered  the  property  to  the  city  Board  of  Education,  gratis.  Many 
families  of  the  community  had  already  changed  their  patronage  to 
the  Model  School.  One  of  the  teachers  at  the  Institute,  Miss  Mari- 
anna  Deverell,  had  accepted  a  position  on  the  Model  School  staff 
in  1910.  After  sixty-three  years  of  effective  service,  the  Institute, 
having  passed  through  the  throes  of  war,  a  period  of  prosperity, 
and  an  age  of  decline,  found  itself  like  an  aged  lady,  bereft  of  its 
usefulness,  but  still  loved  for  what  it  had  been. 

When  the  City  Board  of  Education  accepted  the  property  of 
Madison  Female  Institute  in  1919,  it  transferred  the  secondary 
grades  of  the  Caldwell  Public  High  School  to  the  historic  buildings 
on  the  newly  acquired  campus.  Two  years  later  the  public  school 
on  North  Second  Street  burned.  Then  under  the  superintendency  of 
Mr.  John  Howard  Payne  a  new  and  imposing  public  school  building 
was  erected  on  the  site  of  the  Institute.  This  building  was  completed 
in  1922.  At  once  a  new  civic  pride  began  to  manifest  itself  with 
increased  respect  and  loyalty  to  the  public  school.  Caldwell  High 
School  changed  its  name  to  Madison  High  School. 

There  was  still  a  division  of  educational  support  and  loyalty 
in  the  community.  Superintendent  Payne  presented  the  situation  to 
State  Superintendent  George  Colvin,  chairman  of  the  Board  of 
Regents  for  Eastern.  Mr.  Colvin's  ideas  on  public  education  jibed 
exactly  with  the  ambitions  of  the  city  superintendent,  and,  being 
a  fearless  man,  the  suggestions  of  Superintendent  Payne  were 
soon  expressed  in  action.  The  year  that  witnessed  the  completion 
of  the  new  home  for  Madison  High  School  on  the  grounds  given  to 
the  city  by  the  defunct  Madison  Female  Institute  also  witnessed  the 
recommendation  of  State  Superintendent  Colvin  to  the  effect  that 
the  Normal  School  should  abolish  its  Model  High  School.  The  grad- 
uating class  at  the  Model  High  that  year  had  been  the  largest  in 
the  history  of  the  school.  For  eighteen  years  it  had  carried  on  the 
traditions  of  Walters  Collegiate  Institute  and  had  done  exceptionally 
good  work  for  a  small  high  school.  But  it  was  true  that  the  State 
Normal  had  not,  up  to  this  time,  used  the  Model  High  School  for 
training  purposes.  No  student  teaching  had  ever  been  done  in  it, 
and  very  little  directed  observation.  It  was  an  expensive  adjunct 
to  the  state  institution,  carried  on  at  public  expense  because  an 
agreement  had  been  entered  into  to  that  effect  in  the  early  history 
of  the  school;  and,  moreover,  the  presence  of  the  Model  High  School 
divided  the  educational  interests  and  social  forces  of  the  community 
in  a  way  that  was  not  conducive  to  the  building  up  of  a  modern, 
progressive  high  school  at  either  site. 

83 


The  action  of  Mr.  Colvin,  acquiesced  in  by  President  Coates, 
plus  the  initiative  of  Superintendent  Payne,  soon  changed  the 
educational  status  of  the  community.  The  city  school  gained  in 
public  favor.  Extra-curricular  activities  were  introduced  into  the 
High  School  with  the  result  of  increased  pride  in  the  new  public 
school.  Within  four  j'ears  Madison  High  more  than  doubled  its 
enrollment  and  established  itself  on  a  new  plane. 

During  the  same  four-year  period  the  Model  School,  now 
called  the  Training  School,  reduced  to  eight  elementary  grades, 
barely  held  its  own  in  numbers.  Before  1922  there  had  been  a 
waiting  list  of  pupils  whose  parents  applied  for  admission  when 
room  would  permit.  In  this  period  the  waiting  list  disappeared, 
the  Parent-Teacher  Association  dissolved,  and  children  completing 
their  work  in  the  Training  School  began  to  look  forward  to  their  en- 
trance into  Madison  High.  Within  the  same  period  the  demand 
upon  the  Training  School  for  student  teaching  had  exactly  doubled, 
and  the  College  began  to  launch  out  more  strongly  than  ever  in 
the  preparation  of  high  school  teachers. 

At  the  time  the  Model  High  School  was  abolished  in  1922  East- 
ern was  doing  very  little  toward  the  preparation  of  high  school 
teachers.  But  the  School  was  just  then  extending  its  curriculum  to 
cover  four  years  of  college.  The  student-body  was  rapidly  increasing 
in  numbers,  and  the  demands  upon  the  Training  School  were  in 
proportion.  The  High  School  had  been  given  up  just  at  the  time 
when  the  need  for  it  was  beginning. 

Up  to  this  point  four  critic  teachers  had  taught  the  eight 
elementary  grades  and  supervised  student  teaching.  In  January, 
1923,  a  fifth  critic  was  added  to  the  staff;  and  in  three  years  more 
the  school  had  been  forced  to  employ  a  teacher  for  each  of  the 
nine  grades  then  in  the  Training  School. 

For  the  school  year  1924-25  the  Director  was  given  a  leave  of 
absence  with  a  General  Education  Board  scholarship.  During  his 
leave  Mr.  M.  E.  Mattox  acted  as  director.  The  Junior  High  School 
for  grades  seven,  eight,  and  nine  was  organized  in  September,  1925. 

An  agreement  was  entered  into  with  the  Richmond  Board  of 
Education  in  1926  for  the  extension  of  student  teaching  into  the 
city  school;  but  the  plan  was  thwarted  when  a  group  of  citizens 
appeared  before  the  Board  with  a  petition  objecting  to  the  agree- 
ment. Finally  in  1934  President  Donovan  and  Superintendent  O'- 
Donnell  completed  arrangements  whereby  the  city  school  would 
assist  in  the  conduct  of  student  teaching  during  crowded  terms, 
and  127  student  teachers  did  three  hours  each  in  the  city  schools 
in   1934-35. 

The  increased  number  of  college  students  preparing  themselves 
for  high  school  positions  soon  burdened  the  junior  high  school 
grades  of  the  Training  School  with  student  teachers  to  such  an 
extent  that  it  became  desirable  to  relieve  the  situation  by  restoring 
the  senior  high  school  grades.  This  was  done  by  President  Donovan 
in  1930.  The  Normal  High  School,  which  had  issued  teaching  cer- 
tificates,  and  which  from   1927   to   1930   had   granted   high   school 

84 


diplomas,  was  discontinued  in  the  latter  years.  Three  of  its  faculty, 
Mr.  Samuel  Walker,  Mr.  Virgil  Burns,  and  Mr.  G.  O.  Bryant,  were 
added  to  the  new  high  school  staff. 

A  contract  was  entered  into  with  the  Madison  County  Board 
of  Education  whereby  those  county  high  school  pupils  living  nearer 
to  Richmond  than  to  other  county  high  schools  might  receive  free 
tuition  in  the  Model  High  School,  the  county  paying  the  Teachers 
College  a  fee  of  ten  dollars  per  pupil  at  first,  but  later  doubled. 
Thus  after  twenty-four  years  of  service  to  the  community  and  to 
the  Normal  School  and  Teachers  College,  eight  of  which  had  been 
without  a  standard  high  school,  the  Training  School  was  reorganized 
on  the  six-six  plan  with  fourteen  full-time  teachers  and  once  more 
had  a  standard,  accredited  high  school. 

Walters  Collegiate  Institute  continued  its  spiritual  existence 
rechristened  as  the  Model  High  School  in  1906,  and  occupied  the 
same  quarters,  under  the  new  name  and  new  organization,  that  it 
had  been  occupying  for  the  five  previous  years  on  the  first  and 
second  floors  of  old  Central  University  building.  From  September 
11.  1906,  to  Christmas,  1909.  the  school  continued  to  occupy  these 
rooms,  while  the  Normal  School  occupied  other  rooms  in  the  same 
building.  The  Director  of  the  Model  School  had  his  office  on  the 
second  floor  opposite  the  assembly  room,  but  the  administrative 
offices  of  the  Normal  were  located  in  Memorial  Hall,  then  the 
girls'  dormitory. 

The  Training  School  at  Eastern  has,  from  the  first,  been  re- 
spected in  the  choice  of  its  location.  In  January,  1910,  the  school 
was  moved  into  Roark  Hall,  a  new  building,  in  which  there  were 
rooms  specially  planned  for  the  Model  School.  Each  room  had  a 
telephone  leading  to  the  President's  office  on  the  first  floor  (the 
President  was  then  the  director),  and  there  were  narrow,  raised 
platforms  in  the  rear  of  the  rooms  built  for  the  convenience  of 
observation  classes. 

The  building  used  in  1930  exclusively  for  the  Elementary 
Training  School  was  erected  in  1917-18,  during  the  World  War, 
when  money  values  were  rapidly  rising.  It  cost  about  $60,000.00. 
The  contractors  defaulted,  and  their  bondsmen  completed  the 
building  with  some  rather  cheap  workmanship.  In  October,  1918, 
the  school  moved  from  Roark  Hall  into  this  edifice,  later  named 
James  W.  Cammack  Building.  This,  the  first  training  school  building 
in  Kentucky,  has  at  the  end  of  thirty-eight  years  become  wholly 
inadequate  for  the  purposes  for  which  it  was  designed.  When  the 
Model  High  School  was  reorganized  in  1930,  it  was  given  the  same 
rooms  in  the  old  Central  University  building  where  it  had  its 
inception  in  1906 — and  with  the  same  janitor,  Irvin  Gentry. 

Curriculum 

The  course  of  study  for  the  Model  School  printed  in  1907  pre- 
sented such  a  splendid  outline  for  a  training  school  curriculum 
that  few  changes  have  been  made  with  respect  to  fundamentals. 
The  new  course  set  a  high  standard  for  Kentucky  schools.  While 

85 


primary  teachers  all  over  the  State  were  using  the  A.  B.  C.  method 
of  teaching  children  to  read,  the  Model  School  employed  a  method 
"beginning  with  action  sentences  consisting  of  one  word,"  and 
"the  pupils  are  gradually  led  into  longer  and  more  difficult  sen- 
tences woven  into  stories  or  conversation." 

Miss  Lena  Gertrude  Roling,  who  had  done  work  at  Wooster 
University,  taught  the  primary  grades  for  the  first  two  years.  Her 
methods  were  improved  upon  after  Miss  May  C.  Hansen  became 
primary  critic  in  1912.  She.  too,  began  the  process  of  reading  with 
meaningful  content  and  without  the  use  of  primer  books;  but  she 
added  the  analytic-synthetic  method  of  motivated  drill  which  she 
had  learned  in  the  Francis  Parker  training  school  at  the  University 
of  Chicago.  Hundreds  of  primary  teachers,  having  mastered  these 
methods  at  Eastern,  have  put  them  into  practice  in  the  public 
schools  of  the  Commonwealth.  Miss  Hansen  accepted  a  leave  of 
absence  in  1928,  and  was  succeeded  by  Miss  Margaret  Lingen- 
felser,  who  continued  the  excellent  work  of  her  predecessors,  and 
added  the  newer  feature  of  developing  the  learning  processes  from 
purposeful  activities  of  the  children's  choice. 

The  Review  for  July,  1907  announced  that  "each  room  in  the 
Model  School  is  furnished  with  a  complete  small  library  of  books 
suitable  for  the  children  in  that  grade."  Among  the  supplementary 
readers  listed  for  the  second  grade  there  appeared  two  sets  that 
are  of  special  interest:  The  "Tree  Dwellers,"  by  Dopp,  and  the 
"Early  Cave  Men,"  by  the  same  author.  These  books  are  still  in 
use  in  the  second  grade  and  are  in  good  repair;  but  they  were 
relegated  to  a  back  shelf  during  President  Crabbe's  administration 
for  the  very  interesting  reason  that  he  was  conscientiously  opposed 
to  any  teaching  of  primitive  life,  even  in  story  form.  The  Training 
School  in  1935  had  about  3,000  supplementary  books  in  the  different 
classrooms,  and  a  library  of  about  4,000  additional  well-chosen 
books  for  general  reading. 

The  importance  of  "refined  English"  in  the  education  of  youth 
may  be  gleaned  from  these  sentences  found  in  the  introduction  to 
the  Model  School  number  of  the  Eastern  Kentucky  Review  for 
1907:  "The  Director  will  watch  with  zealous  care  such  essentials  as 
audible  reading,  writing,  spoken  and  written  English.  Written  work 
of  all  grades  will  be  daily  filed  in  the  office,  subject  to  inspection 
by  the  public."  The  teaching  of  no  other  subject  received  so  much 
attention.  "Language  is  taught  in  connection  with  all  other  sub- 
jects"— sounds  very  modern.  Then  follows  a  quotation  from  Dr. 
Roark:  "Drill  in  fluent,  correct,  and  refined  English  should  begin 
for  each  pupil  the  day  he  enters  school,  and  be  the  last  thing  done 
for  him  when  he  leaves  the  university." 

The  fundamentals  were  well  taught  from  the  first.  All  courses 
were  planned  with  sequence  and  continuity  that  contributed  to  the 
wholesome  and  natural  development  of  children  through  the 
twelve  grades  of  school.  Nature  study  in  the  elementary  grades 
and  science  in  high  school  were  outlined  for  each  year;  and  so 
were  the  subjects  of  mathematics,  history,  and  liters, ture.  Drawing 

86 


and  art  were  supervised  in  the  grades  and  one  class  of  each  offered 
in  high  school.  Vocal  music  was  likewise  taught  by  a  supervisor, 
as  it  always  has  been  since  the  first. 

The  course  of  study  during  President  Roark's  administration 
(1906-10)  introduced  the  French  language  in  the  third  grade,  and 
offered  it  in  each  succeeding  grade  through  high  school.  German, 
first  taught  in  the  seventh  grade,  was  also  offered  in  the  succeeding 
years.  Four  years  of  Latin  and  two  of  Greek  were  given  in  high 
school — a  rather  humanistic  curriculum. 

The  Model  High  School  bulletin  for  1908i  announced  that  "The 
high  school  course  is  arranged  to  combine  three  essential  com- 
pulsory subjects  and  one  elective  subject  each  year  but  the  last, 
when  two  electives  are  allowed.  The  compulsory  subjects  include 
subjects  necessary  for  university  entrance.  An  elective  course 
must  be  chosen  for  not  less  than  two  successive  years.  A  music 
course  has  also  been  arranged  to  run  parallel  with  these  courses  to 
be  taken  as  an  elective." 

By  1910  the  offerings  in  high  school  had  simmered  down  to 
one  year  each  in  science  and  history;  but  four  years  of  English, 
Latin,  and  Mathematics  were  given.  Two  years  of  Greek  and  two 
of  French  were  still  in  the  curriculum.  "The  course  covers",  the 
catalog  stated,  "sixteen  units  as  defined  by  the  College  Entrance 
Examination  Board,  as  follows:  English,  3  units;  Latin,  4  units; 
Greek,  2  units;  Ancient  History,  1  unit;  Geometry,  IV2  units; 
Algebra,  IVa  units;  German  or  French,  2  units,  and  Physics,  1  unit." 
These  requirements  seem  quite  rigid  compared  to  the  present  ones 
which  specify  only  three  units  of  English  and  two  of  mathematics 
as  required  with  the  other  eleven  units  elective.  No  foreign  lan- 
guage has  been  taught  in  the  grades  since  the  World  War,  and  no 
German  in  the  high  school.  Greek  had  been  dropped  from  the  high 
school  before  that  time. 

Extra-Curricular 

Model  High  School  had  a  football  team  in  the  beginning  years 
of  its  existence,  and  again  in  the  last  years  before  its  discontinuance 
in  1922.  It  had  baseball,  track,  and  basketball  teams  also  in  the 
years  between  1907-12.  In  1919  the  school  joined  the  Kentucky 
High  School  Athletic  Association,  which  one  of  the  writers  of 
this  chapter  (Richard  A.  Edwards)  had  been  instrumental  in 
organizing  in  1916-17.  Previous  to  that  time  high  schools  in  the 
State  had  no  state-wide  organization  governing  the  ethical  conduct 
of  inter-scholastic  contests. 

Other  extra-curricular  activities  which  were  important  enough 
in  the  life  of  the  school  to  leave  some  record  of  achievement  in- 
cluded a  high  school  orchestra  and  a  dramatic  club. 

Club  activities  developed  with  the  rise  of  junior  high  schools 
and  the  changing  philosophy  of  education.  In  1915  Mr.  R.  A.  Ed- 
wards had  introduced  the  six-six  plan  of  organization  in  the  second 
school  (Morganfield)  in  Kentucky  to  adopt  it.  When  he  came  to  the 
Training  School  as  director  in  1918  it  was  announced  in  the  Review 
bulletin  that  the  Training  School  would  be  reorganized  on  that 

87 


basis;  but  there  were  obstacles  in  the  way.  It  was  not  until  1925 
that  the  Junior  High  School  became  a  fact,  with  a  half  dozen  clubs 
of  the  pupil's  choice. 

A  liberal  philosophy  has  governed  the  policies  of  the  school 
since  the  beginning,  in  spite  of  its  rigid,  academic,  high  school 
curriculum.  Col.  Crawford  announced  in  the  1907  Model  School 
Review  bulletin  that  "Physical  culture  and  military  training  will 
play  a  conspicuous  part  in  the  discipline  of  those  coming  under  our 
charge."  The  attractive  bulletin  published  a  year  later  states  that 
"The  rules  of  the  school  are  few  and  designed  to  secure  the  greatest 
good  to  the  greatest  number.  Each  pupil  is  given  every  opportunity 
for  self-control.  A  healthful  school  spirit  is  fostered  and  every 
effort  made  to  command  the  loyalty  of  both  pupils  and  parents  of 
the  school."  This  has  really  been  the  policy  upon  which  the  govern- 
ment of  the  school  has  rested  from  that  time  to  this.  For  several 
years  the  Director  of  the  Tx'aining  School  has  announced  to  the 
student  body  at  the  beginning  of  every  term,  that  the  school  has 
no  rules;  that  the  pupils  are  supposed  to  do  as  they  please  so  long 
as  they  please  to  do  right;  that  every  boy  is  expected  to  be  a  gen- 
tleman, and  every  girl  a  lady;  and  that  the  school  stands  for  three 
ideals  which  it  is  hoped  will  be  characterized  in  every  pupil; 
namely,  scholarship,  courteous  conduct,  and  personal  honesty. 

For  twenty-iive  years  the  Training  School  had  a  ten  months 
school  year,  with  a  special  six  weeks  summer  term  until  1922.  Be- 
ginning 1930-31,  the  length  of  the  school  year  has  been  made  nine 
months  with  the  special  six  weeks  summer  term  resumed. 

The  whole-hearted  support  of  the  school  by  its  patrons  was 
shown  in  the  management  of  the  art  exhibit  held  May  20  to  23, 
1909.  The  twenty  patronesses,  whose  names  appeared  on  the  pro- 
gram and  the  sixteen  young  ladies  whose  names  appeared  on  the 
reception  committee,  sponsored  the  exhibit  in  the  Miller  Gym- 
nasium; Miss  Margaret  Lynch  was  chairman.  The  splendid  collection 
of  pictures  secured  by  these  ladies  from  the  proceeds  of  the  exhibit 
still  adorn  the  walls  of  the  classrooms  in  the  Training  School.  Very 
few  other  pieces  of  art  have  been  added  to  them  within  the  in- 
tervening twenty-seven  years. 

The  organizers  of  the  Parent-Teacher  Association  the  next 
year  were  those  who  had  helped  to  make  the  art  exhibit  a  success. 
This  organization  contributed  to  a  wholesome  morale  in  the  school 
and  established  a  bond  of  understanding  between  the  community 
and  the  school  which  has  never  entirely  been  severed.  The  first 
meeting  was  held  November  25,  1910;  and  the  last  one  recorded 
in  the  minutes  of  the  first  meeting:  "Dr.  Crabbe  led  the  discussion 
with  talks  by  Mr.  MacBryde.  Miss  Deverell,  Madame  Prowtrowska, 
Miss  Patridge,  Miss  Green.  Mr.  Robert  Burnam,  and  Judge  Lilly. 
Mrs.  T.  S.  Burnam  was  made  president  of  the  association,  and  Miss 
Green,  secretary-treasurer."  Those  paying  dues  for  the  first  year 
were  Mrs.  J.  S.  Hagan,  Mrs.  T.  J.  Smith,  Mrs.  W.  H.  Parks,  Mrs. 
E.  W.  Powell,  Mrs.  Dr.  Vaught.  Mrs.  E.  Witt,  Mrs.  B.  L.  Banks,  Mrs. 
C.  F.   Chenault,  Mrs.   S.   L.   Deatherage,   Mrs.  T.   S.   Burnam,   Mrs. 


John  Arnold,  Mrs.  Henry  Perry,  Mrs.  H.  C.  Jasper,  Mrs  L.  P.  Evans, 
Mrs.  Joe  Chenault,  Mrs.  J.  R.  Pates,  Mrs.  O.  W.  Hisle,  Mrs.  G.  D. 
Smith,  and  Miss  Jenny  L.  Green. 

For  the  year  1915-16  there  were  fifty-one  paid  memberships. 
From  the  minutes  one  would  conclude  that  all  the  speakers  were 
"interesting",  the  entertainment  "delightful",  and  the  refreshments 
"delicious".  In  fact  the  programs  were  usually  of  a  high  order  and 
were  appreciated.  To  turn  through  the  minutes  one  sees  such  items 
as  these:  "Prof.  Marsteller  lectured  to  the  Association  on  Rousseau's 
Emile'';  "Dr.  Scanlon  gave  a  very  interesting  talk  on  practical 
morality,  followed  by  a  lively  discussion,  a  great  many  taking 
part";  and  "the  Rev.  Homer  Carpenter  gave  a  talk  on  music  and  its 
place  in  the  community  life."  More  than  one  program  includes  "a 
solo  by  Miss  Cynthia  Davison." 

When  the  administration  of  the  Normal  changed  in  1916  the 
P.T.A.  sent  a  "committee  to  appear  before  the  Board  of  Regents 
and  express  to  them  the  parents'  appreciation  of  the  work  done  by 
the  Model  School  teachers,  and  to  ask  that  they  be  unanimously 
reappointed." 

Books  suitable  for  the  Model  School  children  were  purchased 
by  the  Association  and  placed  in  the  Normal  School  library  before  a 
Training  School  library  was  established.  Playground  equipment  was 
also  installed  by  the  organization.  For  a  period  of  about  two  years, 
1916-18,  the  members  financed  and  managed  a  noon-day  lunch  for 
the  children;  and  the  last  kindly  act  before  the  association  ad- 
journed, sine  die,  was  to  contribute  a  first-aid  medicine  cabinet 
to  the  school.     It  is  still  in  daily  use. 

Those  who  served  as  president  of  the  Parent-Teacher  Associa- 
tion during  its  life  time  were  as  follows:  For  1910-11,  Mrs.  T.  S. 
Burnam;  1911-12,  Mrs.  Thomas  Jefferson  Smith;  1912-13,  Mrs.  Joe 
Chenault;  1913-14,  and  from  1915  to  1917,  Mrs.  B.  H.  Luxon;  1914-15, 
Mrs.  W.  H.  Park,  1917-18,  Mrs.  J.  R.  Pates;  1919-20,  Mrs.  Harry 
Blanton;  920-21,  Mrs.  Murrison  Dunn;  1921-22,  Mrs.  Warfield  Ben- 
nett, 1922-23,  Mrs.  Frank  Clay;  1923-24,  Mrs.  H.  H.  Brock. 

The  P.T.A.  was  reorganized  October  5,  1933,  and  the  follow- 
ing officers  were  elected  to  serve  for  a  year  and  a  half:  Mrs.  G. 
Murray  Smith,  president;  Miss  Ruby  Rush,  vice-president;  Mrs. 
Turley  Noland,  secretary;  and  Mrs.  James  W.  Daatherage,  treasurer. 
Officers  for  1935-36  were  Mrs.  James  J.  Shannon,  president;  Miss 
Eliza  Hanson,  vice-president;  Mrs.  Rhodes  B.  Terrill,  secretary; 
Mrs.  Oscar  Swofford,  treasurer. 

A  "Training  School  Children's  Room"  in  the  Pattie  A.  Clay 
Infirmary  was  equipped  in  1929  at  the  expense  of  $500.00,  which 
sum  was  raised  by  the  pupils. 

Professional  Service 

The  Normal  School  was  established  for  the  expressed  purpose 
of  training  teachers  for  the  public  schools  of  the  Commonwealth; 
but  the  Training  School,  the  laboratory  where  the  practical  side 
of  the  training  was  to  be  done,  the  "Model  School"  where  the 
"students  of  the  Normal  can  observe  the  best  work"  was  offering 

89 


"the  advantages  of  a  select  private  school,"  and  announcing  that 
"military  training  will  play  a  conspicuous  part." 

The  special  Model  School  number  of  the  Review  issued  in  the 
summer  of  1908  announced  in  bold  type,  "The  purpose  of  the  Model 
School  is  to  furnish  a  high  grade  preparatory  school  for  the  people 
of  the  community.  The  faculty  has  been  chosen  with  that  end  in 
view.  The  school  is  in  no  sense  a  practice  school  and  no  practice 
teaching  is  allowed.  Typifying,  as  it  does,  however,  the  best  methods 
of  teaching,  Normal  students  are  required  to  observe  the  work  in 
all  grades  but  without  interfering  with  the  regular  work  of  the 
class." 

This  policy  was  soon  changed.  During  the  illness  of  President 
Roark  at  a  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Regents,  January  12,  1909, 
"Mrs.  Roark  reported  that  a  practice  school  had  been  conducted 
by  Miss  Patridge  in  accordance  with  plans  for  same  previously 
adopted,  and  that  the  school  was  a  success."  One  month  later  at 
another  meeting  of  the  Regents  the  question  arose  again,  and  "Prof. 
Jayne  in  connection  with  the  Acting  President  was  authorized  to 
organize  a  practice  school  without  delay." 

Professor  I.  W.  Jayne  had  succeeded  Col.  Crawford  as  Director 
of  the  Training  School.  His  year  of  service  in  the  school  appears 
to  have  been  a  stormy  one.  At  the  June  meeting  of  the  Board  of 
Regents  charges  of  "insubordination"  were  brought  against  him 
by  the  acting  President.  The  records  show  that  he  was  formally 
"discharged"  after  a  whole  page  of  "whereas"  had  been  spread 
on  the  book,  one  of  which  noted  that  he  had  already  accepted  an- 
other position. 

Mr.  Jayne  was  succeeded  by  Dr.  George  Payne,  a  man  who  has 
since  become  nationally  prominent  in  the  field  of  professional 
education.  It  was  resolved  at  the  October,  1909  meeting  of  the 
Regents,  "1st.  that  Dr.  E.  G.  Payne  be  elected  Professor  of  Pedagogy 
and  Director  of  Training,  and  that  he  be  authorized  to  organize 
and  classify  the  observation  and  practice  work  of  the  school; 
2nd.  that  the  Director  of  Training  shall  assign  Normal  students  to 
observation  work  in  the  Model  School,  and  also  assign  Normal 
students  to  practice  work  after  having  completed  observation  work 
required  of  them." 

At  the  December  meeting,  "Upon  motion  the  Board  approved 
Dr.  Payne's  plan  of  reorganizing  the  Model  and  Practice  Schools  and 
the  details  worked  out  by  him  and  Mrs.  Roark,  but  retained  two 
grades  to  each  teacher  and  the  only  extra  expense  to  be  the  em- 
ployment of  Miss  Patridge,  and  one  assistant  in  the  high  school." 

When  Dr.  Payne  resigned  at  the  end  of  the  school  year  the 
Board  passed  a  resolution  of  regret. 

President  Crabbe  came  to  the  Presidency  of  the  Normal  in 
1910,  and  immediately  took  into  his  own  hands  the  reins  of  the 
Director  of  the  Training  School  just  dropped  by  Dr.  Payne.  Obser- 
vation 1  and  2  and  Practice  Teaching  1  and  2  had  been  added  to  the 
curriculum.  From  that  day  to  this  the  School  had  functioned  to  the 

90 


limit  of  its  capacity  in  the  training  of  teachers,  and  in  the  education 
of  children. 

The  "Year  Books"  and  summer  school  bulletins  for  1911  and 
1912,  contain  this  rather  pithy  paragraph  which  speaks  for  itself: 
"While  even  the  most  ignorant  and  thoughtless  of  the  general 
public  seem  to  know  that  Normal  Schools  were  established  for  the 
purpose  of  training  teachers,  there  are  many  intelligent  people, 
including  some  teachers,  who  fail  to  recognize  the  one  vital  point 
of  difference  between  Normal  and  other  schools.  Either  they  do 
not  know  or  they  will  not  see  that  the  great  distinctive  feature  of 
a  Normal  school  is  the  opportunity  it  affords  for  the  observation 
of  the  teaching  process,  as  carried  on  in  the  different  grades,  and 
the  privilege  of  individual  practice." 

Then  follows  another  paragraph  which  expresses  very  poig- 
nantly a  basic  principle  upon  which  the  entire  institution  is  built: 
"Academic  work  is  done  in  every  school,"  says  the  writer,  "and  all 
branches  of  learning  including  the  theory  of  education,  may  be 
pursued  in  other  institutions  of  learning;  but  only  in  a  Training 
School  for  teachers  are  pupils  taught  the  art  of  teaching  as  well 
as  the  science,  and  given  systematic  instruction  in  both  theory  and 
practice." 

The  October  Review  for  1912,  makes  the  following  clear-cut 
statement  of  objectives: 

This  institution  is  to  train  teachers  and  it  stands  for 
four  things: 

1.  A  high  standard  of  scholarship. 

2.  A  thorough  study  of  the  science  of  teaching. 

3.  Observation   of  the  teaching  process  in  the   eight 
grades  and  high  schools  of  the  Model  School. 

4.  Practice  teaching  under  competent  supervisors. 

As  director  of  the  Training  School  President  Crabbe  super- 
vised its  administration  in  the  minutest  detail.  It  was  his  custom 
every  morning  before  school  opened  to  visit  each  classroom,  shake 
hands  with  the  teacher,  and  pass  a  few  words  of  interest  and 
concern  relative  to  the  school  work.  Once  a  month  each  teacher  filed 
with  him  a  complete  synopsis  of  all  subject  matter  covered  during 
the  month,  written  out  on  a  special  form  of  legal-cap  paper.  Each 
teacher  was  also  supplied  with  two  substantially  bound  record 
books,  one  for  attendance  and  the  other  for  pupil  achievement 
records.  These  were  used  for  nine  years,  and  are  still  preserved  in 
the  archives  of  the  Training  School. 

He  delegated  the  supervision  of  teacher  training  work  to  Miss 
Lelia  Patridge,  a  quaint  little  lady  and  a  delightful  soul,  who  had 
been  elected  to  the  Normal  School  faculty  in  1909.  She  was  a  grad- 
uate of  the  Framingham  (Mass.)  State  Normal  School,  the  second 
established  in  America,  and  had  acquired  a  rich  experience  in 
vai-ious  types  of  educational  work.  She  was  a  devout  disciple  of 
Colonel  Francis  Parker  and  of  his  philosophy  of  education. 

As  teacher  of  methods  in  Eastern  Kentucky  State  Normal 
School  for  a  period  of  eleven  years,  and  as  supervisor  of  practice 
and  observation  in  the  Training  School  for  the  first  part  of  that 

91 


period,  she,  perhaps  more  than  any  other  person  ever  connected  with 
the  institution,  succeeded  in  teaching  a  philosophy  of  educational 
method  which  time  and  experience  have  endorsed  as  practical. 

At  a  time  when  teachers  almost  everywhere  were  having 
pupils  drawl  out  monotonous  hours  in  "audible  reading" — one  of 
the  training  school  objectives  laid  down  by  Col.  Crawford  in  1906 
— Miss  Patridge  appeared  like  a  torch  in  the  night,  exposing  fal- 
lacies in  the  old  method  and  showing  the  advantages  of  a  silent 
reading  method  in  all  grades.  She  lectured  and  she  demonstrated; 
she  convinced  and  she  sent  teachers  into  the  schools  of  the  state 
who  really  improved  the  instruction  of  thousands  of  children.  The 
methods  of  teaching  reading  in  the  Training  School  at  the  time  this 
chapter  is  written  are  substantially  the  same  as  those  introduced 
by  Miss  Patridge. 

On  a  dark,  rainy  night  while  crossing  a  street  in  Richmond  she 
met  a  sudden  and  tragic  death.  She  had  willed  her  personal  be- 
longings to  her  friends,  and  her  estate  of  about  $8,000.00  she  be- 
queathed to  the  founding  of  a  home  for  those  like  herself,  who, 
when  they  had  grown  old  in  the  teaching  profession,  might  have  a 
comfortable  place  in  which  to  spend  their  last  days. 

The  professional  work  in  the  Training  School  during  most  of  the 
sixteen  years  from  the  beginning  of  the  Normal  until  it  became 
a  standard  College  included  two  ten-weeks  courses  in  observation 
and  two  ten-weeks  courses  in  practice  teaching.  The  procedure 
varied  somewhat  from  time  to  time,  but  that  was  the  general  plan. 

Observation  1,  an  "orientation  course",  was  required  of  all 
students  in  the  Elementary  certificate  curriculum.  Students  spent 
two  weeks  in  each  grade,  kept  notebooks  in  which  they  wrote  up 
the  activities  observed,  and  discussed  methods  with  the  supervisor 
or  teacher  in  charge  of  the  class.  After  the  Model  Rural  School 
was  established  on  the  campus,  m_ost  of  the  observation  for  this 
group  was  done  in  it. 

Observation  2  was  required  in  the  Intermediate  certificate 
course.  It  was  conducted  very  much  like  Observation  1.  For  most 
of  the  first  ten  years  of  the  school  these  students  were  assigned 
to  the  four  elementary  critic  teachers,  divided  into  four  groups,  and 
went  the  "ring  around  the  rosie",  the  critic  teachers  grading  their 
notebooks.  After  the  administration  of  President  Coates  had  con- 
tinued for  two  years,  a  Director  was  employed  for  the  Training 
School  to  take  this  burden  off  the  President,  and  classes  in  ob- 
servation were  placed  under  the  direction  of  this  man  (Mr.  R.  A. 
Edwards). 

Practice  Teaching  1  and  2  were  offered  in  the  Advanced  cer- 
tificate curriculum.  Student  teachers  were  given  their  assignment 
in  the  Training  School  by  the  Director.  A  course  in  Observation  3 
was  sometimes  offered  for  students  of  college  rank.  From  1921  up 
to  the  present  time  one  college  course  in  Observation  has  been 
given.  Before  1926  it  was  Observation  and  Participation,  and  the 
students  followed  the  old  plan  of  spending  two  weeks  in  each  of 
the  elementary  rooms.  After  1926  it  was  a  course  in  Observation 

92 


and  Method,  and  was  differentiated  into  three  classes,  for  primary, 
upper  grade,  and  rural  teachers  respectively,  with  a  syllabus  out- 
lining the  work.  In  the  new  revision  of  the  curriculum  which  went 
into  effect  in  1931  this  course  has  been  changed  to  "Fundamentals 
in  Education"  and  its  credit  value  doubled. 

Practice  Teaching  1,  for  a  period  of  about  twelve  years,  was 
done  in  all  eight  grades,  two  or  three  weeks  in  each  room,  one  hour 
of  teaching  each  day  plus  another  hour  for  conference  with  the 
critic  teacher  or  supervisor.  The  second  ten  weeks  term  of  Practice 
Teaching  2,  while  not  always  required,  was  offered  in  the  grade 
or  subjects  which  prepared  the  candidate  for  the  kind  of  position  he 
intended  to  hold.  For  fourteen  years  1  and  2  were  required  in  a 
combined  course  carrying  five  semester  hours  credit,  and  the  work 
was  in  the  grades  or  subjects  in  which  the  student  was  majoring, 
except  for  two  years  when  standard  certificate  people  were  pre- 
mitted  to  take  three  hours  in  one-half  semester. 

Beginning  in  1942  when  the  College  was  organized  on  the 
quarter  plan  the  Student  Teaching  at  the  secondary  level  was 
all  day  for  a  quarter.  This  quarter  of  student  teaching  was  pre- 
ceeded  by  the  "Fundamentals  in  Secondary  Education".  The  op- 
portunity for  student  teachers  to  devote  full  time  to  teaching  was 
new  on  the  campus  and  was  received  wholeheartedly  by  both  stu- 
dents and  staff  members.  This  plan  enabled  the  student  teacher 
to  devote  all  his  attention  to  the  problems  of  teaching. 

In  1948  when  the  College  returned  to  the  semester  plan  the 
all-day  Student  Teaching  presented  a  problem.  A  whole  semester 
was  requested  for  this  activity  to  devote  this  much  time  to  Student 
Teaching.  The  plan  evolved  making  it  possible  for  students  to 
enroll  in  Fundamentals  and  Student  Teaching  for  a  full  semester's 
program.  They  met  as  a  group  in  Fundamentals  for  six  weeks  and 
then  proceeded  to  Student  Teaching  for  the  remaining  twelve 
weeks.  This  plan  is  still  in  effect.  Such  a  plan  makes  it  possible 
for  the  College  to  use  many  of  the  Public  schools  as  student  teaching 
centers.  After  the  first  six  weeks  many  students  leave  the  campus 
and  live  in  the  community  in  which  is  located  the  cooperating 
school.  This  plan  has  worked  well.  In  fact  many  other  colleges 
have  visited  Eastern's  campus  to  see  this  program  in  operation. 

In  1939  President  Donovan  and  Superintendent  W.  F.  O'Don- 
nell  of  the  Richmond  City  Schools  explored  the  possibilities  of 
combining  the  efforts  of  the  City  High  School  and  Model  High 
School.  Since  both  schools  were  small  it  was  believed  that  such  a 
combination  would  aid  in  enriching  the  programs  and  avoid  dupli- 
cation of  efforts.  Such  a  merger  became  effective  in  the  following 
fall.  Since  that  date  the  two  schools  have  been  accredited  by  the 
Southern  Association  of  Secondary  Schools  as  Madison-Model  High 
School.  The  two  divisions  retain  their  respective  organizations  but 
combine  such  activities  as  commencement,  athletics,  and  musical 
organizations. 

Training  Rural  Teachers 

The  crying  need  in  Kentucky  for  better  rural  teachers  has  been 

93 


recognized  by  this  Institution  from  the  first.  An  arrangement  was 
made  with  the  Madison  County  school  authorities  in  1909  for  the 
use  and  control  of  the  Watts  rural  school  located  on  the  Lancaster 
pike  about  three  miles  from  the  campus. 

An  interesting  description  of  the  school  is  given  in  the  April 
Revieiv  for  that  year:  "The  County  Training  School,  recently  or- 
ganized, has  a  full  attendance  .  .  .  Several  mild  innovations  in 
country  schools  have  been  mildly  introduced,  such  as  written 
spelling  and  supplementary  reading.  One  member  of  the  training 
class  accompanies  Miss  Patridge  each  day  and  teaches  under  her 
supervision.  During  the  ride  back  and  forth  the  time  is  used  in 
discussing  plans  and  methods." 

The  relationship  with  the  Watts  school  was  terminated  after  a 
few  years.  On  September  8,  1912,  the  Regents  authorized  President 
Crabbe  "to  begin  the  work  of  building  a  model  rural  school  building 
by  asking  for  preliminary  sketches  and  bids  for  same  at  the  earliest 
possible  date."  For  some  unknown  cause  the  building  was  not 
construced  until  1929  when  the  Regents  repeated  the  authorization 
to  President  Donovan,  who  had  the  new  brick,  one-teacher  model 
school  building  erected  on  the  College  farm  near  the  campus.  The 
Madison  County  Board  of  Education  turned  over  to  the  Teachers 
College  the  Watts  school  district.  A  new  school  bus  was  purchased 
and  free  transportation  was  provided  for  the  children  of  this 
district. 

In  January,  1918,  President  Coates  organized  a  one-teacher  rural 
school  on  the  campus  at  Eastern.  A  room  for  the  school  was  first 
taken  in  the  basement  of  Roark  Hall,  the  same  building  that  housed 
the  Training  School  at  that  time.  But  when  the  Library  moved  into 
the  new  Training  School  building  in  October,  1918,  the  Model  Rural 
School  occupied  all  of  the  old  Central  University  Academy  building 
vacated  by  the  Library.  Miss  Mariam  Noland  taught  this  school  with 
rural  children,  all  eight  grades,  until  it  was  discontinued  in  1922. 

President  Coates  made  a  contract  with  the  Madison  County 
Board  of  Education  for  joint  operation  of  Kavanaugh  rural  school 
on  the  Irvine  pike  in  1921.  The  Green's  Chapel  school  on  Barnes 
Mill  pike  was  added  to  the  contract  in  1923.  Both  of  these  schools 
remained  part  of  the  Training  School  organization  until  1929.  A 
bus  was  operated  on  a  regular  schedule  between  them  and  the 
campus.  Classes  went  out  to  observe  and  student  teachers  to 
practice.  During  a  brief  period  of  about  one  year  each,  from  1921 
to  1923,  Mr.  C.  D.  Lewis  and  Mr.  W.  L.  Jayne  supervised  rural 
training  work  and  headed  what  was  called  a  department  of  rural 
education.  The  Director  of  the  Training  School  supervised  these 
schools,  both  in  their  administrative  and  professional  aspects  at  all 
other  times. 

Beginning  in  1931  rural  education  at  Eastern  offered  for  the 
first  time  a  curriculum  leading  to  a  degree  and  preparing  teachers, 
supervisors,  county  superintendents  and  consolidated  principals  for 
the  specific  duties  of  this  most  neglected  field  of  public  education. 

94 


In  1935  Dr.  J.  D.  Coates  became  principal  of  the  Model  High  School 
and  in  1954  he  was  made  Director  of  Laboratory  Schools. 

The  transition  through  which  the  Training  School  has  passed 
during  its  history  marks  a  change  in  educational  ideals  and  practices 
from  that  of  the  private  school,  as  represented  in  Walters  Collegiate 
Institute,  to  that  of  a  more  democratic  education  as  typified  in 
the  State's  public  school  system.  The  organization  of  the  school  has 
been  changed  from  the  conventional  eight-four  plan,  which  had 
its  origin  in  the  German  Volkschule  and  the  English  academy,  to 
the  six-six  plan  of  American  origin,  which  has  the  advantage  of 
a  better  integrated  program.  In  September,  1934,  a  nursery- 
kindergarten  room  was  added  under  the  stimulation  of  the  Federal 
Emergency  Relief  Administration.  The  methods  of  instruction  have 
progressed  with  the  changing  philosophy  of  education.  The  school 
has  taken  advantage  of  the  results  of  scientific  research  in  education 
made  available  during  this  rapidly  evolving  period.  The  results  of 
standardized  tests,  first  introduced  in  1920  and  used  consistently 
since  that  time,  show  the  scholastic  standing  of  pupils  in  the  Train- 
ing School  to  be,  on  the  average,  up  to  or  above  that  for  the 
country  as  a  whole.  While  the  number  of  pupils  in  the  school  has 
been  limited,  for  most  of  the  time,  to  thirty  to  the  grade,  the 
expansion  made  necessary  by  the  demands  of  the  College  has  more 
than  trebled  the  numbers  and  has  increased  the  full  time  teaching 
staff  to  seventeen.  These  years  record  a  struggle,  a  metamorphosis 
and  a  sudden  bui-st  of  approval  for  public  education  and  for  better 
trained  teachers  in  Kentucky.  The  Training  School  has  played  a 
conspicuous  part  in  this  advancement. 


Prof.  Richard  A.  Edwards 

Director   of  the  Training   School, 
1918-1955. 


Dr.  J.  Borland  Coates 

Principal  of  Model  High  School 
1935-1954;  Director  of  Teacher 
Training,  1954  to  the  present. 


95 


CHAPTER  VII 

THE  LIBRARY 
By  Miss  Mary  Floyd 

"Education  on  a  high  level  will  continue 
throughout  life  for  those  who  form  the 
habit   of  reading   good  books." 

President  O'Donnell,  E.  K.  S.  C. 

The  history  of  the  College  library  1906-1936  and  the  physical 
arrangements  of  the  remodeled  and  enlarged  building  were  dis- 
cussed in  Three  Decades  of  Progress  published  in  1936.  Therefore, 
this  chapter  will  stress  the  function  of  the  library.  In  June 
1954  the  University  of  Chicago  Graduate  Library  School  held  a 
conference  on  "The  Function  of  the  Library  in  the  Modern  College." 
The  keynote  of  that  conference  and  the  present  day  philosophy 
concerning  college  libraries  was  aptly  expressed  by  N.  F.  McKeon 
Jr.  of  Amherst  College  in  these  words:  "On  any  campus  the 
services  of  the  library  are  a  function  of  the  institution's  curriculum, 
and  they  are  defined  in  detail  by  the  teaching  methods  of  the 
faculty." 

College  professors  and  librarians  from  leading  colleges  and 
universities  were  agreed  on  such  points  as:  The  aims  of  the  uni- 
versity should  determine  the  policies  of  the  library,  a  liberal 
education  is  basic  for  a  citizen  in  a  democracy,  students  learn 
for  themselves  in  panel  or  group  discussions,  conferences,  debates, 
committees  for  critical  inquiry,  analysis  and  evaluation.  The 
faculty  and  library  staff  should  make  a  common  cause  for  edu- 
cation. It  is  imperative  to  have  delightful,  new  materials  fas- 
tidiously selected.  What  is  done  with  books  counts  most  in  the 
end.  It  might  be  well  to  list  here  the  lofty  aims  envisioned  by  a 
member  of  the  faculty  at  Eastern,  W.  L.  Keene,  English  Depart- 
ment, as  set  forth  in  the  dedication  program  on  May  26,  1936. 

THE   DEDICATION 

To  the  reading  of  books  as  the  most  complete  record  of  the 
story  of  man; 

To  books  as  the  golden  thread  of  human  tradition  —  best 
historian  of  the  past,  interpreter  of  the  present,  and  prophet  of 
the  veiled  future; 

To  books  that  give  knowledge  —  history,  science,  and  all 
written  records  of  the  world's  best  truth; 

To  research  —  the  seeking  of  new  truth,  new  relationships 
among  old  truths,  and  new  applications  to  the  arts  and  pursuits  of 
living; 

To  books  that  exceed  mere  knowledge;  religion,  philosophy, 
the  world's  greatest  poetry  —  books  of  ageless  beauty,  and  wisdom, 
and  all  "the  still,  sad  music  of  humanity;" 

96 


To  the  reading  of  books  that  call  to  action:  in  a  world  beset 
with  wars,  tormented  with  hunger,  blighted  with  ignorance,  and 
haunted  by  unnamed  fears; 

To  exquisite  books  of  sheer  delight  —  a  child's  fairy  tale,  a 
fireside  story,  strange  adventure  in  far-off  lands; 

To  Kentucky  books  —  bright,  new  volumes  of  today,  and  old 
and  rare  books  steeped  in  the  elusive  fragrance  of  many  yesterdays; 

With  an  abiding  respect  for  books,  even  apart  from  their 
message,  as  monuments  to  manifold  human  ingenuity  and  industrial 
skill  —  the  triumph  of  centuries-long  progression  from  hiero- 
glyphics to  alphabet,  from  papyrus  and  parchment  to  the  exquisitely 
printed  and  illustrated  examples  of  modern  bookmaking  art; 

To  beauty  of  setting  and  surrounding;  to  innumerable  hours 
lived  in  spacious  reading  rooms  of  faultless  color  and  design, 
enriched  with  an  external  loveliness  of  campus  green  and  gold; 

Finally,  remembering  all  high  hopes  that  have  gone  into  its 
building,  those  who  serve  and  those  who  shall  be  served  here 
through  the  years,  the  people  of  a  state  and  nation  whose  wealth 
gave  it  being,  its  inception  in  a  dream  of  greater  usefulness  for  the 
College  of  which  it  is  a  part,  and  its  final  completion  as  a  worthy 
temple  of  learning,  enduring  and  beautiful,  WE  DEDICATE  THIS 
LIBRARY. 

Thus  the  faculty  and  library  staff  were  pledged  to  a  common 
cause  for  education.  The  present  services  have  developed  accord- 
ing to  the  changing  times  and  the  needs  of  the  College.  Many 
times  readers  comment  on  the  fact  that  Eastern  has  a  good  library. 
Credit  for  this  is  due  the  Administration  for  increased  budget  for 
books,  a  Carnegie  Grant  of  $6,000.00  in  1938-1941,  and  faculty 
cooperation  in  securing  BEST  BOOKS  in  all  fields.  They  have  not 
only  studied  needs  for  classes  offered  but  they  have  also  taken  pride 
in  securing  a  well  rounded  collection  of  95,000  books  and  300  current 
periodicals,  up-to-date  standard  reference  materials,  basic  books 
in  each  department,  authentic  and  readable  books  for  general 
information  in  all  fields,  adequate  materials  for  graduate  students, 
back  files  of  bound  magazines,  and  enough  recent  popular  books 
for  leisure  time  reading.  Such  lists  as  Shaw,  Mohardt,  Shores, 
Lyle,  N.E.A.,  Southern  Association  and  many  others  have  been 
checked  in  an  effort  to  keep  in  mind  the  standards  held  for  college 
libraries  in  general. 

The  book  collection  has  increased  considerably  in  the  past 
twenty  years,  not  only  in  quantity  but  in  quality,  as  becomes  a 
college  library.  In  addition  to  the  main  collection  with  open 
stacks  for  all  the  students,  the  reference  and  reserve  rooms  have 
adequate  seating  space.  Current  and  bound  periodicals  with 
Readers'  Guide  and  Education  Indexes  are  also  easily  accessible, 
and  there  is  a  laboratory  collection  of  state  adopted  textbooks 
for  elementary  and  secondary  teachers.  A  picture  file,  a  verticle 
file,  and  special  rooms  and  collections  available  for  browsing  and 
study  complete  the  library's  offerings. 

For  the  prospective  teacher,  there  is  no  place  more  helpful 
than  the  Training  School  Library.  It  contains  more  than  6,000 
carefully  selected  juvenile  books,  arranged  according  to  the  Dewey 
decimal  classification.  A  good  reference  collection  was  selected 
first,  then  books  to  be  used  in  connection  with  the  class  work, 

97 


books  for  pleasure,  and  suitable  magazines  were  added.  Books 
have  been  selected  from  the  Children's  Catalog  and  other  selective 
lists  as  well  as  recommendations  from  the  Training  School  teachers, 
the  instructors  of  college  literature  classes,  the  librarian,  and  the 
children.  This  library  serves  more  than  370  young  people  in 
grades  1  through  12.  It  also  serves  as  a  laboratory  for  college 
classes  in  education,  in  children's  literature,  and  for  student 
teachers.  This  is  an  attractive  room  with  a  full  time  librarian  in 
charge. 

The  personal  library  of  W.  B.  Ward  (1877-1952)  of  Inez,  Ken- 
tucky, an  alumnus  of  Eastern,  was  received  on  November  6,  1952 
according  to  the  following  paragraph  in  his  will: 

My  library,  consisting  of  about  3,000  volumes,  fix- 
tures and  all,  shall  be  tendered  to  Eastern  Teachers' 
College,  Richmond,  Kentucky,  on  the  condition  that  the 
authorities  accept  it  as  a  single  unit,  to  be  kept  intact  and 
housed  in  space  reserved  for  it,  and  known  as  the  W.  B. 
Ward  Unit  in  a  gift  by  the  first  man  to  finish  a  certificate 
course  in  the  old  E.  K.  S.  N.  S.,  and  the  first  Big  Sandian 
to  acquire  a  life  diploma. 

In  addition  to  numerous  books  on  education  and  professional 
topics  in  the  Ward  Collection,  there  are  books  on  literature, 
religion,  history,  science,  love,  law,  business  administration  and 
public  affairs.  Biography  and  poetry  must  have  been  his  hobby. 
These  books  have  a  special  book  plate  and  are  shelved  in  sectional 
book  cases  in  one  of  the  large  reading  rooms  near  the  front  of 
the  building.    This  makes  an  attractive  browsing  room  for  students. 

Other  personal  collections  have  been  given  to  the  library  with 
permission  for  selective  cataloging.  In  this  way  duplication  and 
materials  not  suitable  for  a  college  library  have  been  avoided. 
Among  those  of  special  value  are  contributions  by  Professor  G.  D. 
Smith  on  general  science;  Mrs.  C.  A.  Keith  on  genealogy;  Dr.  Dean 
Rumbold  on  biology;  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Brutus  J.  Clay  on  history 
and  law;  and  by  Miss  Marie  Roberts,  Mrs.  Waller  Bennett,  Miss 
Lucia  Burnam  and  Mrs.  Cynthia  Burnam,  whose  libraries  con- 
tained interesting  materials  published  before  1900. 

The  John  Wilson  Townsend  Library  was  the  first  important 
personal  collection  of  Kentuckiana  purchased  by  a  Kentucky  State 
College.  Mr.  Townsend,  a  well-known  Kentucky  author,  published 
Kentucky  in  American  Letters  in  1913.  Since  that  time  he  followed 
a  hobby  that  led  to  the  collection  of  books  about  Kentucky.  His 
chief  objectives  were  to  secure  first  editions  of  Kentucky  items  in 
mint  condition,  to  have  them  autographed  by  the  author  and  to 
insert  some  sort  of  annotation  and  a  letter  from  the  author  in  each 
volume. 

This  unique  library  of  more  than  1,700  books  was  purchased 
in  1930  by  Eastern  to  be  kept  as  a  special  research  collection.  It 
now  has  5,487  books.  The  policy  has  been  to  purchase  "first 
editions"  as  they  come  from  the  press  and  old  or  "rare"  books 
available  at  a  reasonable  price.  A  special  book  plate  was  designed 
in  compliment  to  Mr.  Townsend  by  Mr.  Sudduth  Goff,  a  native 

98 


of  Lexington,  Kentucky,  now  connected  with  the  Art  Institute  of 
Chicago.  He  took  the  design,  by  request,  from  a  medal  given  to 
Mr.  Townsend  by  his  alma  mater,  Transylvania  University.  In 
addition  to  this  research  collection  the  library  has  a  group  of  more 
than  1,000  Kentucky  books  in  the  Main  stacks  available  for  circu- 
lation. 

The  Film  Library  and  the  International  Relations  Center  are 
housed  in  the  library  building,  but  are  directed  with  separate 
budgets  and  organized  for  direct  services  to  faculty  and  students. 
The  Cooperative  Film  Library  was  organized  as  a  service  agency 
to  twenty  state  high  schools  which  became  members  of  the  organi- 
zation. Each  high  school  purchased  three  films  from  the  Erpe  Film 
Company  to  add  to  the  Cooperative  Library,  making  a  total  of  93 
films.  The  first  films  were  mailed  out  September  27,  1941.  Each 
school  was  allowed  to  schedule  three  or  more  films  each  week, 
and  these  films  were  mailed  out  each  Saturday  to  be  returned  by 
the  next  Friday.  They  were  serviced  each  week  and  made  avail- 
able to  other  schools. 

Mr.  G.  M.  Gumbert  was  director  of  this  Department  from  its 
beginning  in  1941  until  his  death  in  December  of  1953.  Since 
February,  1954,  this  department  has  been  under  the  direction  of 
Mrs.  Kathryn  E.  Davis.  The  film  service  to  high  schools  holding 
membership  in  the  Cooperative  Film  Library  is  still  available. 
In  addition  to  the  Public  School  service,  this  department  schedules, 
upon  request,  classroom  films  from  major  college  libraries  to  be 
shown  to  many  classes  and  organizations  at  Eastern.  They  are 
shown  in  the  Little  Theatre  of  the  Student  Union  Building  where 
a  projector  is  permanently  located  for  this  purpose. 

The  Eastern  Kentucky  Center  of  International  Relations, 
housed  in  the  Library  and  directed  by  Mr.  Glenn  McLain  from 
1953  to  1956,  was  established  under  a  grant  from  the  Foreign  Policy 
Association  of  New  York.  It  is  now  (1956-57)  under  the  direction 
of  Dr.  L.  G.  Kennamer  and  has  more  than  75,000  pamphlets,  docu- 
ments, reports,  posters  and  maps.  These  materials  fall  into  four 
general  categories:  Materials  from  embassies  of  the  world,  Official 
State  Department  documents,  reports  and  studies  from  Congress 
and  various  types  of  materials  from  private  organizations. 

The  purpose  of  the  Center  is  to  gather  materials  on  foreign 
policy,  foreign  affairs,  and  the  social  sciences  and  to  provide 
library  service  for  the  college,  community  and  high  school  pro- 
grams. Materials  are  mailed  upon  request  or  borrowed  from  the 
center  in  pamphlet  and  booklet  bindings.  There  are  57  such 
Centers  in  the  United  States.  It  is  a  bold  experiment  which 
promises  to  broaden  the  horizens  of  a  large  number  of  Americans. 

A  more  effective  program  of  library  instruction  is  needed.  A 
better  organized  approach  to  the  problem  of  helping  students  to 
assume  the  responsibility  for  thinking,  for  helping  themselves,  for 
developing  skill  in  the  use  of  library  materials,  since  such  self-help 
education  is  important.  Guidance  in  this  has  long  been  on  an 
experimental  basis  and  gone  through  many  changes. 

99 


In  1930  Eastern  was  designated  as  one  of  the  Kentucky  colleges 
for  training  high  school  librarians  to  meet  the  standards  of  the 
Southern  Association  of  Colleges  and  Secondary  Schools  for  part- 
time  librarians  or  teacher-librarian  with  six  to  twelve  hours  of 
library  science.  At  the  end  of  the  summer  session  in  1933  all 
courses  in  library  science  except  one  was  discontinued. 

Library  science  166  was  included  in  the  catalog  as  a  one  hour 
required  course  for  freshmen.  Certain  lessons  were  planned  and 
taught  by  each  member  of  the  regular  library  staff.  In  this  way 
it  was  possible  to  motivate  the  work  in  terms  of  the  daily  demands 
in  the  library,  and  to  make  assignments  in  cooperation  with  other 
faculty  members,  thereby  giving  freshmen  the  practical  help  needed 
and  also  giving  librarians  an  opportunity  to  become  better  ac- 
quainted with  teaching  methods  and  with  students.  In  1935  the 
library  staff  published  these  lessons  under  the  title  of  "A  Guidance 
Outline  for  Library  Science,"  to  be  used  as  a  text  for  this  course. 
A  revised  edition  of  1939  had  this  quotation  from  J.  G.  Saxe  as  its 
preface: 

I  love  vast  libraries;  yet  there  is  a  doubt 
If  one  be  better  with  them  or  without. 
Unless  he  use  them  wisely,  and,  indeed. 
Knows  the  high  art  of  what  and  how  to  read. 

Curriculum  changes  brought  this  course  under  consideration 
in  1951  when  it  was  discontinued  for  an  experiment  in  faculty 
responsibility  for  reading  guidance.  An  orientation  unit  of  several 
lessons  was  included  in  Sociology  100,  a  required  course  for  fresh- 
men, and  a  library  handbook  called  "An  Invitation  to  Use  Your 
College  Library"  was  prepared  by  the  library  staff.  This  gives  a 
brief  introduction  for  physical  arrangement,  use  of  catalog,  refer- 
ence and  reserve  collections,  Readers'  Guide  and  periodicals,  staff 
and  service.  The  major  responsibility  for  use  of  the  library  now 
rests  with  the  entire  faculty  as  expressed  in  a  message  from  the 
Dean's  office  in  July  1955:  "As  college  faculties,  we  must  come  to 
realize  the  part  that  wide  and  intelligent  use  of  the  library  can 
play  in  increasing  the  effectiveness  of  teaching,  and  we  must  seek 
to  develop  skills  in  obtaining  and  organizing  materials  of  instruc- 
tion and  in  guiding  students  in  their  use.  We  can  and  should 
integrate  our  class  work  more  effectively  with  our  library  facilities. 
Better  teaching  will  result.  LET  US  TAKE  THIS  AS  ONE  OF 
OUR   IMPORTANT   GOALS   OF  THE  NEW  YEAR." 

In  addition  to  faculty  guidance,  a  library  tour  is  included  on 
the  schedule  for  all  freshmen  during  orientation  week  at  the 
beginning  of  the  school  year.  There  is  a  conference  room  in  the 
library  with  tables  and  chairs  where  any  number  of  books  are 
moved  from  the  stacks  and  used  for  class  discussion  at  any  time 
faculty  members  desire.  Dormitory  collections  have  been  supplied 
on  request. 

A  list  of  new  books  ready  for  circulation  is  included  in  the 
weekly  faculty  bulletin.  An  annual  list  of  "books  purchased"  is 
sent  to  the  faculty  members  in  time  for  use  during  the  Summer 

100 


Term.  A  student  library  committee  of  eight  members  provide 
posters,  write  articles  for  the  student  paper,  and  in  general  encour- 
age other  students  to  realize  that  the  College  library  is  a  vital  part 
of  the  College  program.  Usually  there  are  thirty-five  or  more 
students  who  work  part  time  in  the  library  during  the  year  and 
become  messengers  of  good  will  among  other  students  for  more 
and  better  use  of  the  library. 

Probably  the  most  spectacular  change  that  has  come  to  the 
College  library  for  serving  according  to  the  needs  of  the  institution 
was  during  the  war  years.  Branch  No.  6  of  the  Women's  Army 
Auxiliary  Corps  was  established  at  Eastern  in  March,  1943.  The 
first  class  of  300  arrived  by  train  the  night  of  March  19  and  were 
greeted  by  a  crowd  of  townspeople.  Three  weeks  later  approxi- 
mately 200  more  arrived.  Classes  at  first  completed  the  course 
in  six  weeks,  but  later  the  training  period  was  extended  to  eight 
weeks  with  a  class  graduating  every  four  weeks.  On  February  8, 
1944,  the  final  graduation  program  for  Women's  Army  Corps  at 
Eastern  was  held.  The  total  number  of  WACS  graduated  for  the 
Army  Administration  for  army  administrative  service  was  1,655. 

The  implements  for  the  College  library  were  many  and  varied. 
Two  large  reading  rooms  in  the  library  were  converted  into  class- 
rooms for  the  WACS  and  a  study  hall  was  provided  at  night. 
Reserve  books  were  moved  back  into  the  main  stacks  and  the 
reserve  room  was  used  as  a  study  hall  for  the  AST  boys  (200  men 
in  the  Army  Specialized  Training  Corps  on  the  College  campus  from 
September,  1943,  until  February,  1944).  Books  for  their  own 
"paper  work,"  service  records,  military  correspondence,  pay  and 
allowance,  A.W.O.L.,  discharges,  desertion,  releases  and  retirements, 
legal  aspects  and  orders,  were  kept  up-to-date,  and  special  shelf 
space  was  given  for  this  material  and  their  daily  announcements 
and  schedules.  Little  time  was  left  for  casual  reading  but  there 
were  many  calls  from  instructors  for  special  materials  and  educa- 
tional guidance  in  teaching  methods.  The  fiction,  current  maga- 
zines, travel  and  biography  sections  supplied  recreational  materials 
with  an  occasional  demand  by  an  individual  for  hobby  books  on 
photography,  foreign  languages,  drama,  law,  music,  art,  and  other 
more  surprising  topics.  Thus  the  library  truly  became  the  center 
of  the  College  program  streamlined  according  to  the  demands  of 
the  day.  Service  continued  for  the  faculty  and  student  body  from 
the  circulation  desk  with  open  stack  privileges  in  addition  to  read- 
ing tables  and  the  usual  service  from  the  Reference  Room. 

Adjustments?  Yes.  Difficulties?  Yes.  But  a  stimulating  and 
challenging  opportunity  —  a  small  contribution  to  the  programs 
followed  by  the  military  groups  here  and  elsewhere.  Participation 
in  the  Victory  Book  drive  with  the  College  library  as  a  center  for 
collection,  culling  and  shipping  resulted  in  the  contribution  of 
hundreds  of  books  for  the  armed  services. 

The  regular  library  staff  members  have  ever  been  alert  to 
local,  state  and  national  library  affairs.  They  have  participated 
in  professional  associations,  served  on  committees,  held  offices  of 

101 


importance,  appeared  on  programs  and  prepared  articles  for  publi- 
cations. They  gave  generously  of  their  time  for  the  Bookmobile 
drive  in  Kentucky.  They  assisted  in  the  establishment  of  public 
library  service  in  Richmond  and  in  developing  public  opinion  and 
support  for  the  Madison  County-wide  Bookmobile  service.  Mrs. 
Mary  Belknap  Gray  of  Louisville  donated  the  bookmobile,  and  it 
has  been  operated  successfully  since  1949  by  Mrs.  J.  Q.  Snow  of  the 
City-County  Public  Library.  This  was  the  third  bookmobile  for 
county-wide    service    in   Kentucky. 

The  librarian  is  responsible  to  the  president  for  all  budget  and 
administrative  matters  but  confers  with  the  dean  on  plans  for 
improved  service  to  faculty  and  students  according  to  the  needs 
of  the  instruction  program.  A  library  committee  composed  of 
twelve  faculty  members  and  eight  student  members  meets  regu- 
larly to  consider  the  purchase  of  materials  and  in  turn  carry  back 
to  other  members  of  departments  suggestions  for  book  selection 
and  other  plans  for  faculty-library  staff-student  cooperation. 

Recognition  as  to  professional  rating  for  salary,  leaves,  vaca- 
tions and  participation  in  college  affairs  has  been  granted  the 
library  staff  members  since  the  School  began.  All  present  mem- 
bers of  the  staff  have  taught  and  may  be  asked  to  teach  a  class  when 
needed.  This  is  significant  in  the  attitude  held  in  service  to  stu- 
dents and  faculty  for  closer  cooperation,  better  understanding  and 
fair  consideration. 

It  has  been  the  present  Librarian's  privilege  to  work  with  an 
efficient  staff  through  the  years.  Due  recognition  is  given  to  each 
in  the  list  that  follows: 

Present  Library  Staff 

Mary  Floyed,  A.B.,  M.A.,  and 

B.S.  in  L.S.,  1930  Librarian 

Mrs.  Jamie  Bearing  Lamb,  A.B.,  M.A., 

M.A.  in  L.S.,  1955  Circulation 

Mrs.  Lester  Miller,  B.S.,  M.S.,  1945 Training  School 

Mrs.  Mary  S.  Dickerson,  A.B., 

B.S.,  in  L.S.,  1948  Cataloger 

Mrs.  Nancy  R.  Park,  A.B., 

Certificate  in  L.S.,  1954  Circulation  and  Reserve 

Mrs.  Lucile  R.  Whitehead,  B.D., 

B.S.  in  L.S.,  1931  Reference  and  Circulation 

Mrs.  Kathryn  Davis,  A.B.,  1954 Visual  Aid  Department 

Miss  May  C.  Hansen,  A.B., 

M.A.,  1953  Half-time  in  T.S.  and  Reserve 

R.  A.  Edwards,  A.B.,  A.M.,  1955 Half-time  at  repair  desk 

Other  Library  Staff  Members  Since  1936 

Betsy  Anderson,  1938-1940 Training  School  Library 

Sarah  Barker,  Summer  1951, 

1955,  and  1956  Reference  and  Circulation 

Isabel  Bennett,  1924-1946 Reference  and  Circulation 

102 


Alma  Cochran,  Spring  Semester  1949 Circulation 

Nelva  Giles,  Summer  1956  Circulation 

Mrs.  Lola  Gary,  1947-1948  Circulation 

Ida  Greenleaf,  1940-1943  Training  School  Library 

Mrs.  Ida  Greenleaf  Goddard,  1948 Circulation 

Mrs.  J.  S.  Greer,  1943-1946 Cataloger 

G.  M.  Gumbert,  1941-1953  Visual  Aid  Department 

Zelma  Langworthy,  Summer  1955  Reference  and  Circulation 

Frances  Mason,  1931-1940 Training  School  Library 

1940-1943 Cataloger 

Mrs.  Cecil  Price  Noland,  1946-1947 

and  Summer  1948  Circulation 

Louise  Rutledge,  1945-1948  Cataloger 

Cleo  Stamper,  1949-1954 Reference  and  Circulation 

Alice  Jane  Tribble,  1946-1947 Substitute 

Flexibility  has  been  a  goal  held  for  the  library  staff  organi- 
zation. A  fair  division  of  responsibility  has  been  the  first  concern 
of  the  administration,  and  the  entire  staff  has  shared  in  planning 
the  work.  Regular  contributions  from  each  member  keeps  the 
work  running  more  efficiently  as  responsibilities  and  opportunities 
change.  The  routine  of  housekeeping,  the  supervision  of  student 
help,  reference  questions,  readers'  advisory  service  and  continued 
study  for  securing  materials  needed  are  all  important.  But  even 
more  important  is  service  to  faculty  and  students  in  a  way  that 
public  relations  will  make  for  efficiency  and  pleasure  in  the  use 
of  the  library.  The  originality  and  enthusiasm  of  each  member 
can  do  much  to  increase  the  type  of  service  when  the  organization 
is  kept  flexible.  Each  can  vie  with  the  others  in  consideration  for 
those  who  come  to  be  served.  Here  is  probably  where  the  staff's 
happiness  in  their  work  increases  in  proportion  to  the  personal 
contributions  of  each  member  in  kindling  and  cherishing  the  po- 
tential scholarship  that  exists  among  students   of  Eastern. 

As  to  the  future  program  in  a  world  concerned  with  atomic 
energy,  newer  media  of  communications  —  cinema,  microfilm, 
telephoto,  wire  recording,  F.M.,  T.V.  and  radio  —  there  is  still 
much  to  be  done  to  keep  library  work  geared  to  the  needs  of  the 
times.  Improvements  may  be  anticipated  therefore  in  listening 
rooms,  air  conditioning,  indirect  lighting,  sound  proofing,  etc.,  but 
according  to  a  recent  statement  by  Lyle  M.  Spencer,  President, 
Science  Research  Associates,  "Reading  is  a  main  route  to  self 
improvement,  whether  your  purpose  is  to  get  a  better  job,  to  be- 
come a  better  citizen,  or  just  to  keep  up  with  the  world  and  the 
interesting  people  in  it.  When  you  were  in  school,  about  90  per 
cent  of  everything  you  learned  came  through  reading  and  the  pat- 
tern is  not  much  different  in  the  job  world." 

One  personnel  manager  put  it  this  way:  "The  best  executives, 
I'm  convinced,  are  the  ones  who  are  able  to  maintain  a  broad  out- 
look and  perspective  on  our  business.  That's  why  I  insist  that  our 
top  management  people  continue  to  read  widely  in  areas  outside 

103 


their  own  fields."  All  of  which  indicates  that  for  a  college  library 
the  future  outlook  might  be  summed  up  in  the  prophetic  words  of 
Goldsmith:  "In  proportion  as  society  refines,  new  books  must  ever 
become  necessary." 


p. 

S 

a 


:^  xi 

>  n 

"S  S 


104 


CHAPTER   VIII 

THE  MEMORIAL  MUSEUM 
By  Jonathan  T,  Dorris 

Its  Origin 

When  the  Director  of  the  Museum  came  to  Richmond,  in 
September,  1926,  as  Professor  of  History  and  Government,  he  pos- 
sessed several  items  suitable  for  exhibits  in  a  museum.  In  less 
than  a  month  after  he  began  teaching,  President  T.  J.  Coates  asked 
him  to  address  the  faculty  and  students  of  Eastern  during  convo- 
cation in  the  auditorium  of  the  old  Central  University  Building. 

The  Director  had  long  before  October,  1926,  learned  to  appre- 
ciate the  educational  value  of  museums.  Believing  that  Eastern 
w^ould  be  better  prepared  to  train  teachers  (and  citizens)  for  life, 
if  a  museum  was  developed  on  the  campus,  he  readily  decided  to 
speak  at  the  convocation  on  "The  Educational  Value  of  a  College 
Museum."  He  took  to  the  platform  a  Confederate  sword,  sur- 
rendered to  a  Union  general  during  the  Vicksburg  campaign  of 
1863,  and  a  few  other  historic  items  to  illustrate  his  points,  and 
spoke  at  length  on  the  subject. 

The  Director  recognized  at  the  outset  that  he  was  in  a  desirable 
community  to  promote  a  museum  and  to  write  and  teach  local 
history.  The  very  atmosphere  seemed  charged  with  historic  lore. 
Daniel  Boone,  Kit  Carson,  Green  and  Cassius  Marcellus  Clay,  John 
G.  Fee,  John  A.  R.  Rogers,  Samuel  Freeman  Miller,  Daniel  Breck, 
James  Bennett  McCreary,  William  J.  Stone,  David  R.  Francis, 
John  White,  Squire  Turner,  Lindsay  Hughes  Blanton,  John  Speed 
Smith,  and  many  other  distinguished  persons  whose  careers  were 
associated  with  the  history  of  Madison  County  left  records  of 
achievement  that  caused  him  to  resolve  to  commemorate  their  lives 
in  some  permanent  manner. 

Moreover,  there  were  places  of  historic  importance  that  stim- 
ulated the  Director's  interest  and  intrigued  his  imagination. 
Indian  Mounds,  Twetty's  Fort,  Boonesborough,  Sycamore  Hollow, 
Milford,  Richmond,  The  Squire  Boone  Rock,  Berea,  the  Richmond 
Cemetery,  Mount  Zion  Church,  the  Battlefield  of  Richmond,  Cen- 
tral University,  Old  Cane  Springs  and  Slavery,  Waco  and  Bybee 
potteries,  the  Solomon  Smith  House  and  Woodlawn,  White  Hall 
and  the  John  Speed  Smith  House,  Castlewood  and  Cumberland 
View,  Howard  Hall  and  Berea's  Union  Church,  and  many  other 
places  brought  to  mind  stirring  events  in  the  history  of  the  County, 
the  State,  and  the  Nation.  In  this  historical  and  wholesome  en- 
vironment the  College  Memorial  Museum  originated.     It  should  be 

105 


a  repository,  therefore,  of  things  pertaining  to  the  history  of  the 
community,  as  well  as  items  from  more  remote  places  in  Kentucky, 
the  United  States,  and  the  world  at  large. 

President  Coates  was  the  first  person  in  Richmond  to  assure 
the  Director  of  the  College's  ultimate,  substantial  support  of  a 
museum  on  the  campus.  The  two  men  were  passing  the  Coates 
Administration  Building  very  late  one  February  afternoon  in  1928, 
going  to  their  respective  homes,  when  the  President,  without  any 
suggestion  from  his  companion,  said:  "We  are  going  to  include 
quarters  for  a  museum  in  our  building  program."  That  was  encour- 
agement, indeed,  but  the  inspiring  spokesman  faded  away  on  Saint 
Patrick's  Day  (and  his  birthday)  in  March,  1928.  Had  he  lived 
a  few  years  longer,  the  Museum  might  have  been  adequately 
housed  many  years  earlier. 

President  Donovan's  Administration 

During  the  first  year  of  his  administration.  President  Herman 
Lee  Donovan  appointed  the  Director  as  "a  committee  of  one"  to 
develop  a  museum  on  the  campus.  Later  the  Director  asked  him 
to  appoint  a  faculty  committee  to  advise  and  assist  in  this  enter- 
prise, but  he  declined  to  do  so.  Such  committee  would  surely  have 
caused  greater  interest  in,  and  support  of,  the  Museum  on  and  off 
the  campus.     At  least,  the  Director  thought  so. 

Some  noticeable  progress  was  nevertheless  made  in  the  develop- 
ment of  the  Museum  during  this  administration.  The  President 
was  very  busy  with  many  other  phases  of  college  development, 
and  the  Director  had  other  historical  projects  which  consumed  most 
of  his  time  outside  the  classroom.  Both  president  and  teacher, 
therefore,  might  be  excused  for  seemingly  neglecting  the  Museum. 
Yet  some  attention  was  given  to  its  development.  The  Director 
purchased  a  good,  used,  eight-foot,  three  shelved,  store  show  case, 
and  placed  it  in  his  office  in  the  Administration  Building,  and 
began  displaying  objects  of  historical  interest.  A  little  later,  at  the 
expense  of  the  College,  he  had  a  large  flat  museum  case  made  by 
the  Combs  Lumber  Company  of  Lexington.  Two  other  flat-top, 
five-foot  cases  were  purchased  ($110  each)  by  the  College,  and 
another  used,  three-shelved  store  case  by  the  Director.  These 
cases  and  the  one  in  the  office  were  placed  in  the  large  corridor  on 
the  third  floor  of  the  Administration  Building,  and  the  Museum 
began  to  appear  as  a  somewhat  formable  institution. 

The  existence  of  a  museum  is  indicated  by  the  display  of 
objects  of  historical  quality.  In  1930  the  Director  obtained  from 
Miss  Emma  Watts  of  Richmond  a  large,  sales  catalog  of  old  books, 
manuscripts  and  such  other  items,  offered  by  Maggs  Bros.  Inc.  of 
London,  England.  The  valuable  items  described  in  this  catalog 
were  most  interesting — and  often  expensive,  too.  Catalogs  have 
been  coming  to  the  Museum  from  London  since  1930.  The  Director 
opened  an  account  with  Maggs  Bros,  and  began  purchasing  books 
(at  his  own  expense)  of  historical  and  museum  quality.  The  first 
volume  received  was  a  copy  of  the  third  edition   (1652)    of  Sir 

106 


Walter  Raleigh's  History  of  the  WorldA  This  is  a  rare,  large  book, 
bound  in  human  skin,  which  Israel  Disraeli  called  "a  curiosity  of 
literature." 

Another  old  book,  obtained  at  this  time,  was  a  copy  of  George 
Shelvocke's  Voyage,  published  in  1726  —  a  volume  that  inspired 
Coleridge  to  compose  The  Rime  of  the  Ancient  Mariner.  One  of  the 
most  valuable  items  received  from  Maggs  was  the  first  English 
edition  of  the  Travels  of  the  Jesuits  (two  volumes,  London,  1743)  by 
John  Lockman.2  In  volume  I  (p.  419)  a  missionary,  writing  in 
1683,  describes  California  as  a  huge  island.  In  the  same  volume 
(pp.  395,  396,  and  a  map)  another  Jesuit,  Francis  Kina,  is  credited 
with  finding  as  early  as  1698-1701  that  California  is  not  an  islands; 
but  other  books  of  the  early  eighteenth  century  in  the  Museum 
have  maps  showing  a  very  large  island,  called  California,  off  the 
western  coast  of  North  America.  One  such  French  volume,  Bel- 
garde's  Voyages  (1708),  shows  the  Mississippi  River  rising  in 
Canada  and  flowing  into  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  where  the  Rio  Grande 
empties,  thus  explaining  why  LaSalle  missed  the  mouth  of  the 
Father  of  Waters,  in  1684,  and  landed  several  hundred  miles  too 
far  west.4 

The  mention  of  five  other  old  volumes  obtained  in  the  early 
1930's  will  suffice.  One  is  a  small  book,  published  by  William 
Penn  and  twelve  other  Quakers  (1675)  in  a  futile  effort  to  get 
Parliament  to  relieve  persons  from  taking  oaths  in  the  name  of 
God.  Richard  Blome's  The  Present  State  of  His  Magiesties  Isles 
and  Colonies  in  America  was  published  in  1687  to  encourage  emi- 
gration to  America.  The  third  is  Dr.  Samuel  Johnson's  Taxation  No 
Tyranny  (1775),  printed  in  defense  of  the  colonial  policies  of  Lord 
North  and  George  III.  The  first  two  volumes  of  Thomas  Hutchin- 
son's History  of  Massachusetts  Colony  (1765  and  1768,  respectively), 
are  among  the  best  publications  on  early  New  England  history. 
The  fifth  work  is  Rev.  James  Murray's  History  of  the  War  in 
America  (1780).  These  two  volumes,  published  especially  for  King 
George  III,  contain  twenty-three  full-page  contemporaneous  like- 
nesses of  British  and  American  leaders  of  the  Revolution,  including 
King  George,  Lord  North,  Lord  Howe,  Washington,  Franklin,  and 
Arnold. 

In  1930,  the  Director  salvaged  a  number  of  old  books  from  an 
abandoned  library  in  Lee  County,  Kentucky,  where  two  bachelor 
scions  of  prominent  Kentuckians,  connected  once,  apparently,  with 
Transylvania  College,  had  lived  in  a  five  room  lodge  on  the  side 
of  a  mountain  near  Heidleburg.  Some  of  these  books  are  in  the 
Museum.     A  purchase   in  the   early  thirties   is   a  valuable  book, 


1  The  First  edition  was  published  in  1614,  while  Raleigh  was  in  the  Tower 
of  London  awaiting  execution  for  treason  against  James  I.  The  history,  written 
in  the  Tower,  extends  only  to  the  end  of  the  Third  Punic  War  (140  B.  C). 

-  The  original  twenty-five  volume,  French  edition  was  published  simul- 
taneously in  Paris  and  Montreal  from  1719  to  1740.  Lockman  selected,  evidently, 
what  he  regarded  as  the  most  interesting  letters  in  the  earlier  work. 

^  Another  Jesuit,  Father  Francis  M.  Picolo,  seems  to  have  written  in  1702 
that  California  is  a  part  of  the  continent.     Ibid.,  p.  395,  note. 

*  LaSalle  intended  to  found  a  French  settlement  at  the  mouth  of  the  Missis- 
sippi, but  evidently  his  map  showed  the  river  much  farther  west. 

107 


anonymously  published  in  1656,  in  Defense  of  the  Reign  of  Charles 
I,  who  had  been  executed  in  1649.  This  volume  and  the  one  by 
William  Penn  have  the  autograph  of  J.  K.  Paulding,  brother-in-law 
of  Washington  Irving  and  author  of  John  Bull  and  Brother  Jona- 
than. 

While  the  Director  was  collecting  valuable  old  tomes  in  the 
1930's  he  was  also  gathering  historic  items  of  a  more  substantial 
character.  He  loaned  a  young  man  some  money  to  complete 
payment  on  the  premium  of  an  insurance  policy  and  received  as 
security  a  quantity  of  Indian  artifacts.  The  lot  included  many 
arrow  heads,  tomahawks,  battle  axes,  skinning  flint  knives,  six 
strands  of  Indian  beads,  a  quiver  of  arrows,  and  a  long  bow.  The 
quiver  and  the  case  for  the  bow  were  made  of  horse  (or  deer)  skin. 
The  security  also  contained  a  carbine,  saber  and  pistol,  used  by  a 
Union  trooper  in  the  Civil  War.  All  these  items  have  remained  in 
the  Museum,  for  they  have  never  been  redeemed.  The  Director 
also  obtained  three  cannon  balls  from  the  Vicksburg  battlefield 
of  1863,  and  a  peculiarly  shaped  cannon  ball  from  the  Perryville, 
Kentucky,  battlefield.  A  sword,  found  near  the  Richmond-Lex- 
ington Pike  soon  after  the  Battle  of  Richmond  (August  30,  1862) 
was  given  him  by  the  son  of  the  finder,  a  Mr.  Burgin. 

Change  of  Presidents 

In  1941,  Dr.  Donovan  became  president  of  the  University  of 
Kentucky  and  Dr.  William  F.  O'Donnell  became  president  of  East- 
ern. As  Superintendent  of  Schools  of  Richmond  for  fifteen  years, 
Dr.  O'Donnell  had  manifested  much  interest  in  the  Director's 
efforts  to  establish  a  museum.  During  the  depression  of  the 
thirties  he  and  the  Director  selected  a  site  for  a  museum  where 
the  machine  shop  has  since  been  built  near  the  public  school 
building  for  white  children.  When  the  two  promoters  interviewed 
the  representative  of  the  federal  government  in  Richmond  to  obtain 
funds  for  a  museum  building,  they  were  informed  that  the  authori- 
ties at  Washington  had  just  discontinued  the  policy  of  aiding  local 
communities  in  building  projects.  An  earlier  request  for  funds, 
apparently,  would  have  been  granted. 

Sometime  in  the  thirties  the  Director  proposed  to  the  Madison 
County  Fiscal  Court  that  a  wing  be  built  to  the  north-west  corner 
of  the  County's  Courthouse.  He  recommended,  if  the  annex  were 
constructed,  that  the  first  floor  be  used  for  a  county  museum. 
Fortunately,  perhaps,  the  proposals  for  a  city  museum  and  a  county 
museum  never  materialized,  and  a  museum  on  Eastern's  campus 
was  ultimately  to  become  a  considerable  element  in  the  College's 
educational  program.  Moreover,  the  two  men  in  Richmond  who 
were  interested  in  promoting  museums  were  finally  able  to  work 
together  toward  that  goal  in  the  College. 

With  President  O'Donnell's  sanction,  therefore,  the  growth  of 
the  Museum  continued.  After  the  war  ended  in  1945,  the  Presi- 
dent found,  as  war-surplus  property,  six  large  cases  in  Cincinnati, 
which  were   suitable   for   a   museum.     They   had   evidently   been 

108 


prepared  for  another  purpose.  After  much  effort  and  delay,  and 
apprehension  that  they  would  not  be  obtained,  the  glad  news  came 
that  the  College  might  have  them.  These  handsome,  seven-foot- 
and-five-inch,  five-shelved  glass  cases  are  shown  in  the  occom- 
panying  illustrations.  Two  large  cases  made  by  industrial  art 
students  on  the  campus  were  later  added  to  the  Museum,  and  are 
also  shown  at  the  far  end  of  one  of  the  illustrations. 

All  of  the  cases  mentioned  thus  far  (and  two  other  common 
store  show  cases,  also  obtained  in  the  early  forties)  were  placed 
in  the  wide  space  on  the  top  floor  of  the  Administration  Building. 
Two  or  three  members  of  the  faculty  made  valuable  loans  to  the 
Museum  for  a  brief  time  while  it  was  in  the  Administration  Build- 
ing, and  a  few  other  members  have  made  gifts  to  it  since  it  was 
moved  to  its  present  quarters.  Efforts  in  the  1940's,  as  in  the 
1930's,  to  have  a  faculty  museum  committee  appointed  to  assist 
in  the  movement  were  in  vain.  Such  a  committee  was  appointed 
in  April,  1956.  The  Director's  requests  to  two  presidents  of  the 
Alumni  Association,  in  the  1950's,  to  appoint  an  alumni  committee 
to  aid  in  the  enterprise  have  not  yet  (1957)  been  granted. 

In  April,  1954,  the  Director  made  an  earnest  plea  to  the  Alumni 
for  aid  in  developing  the  Museum  at  their  breakfast  in  the  Brown 
Hotel,  Louisville,  at  the  meeting  of  the  Kentucky  Educational 
Association.  His  speech  was  printed  in  the  Eastern  Progress  a  little 
later.  In  recent  years  the  Progress  has  printed  several  illustrated 
articles  in  its  columns  pertaining  to  the  Museum,  which,  with  Ran- 
dall Field's  illustrated  articles  describing  the  Museum  in  the 
Richmond  Daily  Register  and  the  Lexington,  Kentucky,  Sunday 
Herald-Leader,  early  in  1956,  have  increased  community  interest 
in  the  Museum. 

More   Exhibits 

Many  exhibits,  besides  those  already  mentioned,  were  col- 
lected while  the  Museum  remained  in  the  Administration  Building. 
Among  books  of  historic  import  is  a  large  manuscript  Bible,  pre- 
pared in  the  thirteenth  century  (1200's).  It  is  a  good  example  of 
the  work  done  by  scribes  in  the  scriptoria  of  the  medieval  monas- 
teries and  cathedrals.  Another  volume,  also  purchased  from  Maggs 
Bros.,  is  an  incunabulum  containing  more  than  five  hundred  letters 
by  Pope  Pius  II,  while  he  was  secretary  to  the  Papacy,  before  he 
became  Pope  in  1458.  The  book  is  classified  as  an  incunabulum 
because  it  was  published  (1486)  before  1501.  It  is  therefore  one 
of  the  earliest  books  published,  printing  having  been  invented  by 
movable  type  about  1450.  A  Bible,  printed  in  1615  by  Robert 
Barker,  printer  for  James  I  of  England,  is  a  valuable  item,  not  only 
for  its  age,  but  also  because  Barker  printed  the  King  James  Version 
of  the  Bible  four  years  earlier. 

With  the  manuscript  Bible  and  incunabulum  mentioned  above, 
there  came  from  London  a  Babylonian  clay  tablet  dating  2200  years 
before  the  birth  of  Christ.  The  information  contained  thereon 
concerns  the  renting  of  boats  on  the  Tigris  River  in  that  ancient 

109 


time.  It  is  now  on  exhibit  with  another  ancient  tablet,  made  2,000 
years  B.  C,  containing  information  about  the  digging  of  a  canal 
near  Nippur,  in  the  reign  of  King  Ibbi,  son  of  Ur. 

On  a  trip  to  Canada  and  New  England  in  August,  1945,  the 
Director  obtained  a  cannon  ball  from  a  quantity  on  the  Plains  of 
Abraham,  near  Quebec,  where  General  James  Wolfe  defeated  the 
French  under  General  Montcalm,  on  September  13,  1759.  In  Ply- 
mouth, Massachusetts,  he  purchased  part  of  a  set  of  dishes  with  the 
likeness  of  the  Duke  of  Windsor  on  each  item.  The  china  had  been 
made  to  commemorate  the  anticipated  coronation  of  the  Duke  as 
King  of  England.  In  Hartford,  Connecticut,  the  visitor  was  given 
photocopies  of  many  Colonial  and  Revolutionary  documents  —  The 
Fundamental  Orders  of  Connecticut  (January,  1639),  the  Funda- 
mental Agreement  of  New  Haven  (July,  1639),  Connecticut's 
Charter  of  1662  (a  very  liberal  government  uniting  Connecticut 
and  New  Haven  and  lasting  until  1818),  and  a  brigadier's  commis- 
sion in  the  Revolutionary  Army.  Two  other  photocopies  of  manu- 
scripts not  pertaining  to  Connecticut  were  the  Mayflower  Compact 
(1620)  and  Washington's  commission  by  the  Continental  Congress 
(June  19,  1775)  as  Commander-in-Chief  of  the  United  Armies  of 
the  Colonies,  evidently  the  only  commission  he  ever  received  dur- 
ing the  Revolutionary  War.s 

One  of  the  most  valuable  items  obtained  in  Hartford  was  a 
small  cross  and  base,  made  from  the  historic  Charter  Oak  that 
played  so  prominent  part  in  the  clash  between  the  colonial  gov- 
ernment of  Connecticut  and  the  authorities  of  England  in  1685.  In 
Salem,  Massachusetts,  the  Director  obtained  part  of  a  bedspread 
made  by  Mrs.  John  Proctor,  whose  husband  was  executed  for 
witchcraft,  in  1691,  and  who  would  have  been  executed  herself  if 
she  had  not  been  "expecting."  Two  other  items,  not  obtained  in 
New  England,  might  be  added  to  this  list.  One  is  an  original  copy 
of  a  petition  to  the  legislature  of  Kentucky,  in  1792,  by  Green  Clay 
and  thirty-two  other  persons  in  the  Kentucky  River  Valley,  to 
locate  the  capital  of  Kentucky  at  Boonesborough.  These  patriotic 
citizens  offered  the  State  18,550  acres  of  land  and  2,630  English 
pounds  (more  than  $11,000)  to  obtain  the  seat  of  government  in 
Kentucky  at  Boonesborough.  The  other  item  is  an  original  copy 
of  the  last  "wall-paper  edition"  of  the  Vickshurg  Citizen  for  July 
2,  1863,  giving  information  about  the  siege  of  Vicksburg.  Both 
exhibits  are  framed. 

Quarters  for  the  Museum 

The  Director  was  elated  when  told  by  his  President,  in  1952, 
that  quarters  for  the  Museum  were  being  provided  in  the  new 
Science  Building  then  under  construction  near  the  Administration 
Building.  By  the  first  of  October,  1953,  the  Museum  was  moved 
to  the  ground  floor  of  that  building.  A  view  of  the  campus  is 
shown  from  seven  large  windows  on  the  east  side,  and  a  com- 
modious office  is  in  the  south-east  corner  of  the  room.     Twenty 


5  The  original  commission  is  in  the  Library  of  Congress. 

110 


handsome  cases  were  soon  (1954-56)  obtained  from  the  David 
Barne's  Woodshop  of  Richmond,  and  the  Museum  began  to  resemble 
a  considerable  and  worthy  addition  to  the  College. 

With  adequate  room  (for  a  time,  at  least)  and  more  cases, 
many  exhibits  were  added  to  the  Museum.  Returning  soldiers, 
sailors  and  members  of  the  Air  Corps  found  an  appropriate  place 
to  store  their  war  trophies.  Some  G.I.'s  began  giving  and  loan- 
ing items  before  the  Museum  was  moved  to  its  new  quarters. 
Floyd  Readnower  of  Ohio  gave  a  United  States  flag  salvaged  from 
the  USS  Dan  Beard,  which  the  Germans  sank  in  the  English 
Channel;  and  Stanley  Holland  also  of  Ohio  donated  a  large  German 
flag  catured  with  Nazi  troops  during  World  War  II.  Bim  Steigner 
(not  a  student)  of  Richmond  loaned  a  fine  German  machine  gun, 
and  Julius  Sizemore  (a  student)  loaned  two  common  firearms  used 
by  the  Germans.  A  G.I.  student,  Wesley  Kirby,  donated  a  cinder 
from  the  crater  of  the  well-known  volcano,  Fujiyama,  in  Japan. 
But  one  of  the  most  interesting  contributions  from  World  War  II 
is  the  charred  part  of  a  wing  of  a  Japanese  suicide  plane  which 
(with  another  suicide  plane)  struck  the  American  air  craft  carrier 
Bunker  Hill,  near  Okinawa,  on  May  11,  1945.  The  donor,  Arthur 
Seeholtz,  who  witnessed  the  attack,  stated  that  $30,000,000  damage 
was  done  the  carrier,  with  casualties  of  392  killed  and  246  wounded. 

Not  every  G.I.  who  has  given  or  loaned  war  trophies  to  the 
Museum  can  be  mentioned.  Three  others  will  suffice.  Mrs.  Susie 
Bowling,  recent  graduate,  who  served  as  a  WAC  in  World  War  II, 
has  given  several  items.  One  is  a  military  jacket  on  which  she 
sewed  military  emblems  collected  while  serving  in  a  military 
hospital  on  the  coast  of  California.  Another  is  a  German  aviator's 
cap  with  a  remarkable  personal  history.  A  third  is  the  helmet 
that  she  wore  while  in  the  service. 

Among  the  many  items  contributed  by  Colonel  Frank  H.  Wil- 
cox, Jr.,  U.  S.  Air  Corps,  an  Eastern  graduate,  are  a  German 
aviator's  gas  mask,  a  package  of  concentrated  food  which  an 
American  aviator  carries  to  provide  subsistence  for  two  weeks,  in 
case  he  were  prevented  from  returning  to  his  base,  and  a  defending 
Saracen  Crusader's  helmet  worn  at  least  500  years  ago.  It  has 
words  from  the  Koran  inscribed  on  the  base.  Victor  A.  Venettozzi, 
Eastern  graduate  and  member  of  the  faculty,  donated  an  eight  by 
twelve  inch  metal  likeness  of  Adolph  Hitler,  which  he  obtained  in 
Munich,  Germany.  Two  German  helmets  by  the  same  donor  are 
placed  with  this  plaque. 

One  of  the  most  appreciated  friends  of  the  Museum  is  Mr. 
Fred  Kluth,  apothecary  of  Louisville.  Mr.  Kluth  is  a  collector  of 
old,  hand-painted  apothecary  jars.  Late  in  1953  he  filled  one  wall 
case  with  twenty-two  jars  from  his  large  collection.  Some  of 
these  beautiful  jars  are  hundreds  of  years  old  and  come  from 
many  nations — Italy,  England,  Spain,  Mexico.  He  also  placed  a 
delicate  apothecary's  scales  with  the  jars. 

Perhaps  the  most  valuable  and  rarest  item  in  the  Museum  is 
a  Revolutionary  soldier's  uniform,  a  loan  by  the  late  Mrs.  Anne 

111 


(Jerre  B.)  Noland  of  Madison  County.  Her  great-grandfather, 
Captain  John  Boggs  of  the  Delaware  militia,  wore  it  in  the  service 
and  later,  in  1796,  when  he  married. 6  Few  museums  in  the  United 
States  have  such  an  exhibit.  Uniforms  of  Americans  in  other 
wars  are  desired  for  the  Museum. 

Limited  space  discourages  the  mention  of  other  items.  Never- 
theless, the  huge  and  very  ornamental,  hand-carved,  mahogany 
bookcase  near  the  office  door  should  be  mentioned.  It  was  donated 
by  Miss  Elizabeth  Collins  of  Richmond  and  an  Eastern  graduate 
in  memory  of  her  father,  the  late  Tom  Collins.  The  case  now  con- 
tains coronation  china  honoring  Queen  Elizabeth  II,  a  few  beautiful 
sea  shells,  some  of  the  items  obtained  from  the  French  Friendship 
Train  of  1949,  and  a  few  pieces  of  ornate  Indian  pottery.  The  last 
term  suggests  Indian  pottery  from  Panama  and  from  a  mound 
in  Arkansas,  placed  with  a  pagan  idol  from  British  Honduras  in 
another  case.  This  last  mentioned  case  also  contains  some  exhibits 
from  Mexico,  including  stone  chippings  of  human  faces  from  objects 
that  evidently  existed  before  the  Spanish  conquest  in  the  early 
sixteenth  century. 

The  Present  and  Future 

The  Museum,  in  reality,  is  a  comparatively  new  process  of 
learning  on  Eastern's  campus,  though  it  has  been  thirty  years  in 
developing  to  its  present  condition.  Teachers  and  students  are 
coming  to  appreciate  its  worth.  There  are  daily  visitors;  students 
of  the  College  come  in  between  classes  and  at  other  times,  but 
not  yet  (October,  1956)  in  numbers  and  duration  of  time  as  should 
occur.  Moreover,  teachers  of  certain  subjects  are  finding  exhibits 
that  vitalize  their  subject  matter — topics  for  themes  in  English 
and  papers  in  history.  The  Museum  is  specially  replete  in  ma- 
terial illustrative  of  American  Colonial  and  Revolutionary  history. 
Furthermore,  there  is  not  another  college,  perhaps,  in  Kentucky 
or  the  United  States  that  has  items  contributing  so  well  to  the 
understanding  of  the  restoration  of  the  Confederates  to  their  rights 
and  privileges  during  and  after  the  Civil  War  (1861-1898).  One 
such  item  is  a  real  pardon  of  a  Kentuckian  who  supported  the 
Confederacy,  signed  by  President  Andrew  Johnson  and  Secretary 
of  State  William  H.  Seward.  This  rare  and  valuable  document 
was  loaned  to  the  Museum  by  Attorney  John  Muir  of  Bardstown, 
Kentucky.  Many  old  maps  on  exhibition  should  also  intrigue  the 
interest  of  teachers  of  history,  literature  and  geography.  One  is 
a  38  by  54  inch  map  of  Madison  County,  printed  in  1876  and  giving 
much  information  about  the  County.  It  was  donated  early  in 
1956  by  Charles  Curtis,  an  Eastern  student  of  the  County. 

In  English  history  there  are  some  items  of  much  interest.  "A 
Chronicle  of  the  Kings  of  England"  (London,  1674)  and  Edward 
Earl  of  Clarenden's  History  of  the  Rehellion  and  Civil  War  in 
England   (London,  1704),  both  loaned  by  Mr.  Ralph  W.  Griffin  of 


t'  A  great-grandson  of  Captain  Boggs,  Dr.  R.  C.  Boggs  of  Wilmore,  Ky.,  has 
presented  (March,  1956)  a  three-barrel  gun  to  the  Museum  (two  barrels  for 
bullets,  one  for  shot),  made  by  a  Pennsylvania  gun-smith,   in   1850. 

112 


Mt.  Vernon,  Kentucky,  are  illuminating  items.  Other  exhibits, 
loaned  by  Mr.  Griffin,  offer  information  not  to  be  found  elsewhere 
on  the  campus,  or  perhaps  in  Kentucky. 

Among  the  weapons  of  war  is  a  peculiar  flint-lock  musket 
made,  evidently,  in  Spain  or  Morocco  some  two  hundred  years  ago 
or  longer.  It  was  used  by  an  ancestor  of  Joseph  Casey  of  Cork 
County,  Ireland,  in  the  Irish  rebellion  against  England  in  1798. 
This  and  other  exhibits, — a  large,  flint-lock,  "horse"  pistol,  loaned 
by  Cecil  Pearson,  a  native  of  Madison,  and  another,  an  early 
cartridge  gun,  and  modern  repeating  and  machine  guns — illustrate 
the  quality  of  early  firearms. 

Teachers  of  courses  in  Education  may  find  useful,  illustrative 
material  in  the  Museum.  There  are  many  old  texts  that  indicate 
progress  in  education.  One  exhibit  of  particular  interest  is  a 
long  description  of  a  system  of  national  education  suggested  and 
published  by  Robert  Gorham  of  New  Jersey,  in  1791.  Writers  in 
the  history  of  education  in  the  United  States  appear  never  to  have 
seen  this  rare  item.  Several  old  books,  one  published  in  1798, 
should  interest  teachers  of  music.  Another  is  a  very  large  volume 
of  selections  composed  prior  to  1850.  Perhaps  the  most  interesting 
number  to  Kentuckians  is  the  Fayette  Legion  Quick  Step,  "com- 
posed and  dedicated  to  Col.  C.  M.  Clay,  by  W.  Ratel",  in  1844.  Mr. 
Wilson  Bond  of  Richmond  gave  the  volume  to  the  Museum. 

The  increase  in  interest  of  residents  of  Richmond  and  vicinity 
in  the  Museum  is  gratifying.  This  is  specially  manifested  in  gifts 
and  loans.  The  late  Mrs.  Jerre  Noland's  loan  of  her  great-grand- 
father's Revolutionary  uniform  is  particularly  appreciated.  It 
is  safer  there  than  elsewhere.  Mrs.  Rice  Wood's  loan  of  a  number 
of  swords  is  commendable.  They  belonged  to  members  of  three 
generations  of  her  family  who  served  in  wars  in  which  the  United 
States  was  engaged.  Mrs.  J.  Mack  Coy  loaned  a  large  Swiss 
clock  and  two  very  ornate  metal  urns  of  Swiss  craftmanship. 
Brutus  J.  Clay  II  had  obtained  the  items  while  minister  to  Switzer- 
land during  Theodore  Roosevelt's  presidential  administration.  But 
the  gift  of  an  old  drum,  evidently  made  in  1789  and  later  used  in 
warfare,  is  evidence  of  the  Museum's  worth  as  a  repository  for 
relics  of  war.  It  was  carried  by  a  soldier  in  General  Green  Clay's 
army  which  participated  in  the  campaign  that  avenged  the  "Mas- 
sacre of  the  Raisin"  in  northern  Ohio,  in  1813.  Mrs.  Clark  Kellogg 
of  Richmond,  who  donated  the  drum,  also  gave  two  typical  goat- 
skin water  bottles  that  she  obtained  in  Palestine  many  years  earlier. 
Dr.  Hugh  Mahaffey  of  Richmond  gave  a  bazooka  that  he  brought 
from  Okinawa  at  the  close  of  World  War  II.  Mrs.  Bennett  H. 
Farris,  another  local  citizen,  placed  a  copy  of  The  Philosophy  of 
Human  Nature  (1812)  by  Joseph  Buchanan,  professor  in  Transyl- 
vania University,  Lexington,  in  the  Museum.  It  is  the  second  book 
of  considerable  size  ever  printed  in  Richmond.'^     These  and  other 


''  The  book  of  336  pages  was  printed  by  John  A.  Grimes,  Main  Street,  Rich- 
mond, in  1812.  See  Collin's  History  of  Kentucky  for  an  account  of  Buchanan. 
The  first  work  printed  by  Grimes  was  The  American  Medical  Guide  for  the 
Use  of  Families,  in  two  volumes,  probably  the  first  (1810)  work  of  its  kind  pub- 
lished West  of   the   Alleghenies. 

113 


gifts  and  loans  by  citizens  of  Richmond  indicate  many  such  loans 
and  donations  that  will  be  received  in  years  to  come.  As  this 
chapter  was  being  written  late  in  October,  1956,  Master  Paul 
David  Myers,  the  son  of  Major  Paul  E.  Meyers  of  Eastern's  ROTC, 
gave  the  Museum  the  outer  and  inner  helmets  worn  by  Brigadier 
General  W.  W.  Ford  while  Chief  of  all  American  Aviation  at 
Augsburg,  Germany,  and  Fountenblau,  France,  1952-54.  General 
Ford,  known  as  the  "Father  of  Army  Aviation,"  was  the  first  army 
officer  (then  a  captain)  assigned  to  organize  the  ROTC  at  Eastern 
in  1936. 

During  the  Christmas  recess  of  the  present  school-year  Mrs. 
George  Burnam  of  Richmond  gave  the  Museum  a  pair  of  very 
large  (SVa  feet  high,  16  inches  in  diameter)  porcelain,  handpainted 
vases.  These  valuable  works  of  art  were  imported  long  ago  from 
Bonn,  Germany,  and  purchased  by  Mrs.  Burnam  and  her  late 
husband  at  an  auction  in  New  York  City.  Shortly  before  the 
manuscript  for  this  book  went  to  press,  Colonel  Paul  H.  Raftery, 
Commander  of  the  Blue  Grass  Ordnance  Depot,  near  Richmond, 
placed  in  the  Museum  examples  of  more  than  forty  varieties  of 
ammunition  stored  at  the  Depot.  This  exhibit  and  other  items 
expected  later  from  the  B.G.O.D.  will  be  useful  to  the  College 
Reserve  Officers  Training  Corps  and  in  other  respects  enhance  the 
value  of  the  Museum. 

The  monetary  value  of  the  present  contents  of  the  Museum  can 
hardly  be  approximated.  It  is  considerable,  of  course,  and  increases 
every  day.  The  exhibits  are  properly  and  adequately  insured. 
Two  copies  of  indices  of  the  exhibits  are  being  prepared  as  items 
are  received,  one  for  the  Director's  office  and  the  other  for  the 
President's. 

The  permanency  of  the  Museum  seems  assured.  There  is 
available  adjacent  room  for  considerable  expansion  when  the 
present  space  is  filled,  and  that  condition  now  exists.  Some 
necessary  conveniences  have  recently  been  provided,  and  funds  for 
cases,  a  student  secretary,  and  office  equipment  have  been  fur- 
nished by  the  College.  Money  to  purchase  exhibits  or  pay  the 
transportation  of  gifts,  loans,  and  purchases  has  not  yet  been 
specially  allowed  (fiscal  year  1956-1957),  but  such  support  in  the 
future  has  been  assured  by  the  President  of  the  College. 

In  conclusion,  it  might  be  stated  that  the  Museum  is  becoming 
a  most  valuable  addition,  comparable  to  the  library,  to  Eastern's 
large  facilities  for  teaching  and  learning.  Like  Western  Kentucky 
State  College  at  Bowling  GreenS  and  many  other  higher  institu- 
tions of  learning  in  the  United  States,  the  College  in  Richmond  can 
experience  much  satisfaction  in  collecting,  preserving,  and  ex- 
hibiting items  of  valuable  historical  significance  from  nearly  every 
source,  but  especially  from  the  United  States.     And  also  like  West- 


s  Western  has  had  a  separate,  handsome  museum  and  art  building  (the  Ken- 
tucky Building)  since  1937.  The  Museum  News,  published  by  the  American 
Association  of  Museums,  stated  recently  that  there  were  only  600  known  musevims 
in  the  United  States  in  1930,  but  by  1954  there  were  2,500. 

114 


ern  and  many  other  college  communities  in  the  United  States, 
Eastern  should  hasten  the  time  when  the  College  in  Richmond  will 
have  a  handsome  art-museum  building. 

Finally,  the  Director  and  Mrs.  Dorris  are  resolved  to  give  their 
valuable  exhibits  to  the  Museum  in  memory  of  their  son  and  other 
alumni  and  students  of  Eastern,  "who,  in  the  language  of  their 
great  Commander  in  Chief,  'Dared  to  die  that  freedom  might  live, 
and  grow,  and  increase  its  blessings,'  " — that  "Peace  on  earth  and 
good  will  toward  all  men  may  sometime  reign  over  this  globe.  .  ."9 
Professor  "William  L.  Keene  honors  these  valiant  sons  of  Eastern 
in  his  inspiring  chapter  (XIV)  on  "The  War  Years." 


^  See  A  Log  of  the  Vincennes,  mentioned  in  Chapter  XIV,  for  these  quotations. 


The  Director  of  the  Museum,  Jonathan  T.  Dorris,  standing  by  one 
of  the  cases  obtained  from  U.  S.  Government  authorities. 


115 


The  Science  Building,  completed  in  1953.    The  Memorial  Museum 
is  on  the  ground  floor. 


The  Memorial  Museum  looking  north.    The  office  and  other  cases 
are  at  the  south  end.   A  fourth  row  of  cases  near  the  windows  is 

not  shown. 


116 


CHAPTER  IX 

AGRICULTURE  AND  STATELAND  FARM 

By  William  Stocker 

Agriculture  has  been  taught  at  Eastern  continuously  since  the 
organization  of  the  institution  in  1906.  In  the  early  days,  however, 
there  was  no  Agriculture  Department,  and  most  of  the  teaching  of 
agriculture  was  done  by  members  of  the  science  faculty,  especially 
by  the  renowned  Professor  George  Drury  Smith,  who  was  greatly 
interested  in  the  growing  of  fruits,  because  he  believed  that  Ken- 
tucky had  soils,  topography,  and  climate  that  were  well  suited 
to  this  agricultural  endeavor.  Many  of  the  students  who  attended 
Eastern  between  1906  and  1912,  when  a  full  time  agricultural 
teacher  was  employed,  had  the  opportunity  to  visit  the  fine  orchard 
that  Professor  Smith  maintained  at  Conway,  Kentucky,  just  south 
of  Berea.  In  reading  through  The  Talisman  for  1909,  a  publi- 
cation of  the  College  that  is  now  on  file  in  Eastern's  Museum,  there 
is  much  evidence  of  the  interest  of  students  in  agriculture  in  the 
years  following  1906.  In  one  issue  of  this  publication,  for  example, 
appear  articles  entitled  "Running  a  Farm  In  a  Business  Way," 
"The  Growth  of  Agricultural  Instruction,"  "A  Plea  for  Agriculture 
in  Rural  Schools,"  "The  Farmers  Plea."  "Knapp's  Ten  Command- 
ments of  Agriculture,"  and  "The  Farmer's  Victory." 

Not  only  were  the  first  teachers  of  agriculture  concerned  with 
the  teaching  of  the  subject  on  the  campus,  but  they,  under  the 
direction  of  President  Crabbe,  organized  what  were  known  as 
Farmers'  Chatauquas,  which  existed  for  the  purpose  of  giving 
instruction  in  agriculture  to  practicing  farmers  in  certain  parts 
of  the  county.  In  the  College  Library  there  is  a  pamphlet  giving 
the  complete  program  for  one  of  these  Chautaquas  at  Foxtown,  six 
miles  north  of  Richmond. 

Many  subjects,  such  as  the  vaccination  of  hogs,  the  planting 
of  fruit  trees  and  the  growing  of  orchards  were  covered,  and 
judging  from  the  pictures  of  the  event,  the  attendance  must  have 
been  excellent.  One  wagon  load  of  students  from  Eastern  attended, 
and  on  Sunday,  the  opening  day,  only  religious  services  were  held. 
These  services  were  lengthy,  however,  and  they  extended  far  into 
the  night. 

Another  interesting  feature  of  these  early  efforts  at  teaching 
agriculture  at  Eastern  is  that  the  students  in  the  training  school 
were  required  to  grow  a  small  garden.  These  gardens  were  ten  by 
twelve  feet,  and  the  supervision  was  given  by  the  practice  teachers. 
Not  only  did  the  practice  teachers  have  to  supervise  the  work  of 

117 


the  younger  students,  but  they  were  required  to  grow  a  garden  of 
their  own  that  measured  twenty-five  by  forty  feet.  There  are 
several  pictures  available  on  the  campus  today  showing  the  students 
at  work  in  those  gardens,  which  were  located  in  the  area  now 
occupied  by  Burnam  Hall  and  the  land  to  the  south  and  east  of 
this  Hall.  The  vegetables  grown  were  used  in  the  dining  rooms  of 
the  College.  Descriptions  and  pictures  of  these  gardens  may  be 
found  in  the  first  four  volumes  of  the  Eastern  Kentucky  Review, 
which  are  available  in  the  library. 

Course  offerings  in  agriculture  prior  to  1911  were  very  meager, 
but  most  of  the  students  were  required  to  take  at  least  one  term  of 
work  in  this  subject.  One  of  the  very  early  catalogs  indicates  that 
all  students  must  take  one  class  in  agriculture,  and  for  those  who 
were  interested,  two  more  electives  in  the  subject  were  available. 

In  1911,  the  Kentucky  Federation  of  Women's  Clubs  presented 
a  resolution  to  the  Board  of  Regents  of  Eastern,  urging  the  State 
Normal  Schools  to  make  such  provisions  as  may  be  necessary  to 
prepare  thoroughly  students  attending  these  institutions  to  teach 
successfully  Domestic  Science  and  Agriculture  in  the  public  schools 
of  Kentucky.  The  regents  must  have  taken  this  resolution  very 
seriously,  for  within  the  year  they  employed  Mr.  J.  S.  Pullen  as 
a  teacher  of  agriculture,  and  a  committee  was  appointed  to  take 
options  on  a  prospective  farm  for  school  use.  The  committee  was 
instructed  to  look  for  a  farm  of  about  a  hundred  acres,  adjacent 
or  accessible  to  the  present  campus,  and  that  they  should  report 
to  the  Board  of  Regents  at  the  earliest  possible  moment.  This 
committee  consisted  of  President  Crabbe,  Treasurer  R.  E.  Turley, 
and  Superintendent  Barksdale  Hamlet.  Action  was  also  taken  in 
1911  to  establish  a  Department  of  Agriculture  and  space  was  made 
available  in  the  basement  of  Roark  Building  for  this  new  de- 
partment. 

The  committee  that  was  appointed  to  locate  a  farm  for  pur- 
chase recommended,  in  July,  1912,  to  the  Board  of  Regents  that 
$25,000  be  set  aside,  $17,000  of  which  was  to  be  used  for  paying 
for  the  farm  and  $8,000  for  the  construction  of  a  dairy  barn  and 
its  equipment.  In  September,  1912,  the  committee  recommended 
the  purchase  of  a  farm  known  as  the  Whittaker  farm  of  116  acres 
located  on  the  Barnes  Mill  Pike  about  one  mile  west  of  the  campus. 
This  recomendation  was  soon  approved  and  the  purchase  made, 
the  price  being  $18,000. 

The  College  was  very  fortunate  to  get  this  farm,  for  it  was 
located  within  walking  distance  of  the  campus  and  for  the  most 
part  it  was  very  fertile.  Three  kinds  of  soil  were  found  on  the 
farm  —  Lowell,  Shelbyville,  and  Fairmount  loams,  all  of  which 
were  moderately  deep,  brown,  acid  soils  that  are  of  very  good 
fertility.  The  greatest  objection  was  that  the  land  was  a  little  too 
steep  for  very  intensive  cultivation,  but  judging  from  the  records 
that  were  left  by  the  farm  manager,  conservation  practices  were 
used  and  types  of  crops  were  grown  that  kept  soil  erosion  under 
control. 

118 


The  farm  was  soon  given  the  name  of  "Stateland,"  and  an 
extensive  program  of  improvement  was  begun  to  make  it  as  much 
a  model  farm  as  possible.  The  proposed  dairy  barn  was  built,  and 
it  was  a  most  excellent  one  for  its  day.  Then  close  by  a  silo  was 
constructed,  which  was  used  to  feed  the  dairy  herd  during  the 
winter.  Not  much  progress  was  made,  however,  in  improving  the 
dairy  herd.  When  the  farm  was  sold  in  1922  the  herd  consisted  of 
about  a  dozen  grade  Holstein  and  Jersey  cows.  Near  the  front  of 
the  farm  was  a  very  nice  home,  which  was  occupied  by  the  family 
of  the  foreman.  There  was  a  cottage  located  farther  back  from  the 
road  for  the  farm  worker  and  his  family. 

The  farming  activities  carried  on  at  Stateland  were  those 
usual  in  this  part  of  the  State,  except,  as  the  1913  catalog  states, 
there  was  no  attempt  to  grow  hemp  or  tobacco.  The  catalog  goes 
on  to  say  that  the  policy  was  to  eliminate  the  Jersey  cows  and 
substitute  the  Holsteins  because  of  their  larger  milk  producing 
qualities.  Duroc  hogs  were  the  standard  breed  of  hogs  grown  on  the 
farm.  These  were  produced  mainly  for  furnishing  pork  to  the 
college  dining  halls.  A  great  abundance  of  vegetables  were  also 
produced  largely  through  the  use  of  student  labor.  It  soon  becomes 
apparent,  as  the  history  of  this  farm  unfolds,  that  students  in  great 
numbers  were  used  on  the  farm  to  grow  the  vegetables,  care  for 
the  milk  and  produce  the  crops. 

The  1914  catalog  declares  the  purpose  of  Stateland  to  be  as 
follows:  To  be  used  for  demonstration  purposes  in  relation  to  the 
department  of  agriculture  of  the  Normal  School;  to  give  the  stu- 
dents attending  the  school  work  to  help  them  pay  expenses;  and 
to  furnish  the  dormitories  with  milk,  eggs,  and  vegetables  in  season, 
thus  lowering  the  cost  of  living  to  students  in  school.  Stateland  was 
in  no  sense  a  commercial  enterprise;  it  was  expected  to  do  all  the 
things  listed  above  to  pay  its  expenses  and  to  show  a  small  yearly 
balance.  Above  all  things,  it  was  intended  to  teach  and  demonstrate. 
Whether  these  objectives  were  ever  accomplished  is  largely  a  matter 
of  conjecture  but  such  professors  as  G.  D.  Smith,  J.  W.  Pullen,  and 
Rex  Cox  must  have  regarded  them  as  worthwhile  experiences  for 
the  students.  Financially,  Stateland  was  not  a  tremendous  success. 
The  records  indicate  that  it  operated  at  a  loss  of  about  $500  a  year, 
but  when  the  farm  was  sold  in  1922,  it  brought  a  price  sufficient 
to  wipe  out  all  the  deficit  and  leave  a  net  profit  of  $2,956.75. 

One  interesting  fact  comes  out  of  the  first  catalogue  description 
following  the  formation  of  the  Agricultural  Department.  The  depart- 
ment was  referred  to  as  the  Rural  Life  and  Agriculture  Depart- 
ment. This  terminology  was  perhaps  used  because  the  teachers  were 
not  only  concerned  with  agriculture  as  a  means  of  making  a  living, 
but  also  as  a  way  of  life.  About  1924  the  term  Rural  Life  was 
dropped  from  the  title,  but  it  probably  should  have  been  used 
down  through  the  years,  because  all  teachers  of  agriculture  are 
concerned  with  the  "living"  aspect  of  farming. 

In  1918  Professor  Smith  had  almost  stopped  teaching  agricul- 
ture, so  Mr.  Rex  Cox  was  employed  to  help  Mr.  Pullen,  the  head 

119 


of  the  department,  to  carry  the  teaching  load.  Mr.  Cox  continued  to 
teach  until  1928,  except  for  a  year's  leave  of  absence  when  his 
position  was  filled  by  Mr.  C.  M.  Wade. 

In  the  late  Fall  of  1922,  Stateland  was  sold  to  Mr.  Ashford 
Million.  This  sale  was  made  because  it  had  become  apparent  that 
a  farm  adjacent  to  the  campus  was  to  be  sold,  and  the  College 
needed  to  be  in  a  position  to  buy  this  land,  known  as  the  William 
Gibson  farm,  so  that  there  would  be  room  for  future  expansion  of 
the  campus.  Shortly  after  the  sale  of  Stateland  Farm,  the  Gibson 
property  was  bought  by  the  College.  This  farm  consisted  of  148 
acres  that  lay  to  the  East  and  South  of  the  campus,  and  all  the 
stock  and  farm  machinery  were  moved  from  the  old  farm  to  New 
Stateland  Farm  in  December,  1922.  In  many  respects,  New  State- 
land  Farm  represents  one  of  the  finest  assets  the  school  has  ac- 
quired, because  it  has  provided  room  for  the  present  Weaver  Health 
Building,  constructed  in  1931,  the  football  field,  constructed  in 
1932,  the  Hanger  Stadium,  constructed  in  1935-36,  several  faculty 
houses,  a  small  rural  demonstration  school,  constructed  in  1929,  and 
a  new  baseball  field,  constructed  in  1955. 

New  Stateland  Farm  had  been  badly  treated  by  its  previous 
owners.  The  buildings  were  in  bad  repair,  the  fences  were  falling 
down,  the  land  had  been  allowed  to  erode  and  gully  by  careless 
farming,  osage  orange  hedges  used  for  fences  had  been  allowed 
to  grow  untrimmed  and  to  multiply  throughout  the  pastures. 

The  management  of  New  Stateland  Farm  was  taken  over  by 
Mr.  A.  B.  Carter  in  January,  1923.  Mr.  Carter  moved  into  the  main 
dwelling  on  the  farm,  a  large  brick  house  of  nine  rooms,  formerly 
the  residence  of  Mr.  Gibson,  now  called  Stateland  Hall,  and  con- 
tinued to  live  there  until  he  moved  to  his  own  farm  in  1950.  He 
continued  to  operate  New  Stateland,  however,  until  his  retirement 
in  August,  1954,  when  Jackson  A.  Taylor,  graduate  of  the  University 
of  Kentucky,  became  farm  manager. 

Mr.  Carter  was  one  of  the  most  enthusiastic  dairymen  that  the 
State  of  Kentucky  has  seen,  so,  under  his  management,  work  was 
begun  to  establish  a  first  class  dairy  herd  and  to  build  facilities 
for  caring  for  such  a  herd.  There  were  two  barns  on  the  farm  at 
that  time,  one  of  which  still  stands  near  the  south-east  corner  of 
Hanger  Stadium.  It  was  this  barn  that  was  selected  to  house  the 
herd.  An  addition  was  built,  stanchions  were  erected  for  the  cows, 
and  all  the  milking  was  done  in  this  barn  until  a  new  and  com- 
pletely adequate  dairy  barn  was  built  in  1928  at  a  cost  of  $9,600. 
This  barn  was  constructed  by  the  Muncy  Construction  Company 
of  Berea,  Kentucky,  according  to  plans  and  specifications  prepared 
by  the  Louden  Dairy  Equipment  Company  of  Fairfield,  Iowa.  The 
new  barn  provided  for  the  housing  of  thirty-three  dairy  cows,  and 
all  the  space  was  soon  filled  with  an  excellent  herd  developed 
under  Mr.  Carter's  leadership. 

A  good  milk  processing  plant  was  built  soon  after  the  dairy 
barn  was  completed,  and  equipment  was  installed  to  cool  the  milk 
rapidly  and  bottle  it  for  use  in  the  College  cafeteria.   The  herd 

120 


produced  more  milk  than  was  used  in  the  cafeteria,  so  a  milk 
route  was  established  throughout  most  of  the  town,  chiefly  to 
supply  families  of  the  faculty  and  administrative  staff;  but  this 
practice  had  to  be  discontinued  in  1950  because  the  enrollment  of 
the  College  had  expanded  to  such  an  extent  that  the  farm  could 
no  longer  meet  the  demand  for  milk  on  the  campus. 

Many  farm  enterprises  were  undertaken  at  New  Stateland 
other  than  the  dairy.  Until  1948  gardens  were  grown  almost  every 
year  in  an  attempt  to  supply  at  least  a  part  of  the  college  need. 
Gardening  became  an  especially  important  feature  between  1937 
and  1940,  when  there  were  so  many  N.  Y.  A.  boys  (National  Youth 
Administration  students)  on  the  campus  that  were  available  for 
such  work  as  this.  Mr.  George  Rhoderher,  a  gardener  of  wide  ex- 
perience, was  employed  to  supervise  this  phase  of  the  work.  Gard- 
ening has  now  been  discontinued  because  there  is  not  enough  land 
available  to  support  the  growing  dairy  herd  and  because  students 
seeking  employment  are  not  available  in  sufficient  numbers.  Many 
hogs  and  chickens  have  also  been  produced  on  the  farm,  but  they 
have  also  had  to  give  way  to  the  dairy  herd. 

During  World  War  II,  when  Eastern  was  operating  a  specialized 
training  program  for  the  Women's  Army  Corps,  the  milk  processing 
plant  was  enlarged  and  provisions  were  made  for  pasteurization  of 
all  the  milk  used  in  the  cafeteria.  In  the  spring  of  1956  a  machine 
was  purchased  to  homogenize  the  milk,  so  all  milk  produced  now 
is  grade  A  pasteurized  and  homogenized.  Homogenization  breaks 
the  fat  globules  in  the  milk  into  such  small  particles  that  they  do 
not  rise  to  the  top,  consequently  the  milk  at  the  bottom  of  the 
glass  contains  just  as  much  fat  as  that  at  the  top. 

On  May  12,  1955,  a  fire  caused  almost  complete  destruction  of 
the  dairy  barn.  The  fire  was  discovered  as  it  was  just  beginning 
when  the  milk  boys  went  to  the  barn  early  in  the  morning.  About 
thirty  animals  were  in  the  barn  at  the  time,  but  every  one  of  them 
was  driven  out  before  the  fire  spread.  Work  was  begun  within  a 
few  weeks  to  build  another  barn  on  the  foundation  of  the  old  one, 
and  by  the  middle  of  summer  the  work  had  been  completed.  Since 
the  concrete  foundation  of  the  barn  extended  up  to  the  second  floor, 
the  lower  floor  where  the  milking  is  done  was  not  destroyed,  and  it 
was  never  necessary  to  transfer  the  herd  to  another  barn  even  on  the 
night  following  the  fire. 

In  the  fall  of  1955  work  was  begun  on  another  dairy  barn 
that  is  located  100  feet  south  of  the  first  barn  and  running  parallel 
to  it.  This  structure  is  to  be  used  as  a  place  to  store  hay  and  for 
housing  the  cows  during  the  night  and  in  bad  weather.  Between 
the  two  barns  the  lot  has  been  covered  with  concrete  to  keep  the 
cows  out  of  the  mud. 

Three  tracts  of  land  adjacent  to  New  Stateland  have  been  pur- 
chased by  Eastern  since  1923.  The  first  one  was  called  the  Bond 
tract,  consisting  of  17.2  acres  bought  in  1924.  This  land  lay  at  the 
southeast  corner  of  New  Stateland  and  it  connected  the  farm  with 
the  Lancaster  Road.  In  1926  the  Bennett  tract  of  four  acres  was 

121 


bought.  This  land  is  on  Second  Street  and  behind  the  college  heating 
plant.  It  was  used  for  several  years  for  gardens,  taut  following 
World  War  II  the  Veterans'  Housing  Project  was  constructed  in 
this  area,  using  almost  all  the  original  four  acres  purchased.  An- 
other purchase  of  land  was  made  in  1929.  This  property  of  17.3 
acres,  called  the  Pursifull  farm,  is  adjacent  to  the  Lancaster  Pike 
and  north  of  the  Bond  property.  In  1923  twenty-eight  acres  of 
New  Stateland  were  purchased  by  the  Richmond  Cemetery  Asso- 
ciation (see  accompanying  map).  The  farm  now  has  about  175  acres. 

Since  New  Stateland  has  been  operated  almost  exclusively  as 
a  dairy  farm,  there  has  been  ample  opportunity  to  build  up  the 
soil  from  its  original  run-down  condition.  The  land  is  now  very 
productive  and  is  covered  with  an  excellent  stand  of  grasses  and 
legumes.  The  only  row  crops  that  require  intensive  cultivation  that 
have  been  grown  are  silage  corn  and  vegetables,  and  these  have 
not  presented  serious  erosion  problems.  In  1954  the  growth  of  corn 
as  a  silage  crop  was  discontinued  in  order  to  conserve  the  fertility 
of  the  land.  Sudan  grass,  a  tall  annual  growth  similar  to  sorghum, 
is  now  grown  for  use  in  the  silo.  This  crop  requires  no  cultivation 
after  the  seed  is  once  sown,  for  it  is  broadcast  like  wheat  and 
ready  for  harvest  in  about  three  months.  All  the  silage  is  stored 
in  the  three  silos,  two  of  which  are  located  at  the  new  dairy  barn, 
and  the  other  is  located  at  the  old  dairy  barn.  This  old  barn  is 
now  used  to  house  the  young  dairy  stock.  The  combined  capacity 
of  the  three  silos  is  about  300  tons.  Eastern  has  every  right  to  be 
proud  of  her  highly  fertile  and  productive  farm. 

Perhaps  one  of  the  greatest  contributions  of  the  farm  to  the 
State  of  Kentucky  has  been  the  employment  that  it  has  provided 
for  boys  in  college,  thereby  making  it  possible  for  them  to  pay  their 
way  as  they  go  through  school.  The  boys  who  work  in  the  dairy  live 
in  the  small  buildings  immediately  behind  Stateland  Hall  (the 
brick  residence  of  E.  H.  Gibson)  and  in  Stateland  Hall.  The  number 
employed  varies  between  three  and  ten,  but  the  average  would  be 
about  six.  Each  one  of  these  students  has  the  opportunity  to  work 
twenty-eight  hours  a  week,  and  some  of  them  work  more.  They 
are  expected  to  work  from  four  to  six  in  the  afternoon  and  four 
to  six  in  the  morning,  and  since  they  all  carry  a  full  student  load, 
they  have  very  little  time  to  waste.  It  is  unfortunate  that  a  record 
has  not  been  kept  of  the  number  of  boys  who  have  worked  their 
way  through  school  in  this  way,  but  a  good  estimate  would  perhaps 
be  in  the  neighborhood  of  200. 

The  foundation  stock  for  the  present  herd  at  Eastern  was 
bought  in  1920  by  Mr.  Carter  when  he  puixhased  two  purebred 
Holstein  cows  and  a  purebred  Holstein  bull  from  George  Peabody 
College  at  Nashville,  Tennessee.  These  animals  became  the  foun- 
dation stock  on  which  the  herd  was  built.  By  bringing  in  new  blood 
from  time  to  time  through  the  purchase  of  bulls  from  outstanding 
herds  and  recently  through  the  use  of  artificial  insemination,  the 
herd  has  attained  the  position  of  one  of  the  outstanding  herds  of 
the  South. 

122 


In  1931,  the  herd  was  enrolled  in  the  Herd  Improvement  Reg- 
istry Program  sponsored  by  the  Holstein-Fresian  Association  of 
America.  Its  membership  in  this  testing  Association  since  that 
time  makes  Eastern's  herd  the  oldest  in  Kentucky  with  continuous 
membership.  One  of  the  chief  values  of  belonging  to  this  Association 
is  that  through  the  records  kept,  intelligent  culling  can  be  done. 
The  fact  that  this  was  done  is  shown  by  the  continual  increase  in 
the  herd  average  of  milk  and  butter  fat  products. 

Average  Annual  Milk  and  Butterfat  Production  per  Cow 
Year  Pounds  of  milk        Pounds  of 

butterfat 
1936  10,775  388 

1938  11,833  409 

1940  12,295  430 

1945  12,339  443 

The  Holstein-Fresian  Breed  Association  gives  special  recog- 
nition to  any  cow  which  has  a  lifetime  record  of  more  than  one 
hundred  thousand  pounds  of  milk.  Eastern  has  bred  eight  cows 
to  attain  this  honor. 

Number  Pounds  Pounds 

Name  of  Cow  Lactations        of  Milk  %        of  Fat 

Eastern  Fayne  Pauline  10         118,025        3.6        4294 

Eastern  Lyons  Lady  Fayne  11         138,401         3.5        4882 

Eastern  Rue  Anne  10         126,880        3.4        4430 

Eastern  Ollie  Queen  12         182,000        3.5        6200 

Eastern  Abbekerk  Colantha  8         109,698        3.6        3970 

Eastern  Abbekerk  Lena  12         127,107        3.6        4535 

Eastern  Axworthy  Rue  Fayne         10         108,851         3.2        3467 
Eastern  Segis  Hartog  10         126,485  3499 

A  lactation  is  the  period  of  a  cow's  production  of  milk  from 
calving  to  calving. 

Eastern  Ollie  Queen  was  probably  the  most  outstanding  cow 
ever  produced  in  the  Eastern  herd.  She  produced  182,000  pounds 
of  milk.  This  is  the  equivalent  of  approximately  80%  of  all  the 
milk  consumed  in  1955  by  the  College  Cafeteria  and  Grill. 

Milk  is  produced  and  processed  on  the  College  Farm  for  the 
Cafeteria,  Grill,  and  Automatic  Dispensers  in  the  dormitories. 
Students,  under  the  supervision  of  specially  trained  personnel, 
perform  most  of  the  work.  The  herd  of  26  cows  is  currently  pro- 
ducing at  the  rate  of  30,000  gallons  of  milk  per  year.  In  addition 
approximately  10,000  gallons  of  pasteurized  milk  are  purchased 
annually  from  the  Berea  College  dairy.  The  health  of  the  cow 
is  of  prime  importance  in  producing  clean,  wholesome  milk.  To- 
ward this  objective,  the  cows  are  tested  annually  for  Bangs  Disease 
(Brucellosis)  and  Tuberculosis.  In  addition  calves  are  immunized 
against  Bangs.  The  herd  has  been  found  clean  of  these  diseases  in 
1955  and  1956. 

In  order  to  maintain  high  quality  of  the  milk,  the  udders  are 
washed  in  mild  chlorine  solution  and  each  quarter  checked  prior 
to  the  milking,  which  is  accomplished  by  machine.  The  milking  pail 

123 


is  never  exposed  in  the  milking  barn.  It  is  removed  to  an  adjoining 
room  where  the  milk  is  filtered  into  ten  gallon  cans.  The  milk  is 
cooled  to  50°  F  within  30  minutes  and  remains  at  50°  or  below 
until  consumed,  except  during  pasteurization. 

Cleanliness  is  emphasized  in  all  phases  of  milk  handling  and 
processing.  No  surface  which  milk  will  contact  is  touched  by  the 
operator's  hands  after  it  has  been  sanitized  in  chlorine  solution. 

The  milk  is  processed  every  day  in  the  nearby  pasteurizing 
plant,  which  is  inspected  monthly  by  the  County  Health  Department. 
Here,  in  stainless  steel  equipment,  it  is  heated  to  143°  F  and  held 
for  30  minutes.  Following  pasteurization  it  is  homogenized,  then 
cooled  again  to  50°  or  below,  and  put  in  5-gallon  dispenser  cans. 
Again  it  is  stored  at  50°  or  below  until  used  in  the  College  Cafe- 
teria, Grill  or  Dormitory  Dispenser.  The  milk  and  equipment  are 
checked  regularly  by  both  college  personnel  and  the  County  Health 
Department,  which  inspects  and  approves  all  milk  plants  and  en- 
forces laws  regarding  quality. 

Grade  A  raw  milk  for  pasteurization  must  have  less  than  50,000 
bacteria  per  milliliter.  Grade  A  Pasteurized  must  have  less  than 
30,000  bacteria  per  ml.  For  the  past  two  years,  milk  produced  on 
the  farm  has  consistenly  been  below  10  000  per  ml.  raw  and  below 
3,000  per  ml.  processed. 

This  chapter  should  not  be  concluded  without  a  word  of  special 
recognition  for  the  many  young  men  who  have  worked  so  hard  in 
the  dairy.  Since  Eastern  first  had  a  dairy  herd,  nearly  all  the  work 
has  been  done  by  students.  This  work  has  been  hard  and  the  hours 
have  been  long,  but  in  spite  of  this  the  students  have  worked  will- 
ingly and  cheerfully.  Eastern  has  the  right  to  be  proud  of  these 
boys,  because  most  of  them  could  not  have  remained  long  in  school 
without  the  opportunity  to  work,  and  many  of  them  have  gone  on 
now  to  distinguish  themselves  in  many  fields. 


Ashby  B.  Carter 

To  Eastern  in  1920;  Biology, 
Agriculture;  Director  of  Col- 
lege Farm  to  retirement,  1955. 
Deceased,  1956. 


124 


,*jte*»*~ 


Part  of  the  dairy  herd 


The  Holstein  Herd  of  the 
College   Farm. 


Stanchions  for  Cows  in 
the  Dairy  Barn. 

125 


COLLE.GE   STREET 


Ul 


CAMPUS 


i^ 


o 

UJ 


111 

a:  n 


o  _ 

h    UJ 


W/ILLIAM  GIBSON 

148.63  ACRES 

1922 


W.H.PUnSIFULL 

17.12  ACRES 

1929 


WILSON  BOND 

17.13  ACRES 

1924 


NEW    STATELAND    FARM 
EASTERN  KENTUCKY  STATE  COLLEGE 


CHAPTER  X 

STUDENT  ORGANIZATIONS 
By  Mrs.  Mary  Edmunds  Barnhill 

The  record  of  the  extra-curricular  activities  and  organizations 
of  the  students  of  Eastern  Kentucky  State  College  through  the  fifty 
years  of  its  existence  is  to  record  in  the  miscrocosm  of  a  college 
the  microcosm  of  the  United  States  and  the  world.  As  the  outer 
world  has  grown  more  complex  in  its  problems  so  has  the  inner 
world  of  our  campus.  Two  world  wars,  a  cold  war,  the  Atomic 
Age,  a  depression,  two  periods  of  high  prosperity,  and  the  resulting 
tensions;  the  emancipation  of  women  with  the  corresponding  social 
changes;  World  War  II  and  Korean  War  Veterans,  with  married 
students  and  Veterans  Village;  the  growth  in  size  of  the  College 
from  a  few  hundred  to  more  than  twenty-five  hundred  campus 
students;  the  restricted  curriculum  primarily  for  teachers  to  the 
departments  representing  a  large  number  of  disciplines  and  pre- 
professional  training — all  these  momentous  changes  are  reflected 
in  student  organizations. 

Early  Organizations  and  Departmental  Clubs 

In  early  days,  the  extra-curricular  activities  were  seldom 
planned.  Like  Topsy,  they  just  "growed".  Records  seem  to  show 
that  the  first  definitely  organized  activity  was  a  drum  corps  of 
fifiteen  members  with  Joe  Hollenkamp  as  drum  major,  organized 
by  Colonel  E.  H.  Crawford,  soon  after  he  became  director  of  the 
Model  School.  At  the  laying  of  the  cornerstone  of  the  Roark 
Building  in  1907,  the  Normal  Female  Quartet  sang.  The  YWCA, 
organized  in  1907  by  Mrs.  Lena  Gertrude  Roling,  was  the  first 
existing  society  with  national  affiliations.  The  YMCA  also  ap- 
peared quite  early  on  the  campus.  Both  of  these  organizations  have 
exerted  great  influence  upon  the  student  life.  They  are  more 
fully  described  in  the  chapter  on  religious  life. 

The  beginning  of  the  literary  societies  seems  to  have  been  a 
public  debate  on  the  burning  issue  of  woman  suffrage,  between 
two  "forensic  sections"  of  the  classes  of  Colonel  Crawford. 

In  1910  several  new  activities  were  organized.  The  Glee  Club 
with  fifty  members,  the  Choral  Club,  the  Rubenstein  Club,  and 
the  Euterpean  Club  were  organizations  of  the  Music  Department. 
The  English  Department  sponsored  three  clubs:  the  Shakesperean 
Club,  the  Ruric  Nevel  Roark  Debating  Club,  and  the  Current  Litera- 
ture Club.  The  Science  Club  appeared.  A  monthly  magazine 
called  The  Student,  to  be  issued  every  month  except  August,  made 
its  debut,  and  continued  several  years.  The  senior  class  annual, 
The  Bluemont,  came  out  in  1910  apparently  for  that  year  only. 

127 


Literary  societies  with  compulsory  membership  were  a  con- 
tinuing tradition  in  American  college  life;  thus  at  Eastern  there 
were  soon  organized  these  societies  as  the  student  body  became 
more  truly  a  college  group.  Five  were  organized  under  the  man- 
agement of  a  Literary  Council  made  up  of  the  five  presidents  and 
the  five  critics.  All  were  under  the  direction  of  the  head  of  the 
English  department,  each  with  a  faculty  sponsor.  Their  names 
reflect  the  fashion  of  the  times;  the  Carpediem,  the  Cnythian,  the 
Excelsior,  the  Periclean,  and  the  Utopian.  There  was  much  friendly 
rivalry  among  the  clubs,  culminating  in  an  annual  contest  of 
declamations,  orations,  and  debates.  Much  social  activity  centered 
around  club  meetings;  one  of  their  weekly  meetings  each  month 
was  given  to  a  social;  and  names  of  men  and  women,  some  living, 
some  dead,  afterward  renowned  in  state  and  national  affairs,  are 
hidden  in  the  fading  pages  of  their  programs.  Two  other  literary 
clubs  of  the  same  type  were  later  organized,  the  Washingtonian  to 
accommodate  a  growing  student  body,  and  the  Philomatheans,  a 
daytime  club  for  members  of  the  other  clubs  who  were  unable  to 
attend  the  regular  night  meetings.  A  dramatic  club,  the  Mirror- 
Holders,  and  the  Union  Club  were  organized  but  existed  for  only 
a  few  years. 

During  World  War  I  and  the  early  nineteen-twenties  the 
student  body  underwent  a  radical  change.  There  were  propor- 
tionately fewer  "Normal"  or  high  school  students  and  more  of 
college  rank.  The  war  had  also  brought  great  changes  in  mental 
and  social  attitudes.  The  older  literary  societies  gradually  went 
out  of  existence,  especially  since  membership  was  no  longer  man- 
datory. Three  new  societies  of  the  same  pattern,  the  Ruric  Nevel 
Roark  Society  for  students  below  college  rank,  and  the  Neon 
Krypton  and  the  Horace  Mann  Society  for  students  of  college  rank 
were  organized.  These  names  appear  in  issues  of  the  Milestone  of 
the  late  twenties  but  they  by  then  were  merely  revenants  of  an 
earlier  collegiate  life. 

Campus  horizons  were  widening,  students  and  faculty  had  an 
enlarged  vision  of  the  world.  The  College  became  a  fully-accred- 
ited four-year  college  in  1926,  all  work  below  that  level  being 
gradually  discontinued.  There  was  a  demand  for  student  organi- 
zations that  would  respond  to  these  changes.  One  of  the  first  such 
organizations  was  the  Little  Theatre  Club.  This  club  was  organized 
in  1918  by  Miss  Rucie  Miller  of  the  Speech  Department  with  five 
charter  members:  Misses  Kathryn  Baker,  Pauline  Yates  and  Sarah. 
Strong  and  Messrs.  Sam  Denny  and  Henry  Holbrook.  In  1923, 
Miss  Pearl  Buchanan  began  her  long  period  of  service  as  its  di- 
rector, with  the  productions  of  Clarence  and  Madame  Butterfly. 
During  these  years  it  became  one  of  the  most  active  clubs  on  the 
campus,  presenting  an  imposing  repertoire  of  plays,  ranging  from 
Shakespeare  through  Ibsen  and  Shaw  to  current  Broadway  suc- 
cesses. Especially  significant  was  a  series  of  Shakesperean  plays 
in  the  1930's  which  reached  almost  professional  skill  in  beauty  of 
setting  and  perfection  of  acting;   Midsummer  Nights'  Dream  and 

128 


Twelfth  Night  were  memorable  performances  for  cast  and  audience. 
Upon  Miss  Buchanan's  resignation  of  the  directorship  she  was  suc- 
ceeded in  1942  by  Cyril  Hager,  but  the  war  years  were  lean  ones, 
and  when  activity  was  resumed  under  Joseph  D.  Graham  in  1947 
the  great  tradition  had  been  broken  and  it  was  necessary  to  make  a 
new  beginning.  Keith  Brooks  in  1950-53,  Glen  Wilson  in  1954-56, 
and  Gerald  L.  Honaker  from  1956  to  the  present — all  able  young 
directors — have  brought  new  life  to  the  Club  and  have  presented 
two  full  length  plays  each  year.  Emphasis  now  is  upon  laboratory 
training  in  the  writing  and  production  of  short  plays.  The  pro- 
duction of  the  Greek  tragedy  Antigone  in  the  Dudley  Fitts  transla- 
tion, scheduled  for  the  summer  term  of  1957,  marks  a  new  experi- 
ment in  drama  for  the  Little  Theatre  Club. 

In  1922,  the  first  volume  of  the  senior  class  annual,  the  Mile- 
stone, was  issued.  Except  for  the  World  War  II  years  of  1944-45 
it  has  presented  each  year  pictorially  the  life  of  the  campus.  Mr. 
N.  G.  Deniston  was  for  many  years  its  sponsor,  and  since  his  death, 
his  successor  to  that  position  is  Dr.  Harvey  H.  LaFuze. 

The  college  newspaper,  The  Eastern  Progress,  also  dates  from 
1922.  Since  then  it  has  performed  its  dual  function  of  reporting 
the  activities  of  students,  faculty,  and  alumni,  and  of  laboratory 
training  in  journalism.  Mr.  W.  L.  Keene  has  been,  and  is,  the 
able  and  devoted  sponsor.  These  important  student  organizations 
are  presented  more  fully  in  this  book's  chapter  on  publications. 

Music  has  always  been  important  at  Eastern.  Mention  has  been 
made  of  early  musical  clubs.  Since  those  early  years  many  music 
organizations  have  flourished.  The  Ladies'  Glee  Club  was  named 
the  Madrigal  Club  in  1924  and  was  especially  active  under  the  di- 
rectorship of  Miss  Mary  Murphy.  The  Men's  Glee  Club  was  re- 
organized in  1929.  The  College  Orchestra,  the  Band,  the  A  Capella 
Choir  under  Mrs.  Blanche  Seevers,  and  the  Messiah  Chorus  are 
some  of  the  various  popular  music  organizations  that  have  enriched 
the  life  of  the  campus  and  the  community.  As  music  has  become 
more  professionalized,  many  of  these  clubs  have  merged  into  de- 
partment courses,  and  at  present  the  Music  Club,  with  Mr.  James  E. 
Van  Peursem  as  sponsor,  is  the  extra-curricular  organization  for  the 
entire  department. 

Before  1920,  there  seems  to  have  been  no  inter-collegiate  or- 
ganization to  stimulate  interest  in  the  oratorical  activities.  The 
Eastern  Kentucky  State  Oratorical  Association,  organized  in  1920, 
held  its  first  contest  in  the  spring  of  1920,  Eastern  participating. 
Eastern  continued  to  participate  in  intercollegiate  contests  including 
debate.  In  1930,  Eastern's  representative,  William  McGibney,  won 
first  place.  The  Eastern  Discussion  Club,  organized  in  this  year, 
selected  contestants  to  represent  Eastern.  A  more  enduring  organi- 
zation. Alpha  Zeta  Kappa  was  later  organized  to  foster  debate  and 
discussions.  Mr.  W.  L.  Keene  was  its  first  sponsor,  succeeded  by 
Dr.  Saul  Hounchell  in  1934.  Later  on  this  activity  became  a  part 
of  the  Department  of  Speech  and  reached  its  peak  of  achievement 
under  the  direction  of  Mr.  Keith  Brooks  from  1950-54. 

129 


One  of  the  earliest  and  still  one  of  the  strongest  departmental 
clubs  at  Eastern  is  the  Canterbury  Club,  organized  first  as  the 
English  Club  by  Dr.  R.  A.  Foster,  then  head  of  the  English  Depart- 
ment. The  club  was  renamed  soon  after  Dr.  Roy  B.  Clark  suc- 
ceeded him  as  head  of  the  department.  Its  membership  is  limited 
to  English  majors.  Its  annual  anthology  of  student  creative  writ- 
ing, Belles  Lettres,  first  appeared  in  1935  and  has  since  been  in  con- 
tinuous publication.  Its  annual  awards  for  the  best  poem  and  the 
best  short  story  stimulate  interest  in  creative  writing.  The  English 
Department  also  sponsors  Alpha  Zeta  Kappa,  whose  purpose  is  to 
promote  interests  and  skill  in  debate  and  discussion,  and  Sigma  Tau 
Delta,  a  nationally  affiliated  honor  society,  whose  purpose  is  to 
increase  appreciation  of  literature.  Both  faculty  members  and 
students  are  eligible  for  membership  in  this  latter  organization. 

An  activity  of  the  Foreign  Language  Department  has  been 
Sigma  Lambda,  a  society  organized  by  Miss  Mabel  Pollit  (now  Mrs. 
Mabel  Pollit  Adams)  in  1929.  Dr.  Janet  Murbach  as  head  of  the 
department  has  sponsored  the  club  since  she  assumed  the  duties  of 
that  office.  In  years  past  the  Club  presented  several  Greek  plays, 
a  notable  one  being  a  production  of  the  Trojan  Women  staged  on 
the  steps  and  portico  of  the  Administration  Building.  Its  present 
purpose  is  to  increase  through  language  and  literature  understand- 
ing of  other  lands.  Parties  at  the  home  of  the  sponsor  and  artistic 
Homecoming  Day  floats  are  especial  features  of  this  Club. 

The  Society  of  the  Plow,  or  Agriculture  Club,  is  one  of  the 
older  departmental  clubs.  Prof.  Ashby  B.  Carter,  its  organizer 
and  sponsor  until  his  retirement  in  1956  left  a  deep  impression 
upon  its  members.  Its  interest  in  rural  life  is  carried  over 
from  campus  to  community.  Mr.  William  Stocker,  himself  a  for- 
mer club  member,  is  now  its  sponsor. 

No  club  at  Eastern  has  had  a  more  exciting  existence  than 
the  World  Affairs  Club.  It  was  organized  by  Dr.  L.  G.  Kennamer, 
head  of  the  Department  of  Geography  and  Geology  in  the  fall  of 
19i28,  assisted  by  Miss  Mary  Francis  McKinney  (now  Mrs.  R.  R. 
Richards).  It  was  one  of  the  many  International  Relations  Clubs 
fostered  and  supported  by  the  Carnegie  Foundation  for  International 
Peace.  Its  membership  then  was  limited  to  students  taking  courses 
in  geography  and  elected  to  membership.  In  the  period  before 
World  War  II  many  distinguished  persons — national  and  interna- 
tional in  prestige — were  guests  of  the  Club.  Discussions  and  forums 
were  lively  and  penetrating.  The  annual  formal  banquet  of  the  Club 
was  one  of  the  most  elegant  social  events  of  the  college  year. 
Beautifully  decorated  tables,  hand-printed  menu  cards,  tuxedoes 
and  evening  gowns — an  English  lord  or  an  exiled  Cabinet  Minister 
as  guest  speaker — this  was  the  atmosphere  of  a  World  Affairs  Ban- 
quet! The  intense  nationalism  of  World  War  II,  the  Iron  Curtain, 
and  the  Cold  War  dampened  somewhat  the  earlier  enthusiasm  for 
world  peace,  but  the  World  Affairs  Club  has  carried  on.  In  1950 
it  ceased  to  be  affiliated  with  the  Carnegie  Foundation.  It  is  now 
affiliated  with  the  Foreign  Policy  Association.    While  still  under 

130 


the  sponsorship  of  the  Department  of  Geography  it  is  open  to  mem- 
bership to  all  majors  in  Social  Science. 

The  Caduceus  Club  is  open  to  membership  to  those  students 
doing  pre-professional  work  in  medicine,  dentistry,  and  pharmacy. 
Dr.  Jacob  D.  Farris  was  its  organizer  and  sponsor  during  his  term 
of  office  as  college  physician.  Dr.  Meredith  J.  Cox  is  the  present 
sponsor. 

The  Home  Economics  Club,  with  Miss  Mary  K.  Burrier,  head 
of  the  Department  of  Home  Economics  as  its  sponsor  has  a  large 
and  enthusiastic  membership.  It  is  a  club  which  serves  the  campus 
in  many  ways. 

The  Elementary  Council  was  for  many  years  one  of  the  largest 
organizations  on  the  Campus.  Its  successor  is  the  Future  Teachers 
of  America. 

Space  does  not  permit  a  lengthy  discussion  of  all  the  depart- 
ment clubs  upon  the  Campus.  Every  department  has  one  or  more. 
Some  are  large,  some  are  small  in  membership;  some  are  almost 
as  old  as  the  College  itself,  some  are  very,  very  young.  Some  are 
relatively  unknown  except  to  their  own  members;  some  by  their 
very  nature  are  in  the  public  eye.  Some  that  have  not  been  men- 
tioned earlier  in  this  chapter  are  briefly  mentioned  in  the  following 
paragraph. 

The  Biology  Club  was  organized  in  1950;  the  Industrial  Arts 
Club  was  founded  in  1940.  The  Greek  letter  name  of  the  latter  is 
Alpha  Iota  Gamma.  It  is  a  large  club,  serving  a  large  department. 
Its  sponsor  is  Mr.  Ralph  Whalin.  The  Physical  Education  Club, 
founded  in  1935,  is  also  a  large  club;  the  Drum  and  Sandal  Club 
(1950)  is  devoted  to  modern  dance  and  presents  an  annual  program 
of  increasing  artistic  value;  the  Swimming  Club  (1953)  has  the 
Greek  letter  name  of  Kappa  Sigma;  the  Physics  Club  (1955)  is  a 
new  club,  reflecting  the  growing  strength  of  physics  as  a  depart- 
ment; Sigma  Tau  Pi  of  the  Commerce  Department  is  both  old  in 
years  and  large  in  membership;  the  Woman's  Athletic  Association 
(1947)  has  since  become  the  Woman's  Recreation  Association;  the 
Knights  of  Artillery  of  the  Military  Science  Department  was  or- 
ganized in  1952;  the  Mathematics  Club  is  relatively  new,  and  what 
it  lacks  in  numbers  is  compensated  by  the  quality  of  its  members. 
National  Honorary  Societies 

Eastern,  being  founded  upon  democratic  principles,  had,  from 
its  beginning,  been  prohibited  by  its  Board  of  Regents  from  estab- 
lishing Greek  letter  national  organizations,  both  honorary  and  so- 
cial. For  several  years  before  1935,  the  Committee  on  Clubs,  So- 
cieties, and  Forensics  had  recommended  that  this  regulation  be 
changed  as  applied  to  honor  societies  in  order  to  lend  dignity  and 
importance  to  scholastic  achievement.  In  1934  the  Board  of  Re- 
gents authorized  such  a  change.  A  friendly  race  began  to  have 
the  first  such  society.  The  Commerce  Department  was  the  winner, 
installing  the  Alpha  Beta  Chapter  of  Pi  Omega  Pi  on  February  9, 
1935,  with  eighteen  charter  members.  This  is  a  national  honorary 
society  for  teachers  of  commerce.     On  May  5,  1935,  the  national 

131 


honorary  society  for  students  of  education,  Kappa  Kelta  Pi, 
installed  the  Delta  Alpha  Chapter  with  sixteen  members.  The 
Zeta  Mu  Chapter  of  Alphi  Psi  Omega  of  the  Department  of  Dra- 
matics was  installed  in  1937;  the  Alpha  Alpha  Psi  Chapter  of 
Kappa  Pi,  a  national  honorary  in  art,  was  formed  in  1950  to  re- 
place the  Art  Club.  Also  in  that  year  Sigma  Tau  Delta,  under  the 
auspices  of  the  Department  of  English,  organized  its  Phi  Iota 
Chapter  to  increase  interest  among  faculty  and  student  members 
in  creative  writing  and  literature.  These  societies  foster  high 
scholastic  standards  upon  the  campus  and  provide  for  their  mem- 
bers through  state,  regional,  and  national  meetings  valuable  con- 
tacts with  other  college  and  university  students. 

Two  other  national  honorary  societies  upon  the  Campus  are  the 
Pershing  Rifles,  whose  membership  is  limited  to  basic  course  ROTC 
students  who  exhibit  outstanding  leadership  and  military  ability, 
and  Pi  Tau  Chi,  a  national  religious  honorary  society. 

National  Honorary  Activities  Societies  For  Men  and  Women 

The  national  honorary  societies  described  above  are  limited  to 
some  specific  purpose  and  reach  a  limited  number  of  students. 
They  foster  scholarship  or  professional  competence  in  a  particular 
subject  or  are  dedicated  to  a  specific  purpose.  An  important  step 
was  taken  with  the  introduction  of  national  honor  societies  for 
men  and  women  students  with  high  scholarship  in  any  department 
of  studies  and  with  correspondingly  high  qualities  of  leadership 
and  character.  The  leading  spirit  in  this  movement  was  Mrs. 
Emma  Y.  Case,  Dean  of  Women.  On  March  11,  1948,  the  Mu 
Chapter  of  Cwens  was  organized.  Cwens  is  a  national  honorary 
activities  society  for  sophomore  women  and  invites  to  membership 
freshmen  women  who  have  participated  intelligently  in  extra-cur- 
ricular activities,  who  possess  qualities  of  leadership  and  coopera- 
tion, and  whose  scholarship  is  above  average.  The  Collegiate 
Pentacle,  also  organized  in  1948,  recognizes  and  fosters  the  leader- 
ship, service,  and  scholarship  of  women  students  completing  their 
junior  year  or  in  the  first  semester  of  their  senior  year.  Honors 
Day  for  Women,  first  celebrated  in  1947,  is  now  becoming  one  of 
the  special  assemblies  of  the  spring  semester.  With  increasingly 
beautiful  ritual  and  ceremony,  new  members  of  the  two  societies 
are  publicly  initiated,  and  special  honors  for  women  are  bestowed. 

Corresponding  societies  for  men  have  also  been  organized.  As 
class  sponsor,  Mrs.  Case  assisted  in  establishing,  in  1950,  Kappa 
Iota  Epsilon,  an  honorary  society  for  sophomore  men.  Mr.  John 
Rowlett  served  as  class  sponsor  until  the  present  year;  during  his 
leave  of  absence  for  1957-58,  Dean  Quentin  B.  Keen  will  act  as 
sponsor.  The  Junior-Senior  Men's  Honorary  Society,  Omicron 
Alpha  Kappa,  was  inaugurated  on  March  2,  1955,  with  Mr.  Victor 
Venettozzi  as  continuing  sponsor.  Membership  in  this  organization 
is  limited  to  men  who  have  shown  marked  qualities  of  leadership 
and  service  and  who  have  established  and  maintained  an  above 
average  in  scholarship.  Honors  Day  for  Men,  first  held  in  the 
spring  semester  of  1955,  is  not  only  an  initiation  ceremony  for  the 

132 


induction  of  new  members  of  the  two  societies,  but  also  honors  men 
of  high  rank  in  scholarship  and  announces  scholarships,  fellowships, 
and  admission  to  coveted  places  in  medical,  dental,  and  graduate 
schools. 

The  Open  Forum,  Student  Association  and  Student  Council 

Despite  the  existence  of  many  and  varied  clubs  and  student 
activities.  Eastern  was  until  quite  recently  without  a  general 
student  organization  open  to  all  students.  The  nearest  approach  to 
an  all-student  association  was  the  Open  Forum  Committee,  organ- 
ized and  sponsored  by  Dr.  Anna  A.  Schnieb;  while  the  Open  Forum 
did  not  fulfill  its  founder's  original  conception  and  failed  to  sur- 
vive, it  did  for  many  years  play  an  important  part  in  student  life. 
It  was  responsible  for  the  establishment  of  a  Student  Loan  Fund, 
from  a  nucleus  of  less  than  one  hundred  dollars  to  more  than  three 
thousand  dollars — a  considerable  sum  in  those  days!  It  brought 
to  the  campus  art  exhibits;  it  fostered  higher  standards  of  scholar- 
ship; it  brought  the  campus  outstanding  speakers  in  Assembly  pro- 
grams; it  attempted  to  form  a  Student  Council,  but  the  effort  failed. 

In  1929,  President  Donovan  appointed  a  committee  of  students 
and  faculty  to  study  the  question  of  student  government,  and 
shortly  afterward  the  committee  presented  to  the  students  for 
vote  a  constitution  and  by-laws  for  the  proposed  Student  Council. 
The  affirmative  margin  was  so  small,  however  that  President 
Donovan  felt  it  was  not  advisable  to  undertake  its  organization. 

Several  years  later,  attempts  were  again  made  to  effect  some 
form  of  student  government,  but  it  was  not  until  after  World  War 
II  that  successful  steps  were  begun  which  culminated  in  such  an 
organization.  At  Assembly  on  November  8,  1949,  President  O'Don- 
nell  announced  the  appointment  of  Dr.  Smith  Park  as  chairman 
of  a  committee  composed  of  faculty  members,  the  president,  vice- 
president,  and  secretary  of  each  of  the  four  classes  to  study  the 
problem  and  make  a  report.  After  much  arduous  labor  a  consti- 
tution was  submitted  to  the  students  for  a  vote.  On  April  2,  1950, 
the  vote  was  announced;  seventy  per  cent  of  the  votes  were  affir- 
mative. 

The  purposes  of  the  Student  Association  and  Student  Council 
(the  official  name)  are  "to  encourage  high  ideals  of  conduct,  to 
develop  social  activities  on  the  Campus,  to  promote  unity,  co- 
operation, and  mutual  understanding;  and  to  foster  worthy  tradi- 
tions." The  council  membership  is  open  to  all  undergraduate  stu- 
dents enrolled  for  college  resident  work.  After  some  delay,  of- 
ficers were  elected  and  installed  in  the  fall  of  1954  for  a  one  year- 
trial.  In  1955  it  was  adopted  as  a  continuing  institution.  It  is  too 
early  to  evaluate  its  influence,  but  high  hopes  are  entertained  that 
it  will  increase  in  responsibility  and  authority. 

Class  Organizations  and  Other  Special  Interest  Clubs 

In  early  years  at  Eastern  many  students  taught  rural  schools 
in  the  fall  and  attended  college  in  the  winter  and  spring  terms; 
few  students  enrolled  as  freshmen  stayed  on  the  Campus  until  grad- 

133 


uation.  Thus  the  usual  freshman,  sophomore,  junior,  and  senior 
classifications  were  of  small  importance.  All  this  has  changed. 
Each  September  the  freshman  class  has  a  spirited  campaign  before 
electing  class  officers.  The  atmosphere  resembles  that  of  a  hotly- 
contested  Kentucky  primary.  To  a  lesser  degree  the  upperclasses 
organize  "slates"  and  work  hard  to  elect  them.  Each  class  organiza- 
tion has  its  special  traditional  projects,  activities,  and  social  affairs; 
the  Junior  Prom  and  the  Senior  Milestone  are  climaxing  achieve- 
ments. Each  class  has  a  faculty  sponsor  or  co-sponsors  who  assist 
in  promoting  class  spirit  and  fellowship. 

A  Woman's  Residence  Hall  Organization  was  effected  in  1939. 
Each  dormitory  has  a  separate  unit  to  which  all  residents  belong. 
This  organization  is  for  government  and  special  direction  of  the 
halls.  It  also  strives  to  improve  fellowship,  scholarship,  and  citizen- 
ship among  its  residents.  The  Men's  Dormitory  Council,  organized 
more  recently,  has  similar  aims.  The  Off-Campus  Woman's  Club, 
as  its  name  indicates,  assists  in  promoting  the  interests  of  those 
women  who  are  not  a  part  of  dormitory  life. 

The  regional  clubs,  composed  of  students  of  a  city,  a  county,  or 
a  region,  have  existed  since  the  early  days  of  the  College.  The 
Harlan  County  Club,  the  Northern  Kentucky  Club,  the  Pulaski 
Club,  to  name  a  few,  promote  social  life  among  their  members,  and 
play  a  not-unimportant  role  in  campus  politics. 

KYMA,  organized  in  1939,  promotes  school  spirit,  quite  no- 
ticeably and  noisily  at  athletic  events. 

The  "E"  Club,  whose  membership  is  limited  to  Varsity  letter- 
men,  fosters  school  spirit.  In  recent  years  the  members  serve  at 
the  large  Alumni  Banquet  at  Commencement,  and  excite  admira- 
tion not  only  for  their  efficient  service,  but  also  for  their  fine 
physique,  charming  manners,  and  personification  of  Eastern's  ath- 
letic product. 

The  Photo  Club,  organized  in  1941  has  an  enthusiastic  member- 
ship. Under  Dr.  Harvey  H.  LaFuze,  the  club's  founder  and  sponsor, 
this  organization  records  social,  athletic,  and  academic  life  in  black 
and  white,  and  in  color. 

Since  the  opening  of  the  Keen  Johnson  Student  Union  Building 
in  1941,  a  Student  Music  Committee,  sponsored  by  Mrs.  Katherine 
H.  Chenault,  hostess  of  the  building,  has  provided  delightful  Sun- 
day afternoon  musical  programs  in  beautiful  Walnut  Hall.  Stu- 
dents, faculty,  and  guest  artists  render  memorable  programs,  en- 
joyed by  m.embers  of  "Town"  and  "Gown".  The  Committee  also 
provides  charming  teas  after  recitals  in  the  Little  Theatre. 

In  recent  years  a  Chess  Club  has  developed  with  a  small  but 
select  membership.  Occasionally  it  has  met  with  fellow  enthusiasts 
of  Berea  College  and  the  University  of  Kentucky. 

The  Big  Sisters  is  an  organization  of  upper  class  women  who 
function  especially  during  Freshman  Orientation  Week.  They  pro- 
vide help  in  getting  adjusted  to  campus  life.  They  help  prevent 
the  inevitable  cases  of  homesickness.  They  strive  to  live  up  to 
their  name. 

134 


The  Veterans  Club,  formed  in  1954,  is  an  active  organization. 
The  beautiful  flag  which  floats  upon  its  lofty  pole  opposite  the 
Student  Union  Building  was  furnished  by  the  Club.  It  provides 
an  annual  scholarship  of  four  hundred  dollars  for  a  needy  student. 
Its  Homecoming  Day  floats  have  already  won  two  prizes.  Its  con- 
tinuing project  is  to  improve  the  comfort,  safety,  and  beauty  of 
Veterans  Village.  Appropriately,  two  faculty  veterans,  Mr.  Victor 
Venettozzi  and  Dr.  J.  S.  Lewis,  have  served  as  faculty  advisors. 
Religious  Organizations 

A  special  chapter  dealing  with  religious  life  upon  the  Campus 
at  Eastern  obviates  the  necessity  of  presenting  in  this  section  de- 
tails of  student  religious  organizations.  It  is  noteworthy,  however, 
to  record  the  change  in  organization  and  the  increased  emphasis 
upon  religious  activities  since  World  War  II.  This  is  a  reflection 
of  renewed  interest  in  religion  in  American  life  in  general,  and  while 
different  interpretations  may  be  placed  upon  the  meaning  or  per- 
manence of  such  activities,  they  undoubtedly  exist.  Whereas  in 
earlier  years,  the  YWCA  and  the  YMCA  served  the  entire  student 
body,  the  emphasis  now  is  upon  denominational  activities.  Nearly 
every  religious  group  represented  upon  the  Campus  has  its  separate 
organization;  some  have  a  full-time  student  worker;  at  least  two 
have  campus  club  rooms,  and  the  largest  group,  the  Baptist,  is 
presently  erecting  a  building  adjacent  to  the  Campus  for  religious 
activities  of  its  students.  One  might  reflect  that  the  fifty-year 
cycle  is  repeating  itself  in  the  importance  of  religious  life  upon 
the  Campus. 

The  foregoing  has  been  an  attempt  to  portray  fifty  years  of 
student  organizations  at  Eastern.  Yet  as  the  French  say,  "the 
more  things  change,  the  more  they  remain  the  same."  Student 
life  may  change  in  externals  but  its  inner  needs  and  urges  remain 
the  same.  Student  organizations  grow  out  of  needs  for  personal 
and  social  development,  for  scholarship,  self-expression,  and  origin- 
ality; for  the  control  of  social  groups.  In  1907  we  may  call  it  self- 
expression,  in  1957  the  term  is  group  dynamics.  The  difference 
is  in  semantics.  The  problems  are  very  much  the  same.  Shall 
student  organizations  be  under  faculty  control  or  completely  free 
of  such  control?  Shall  the  gregarious  extrovert  belong  to  so 
many  clubs  and  hold  so  many  offices  that  a  page  of  the  Milestone 
will  not  suffice  to  list  them  and  his  scholarship  suffer  accordingly? 
Shall  the  introvert,  the  recluse,  the  occasional  bookworm  be  allowed 
to  go  his  solitary  way  with  only  his  name,  his  residence,  and  his 
class  on  the  Milestone  page?  A  satisfactory  balance  is  difficult 
to  maintain.  In  the  fifty  years  of  Eastern's  existence  it  has  under- 
gone change  after  change,  almost  revolutionary  in  character.  It 
would  be  a  work  of  supererogation  to  attempt  a  prophesy  for  the 
next  half -century  except  this  one:  That  having  successfully  met 
the  challenges  of  the  past.  Eastern's  students  of  2007  will  be  meet- 
ing the  challenges  of  the  future. 

135 


< 
< 

s 

On 
< 

o 


c  e 


I  hi 


Ph  o 


a   .-is  —     fc- ^ (.3 
^pa  «S  a  Jip  .. 

S  'C  ^      S  g  rt  « 

;h       v  w  n  d  Ji  i^ 
OH  S  c!  OSS  «2 

bri      S      ^    ^^    *^    nval      M 

^-s  S  «^£  o»? 
^  p.  >        Q  t«       -^ 

a  5i  M  «SQ  si     M 

'«.-«•  a  bio  ^  = 
.2  a     -B  o »  .,^ 

•"^  T^v  '?S  aj        w  i^" 

■  .ea 


a"  fi  ^-  —  " 
1-5  .S  t«  Ph  O  fe  pq 


136 


137 


CHAPTER  XI 

STUDENT  LIFE 
By  Mrs.  Julian  Tyng  and  Miss  Edith  G.  Ford 

Student  Housing 

When  Eastern  first  opened  its  doors  to  the  Normal  School 
students  in  January,  1907,  Memorial  Hall,  a  building  of  the  old 
Central  University  plant,  was  used  as  the  women's  dormitory.  Men 
students  had  rooms  in  town,  and  both  men  and  women,  as  well  as 
many  of  the  faculty  members,  ate  in  the  dining  hall  established  in 
the  basement  of  Memorial  Hall.  After  the  main  building  of  Sullivan 
Hall  was  completed  in  1909,  the  women  moved  into  the  new  build- 
ing, the  dean  of  women  established  her  office  there,  and  the  men 
were  allowed  to  move  into  the  then  deserted  Memorial  Hall.  The 
dining  hall  remained  in  the  men's  dormitory  until  the  completion 
of  the  annex  to  Sullivan  Hall,  when  more  desirable  quarters  were 
available  in  the  basement  of  that  building. 

The  north  wing  of  Burnam,  now  known  as  "Old  Burnam,"  was 
completed  in  1921  and  furnished  rooms  for  125  more  women,  pre- 
sided over  by  a  assistant  dean  of  women,  who  lived  in  the  hall.  The 
basement  of  this  building  was  then  used  as  the  quarters  for  East- 
ern's first  cafeteria.  The  construction  of  the  annex  to  Memorial 
Hall  about  the  same  time  and  the  erection,  in  1926,  of  the  central 
and  south  wings  to  Burnam  Hall  (New  Burnam),  together  with 
cafeteria,  kitchens,  bakery,  and  storerooms,  complete  the  story  of 
Eastern's  dormitories  to  1936. 

Four  two-story  brick  residences,  which  were  also  inherited 
from  the  Central  University  plant,  housed  many  women  students 
in  the  early  days.  Two  of  them  still  stand;  one  is  occupied  by  the 
superintendent  of  buildings  and  grounds,  and  the  other  serves  as 
the  Home  Economics  Practice  House.  When  these  cottages  were 
occupied  by  women  students,  one  mature  and  trustworthy  woman 
was  put  in  charge.  For  many  years  these  houses  were  heated  by 
open  grates.  The  rooms  were  larger  than  most  dormitory  rooms 
and  were  usually  occupied  by  three  or  four  women. 

The  group  of  men  who  work  on  the  college  farm  occupy  rooms 
in  one  of  the  several  small  cottages  just  back  of  the  lovely  old 
residence  which  was  the  home  of  the  former  owner  of  this  farm. 
These  cottages  are  spoken  of  collectively  by  the  students  who 
occupy  them  as  "Poverty  Hall."  They  are  very  convenient  for  the 
men  who  must  work  early  or  late  on  the  farm. 

Many  of  the  students  of  Eastern  commute  from  points  in 
Madison,  Estill,  Clark,  Garrard,  and  Rockcastle  counties.  The  vet- 
erans and  their  wives  live  in  a  large  village  adjacent  to  the  cam- 
pus, and  many  students  live  out  in  town.  There  are  more  than  five 

138 


hundred  women  who  stay  in  the  two  large  and  attractive  dormi- 
tories, Burnam  and  Sulhvan  Halls.  The  latter  was  completely  re- 
conditioned in  1955.  Each  dormitory  is  equipped  with  kitchens  and 
rooms  suitable  for  committee  meetings,  conferences,  and  small 
parties.  Each  is  in  charge  of  a  house  council,  and  students  act  as 
hostesses.  The  dean  of  women,  assistant  to  the  dean,  house  mothers, 
and  councils  cooperate  to  make  life  in  the  dormitories  pleasant, 
rich,  and  socially  effective.  At  the  opening  of  a  new  semester,  the 
upper  classes  of  women  act  as  "Big  Sisters"  to  the  freshmen.  They 
help  the  newcomers  to  get  acquainted  with  the  campus  and  arrange 
small  parties,  picnics,  and  hikes  during  the  early  days,  especially 
during  Freshman  Week.  Various  groups  of  girls  in  the  dormitories 
initiate  small  affairs,  such  as  birthday  surprise  parties,  teas  and 
dances  after  the  games,  pajama  parties,  et  cetera.  From  time  to  time, 
various  groups  engage  in  sandwich  or  cookie  sales  to  raise  money 
for  some  worth-while  project. 

Of  the  1,200  men  (60  per  cent  of  the  student  body)  enrolled 
(1955-56)  in  the  College,  570  are  housed  in  five  dormitories:  Beck- 
ham, Miller,  Memorial,  Keith,  and  McCreary  halls,  and  also  in  six 
barracks. 

The  8-man  student  council,  elected  by  the  men  in  the  dormi- 
tories, serves  as  an  advisory  group  and  as  a  clearinghouse  for  sug- 
gestions from  the  men.  It  is  the  desire  of  all  concerned  that  the 
men  should  feel  free  and  untrammeled  as  long  as  they  do  not 
interfere  with  others  or  destroy  property.  The  major  dormitory 
entertainment  consists  of  bull  sessions — where  every  subject  from 
the  origin  of  evil  to  the  best  way  to  win  an  easy  credit  is  discussed 
— and  card  playing. 

There  is  a  coke  machine  in  each  dormitory,  which  provides 
refreshment  and  serves  as  a  focal  center  for  casual  visiting.  A  cater- 
ing service  also  sells  sandwiches  and  pies  during  the  evening  hours. 
The  dormitory  libraries  provide  current  magazines  and  newspapers 
and  comfortable  chairs  in  which  to  read  them. 

Scores  of  students  commute  to  and  from  school  in  cars,  and 
many  other  students  living  on  the  campus  also  have  cars.  The  park- 
ing problem  at  Eastern  has  therefore  become  serious,  except  on 
weekends  when  there  is  often  a  considerable  exodus  from  the 
campus.  The  two  deterrents  to  this  week-end  travel  are  the  need 
or  desire  to  work  hard  at  school  tasks  and  the  distance  some  stu- 
dents go  to  reach  home. 

The  setting  up  of  War  Surplus  houses  as  a  Veterans  Village  in 
1947  has  been  a  major  contribution  to  student  life.  These  buildings 
have  housed  1114  different  families  since  1947.  This  inexpensive 
housing  on  the  campus  has  simplified  the  problems  of  married 
students  and  thus  encouraged  them  to  continue  their  education. 
There  are  usually  ten  or  more  student-owned  trailers  in  the 
village. 

Social  Activities 

In  early  days  at  Eastern  the  chaperon  was  ever  present  with 
instructions  to  guard  carefully  the  students  and  to  protect  them 

139 


from  any  contaminating  influence.  Miss  Maude  Gibson  was  called 
upon  at  one  time  to  chaperone  a  married  student  with  his  wife  and 
child  to  a  fish  supper  in  a  downtown  restaurant. 

In  the  days  when  life  was  not  so  complex  as  it  is  now,  there 
were  various  simple  activities  which  contributed  to  the  social  life 
at  Eastern.  Each  evening  after  supper,  during  early  years  at  Eastern, 
students  were  permitted  to  promenade  from  six  to  seven,  keeping 
strictly  to  the  walk,  with  the  assurance  that  the  dean  of  women 
would  be  met  at  frequent  intervals.  Practically  the  entire  student 
body  and  many  of  the  faculty  engaged  rather  regularly  in  this 
recreation. 

Almost  any  evening  during  the  week,  if  one  chanced  to  look 
through  the  chemistry  laboratory  windows  in  the  Roark  Building, 
he  might  see  Professor  G.  D.  Smith  leaning  over  a  huge  caldron 
of  boiling  molasses  candy,  with  twenty  to  thirty  boys  and  girls  in 
the  offing  waiting  to  pull  the  delectable  amber  fluid  and  then  end 
the  evening  very  happily  with  such  games  as  Clap-in-Clap-Out, 
Skip-to-M'Lou,  and  Post  Office. 

The  chief  entertainment  at  the  corn  huskings  in  the  fall,  held 
on  the  college-owned  Stateland  Farm,  was  the  contest  in  which 
both  men  and  women  participated.  Rrefreshments  of  apples  and 
cider  and  the  walk  to  and  from  the  farm  on  moonlit  October  nights 
were  sufficient  reward  for  the  labor  expended. 

After  the  organization  of  the  five  literary  societies  which  en- 
joyed such  long  and  popular  lives,  much  of  the  social  life  was 
centered  about  these  organizations.  One  of  their  weekly  meetings 
in  each  month  was  given  over  to  a  "social".  Plays,  games,  and 
farces  were  the  most  popular  forms  of  entertainment.  Frequently, 
one  society  entertained  another  society,  sometimes  as  the  price  of 
losing  a  debate  or  an  oratorical  contest. 

Dancing  and  card  playing  (except  for  an  occasional  game  of 
Flinch  and  Rook)  were  sternly  forbidden  in  the  early  days.  There 
is  a  record  of  one  student  from  the  city  of  Richmond  who  was 
expelled  for  having  in  his  possession  a  deck  of  playing  cards.  The 
scent  of  liquor  on  the  breath  and  smoking  anywhere  on  the  campus 
were  sufficient  grounds  for  expulsion  from  school.  One  faculty 
member  who  served  the  school  in  the  early  period  recalls  how  the 
hosts  of  guests  who  smoked  carefully  drew  their  shades  before 
their  visitors  could  "indulge  in  a  timid  cigarette." 

The  social  gatherings  v/hich  were  the  forerunners  of  the  dance 
were  known  as  plays  and  games  and  consisted  of  the  old-fashioned 
singing  games  interspersed  with  Blind  Man's  Buff,  Rachel  and 
Jacob,  and  others  of  similar  nature.  As  the  school  became  more 
sophisticated,  an  occasional  grand  march  was  permitted  as  some- 
thing which  added  zest  to  the  parties;  and,  eventually,  the  Virginia 
Reel  and  square  dances  were  introduced  with  appropriate  music. 
Occasionally,  ten  or  fifteen  minutes  were  spent  in  social  dancing. 
The  gatherings  then  became  dignified  by  the  title  "Rhythmic 
Games"  and  took  place  each  Saturday  evening  from  seven  to  nine. 
Gradually  the  games  were  crowded  out  entirely,  and  this  type  of 

140 


social  became  the  formal  dance,  with  visiting  orchestras  and  formal 
attire. 

The  first  receptions  at  Eastern  were  held  in  the  old  Central 
University  gymnasium,  which  stood  on  the  site  now  occupied  by 
the  library.  Professor  I.  H.  Booth  pronounced  the  invocation.  Dr. 
and  Mrs.  Roark  received  the  guests,  and  the  Y.W.C.A.  and  Y.M.C.A. 
assisted  in  entertaining.  Simple  refreshments,  usually  a  lemon 
punch,  were  served.  Indeed,  social  functions  were  then  more  or 
less  frowned  upon.  Training  teachers  in  subject  matter  and  method 
was  an  altogether  serious  business,  and  practically  no  attention 
was  given  to  the  development  of  the  social  graces. 

It  was  President  Crabbe's  custom  to  entertain  the  faculty, 
students,  and  citizens  of  Richmond  at  an  annual  reception  on  the 
lawn  in  front  of  Roark  Hall.  Japanese  lanterns  were  hung  among 
the  maple  trees,  and  a  large  and  graceful  basket,  which  had  been 
made  by  Mrs.  Stanton  Hume  and  filled  with  pink  rambler  roses, 
adorned  an  enormous  round  table.  Individually  molded  ices  and 
cakes  were  served  by  white-jacketed  servants,  while  an  orchestra 
played  exquisite  miusic. 

President  and  Mrs.  Coates  held  a  reception  for  faculty  and 
students  each  semester,  at  first  in  the  president's  home,  and  later, 
as  the  student  body  grew  in  numbers,  in  Roark  Hall,  where  differ- 
ent members  of  the  faculty  received  in  the  various  classrooms, 
on  the  lawn  in  front  of  Roark  Hall,  in  Sullivan  Hall,  and  much  later 
in  Burnam  Hall.  Every  member  of  the  faculty  was  expected  to 
stand  in  the  receiving  line  and  shake  the  hand  of  each  student. 

President  Coates  initiated  the  custom  of  giving  a  reception  to 
the  senior  class  during  commencement  week.  At  several  of  these 
receptions,  the  members  of  the  senior  class  lined  up  and  marched 
into  the  president's  house,  going  down  the  receiving  line  in  regular 
order.  Several  times  the  seniors  wore  their  caps  and  gowns.  Later 
this  practice  was  dropped,  and  the  receptions  became  more  color- 
ful, with  the  senior  girls  dressed  in  dainty  summer  gowns. 

It  came  to  be  the  custom  to  have  one  grand  reception  for  all 
students  at  the  beginning  of  the  summer  school.  Dr.  and  Mrs. 
Donovan,  assisted  by  some  of  the  faculty,  received  the  students 
on  the  lawn  or  in  the  recreation  room  of  Burnam  Hall. 

Trips  and  out-of-door  parties  of  all  kinds  have  always  found 
favor  with  Eastern  students  and  faculty.  These  trips  were  some- 
times for  the  purpose  of  collecting  specimens  for  botany  and 
biology  classes  and  sometimes  social  events  sponsored  by  organ- 
izations. 

In  the  first  years  of  the  school,  those  who  liked  the  out-of- 
doors  took  frequent  and  delightful  trips  to  the  "mountains".  Having 
no  automobiles,  the  students  left  on  the  midnight  train  for  Berea 
and  hiked  from  the  station  to  East  or  West  Pinnacle  to  see  the  sun 
rise  over  the  mountains.  They  then  cooked  bacon  and  coffee 
over  an  open  fire  and  roamed  the  hills  until  time  to  catch  the  re- 
turn noon  train  at  Berea.  Hiking  costumes  were  not  permitted  on 
the  train;  so  the  girls  wore  their  gymnasium  suits,  which  consisted 

141 


of  full  black  bloomers  and  middy  blouses,  discreetly  hidden  from 
view  by  long  full  skirts.  They  were  permitted  to  leave  their  skirts 
at  a  farmhouse  at  the  foot  of  the  mountain,  donning  them  again 
when  they  started  for  the  train. 

After  the  establishment  of  the  separate  Geography  and  Geology 
Department  in  1928,  Dr.  L.  G.  Kennamer  and  Miss  Mary  Frances 
McKinney  of  that  department  organized  trips  by  bus  for  one,  two, 
or  three  days  to  such  places  as  Cumberland  Falls,  Cumberland  Gap, 
the  Creech  Coal  Mine  at  Wallings  Creek,  Natural  Bridge,  the  Blue 
Grass  area,  Mammoth  Cave,  and  all-day  barge  trips  down  the  Ken- 
tucky River  to  Valley  View.  Dr.  J.  T.  Dorris  directed  history  ex- 
cursions to  such  places  as  Boonesborough,  Harrodsburg,  Bardstown, 
Gethsemani  Monastery,  Lincoln's  birthplace,  Frankfort,  and  Dan- 
ville. 

Other  pleasure  excursions  include  trips  taken  by  bus  loads  of 
students  who  frequently  follow  their  athletic  teams  to  neighboring 
colleges.  The  chemistry  classes  visit  chemical  and  industrial  plants 
at  Cincinnati;  the  government  classes  visit  legislative  sessions  and 
state  institutions  at  Frankfort;  geography  and  home  economics 
classes  journey  to  the  Tennessee  Valley  Authority  (TVA)  project 
at  Norris,  Tennessee;  geology  and  biology  classes  make  trips  for 
the  collection  and  study  of  specimens;  the  music  organizations  give 
programs  over  the  radio  or  before  the  K.E.A.,  or  make  concert 
tours  through  the  State.  Students  attend  meetings  of  the  Kentucky 
Education  Association  in  large  numbers. 

In  1934  the  entire  student  body  and  faculty,  some  1,400  in- 
dividuals, made  a  trip  to  Frankfort  to  urge  (in  vain)  the  Legislature 
to  pass  a  tax  measure  that  would  give  support  to  the  educational, 
penal,  and  charitable  institutions  of  the  State.  After  arriving  by  two 
special  trains.  Eastern  students  and  faculty,  led  by  the  college 
band,  joined  the  other  organizations  in  a  parade  through  the 
streets  of  Frankfort,  up  to  and  into  the  capitol  building. 

During  the  administration  of  President  Crabbe  a  May-day 
festival  was  held  the  first  Friday  in  May,  in  which  everyone  on  the 
campus,  from  the  youngest  first  grader  to  the  president,  parti- 
cipated. These  programs  were  veritable  three-ring  circuses,  with 
several  dances  in  progress  at  the  same  time.  Costumes  for  the 
children  and  the  students  were  very  elaborate,  colorful,  and  costly. 
The  day  saw  exhibits  of  students'  work,  hordes  of  parents  and 
other  visitors  who  flocked  to  the  campus,  picnic  lunch  for  all,  a 
baseball  game  in  the  afternoon,  and  a  dramatic  production — spon- 
sored by  one  of  the  literary  societies  or  some  other  organization — 
in  the  evening. 

The  Redpath  Chautauqua  first  came  to  Eastern  in  1912  and 
continued  through  the  summer  of  1932.  The  excitement  started 
when  every  student  who  could  spare  the  time  went  out  to  the  base- 
ball field  to  see  service  crews  erect  their  giant  tent,  the  canvas  fence, 
ticket  booth,  and  lemonade  stand,  and  to  help  set  up  the  folding 
benches  and  chairs.  Students  were  encouraged  to  attend  the  pro- 
grams and  usually  did  so.  For  seven  days,  both  afternoons  and  eve- 

142 


nings,  students  were  allowed  to  have  dates  to  attend  Chautauqua, 
and  they  took  full  advantage  of  their  opportunities.  Those  early 
programs  were  excellent,  including  speakers  upon  varied  and  in- 
teresting topics,  music,  plays,  and  always  a  magician.  William 
Jennings  Bryan  was  a  noted  lecturer. 

The  Open  Forum  brought  to  the  College  eight  art  exhibits  of 
original  paintings,  etchings,  and  block  prints,  five  of  them  from 
the  Metropolitan  Art  Museum.  This  organization  was  also  respon- 
sible for  fostering  interest  in  scholarships.  Two  plaques,  upon  which 
are  engraved  the  names  of  the  outstanding  students  in  scholarship 
during  those  years,  now  hang  in  the  library.  The  Open  Forum 
was  responsible  for  the  establishment  of  the  Student  Loan  Fund. 
A  nucleus  of  less  than  one  hundred  dollars,  the  accumulated  profit 
from  several  plays,  had  been  left  in  the  hands  of  the  business  agent 
of  the  College  to  be  used  for  students  "in  emergencies."  From  this 
nucleus  the  fund  has  grown  to  more  than  three  thousand  dollars. 
Most  of  this  amount  was  contributed  by  regents  of  the  College, 
the  faculty,  the  alumni  and  students,  and  by  friends  of  the  College. 
One  hundred  twenty-five  members  of  one  freshman  class,  under 
the  sponsorship  of  Dr.  Anna  A.  Schneib,  the  founder  of  the  Open 
Forum,  contributed  one  dollar  each,  which  the  student  had  either 
earned  or  saved.  Many  students  have  found  it  possible  to  complete 
their  college  work  because  of  this  fund. 

Other  student  organizations,  like  the  Elementary  Council,  Sigma 
Tau  Pi  (commerce  club),  the  World  Affairs  Club,  and  the  Rural 
Life  Club,  have  entertained  from  year  to  year  with  various  social 
affairs,  teas,  banquets,  and  dances.  Some  of  these  clubs  have 
brought  speakers  of  national  and  international  prominence  to 
the  campus. 

The  Fine  Arts  Committee  has  brought  to  the  campus  such  talent 
as  the  Ben  Greet  Players;  the  Ted  Shawn  Dancers;  the  Coffer- 
Miller  Players;  the  Stuart  Walker  Players;  Louise  Stallings;  the 
Theatre  Guild  Production  of  Elizabeth  the  Queen;  the  Cincinnati 
Little  Symphony  Orchestra;  the  Russian  Chorus;  the  opera.  Barber 
of  Seville;  the  opera,  Hansel  and  Gretel  the  Pavleyonkrainsky 
ballet;  the  Herbert  Petrie  Quartet;   and  the  White  Huzzars. 

President  Donovan  initiated  the  all-school  barbecue  during  the 
second  summer  term.  The  features  of  the  barbecue  were:  the  beef, 
slaughtered  and  barbecued  by  a  faculty-student  committee;  the 
barrels  of  lemonade  and  huge  freezers  of  ice  cream,  served  by 
faculty  members;  the  stunts  usually  burlesque  or  farces,  presented 
by  county  or  club  groups,  with  the  winning  group  receiving  a 
goodly  number  of  ice-cold  watermelons. 

Two  student  representatives  from  each  class  serve  with  selected 
faculty  members  and  the  dean  of  women  on  the  Social  Committee. 
This  committee  sponsors  such  affairs  as  the  tea  or  reception  at 
the  beginning  of  each  semester,  the  Halloween  party,  and  it  co- 
operates with  other  groups  on  such  occasions  as  the  Homecoming 
festivities,  semi-formal  teas  to  honor  the  "B"  average  students, 
teas  and  dances  after  ball  games. 

143 


For  some  years  two  outstanding  features  of  life  on  the  campus 
have  been  the  vocational  and  marriage  conferences.  The  students 
come  in  contact  with  specialists  of  state  and  national  repute.  During 
these  conferences  there  are  assembly  program  forums,  luncheons, 
dinners,  and  individual  conferences.  The  students  derive  value  not 
only  from  the  men  and  women  who  come  to  appear  on  these  pro- 
grams but  they  take  part  in  the  planning  and  execution  of  these 
programs.  This  training  cannot  be  overestimated. 

Students  at  Eastern  participate  in  various  community  activities. 
Individually  and  in  small  groups,  they  appear  frequently  before  the 
various  civic,  social,  and  cultural  organizations  such  as  the  Rotary, 
Lions  Club,  Exchange  Club,  Woman's  Club,  Daughters  of  the  Amer- 
ican Revolution,  American  Association  of  University  Women,  the 
Cecilian  Club,  and  the  Saturday  Matinee  Musical.  Many  participate 
in  the  programs  of  the  church  missions  and  the  Telford  Welfare 
Center,  where  they  conduct  the  services,  put  on  programs,  direct 
plays  and  games,  and  lead  in  the  story  hour.  Annually,  students 
bring  Christmas  cheer  to  certain  selected,  underprivileged  families 
living  in  the  community.  Students  attend  regularly  the  Sunday 
Schools  and  morning  and  evening  services  of  the  various  churches. 
They  sing  in  the  choirs  and  often  teach  classes  in  the  Sunday 
Schools.  Many  students  work  in  the  various  business  establishments 
of  Richmond,  and  some  are  employed  in  Richmond  homes  as  yard 
and  furnace  men,  baby  sitters,  or  readers  to  the  convalescent.  They 
make  to  the  community  a  real  contribution  which  is  greatly  ap- 
preciated. 

The  Recreation  Room  and  Grill  on  the  ground  floor  are  the 
most-used  sections  of  the  Student  Union  Building.  Card  playing 
and  dancing  to  the  juke  box  are  indulged  in  every  day  by  the 
students  of  Eastern.  The  Grill,  by  serving  coffee,  sandwiches,  cakes, 
and  cold  drinks,  has  increased  the  flexibility  of  meal  times  and 
provides  snacks  which  are  a  constant  invitation  to  student  and 
faculty  to  get  together  for  informal  conversation  on  every  subject 
from  "A's"  to  "F's"  and  from  Russia  to  Little  America.  These  dis- 
cussions spill  over  into  the  Recreation  Room,  where  other  activities, 
such  as  pool,  ping-pong,  bridge,  canasta,  encourage  lingering  and 
good  fellowship.  Daily  the  meal-time  periods  are  enlivened  by 
tunes  from  the  Juke  Box. 

The  Little  Theater  is  every  day  the  scene  of  group  meetings  of 
students  religiously  inclined.  The  meetings  take  the  form  of 
vespers,  song  fests,  and  prayer  services. 

Students  at  Eastern  love  to  gather  around  a  piano  and  sing 
or  listen  to  some  talented  pianist  play.  Again,  the  most  popular 
spot  is  the  Keen  Johnson  Student  Union. 

Chess  has  grown  into  one  of  the  favorite  games  on  the  campus. 
The  Chess  Club  was  begun  in  1950  under  the  sponsorship  of  Mrs. 
Mary  E.  Barnhill.  The  club  meets  once  a  week  for  learners  and 
proficient  players,  but  enthusiasm  for  the  game  spreads  over  into 
many  additional  hours  of  play  and  practice.  There  have  been  local 

144 


tournaments  and  contests  with  the  Berea  Chess  Club.  Dr.  Paul 
Nagel  is  the  present  sponsor  of  the  Club. 

The  recording  machine  in  the  Carnegie  Room,  with  a  collection 
of  approximately  500  records,  is  much  used  by  students,  particularly 
music  majors.  This  room  provides  opportunities  for  listening  to 
records,  and  for  small  groups  who  desire  a  quiet  place  for  cards 
or  other  games. 

The  Student  Music  Council  has  arranged  Sunday  afternoon 
musical  programs  in  Walnut  Hall  of  the  Student  Union  since  the 
building  was  opened  in  1940,  providing  good  music  in  a  restful, 
informal  setting.  Appearing  on  such  programs  have  been  students 
and  staff  members  of  the  Music  Department;  the  Winchester  Music 
Club  trio;  the  Cecilian  and  Saturday  Matinee  music  clubs  of  Rich- 
mond; John  Chrisman,  pianist  of  Berea;  and  Mary  Anders,  xylo- 
phone player.  Since  1940,  the  Council,  under  the  leadership  of  Mrs. 
Katherine  Chenault,  has  presented  about  200  Sunday  afternoon 
programs. 

Since  1937,  Eastern  has  formally  observed  Mother's  Day  each 
year,  at  which  time  parents  of  students  receive  special  invita- 
tions to  visit  the  campus.  In  the  afternoon  a  program  is  held  in 
Walnut  Hall,  with  music  by  students  and  an  appropriate  address. 
For  the  past  ten  years  the  speaker  for  this  occasion  has  also  been 
a  student. 

The  girls  who  live  off -campus  enjoy  having  as  their  own  a 
room  located  on  the  ground  floor  of  the  Student  Union  Building. 
The  furnishings  and  decorations  of  the  room  were  especially 
planned  so  that  these  women  will  have  a  pleasant  place  where  they 
can  meet,  study,  lunch,  and  rest  between  classes.  About  once  a 
month  they  plan  a  pot-luck  luncheon,  and  sometimes  they  have 
parties  of  a  simple  nature. 

Eastern  has  always  employed  students  to  do  much  of  the 
work  on  the  campus.  The  students  are  employed  on  the  office 
staffs,  in  the  dormitories,  in  the  library,  in  the  cafeteria,  in  the 
laboratories,  on  the  campus,  and  on  the  college  farm.  In  former 
days,  student-labor  rates  were  as  low  as  15  cents  an  hour;  but  at 
present  the  rates  are  40  and  50  cents  an  hour,  depending  upon  the 
type  of  work  done;  and  students  work  from  six  to  twenty-five  hours 
a  week. 

During  the  year  1934  to  1936,  the  United  States  Government, 
through  the  Federal  Employment  Recovery  Act  and  the  National 
Youth  Administration,  provided  funds  to  employ  about  one  hundred 
other  students.  After  the  Government  discontinued  the  NYA  the 
College  continued  to  employ  students  as  secretaries  to  members 
of  the  faculty  when  such  service  was  advisable. 

The  College  under  President  Donovan  adopted  the  slogan, 
"Eastern  is  a  friendly  college."  It  is  the  policy  of  Eastern,  therefore, 
to  foster  a  social  atmosphere  that  is  conducive  to  a  successful 
college  life. 


145 


Mrs.  Charles  A. 
(Anna  Dickson  Roe)   Keith 

Housing  Secretary  for  Men's  Dor- 
mitories, 1932  to  her  death  in 
April,  1952.  (Courtesy  of  Mrs. 
Keith's  son,  Eugene) 


Dr.  Charles  A.  Keith 

To  Eastern  in  1912;  Dean  of  Men, 
1921  to  time  of  retirement  in 
1953.  Head  of  Social  Science 
Department. 


Keith  Hall,   A  Dormitory  for  Men 

146 


Walnut  Hall  of  Student  Union  Building 


The  Grill  and  Bookstore  of 
the  Student  Union  Building 


147 


The  President's  Home, 
Built  for  the  Chancellor  of  Central  University 


The  Dining  Hall  of  the  Keen  Johnson 
Student  Union  Building 


A    Homecoming    Float. 
One  of  48  in  the  parade. 


The  crowded  stadium  at  a  fo;iib^li  i>aiiie. 


Crowning  the  Queen  of 
a  Military  Ball  at  Eastern. 


150 


CHAPTER  XII 

ATHLETICS 

By  Fred  Darling  and  Don  Feltner 

From  the  earliest  times  the  subject  of  athletics  was  a  topic 
of  debate  among  the  members  of  the  Board  of  Regents  at  Eastern, 
who  were  undecided  concerning  the  College's  sponsoring  an  ath- 
letic program.  However,  as  the  institution  progressed,  athletic 
activities  at  Eastern  also  improved,  and  as  the  result  Eastern  has 
enjoyed  a  fine  and  varied  program  of  inter-collegiate  athletics. 

The  earliest  athletic  contests  were  carried  on  by  women. 
Basketball  games  were  played  with  other  institutions  of  the  state 
as  early  as  1907.  In  1910,  according  to  the  Eastern  Kentucky  Re- 
view, football  was  introduced  and  inter-class  contests  were  pro- 
moted. "It  was  the  policy  of  the  school  to  encourage  clean  and 
healthful  rivalry  in  athletics,  both  in  inter-class  and  intercollegiate 
contests.  All  students  physically  qualified  are  afforded  an  oppor- 
tunity to  try  out  for  the  different  teams,  provided  their  studies 
are  not  neglected  as  a  consequence. "i  During  the  year  of  1911  the 
girls'  basketball  team  won  the  local  championship;  the  boys  bas- 
ketball team  made  a  good  showing  with  a  schedule  of  ten  games; 
the  baseball  team  was  successful;  and  the  track  team  competed 
for  the  first  time  in  a  meet  at  Lexington,  Kentucky. 
Early  Leadership  and  Facilities 

Many  of  the  early  leaders  in  Eastern's  athletics  were  required 
to  teach  a  varied  number  of  subjects  in  addition  to  their  coaching 
duties.  In  1907  Mr.  Clyde  H.  Wilson  was  Instructor  in  Manual 
Arts,  Physical  Education,  and  Director  of  Gymnasium  and  Athletics. 
During  1912-13,  Eastern's  sports  were  under  the  direction  of  Mr. 
Charles  A.  Keith,  who  also  taught  History.  Mr.  Keith  was  an 
able  director  and  created  interest  in  all  sports.  Eastern's  fine 
baseball  tradition  had  its  beginning  at  that  time.  Mr.  Ben  M. 
Barnard  was  in  charge  of  athletics  from  1913  to  1917.  During  the 
period,  1917  to  1920,  Charles  F.  Miller  and  Clyde  F.  McCoy  directed 
the  destinies  of  Eastern's  Athletic  teams.  George  Hembree,  an  ex- 
cellent coach,  took  over  the  coaching  duties  of  all  athletic  teams 
for  men  and  women  in  the  fall  of  1920. 

Although  fine  records  were  compiled  by  the  coaches  of  these 
athletic  teams  of  this  early  period.  Eastern  had  never  placed  much 
emphasis  on  athletics  in  comparison  with  some  of  the  liberal  arts 
colleges.  The  major  emphasis  was  in  line  with  the  objective  of  the 
College,  the  training  of  teachers  for  the  State  of  Kentucky. 


1  Eastern    Kentucky    Review,    Richmond,    Kentucky,    Eastern    State    College, 
1910,  Vol.  IV,  No.  4. 

151 


In  1921  efforts  were  made  to  organize  an  Eastern  Kentucky 
Athletic  Association.  A  constitution  and  by-laws  were  drawn  up 
to  govern  this  Association  and,  in  1922,  Eastern  took  steps  to 
qualify  for  membership  by  establishing  a  system  of  rules  based 
on  those  of  the  Eastern  Kentucky  Athletic  Association.  This  was 
an  important  step  in  the  raising  of  standards  of  inter-collegiate 
athletics,  and  Eastern  operated  under  it  until  her  entry  into  larger 
and  older  associations. 

Eastern  had,  during  this  period,  athletic  teams  in  all  sports 
that  were  successful  in  winning  large  percentages  of  their  games. 
In  the  season  of  1924-25,  the  girls'  basketball  team  won  ten  of 
thirteen  games  played,  and  the  baseball  team  won  seven  out  of 
ten  games.  The  1927  football  team  was  considered  the  finest  in 
this  period. 

Eastern  qualified  for  membership  in  the  Southern  Intercol- 
legiate Athletic  Association  in  1928.  The  move,  while  an  important 
step  in  the  development  of  athletics,  worked  a  real  hardship  on 
the  school's  athletic  teams.  Before  this  time  freshmen  and  even 
students  in  the  normal  school  (secondary  in  rank)  were  permitted 
to  play  on  the  varsity  teams. 

There  was  a  steady  improvement  in  the  caliber  of  football 
played  at  Eastern.  George  Hembree,  assisted  by  George  Gumbert, 
handled  the  coaching  duties  very  capably  until  1929,  when  Charles 
T.  Hughes  took  over  the  reins.  Hughes,  whose  assistants  were 
Frank  Phipps,  Alfred  Portwood,  and  Tom  Samuels,  coached  from 
1929   to   1935. 

Eastern  basketball  teams,  for  the  most  part,  had  won  a  large 
percentage  of  their  games.  On  two  occasions  during  these  years, 
Eastern  cage  teams  held  the  best  records  in  the  Kentucky  Inter- 
collegiate Athletic  Conference.  The  varsity  basketball  teams  par- 
ticipated in  the  S.  I.  A.  A.  tournament  at  Jackson,  Mississippi,  in 
the  seasons  of  1929,  '30,  '31,  '32,  and  '33. 

At  this  time,  the  greater  emphasis  concerning  Eastern  athletics 
was  not  on  varsity  athletics,  but  on  a  wider  student  participation. 
In  1932,  with  the  completion  of  the  new  gymnasium,  better  op- 
portunity was  afforded  for  a  broader  program  of  athletics. 

Ground  was  broken  in  the  fall  of  1935  for  the  building  of  a 
football  stadium.  This  plant,  modern  in  all  respects,  seats  4,000 
spectators  and  contains  housing  facilities  for  athletes.  The  stadium 
and  its  living  facilities  were  completed  in  1936. 

With  the  splendid  facilities  being  added  to  the  program  at 
Eastern,  the  institution  was  approaching  the  ideal  of  universal, 
voluntary  participation  in  athletics. 

Greater  Emphasis  on  Athletics 

Thomas  E.  McDonough,  distinguished  leader  in  the  field  of 
physical  education  and  former  athletic  director  of  Eastern,  summed 
up  the  chapter  on  athletics  in  Three  Decades  of  Progress,  published 
in  1935,  by  saying,  "Eastern  is  proud  of  the  achievements  of  her 

152 


athletes  and  hopes  to  build  an  athletic  reputation  which  will  be 
respected  by  all  the  colleges  of  this  state."- 

During  the  twenty-one  years  that  have  passed  since  the  writing 
of  this  statement.  Eastern  has  advanced  far  beyond  the  expecta- 
tions of  her  early  athletic  leaders.  Not  only  did  she  gain  the 
respect  of  schools  in  the  State,  but  she  also  gained  national  recog- 
nition in  her  intercollegiate  athletic  program.  Like  other  educa- 
tional institutions,  Eastern  has  expanded  her  athletic  facilities  to 
meet  the  ever-growing  demand  for  improvement.  She  has  also 
suffered  the  loss  of  key  personnel,  for  various  reasons,  and  has 
obtained  new  leadership.  All  of  these  factors  have  had  some 
influence  on  the  national  prominence  in  athletics  that  Eastern  is 
presently  enjoying. 

There  was  a  great  number  of  men,  both  coaches  and  athletes, 
who  were  responsible  for  this  notable  reputation  which  Eastern 
has  established  in  the  athletic  world.  A  very  important  decision 
was  made  during  the  year  1935,  which  was  to  have  a  great  deal 
of  influence  on  the  development  of  Eastern's  athletes.  "In  1935, 
to  further  augment  the  program  of  physical  education,  greater 
emphasis  than  ever  before  was  placed  on  the  varsity  athletic 
program.  Mr.  Rome  Rankin,  assisted  by  Tom  Samuels  and  Charles 
T.  Hughes,  was  placed  in  charge  of  football,  basketball,  and  track, 
and,  with  the  support  of  the  faculty  and  administration,  under- 
took to  place  Eastern  on  a  par  with  her  natural  competitors."'^ 
Rankin  guided  Eastern's  athletics  to  a  role  of  a  real  champion, 
instead  of  the  pushover  role  of  the  past.  His  record  has  never 
been  surpassed  at  Eastern  and  it  is  certain  that  his  leadership 
will  be  remembered  for  many  years. 

The  caliber  of  Eastern's  athletic  teams  improved  steadily,  and 
in  the  season  of  1940,  Rankin  directed  the  football  team  to  its 
first  undefeated  and  untied  season.  Many  records  were  set  by 
this  great  team,  which  rolled  over  eight  opponents,  and  some  of 
the  records  have  not  been  broken  to  this  day.  The  273  points 
scored  was  the  highest  total  for  one  season  in  the  history  of  foot- 
ball at  Eastern.  The  opposition  scored  only  27,  the  low  for  an 
eight  game  slate.  Three  athletes  were  honored  by  being  selected 
on  the  all-conference  team.  Wyatt  (Spider)  Thurman  of  Benham, 
Kentucky,  Fred  Darling  of  Glouster,  Ohio,  and  Charles  Schuster 
of  Chicago,  Illinois,  were  named  to  the  all-star  aggregation.  Thur- 
man also  was  chosen  on  the  "Little  Ail-American"  grid  team. 

The  football  season  of  1941  was  almost  the  equal  of  the  pre- 
vious successful  year.  Eastern  gridders  compiled  an  enviable 
record  of  seven  wins  against  one  loss.  They  held  distinction  of 
copping  Eastern's  first  conference  championship  in  football,  win- 
ning the  Kentucky  Intercollegiate  Athletic  Conference  title.  The 
only  blemish  on  the  record  was  a  hard-fought  27-20  loss  to  arch- 
rival Western  Kentucky  in  contest  which  saw  Western  overcome 


-  Dorris,    Jonathan    T.,    ed.,    Three    Decades    of    Progress,    Eastern    Kentucky- 
State  Teachers   College    (1936),   189. 
»  Ibid.,  p.  188. 

153 


a  20-0  halftime  deficit  to  win.  Eastern  placed  six  men  on  the 
all-conference  team  this  year,  three  by  unanimous  votes.  "Bert 
Smith,  Chuck  Schuster,  and  Fred  Darling  were  chosen  unanimously 
on  the  1941  ALL-KIAC  team  by  a  vote  of  sixteen  sportswriters 
and  coaches. "-i  Other  members  selected  were  Ivan  Maggard,  Cliff 
Tinnell,  and  Conrad  Haas. 

Change  in  Personnel 

Eastern's  athletic  director,  Thomas  E.  McDonough,  announced 
his  resignation  in  1942  to  accept  a  similar  position  at  a  larger 
institution,  Emory  University  in  Atlanta,  Georgia.  "Tom,"  as  all 
his  friends  called  him  was  a  recognized  national  leader  in  physical 
education.  He  was  greatly  responsible  for  Eastern's  fine  physical 
education  program,  and  for  the  planning  and  construction  of  the 
Weaver  Health  Building. 

McDonough's  successor  was  Charles  T.  Hughes,  a  native  of 
Crittenden  County,  who  was  well-known  for  his  athletic  prowess 
while  at  the  University  of  Kentucky.  "Turkey"  was  one  of  the 
two,  four  lettermen  ever  to  graduate  from  the  University.  His 
coaching  and  teaching  experience  in  both  high  school  and  college 
made  him  a  natural  choice  for  this  position. 

Sports  Discontinued 

Eastern,  like  many  other  institutions  of  higher  education, 
found  herself  short  of  manpower  during  the  years  of  World  War 
II.  This  notation  is  inscribed  in  the  Athletic  Director's  Record 
Book:  "All  intercollegiate  sports  were  discontinued  in  1943  due  to 
the  war  and  the  shortage  of  manpower.''^  No  football  schedule 
was  played  for  a  period  of  two  years,  1943  and  1944.  During 
these  years  the  athletic  facilities  were  used  by  the  Army  Specialized 
Training  Program  and  Women's  Army  Corps. 

The  coaches  and  personnel  of  the  Physical  education  depart- 
ment assisted  in  recreational  activities  and  physical  training  for 
these  two  units.  The  Army  personnel,  who  were  supervised  by 
Coach  Rankin  and  "Turkey"  Hughes,  were  complimented  for  their 
superior  physical  condition.  "With  the  aid  of  Coach  Rankin  and 
Hughes,  the  ASTP  (Army  Specialized  Training  Program)  students 
taking  physical  fitness  tests  easily  surpassed  the  average  per- 
formances."6 

Major  George  Hembree  of  the  Medical  Administrative  Corps 
of  the  United  States  Army,  who  coached  the  Eastern  teams  and  was 
athletic  director  from  1920  to  1929,  lost  his  life  in  an  accident  on 
May  16,  1945,  at  Amarillo,  Texas,  Air  Field.  Hembree  coached  all 
sports  at  Eastern  for  nine  years  and  was  an  outstanding  professor 
of  physical  education  when  called  into  the  Army  in  1941.  From 
1931  through  1940,  he  had  coached  the  baseball  teams. 

Coach  Hembree's  philosophy  as  an  athletic  director  was  ex- 
pressed in  a  mild  but  commendable  admonition  on  a  metal  tablet 


*  Courier-Journal,  Nov.  30,  1941,  p.  4. 
^  Athletic  Director's  Record  Book,  1943. 
8  Eastern  Progress,  October  27,  1943,  p.  2. 

154 


which  he  displayed  in  his  office  at  Eastern.     This  gentle  counsel, 
"When  the  One  Great  Scorer  comes 

To  mark  against  your  name, 
He  writes — not  that  you  won  or  lost — 

But  how  you  played  the  game," 
by  the  noted  sports  writer,  the  late  Grantland  Rice   (1880-1954), 
may  be  regarded  therefore  as  the  spirit  in  which  athletes  are  trained 
at  Eastern. 

Champions 
Eastern  resumed  its  athletic  activities  during  the  basketball 
season  of  1944-45.  It  was  during  this  season  that  an  Eastern  team 
entered,  for  the  first  time,  a  national  basketball  tournament. 
"The  Maroons  won  three  out  of  four  games  in  the  classy  competi- 
tion of  the  National  Intercollegiate  Tournament  at  Kansas  City, 
winning  third  place  honors  by  whipping  Southern  Illinois,  after 
falling  before  the  height  of  Peppardine  of  Los  Angeles  in  the 
semi-final  round.  Fred  Lewis,  Eastern's  great  scoring  ace,  was 
named  captain  of  the  National  Intercollegiate  Ail-American  team 
and  was  voted  the  most  outstanding  player  of  the  tournament. 
He  scored  99  points  for  a  new  tournament  record.'"'' 

The  season  of  1945-46  was  highlighted  by  the  Rankin-directed 
teams  winning  both  the  basketball  and  football  championships  in 
the  Kentucky  Intercollegiate  Athletic  Conference.  The  cage  season 
was  climaxed  by  an  upset  65-51  victory  over  the  strong  University 
of  Louisville.  Eastern  placed  two  men,  Goebel  Ritter,  who  was 
later  to  guide  Hazard  High  School  to  the  State  High  School 
championship  of  Kentucky  in  1955,  and  Fred  Lewis,  on  the  all- 
tournament  team. 

Lewis  was  selected  to  play  in  the  annual  College-Pro  All 
Star  game  in  Chicago  after  the  close  of  the  season.  The  January, 
1947,  issue  of  the  Eastern  Progress  said  this  about  the  exploits 
of  Lewis  in  the  all-star  game:  "Fred  Lewis  won  the  game  for  his 
team  by  a  long  shot  in  the  last  minute  of  play.  He  scored  14 
points  and  shared  high  point  honors  with  George  Mikan.  He  was 
picked  as  the  most  valuable  player  in  the  game  and  was  awarded 
the  'William  Randolph  Hearst  Trophy.'  "^ 

The  1946  football  team  followed  in  the  footsteps  of  the  basket- 
ball quintet,  winning  the  championship  of  the  KIAC  with  the 
season's  conference  record  of  three  wins  against  a  single  loss. 
The  following  statement  appeared  in  the  Richmond  Daily  Rigister: 
"The  Eastern  Maroons  of  Rome  Rankin  defeated  the  Hilltoppers  of 
Western  Saturday  night  at  Bowling  Green  6-0  and  wrapped  up  the 
KIAC  football  crown  for  the  second  successive  year.  Paul  Moore, 
who  has  played  brilliantly  for  the  team  all  season,  scored  his  ninth 
touchdown  of  the  season.  In  winning,  the  Maroons  gave  Rankin 
the  distinction  of  being  the  first  coach  in  modern  KIAC  history 


^  Eastern  Progress,  October  27,  1943,  p.  2. 
8  Ibid.,  January  20,  1947,  p.  4. 

155 


who  has  tutored  both  a  basketball  and  football  team  to  the  con- 
ference title  in  the  same  year."^ 

Women's    Intercollegiate    Athletics    Resumed; 
Eastern's  Athletic  Facilities  Improved 

Women's  intercollegiate  athletics,  which  were  discontinued  in 
the  late  twenties,  were  resumed  in  September,  1946,  when  Miss 
Gertrude  Hood,  head  of  the  women's  physical  education  depart- 
ment, helped  to  organize  the  Women's  Athletic  Association.  The 
sponsor  of  this  organization  was  Miss  Betty  Harris.  In  the  fall 
of  1950,  the  name  of  the  organization  was  changed  to  the  Women's 
Recreational  Association.  Since  1946,  the  women's  athletic  teams 
have  participated  in  basketball,  softball,  and  field  hockey  com- 
petition with  other  colleges,  namely,  Berea,  University  of  Ken- 
tucky, University  of  Cincinnati,  University  of  Louisville,  Morehead, 
Ursuline,  Nazareth,  and  Midway. 

In  April,  1946,  the  Board  of  Regents  of  the  College  decided  to 
improve  Eastern's  athletic  facilities  by  providing  a  lighting  system 
for  the  football  field.  The  Board  took  this  action  at  their  regular 
meeting  on  Monday,  April  27,  1946.  "The  plans  already  projected 
for  the  work  provided  for  a  superior  installation  of  lights  such  as 
is  used  in  the  best  lighted  baseball  fields. "lo  The  installation 
of  these  lights  was  completed  in  1947,  and  Eastern  now  has  one 
of  the  best  lighted  gridirons  in  the  South. 

President  W.  F.  O'Donnell  made  this  announcement  in  the 
November  issue  of  the  Eastern  Progress  in  1946:  "Paul  McBrayer 
has  been  hired  as  basketball  coach  to  relieve  Coach  Rankin  of 
part  of  his  athletic  duties.  Coach  McBrayer  had  been  assistant 
coach  at  the  University  of  Kentucky  for  nine  years  prior  to  the 
fall  of  1943,  when  he  entered  the  military  service.  He  was  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Kentucky  team  from  1926  to  1930,  and,  his  senior  year, 
McBrayer  captained  the  Kentucky  team  and  was  selected  Ail- 
American.  He  has  a  reputation  of  being  one  of  the  best  basket- 
ball coaches  in  the  state  and  the  nation. "n  It  is  through  the 
excellent  coaching  and  leadership  of  this  man  that  Eastern  has 
ranked  in  the  top  fifty  teams  in  the  nation  during  the  past  ten 
years.  The  Maroons  finished  eleventh  in  the  nation  on  one  oc- 
casion and,  annually,  play  a  schedule  as  hard  as  any  national 
power  in  the  country. 

Track   Championship   Won;   Rankin   Resigns 

The  year  1947  marked  a  big  year  for  Eastern's  track  team,  for 
the  Maroons  won  their  first  Kentucky  Intercollegiate  track  champ- 
ionship. The  "Three  Musketeers,"  a  trio  of  lettermen  in  Gerald 
and  Larry  Becker,  and  Goebel  Ritter,  paced  the  Eastern  squad  in 
the  point  producing  department.  The  championship  KIAC  meet 
was  closely  contested  with  Eastern  winning  over  Louisville  by 
scoring  first  place  in  the  last  event,  the  mile  relay,  and  copping 


"  Richmond  Daily  Register,  November  25,   1946,  p.  4. 

10  Eastern  Progress,  May  10,   1946,  p.   1. 

11  Ibid.,  November,  1946,  p.  1. 

156 


the  crown.     This  1947  squad  of  cindermen  is  the  only  champion- 
ship team  in  the  history  of  track  at  Eastern. 

Rome  Rankin,  who  had  been  completing  his  work  on  a  doctor's 
degree  at  the  University  of  Kentucky,  resigned  his  position  of  foot- 
ball coach  in  1947  to  accept  a  position  on  the  faculty  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Maine.  The  man  to  succeed  Rankin  was  Tom  Samuels, 
a  coach  of  superior  ability  who  had  been  assisting  Rankin  in  mold- 
ing the  many  strong  teams  he  had  developed  at  Eastern.  "For 
many  years  the  Maroon  forward  wall  has  been  recognized  as  one 
of  the  toughest  in  the  conference,  due  to  the  untiring  efforts  of 
Coach  Tom  Samuels. "12  Samuels,  a  native  of  Richmond  and  a 
graduate  of  the  University  of  Michigan,  was  selected  on  the  All- 
Big  Ten  team  at  a  tackle  position  on  the  1930  and  1931  All- 
Conference  teams.  "When  the  vacancy  of  head  coach  existed, 
Eastern  did  not  hesitate  to  promote  Coach  Samuels.  His  will  to 
win  and  the  enthusiasm  he  displays  on  the  field  are  an  incentive 
to  any  team.  Fred  Darling  was  selected  by  his  alma  mater  to 
replace  Samuels  as  line  coach.  Darling,  a  native  of  Glouster, 
Ohio,  graduated  from  Eastern  in  1942.  He  played  three  years  on 
the  Maroon  football  team  and  for  three  years  was  selected  as  an 
all-conference  gridder.  In  1941,  he  was  given  honorable  mention 
on  the  Little  Ail-American  team.  Fred  had  been  assisting  Sam- 
uels with  the  line  while  completing  his  requirements  for  a  Master's 
Degree. "13 

Glenn  Presnell,  former  Ail-American  halfback  at  Nebraska, 
was  named  as  backfield  coach  as  Samuels  took  over  the  head  coach- 
ing duties.  Presnell  played  professional  football  from  1928  to 
1936  with  the  Ironton  Tanks,  the  Portsmouth  Spartans,  and  the 
Detroit  Lions.  While  at  Detroit,  in  1934,  "Pres"  kicked  a  54 
yard  field  goal,  which  stood  as  the  record  for  19  years.  Presnell 
began  his  college  coaching  career  in  1937  when  he  was  backfield 
coach  at  the  University  of  Kansas.  He  returned  to  Nebraska,  in 
1938,  as  backfield  coach  and  served  in  that  capacity  until  1942, 
when  he  was  named  head  coach.  In  1943,  he  served  as  a  Naval 
Officer,  coaching  the  backfield  at  North  Carolina  Pre-Flight. 

Basketball  Facilities  Expanded; 
Ohio  Valley  Conference  Formed 

Due  to  the  increased  enrollment  of  the  student  body,  and  the 
demand  of  the  public  for  basketball  tickets.  Eastern  found  it 
necessary  to  expand  the  playing  and  seating  facilities  in  Weaver 
Health  Building.  At  a  cost  of  several  thousand  dollars,  the 
southern  wall  of  the  gym  was  removed  and  the  floor  extended 
south  toward  the  College  farm.  Classrooms,  equipment  rooms, 
and  locker-rooms  for  the  basketball  and  football  teams  were 
constructed  on  the  first  floor.  Folding  type  bleachers  were  in- 
stalled in  the  main  gymnasium  to  increase  the  seating  capacity 


12  Milestone,  1947,  p.  149. 

^3  Eastern  Progress,  April  25,  1947,  p.  3. 

157 


to  3,000.  A  modern  press  box  was  added  and  today  Eastern  has 
a  fine  and  modern  gymnasium. 

On  February  27,  1948,  Eastern,  Western,  Morehead,  Murray, 
and  Louisville  withdrew  from  the  Kentucky  Intercollegiate  Ath- 
letic Conference  and  joined  with  Evans ville  College  of  Evans ville, 
Indiana,  to  form  a  new  conference,  which  was  named  the  Ohio 
Valley  Conference.  A  prominent  leader  in  this  move  to  form 
this  conference  was  Charles  T.  Hughes,  Eastern's  present  athletic 
director.  On  December  12,  1948,  Marshall  College  of  Huntington, 
West  Virginia,  and  Tennessee  Tech  of  Cooksville,  Tennessee,  joined 
the  conference  and  enlarged  it  to  an  eight  team  conference.  The 
formation  of  this  conference  and  the  fact  that  its  members  were 
recognized  for  fielding  strong  teams  in  all  sports,  helped  Eastern 
to  gain  national  recognition  for  her  various  athletic  teams. 

Eastern's  caliber  of  basketball  steadily  improved,  and  in  1950 
the  McBrayer-coached  five  won  the  Ohio  Valley  Conference  Tour- 
nament by  scoring  a  stunning  upset  over  Western  Kentucky  in  the 
final  game  of  the  tourney.  "The  experts  said,  'It  could  not  be  done,' 
and  Western  should  win  the  tourney  easily.  Most  of  the  near  8,000 
Jefferson  County  Armory  fans  had  come  to  see  the  highly  touted 
Western  quintet  win  the  meet  with  ease.  But,  the  Maroons  of 
Paul  McBrayer  had  other  plans. "i^  Eastern  gave  Western  Kentucky 
State  College  one  of  the  worst  beatings  of  the  season  to  take  a  62-50 
verdict  and  capture  the  highly  coveted  conference  crown.  The 
Maroons  were  led  by  Chuck  Mrazovich  with  21  points  and  Jim 
Baechtold  with  13.  Joe  Harper  and  Carl  Eagle  played  outstanding 
floor  games  and  were  responsible  for  stealing  the  ball  and  scoring 
points  at  crucial  moments  of  the  game.  This  great  win  was  a  fitting 
climax  for  a  team  that  was  rated  eleventh  in  the  nation.  Paul  Hicks 
and  Charles  Mrazovich  were  named  on  the  all-tournament  team. 

Spring   Sports   Gain   Spotlight 

It  was  during  the  year  1950  that  spring  sports  on  the  Eastern 
campus  were  beginning  to  prosper.  Eastern's  baseball  team,  coached 
by  "Turkey"  Hughes,  won  the  first  baseball  championship  in  the 
history  of  the  sport  at  Eastern  by  virtue  of  the  season's  record  of 
six  wins  against  four  losses  in  Ohio  Valley  Conference  competition. 
This  team  was  led  by  Stan  Dodderidge,  Ed  Lewicki,  Lonnie  Nelson, 
Carl  Eagle,  Ray  Giltner,  Jack  Billingsly,  and  Paul  Tesla. 

The  tennis  team  won  the  championship  of  the  conference  in 
1951.  The  Eastern  Progress  had  this  to  say  about  the  outstanding 
group  of  young  men:  "It's  hats  off  to  the  tennis  team  this  year. 
Eastern's  tennis  team  wound  up  with  a  fine  record  of  nine  wins 
and  only  two  losses.  Coach  Bob  Gaines'  netters  were  beaten  only 
by  top-ranking  Marshall  College. "i 5  Members  of  this  team  were 
Paul  Trieschman,  Karl  Jones,  George  Perry,  Ray  Field,  Jim  Cun- 
ningham, and  Don  Augsback. 


1*  Eastern  Progress,  March,  1950,  p.  4. 
15  Eastern  Progress,  May  31,  1951,  p.  6. 

158 


Track  had  its  first  undefeated  season  in  the  history  of  the 
school  in  1951,  when  the  cindermen  of  Coach  Fred  Darling  won 
six  consecutive  meets.  Eastern's  thin-clads  went  on  to  go  undefeated 
in  regular  season  competition  for  the  next  three  years  under  Dar- 
ling's tutoring.  One  of  the  chief  point  makers  on  this  team  was 
speedy  Jack  Bond,  who  had  been  named  "Track  Athlete  of  the 
Year"  by  the  Courier- Journal,  while  running  for  the  Lexington 
Lafayette  High  School  track  team.  Gordon  Fleck  was  outstanding 
in  the  distance  and  Bob  Shockley,  Jim  Bingham,  and  Chuck  Schmitt 
scored  heavily  in  the  field  events. 

The  baseball  team  repeated  itself  in  1951  as  conference  base- 
ball champs,  and,  in  1952,  the  Hughes  coached  lads  copped  their 
divisional  title  by  downing  a  strong  Marshall  nine,  5  to  0,  but  lost 
out  in  the  conference  playoffs  to  a  fine  Western  Kentucky  team. 
Some  of  the  stars  on  this  club  were  Rudy  Bicknell,  Bryan  Gibbs, 
Howard  Gracey,  Chuck  Hertzer,  Jim  Odle,  Roy  Kidd,  and  John 
DeLaney. 

The  1952-53  basketball  team  enjoyed  one  of  the  most  successful 
seasons  in  its  history  by  the  team's  chalking  up  a  record  of  17 
wins  against  only  8  losses,  all  the  losses  coming  against  nationally 
ranked  teams.  This  team  won  the  regular  season  championship  of 
the  OVC  and  turned  in  a  good  performance  against  a  strong 
Western  team  in  the  finals  of  the  tournament  at  the  end  of  the 
season,  only  to  bow  70  to  60.  This  team  accepted  a  bid  to  the 
NCAA  Tournament  and  even  though  the  members  had  to  go  with- 
out their  leading  scorers,  Elmer  Tolson  and  playmaker  Bill  Bales, 
both  being  ineligible  under  the  four  year  varsity  participating 
ruling,  they  put  up  a  great  fight  before  losing  to  a  strong  Notre 
Dame  club,  72  to  57.  Bales  and  Tolson  were  named  on  the  all- 
conference  team. 

Eastern's  baseball  team  won  its  third  conference  crown  in  1954, 
as  the  members  ended  the  season  with  a  conference  slate  of  eight 
wins  against  no  setbacks,  including  a  pair  of  wins  against  Middle 
Tennessee  in  the  playoffs.  For  the  season,  the  team  recorded  16 
wins,  and  dropped  only  5  tilts  for  the  best  record  in  its  history  at 
Eastern.  Local  fans  declared  that  this  was  the  finest  baseball  team 
ever  to  represent  Eastern.  Men  who  played  outstanding  ball  on  this 
great  team  were  Roy  Kidd,  Ron  Finley,  Don  Feltner,  Jim  Odle,  Bob 
Brown,  Dick  Dudgeon,  Charlie  White,  and  Don  Richardson.  Feltner 
pitched  the  first  no-hit  no-run  game  in  the  history  of  the  sport  at 
the  College  when  he  beat  Morehead  10  to  0  on  Eastern's  diamond. 

The  Women's  Recreational  Association,  under  the  direction  of 
Miss  Martha  Williams,  sponsored  a  hockey  clinic  in  the  fall  of  1954 
with  Miss  Constance  Applebee,  well-known  hockey  expert  from 
England,  as  the  instructor  of  the  clinic.  Miss  Applebee,  who,  in 
1901,  introduced  the  sport  in  the  United  States,  gave  fine  instruction 
to  women  from  all  over  the  state  in  the  art  of  playing  and  coaching 
hockey. 

159 


Samuels  Resigns  Grid  Post;  Presnell  Named  Head  Coach 

Tom  Samuels,  who  had  been  coaching  Eastern's  football  teams 
for  a  period  of  twenty-one  years,  resigned  his  position  in  1953  to 
enter  business  in  Orlando,  Florida.  Samuels  had  just  coached 
the  1953  team  to  one  of  the  finest  seasons  in  history.  This  team  had 
compiled  a  record  of  eight  wins  against  two  losses.  Not  only  was 
Samuels  a  great  coach,  but  he  was  well  liked  and  respected  as  an 
excellent  teacher.  He  had  been  very  active  in  health  education  on 
a  national  level.  Tom  had  also  rendered  great  service  to  the  Col- 
lege, and  his  resignation  was  regretted  by  all.  Glenn  Presnell,  who 
had  served  Samuels  as  backfield  coach  for  seven  years,  was  named 
to  the  post  replacing  Samuels. 

The  1954  football  team  was  perhaps  the  greatest  ever  to 
represent  Eastern.  This  group  of  experienced  men  compiled  an 
enviable  record  of  eight  wins  against  one  tie  and  no  defeats,  scoring 
175  points  in  the  nine  games  while  holding  their  opponents  to 
only  47. 

The  highlight  of  the  regular  season  was  the  Western  encounter, 
which  decided  the  championship  of  the  conference.  Before  a  record- 
breaking  crowd  of  7,000  homecoming  fans  at  Bowling  Green,  the 
Maroons  dealt  the  Hilltoppers  a  stunning  21  to  0  setback.  Harry 
Bosler  of  the  Louisville  Courier- Journal  complimented  this  great 
Eastern  team.  "Eastern,  playing  like  champs,  committed  few  errors 
and  flashed  a  versatile  attack.  Playing  the  same  stubborn  game 
that  has  marked  it  as  one  of  the  greatest  walls  in  Kentucky  col- 
legiate circles  in  years,  the  Eastern  defensive  line  was  near  perfect. 
For  three  quarters  the  Hilltoppers  were  unable  to  penetrate  Maroon 
territory.  And  it  wasn't  until  the  last  quarter  that  Western  got  the 
feel  of  Maroon  soil  and  then  they  couldn't  go  beyond  the  40."i6 

Eastern  Plays  in  First  Bowl  Game 

After  completion  of  the  regular  season  play,  the  Eastern  fans 
were  elated  when  this  eleven  received  and  accepted  a  bid  to  play 
in  the  Tangerine  Bowl  in  Orlando,  Florida.  Many  loyal  fans  followed 
the  team  to  "Sunny  Florida,"  and,  in  spite  of  all  their  rooting, 
Eastern  dropped  a  heart-breaking  7  to  6  loss  to  Omaha  University. 
The  football  team  and  fans  who  made  the  trek  to  Florida  conducted 
themselves  in  an  excellent  manner  and  won  many  friends  for  the 
College  and  the  State  of  Kentucky.  The  editor  of  the  Richmond 
Daily  Register  summed  up  very  generously  the  feelings  of  the 
citizens  of  Richmond  toward  this  Tangerine  Bowl  team: 

"Coaches  and  members  of  the  Eastern  State  College  football 
team  are  to  be  commended  for  the  splendid  record  made  during 
the  season  just  past.  The  Maroons,  under  the  able  guidance  of  Coach 
Glenn  Presnell  and  line  Coach  Fred  Darling,  were  undefeated  and 
untied  in  Ohio  Valley  Conference  play  and  only  a  tie  game  with 
the  University  of  Toledo  marred  a  perfect  season  record.  Then,  for 
the  first  time  in  the  history  of  the  school,  they  were  invited  to 
participate  in  a  bowl  game,  the  Tangerine  Bowl  in  Orlando,  Florida. 


1^  Courier-Journal,  November  6,   1954,  p.  8. 

160 


They  were  defeated  7  to  6  by  undefeated  Omaha  University,  but 
made  a  splendid  showing  and  even  in  defeat  were  the  favorites  of 
the  fans  and  the  beautiful  city  of  Orlando.  They  were  praised  for 
their  fine  play  and  complimented  for  their  actions  both  on  the 
field  and  off.  They  were  a  credit  to  the  school  and  the  fans  who 
made  the  trip  from  Madison  County  as  well  as  many  alumni  and 
friends  throughout  the  South  were  proud  to  call  them  'Our  Boys.'  "^'^ 

Six  seniors  were  selected  on  the  all-conference  team.  Frank 
Nassida,  Jerry  Johns,  Fred  Winscher,  Don  Daly,  Jim  Hanlon,  and 
Bob  Muller  received  first  team  honors  and  freshman  Tom  Schulte, 
second  team  honors.  This  represents  the  most  men  ever  selected 
on  the  first  team  of  an  all-conference  team  in  the  history  of  East- 
ern athletics. 

The  1954  edition  of  Eastern's  basketball  team  climaxed  the 
season  by  winning  the  OVC  tournament.  Led  by  all-conference 
cagers  Jack  Adams,  Dick  Culbertson,  and  Ronnie  Pellegrinon,  the 
Maroons  compiled  a  record  of  15  wins  against  8  defeats  in  season 
play.  In  the  conference  tourney  they  belted  Morehead  and  Murray 
to  cop  the  crown.  In  the  Maroons'  120  to  91  win  over  Loyola  of 
New  Orleans,  Adams  scored  forty  points  and  grabbed  twenty- 
seven  rebounds  to  break  Eastern  records.  In  all,  the  high-scoring 
athlete  set  eight  records  during  the  season,  both  individual  game 
and  season  records. 

In  playing  what  could  probably  be  termed  the  toughest 
schedule  ever  attempted  by  an  Eastern  team,  the  Maroons'  1955 
gridiron  aggregation  surprised  the  experts  around  the  conference 
by  finishing  the  season  with  a  winning  mark  Only  eleven  letter- 
men  returned  from  the  great  '54  team,  and  only  two  of  these  were 
starters.  A  crop  of  hard-working  freshmen  teamed  with  the  few 
experienced  ones  to  compile  a  slate  of  five  wins,  four  losses,  and 
a  tie.  In  three  of  the  four  losses,  the  Maroons  were  defeated  by 
single  touchdowns.  In  only  the  Louisville  contest,  which  the 
strong  Cards  won  45  to  13,  were  the  Maroons  outclassed.  Tom 
Schulte,  sophomore  from  Newport,  was  the  lone  Maroon  to  make 
the  all-conference  first  team,  but  Don  Boyer,  William  Castle,  and 
Bobby  Lenderman  were  named  to  the  second  team. 

The  basketball  warriors  of  1955-56  failed  to  live  up  to  pre- 
season expectations,  but  they  must  be  admired  for  playing  as  tough 
a  schedule  as  any  major  cage  outfit  in  the  nation.  Although 
they  finished  the  campaign  with  only  a  nine  and  sixteen  record, 
they  upset  the  basketball  world  when  they  defeated  third-ranked 
Louisville,  which  was  eventually  to  emerge  as  National  Invitation 
Tournament  champions. 

Led  by  the  great  Forward,  Jack  Adams,  who  broke  several  of 
his  own  records  set  in  his  junior  year,  the  Maroons'  season  could 
not  be  termed  dismal.  Adams's  jersey,  the  famous  number  "40", 
was  retired  at  the  close  of  the  season.  The  lanky  crewcut 
youngster  now  holds  ten  Eastern  basketball  records.     Also   out- 


1^  Richmond  Register,  January  5,  1955,  p.  2. 

161 


standing  on  this  team  were  Dick  Culbertson,  Ron  Pellegrinon, 
and  a  trio  of  up-and-coming  sophomores,  Jim  Kiser,  Carl  Wright, 
and  Bill  Florence. 

Athletics  at  Eastern  have  risen  to  a  point  where  today  the 
athletic  teams  representing  the  Institution  are  respected,  not 
only  by  "all  the  colleges  in  the  state,"  as  Thomas  McDonough 
had  hoped  in  1935,  but  by  all  the  colleges  and  universities  in  the 
nation.  Sports  fans  like  to  see  the  colorful  teams  fielded  by 
Eastern  in  action. 

Eastern  has  contributed  numerous  figures  to  the  world  of 
sports,  both  in  the  coaching  field  and  in  professional  athletics. 
Probably  the  foremost  of  these  figures  is  Earle  B.  Combs,  one  of 
the  New  York  Yankees  all-time  greats.  To  mention  all  the  out- 
standing athletes  who  have  gained  fame  and  fortune  beyond  the 
college  level  would  be  impossible. 

Officials  at  the  College  are  quick  to  agree  that  athletics 
definitely  play  a  large  role  in  the  success  of  the  Institution  and 
that  Eastern  offers  as  good  representative  athletic  teams  as  any 
other  college  in  the  land. 


Earle  B.  Combs  wearing  his  E  sweater 
earned  in  Baseball  at  Eastern  in  the  early  1920's. 


162 


Action  in  Baseball  at  Eastern 


IC"^ 


High   Jump   at    Eastern 


mt 


Action  in  Football  on  Eastern's  Gridiron 


Action  in  the  Swimming  pool  of  the  Weaver  Health  Building 


164 


Action  in  Basketball  in 
the  Weaver  Health  Building 


Basketball  Fans   at  Home 

165 


Athletic  Directors  and  Coaches 


Thomas  E.  McDonald 

Athletic  Director,  1928-1942. 


Charles  T.   (Turkey)   Hughes 

Head  Coach,  1929-1935;  Director 
of  Physical  Education  and  Ath- 
letics, 1935  to  present. 


Rome  Rankin  Tom   Samuels 

Head     Football     and     Basketball  Coach  of  Football,  1929-1954. 

Coach,    1935-1946. 


166 


H 

H 
O 

o 
< 

H 


•"l  .c«  j^  o  s 
♦j  ^1  Wi  o .« 

««  ss  "c  *^  a 

• '  cj  ^  tn  « 
"SJ  "J  ,g  >.-S 

t«  £  ts  3  s  s 

«  HH    eS    (rt    5    fl 

-3  f  O  O  >i 

2  »-  fl  ^  J  « 
fl  S  ^<  rt  "^  d 

^  ft  rt  J-  •-  5 


®  »^  C  '      -- 
mO  «  fl  ^  b« 


be       -  »H  .,-3 
«  w  M  S  <»  o 

^S  be*  o  .^ 
tJ~»2  ^,  rt  a?  fl 

^  c  o  S  .5  5 


167 


CHAPTER    XIII 

THE  RESERVE  OFFICERS  TRAINING  CORPS 

By  Lt.  Col.  Alden  O.  Hatch,  PMST,  Major  Paul  E.  Myers, 
Ass't  PMST,  and  Capt.  Ernest  H.  Morgan,  Ass't  PMST 

Its  Origin  and  Purpose 

The  Reserve  Officers  Training  Corps  as  it  is  now  known  was 
not  officially  established  at  Eastern  Kentucky  State  College  until 
the  fall  of  1936.  However,  this  was  not  the  beginning  of  military 
training  in  an  institution  of  higher  learning  in  Richmond,  Kentucky. 

In  1892  military  training  was  introduced  to  the  old  Central 
University  in  Richmond,  Kentucky.  The  instruction  was  directed  by 
a  regular  army  officer  detailed  by  the  United  States  War  Depart- 
ment. In  time  there  were  two  companies  of  infantry  and  one  of 
artillery  on  the  campus  at  Richmond.  These  companies  were  of- 
ficered by  juniors  and  seniors  who  had  qualified  while  they  were 
underclassmen.  The  uniforms,  arms,  and  cannon  added  much  color 
to  campus  life.  The  visiting  committee  of  the  Southern  Presbyterian 
Synod  of  Kentucky  reported,  in  October  1895,  that  "It  was  gratifying 
to  note  a  decided  drift  of  sentiment  away  from  inter-collegiate  ball 
contests  toward  military  drill."  The  Central  University  battalion 
made  an  "excellent  showing  in  the  reproduction  of  the  battle  of 
Perryville,  which  took  place  in  Louisville,"  in  the  autumn  of  1900. 
(See  Three  Decades  of  Progress,  p.  246  and  Chapter  VI  of  this 
volume.) 

In  September,  1935,  Eastern  applied  to  the  U.  S.  Department  of 
War  for  the  establishment  of  a  Field  Artillery  Unit  of  Reserve 
Officers  Training  Corps.  There  was  a  strong  posibility  that  it  would 
be  approved,  as  Dr.  H.  L.  Donovan,  President  of  Eastern,  had  re- 
ceived a  letter  from  Major  General  A.  J.  Brady,  Commandant  Fifth 
Corps  Area,  Columbus,  Ohio,  stating  that  new  ROTC  units  were 
being  inaugurated  beginning  in  1936. 

A  preliminary  inspection  of  Eastern  was  soon  made  by  the 
War  Department.  The  Field  Artillery  unit  would  require  an  en- 
rollment of  300  boys  for  a  Senior  ROTC  unit  such  as  Eastern 
was  seeking.  At  this  time  there  were  only  two  Senior  ROTC  units 
in  the  State  of  Kentucky.  One  was  located  at  the  University  of 
Kentucky  and  the  other  was  at  Western  Kentucky  State  Teachers 
College  in  Bowling  Green,  Kentucky. 

In  February,  1936,  an  ROTC  unit  for  Eastern  was  approved 
by  the  War  Department.  President  Donovan  received  notification 
from  Fort  Hays,  Ohio,  that  it  was  to  be  a  Field  Artillery  Unit  of 
ROTC  and  that  it  would  be  established  at  the  opening  of  the  fall 

168 


session  of  1936.  It  was  to  consist  of  three  batteries  of  100  men 
each.  A  commissioned  army  officer  plus  two  or  three  Noncommis- 
sioned Officers  (NCO's)  would  be  sent  to  Richmond  to  take  charge 
of  the  unit. 

The  Reserve  Officers  Training  Corps  of  the  United  States 
Army  exists  for  the  purpose  of  developing  officers — leaders  of 
men.  It  offers  a  course  of  instruction  leading  to  a  commission  as 
a  second  lieutenant  in  the  U.  S.  Army  Reserve.  The  mission  of 
ROTC  is  to  have  ready  in  time  of  National  Emergency  a  corps  of 
educated,  well-rounded  leaders  for  the  Armies  of  the  United  States. 

The  Corps  as  it  is  now  known  was  established  in  1916.  How- 
ever, the  antecedents  for  the  corps  reach  back  to  1819,  when 
Captain  Alden  Partridge,  a  former  superintendent  of  the  United 
States  Military  Academy  at  West  Point,  New  York,  founded  the 
first  civilian  institution  of  higher  education  which  prescribed 
military  training  as  part  of  its  curricula.  Subsequently,  other  col- 
leges and  universities  offered  military  training.  During  the  Civil 
War,  this  practice  received  great  impetus  from  the  Morrill  Act 
of  1862.  This  Act  provided  grants  of  land  and  later,  financial  sup- 
port for  colleges  that  would  offer  military  training  along  with 
training  in  the  agricultural  and  mechanical  arts.  The  high  esteem 
which  the  ROTC  has  earned  among  educational  institutions  is 
attested  to  by  a  long-standing  waiting  list  of  colleges  and  univer- 
sities applying  for  establishment  of  ROTC  units. 
The  ROTC  from  1936  to  1943 

In  March,  1936,  Captain  W.  W.  Ford,  Field  Artillery  (FA), 
US  Army,  arrived  at  Eastern  as  head  of  the  new  ROTC  Field  Ar- 
tillery Unit.  He  began  preparations  for  installing  a  Field  Artillery 
unit  of  ROTC  at  Eastern  in  the  fall  of  1936.  Then  in  May,  1936,  the 
War  Department  detailed  Major  Christiancy  Pickett,  Field  Ar- 
tillery, US  Army,  as  the  officer  in  charge  of  the  new  Field  Artillery 
ROTC  unit  as  soon  as  he  returned  to  the  United  States  from  his 
assignment  of  foreign  service.  For  some  unknown  reason  Major 
Pickett  never  reached  Eastern.  About  this  time.  Major  Charles  W. 
Gallaher  was  assigned  as  a  member  of  the  Military  Staff,  and 
became  the  first  commander  of  the  ROTC  unit  when  training 
began  in  September,  1936. 

One  hundred  and  twenty-five  men  enrolled  in  the  newly 
established  Artillery  Unit  in  the  fall  of  1936.  The  students  of 
Eastern  and  the  people  of  Richmond  soon  received  a  good  look  at 
uniforms,  equipment  and  weapons  as  Battery  A,  the  prize  artillery 
battery  from  Fort  Harrison,  Indiana,  thrilled  a  crowd  of  spectators 
with  a  mock  battle,  on  the  farm  near  the  campus,  employing  ve- 
hicles, gas  masks,  machine  guns,  field  telephones  and  light  artillery 
pieces.  As  a  matter  of  fact  thirty  trucks  and  four  light  field  pieces 
took  part  in  the  demonstration,  which  was  intended  to  stimulate 
interest  in  military  training  at  Eastern.  The  first  public  appearance 
of  the  local  ROTC  unit  was  a  demonstration  at  the  College  home- 
coming game  in  October,  1936. 

On  October  19,  1936,  Major  Gallaher,  assisted  by  Captain  Ford 

169 


and  Captain  Eugene  M.  Link,  administered  examinations  to  fifty 
ROTC  students  in  order  to  appoint  student  sergeants,  corporals 
and  first  class  privates  (PFC's).  The  following  appointments  were 
made:  Battery  A,  First  Sergeant  (Battery  Commander),  H.  Fulker- 
son;  Right  Guide  Sergeant,  James  Stayton;  Left  Guide  Sergeant, 
John  Snodgrass;  Corporals,  T.  Benton,  J.  B.  McClanahan,  Hiram 
Brock,  Joseph  Greenwell,  Jack  Klein,  Gilbert  Estridge,  James 
Dykes,  H.  House  (Guidon  Carrier);  Privates  First  Class,  Ed  Eicher, 
J.  W.  Mullikin,  H.  Hughes,  J.  White,  and  L.  Cornn;  Battery  B, 
First  Sergeant  (Battery  Commander),  Leonard  Stafford;  Sergeants 
(Guides),  L.  Roth,  H.  Parker;  Corporals,  William  Grant,  Frank  H. 
Wilcox  Jr.,  R.  Francis,  H.  Wyrick,  W.  Forbes,  Ralph  Pendery,  F. 
Edwards  (Guidon  Carrier),  Dick  Smith,  Dan  Denny,  John  Ar- 
buckle,  and  Ed  Downing;  Privates  First  Class,  H.  Short,  Glen  Nei- 
kerk,  M.  Noland,  James  Hart.  The  color  detail  consisted  of  cor- 
porals Paul  Congleton,  William  J.  Hagood,  (?)  Meyers,  and  Richard 
Brown. 

Late  in  October  of  1936  Major  Gallaher  announced  that  a  .22 
caliber  pistol  team  was  planned.  The  new  ROTC  unit  also  began 
making  plans  for  a  new  distinctive  insignia  to  be  worn  by  the 
cadets.  The  aid  of  the  Art  Department  of  the  College  was  en- 
listed. The  insignia  would  have  to  be  accepted  by  Major  Gallaher 
and  his  staff  and  then  by  the  War  Department  at  Washington. 
Late  in  March,  1937,  the  Military  Unit  received  approval  for  its 
insignia.  It  consisted  of  a  design  depicting  Daniel  Boone  stand- 
ing at  the  foothills  of  the  Cumberland  Mountains  in  maroon  and 
a  shield  of  white.  This  new  insignia  was  to  be  worn  on  the  left 
shoulder  of  the  uniform. 

The  Eastern  Progress  of  January  15,  1937,  announced  the 
First  Annual  Military  Ball  to  be  held  in  the  small  gymnasium 
of  the  Health  Building  on  March  6th.  A  committee  consisting  of 
James  M.  Hart,  Chairman,  John  M.  Arbuckly,  Ralph  B.  Pendery, 
Leslie  G.  Roth,  Edward  Eicher,  Denham  Short,  and  Wallace  G. 
Forbes  was  selected  to  make  the  necessary  arrangements.  The 
decorations  were  to  be  in  military  style,  and  the  military  personnel 
would  attend  in  uniform.  The  dance  was  formal  for  those  not  wear- 
ing uniforms.  It  was  to  be  a  colorful  occasion  and  probably  the 
most  colorful  dance  given  on  the  campus  that  year. 

According  to  the  March  12,  1937,  issue  of  Eastern  Progress,  the 
dance  was  a  success.  The  music  was  furnished  by  Andy  Anderson 
and  his  orchestra.  Miss  Nancy  Covington  was  presented  as  "Queen 
of  the  First  Military  Ball'  and  Miss  Francis  Little  and  Miss  Bonnie 
Applegate,  her  attendants,  were  named  sponsors  of  Batteries  A 
and  B,  respectively. 

The  pistol  team  got  off  to  a  late  start,  due  to  the  delay  in 
establishing  a  range,  and  no  matches  were  scheduled  the  first 
year.  Captain  Ford,  coach  of  the  pistol  team,  said,  in  the  Eastern 
Progress  of  May  7,  1937,  that  the  average  marksmanship  of  its 
members  was  quite  high,  as  seven  cadets  had  qualified  as  "Expert" 
during  practice. 

170 


Late  in  May,  1937,  the  activities  of  the  ROTC  closed  for  the 
summer.  Major  Gallaher,  Capt.  Ford,  and  Privates  Davis,  Thomas, 
Wilson  and  Williams  went  to  Fort  Knox,  Kentucky,  where  they 
were  on  duty  with  the  ROTC  camp  from  July  17  to  August  28.  At 
this  camp  they  assisted  in  instructing  approximately  300  students 
from  Ohio  State  and  Purdue  Universities  who  had  completed  three 
years  of  Field  Artillery  ROTC  training  and  were  ready  for  prac- 
tical field  training  to  supplement  their  theoretical  classroom  work. 
The  first  contingent  from  Eastern  to  attend  this  camp  was  expected 
to  be  present  in  the  summer  of  1939. 

Captain  Link  spent  the  summer  on  duty  with  the  Civilian 
Military  Training  Corps  (CMTC)  at  Fort  Harrison,  Indiana.  Tech- 
nical Sergeant  Bentley  and  Private  Vernon  remained  on  the  cam- 
pus in  charge  of  the  government  property. 

A  six  day  road  march  was  made  by  the  ROTC  convoy  in 
September,  1937.  Captain  Ford  was  in  charge  of  the  convoy.  In 
addition  to  Captain  Ford  the  convoy  consisted  of  eleven  ROTC 
students  and  eight  enlisted  men  of  the  US  Army  in  nine  trucks. 
The  convoy  toured  Eastern  Kentucky  towns  demonstrating  equip- 
ment and  explaining  the  purpose  of  ROTC. 

The  Military  Science  Department  decided  that  last  year's 
officers  would  retain  their  ranking,  except  that  nine  promotions 
were  made.  The  new  promotions  were:  Master  Sergeant,  Richard 
L.  Brown;  Color  Sergeant,  Harvey  D.  House;  Sergeants,  John  W. 
Kalb,  and  John  Arbuckle;  Corporals,  Joe  K.  Allen,  Ernest  L.  Harris, 
and  Ernest  A.  Thomas;  Privates  first  class,  George  W.  Duer  and 
Fred  Marcum. 

The  Battalion  Sponsor  elected  for  the  school  year  1937-38  was 
Miss  Francis  Little  from  Newport,  Kentucky.  Miss  Garnett  Darnell 
and  Miss  Bonnie  Applegate  were  elected  sponsors  of  A  and  B  Bat- 
teries respectively.  The  second  annual  Military  Ball  was  held 
April  22,  with  Johnny  Lewis  and  twelve  piece  band  furnishing 
the  music.  Miss  Margaret  Hubbard  of  Ashland  was  elected  sponsor 
of  Battery  A  to  replace  Miss  Garnett  Darnell. 

The  ROTC  pistol  team  received  fourteen  challenges  during 
the  school  year  1937-38.  Captain  Ford  announced  that  shoulder- 
to-shoulder  pistol  matches  had  been  arranged  with  Xavier  at 
Cincinnati  on  March  12  and  Xavier  in  Richmond  on  March  26,  1938. 
The  initial  pistol  squad  consisted  of  Joe  K.  Allen,  Willis  P.  Belcher, 
Robert  F.  Blair,  Richard  L.  Brown,  Ernest  G.  Combs,  Charles  G. 
Fades,  Roy  W.  Farmer,  Harvey  D.  House,  Harvey  M.  Noland,  Dur- 
ward  Salisbury,  Jack  Weaver,  Frank  H.  Wilcox,  Jr.,  and  Walter 
Henry   (team  captain) . 

The  second  annual  ROTC  inspection  was  held  May  24,  1938. 
The  inspecting  officer  was  Colonel  T.  T.  Bernar,  FA,  of  the  Dis- 
trict Recruiting  Office  at  Cincinnati. 

In  the  fall  of  1938,  only  95  students  enrolled  in  ROTC.  Of  this 
number  twenty-two  were  selected  for  the  advanced  course.  They 
were:  William  E.  Adams,  Hiram  M.  Brock,  Jr.,  Richard  L.  Brown, 
F.  Donovan  Cooper,  Edward  P.  Downing,  Wallace  G.  Forbes,  James 

171 


T.  Hennessey,  Harvey  D.  House,  Raymond  J.  Hick,  Albert  L.  Mc- 
Carthy, Dale  L.  Morgan,  Robert  E.  Pittman,  Homer  W.  Ramsey, 
Leslie  G.  Roth,  Durward  E.  Salisbury,  Leonard  C.  Stafford,  John 
O.  Suter,  Virgil  W.  Taylor,  Coleman  Whitaker,  Frank  H.  Wilcox, 
Jr.,  Edwin  A.  Yelton,  and  Charles  S.  Wagers. 

In  October,  1938,  the  following  cadet  appointments  were  made: 
Wallace  Forbes,  major  to  command  the  Battalion  (He  had  the 
prize  winning  battery  for  two  previous  years);  Hiram  Brock  and 
Leonard  Stafford,  captains  to  command  Batteries  A  and  B,  respec- 
tively; Homer  Ramsey,  1st  Lieutenant  and  Adjutant;  Dale  Morgan 
and  Harvey  House,  1st  Lieutenants;  and  Clifford  Pittman,  2nd 
Lieutenant.  All  of  the  above  were  seniors.  The  following  appoint- 
ments were  juniors:  Cadet  Sergeants,  Frank  H.  Wilcox,  Jr.,  Ray- 
mond Huck,  Richard  L.  Brown,  Coleman  Whitaker,  Edward  Down- 
ing, Durward  Salisbury,  Albert  McCarthy,  Alan  Yelton,  John  Suter, 
Donovan  Cooper,  Virgil  Taylor,  James  Hennessey,  and  William 
Adams. 

Captain  Ford,  FA,  was  notified  in  1938  that  he  had  been 
selected  to  attend  the  Command  and  General  Staff  College,  Fort 
Leavenworth,  Kansas.  He  coached  the  pistol  team  again  this  year 
with  Richard  L.  Brown  as  team  captain.  Holdovers  from  last  year's 
team,  in  addition  to  Brown,  were  Frank  H.  Wilcox,  Jr.,  Charles 
Fades  and  Steve  Rich. 

Sponsors  for  the  units  and  the  Military  Ball  were  selected  in 
January,  1938.  Miss  Louise  Holman,  sophomore,  was  selected  as 
corps  sponsor  by  members  of  the  ROTC.  She  would  reign  as  Queen 
of  the  Military  Ball.  Miss  Lois  Eich,  Bellevue,  Kentucky,  a  junior 
was  elected  sponsor  of  Battery  A,  and  Miss  Eula  Mae  Nunney, 
sponsor  of  Battery  B. 

Major  Gallaher  was  designated  by  Major  General  Daniel  Van 
Norhis,  U.S.  Army,  Commanding  General  Fifth  Corps  Area,  as  the 
recruiting  officer  for  enlistments  in  the  Regular  Army  Reserve.  In 
turn  Major  Gallaher  designated  Captain  Ford,  a  Summary  Court 
Officer,  to  handle  applications.  Applicants  were  to  be  enlisted 
in  whatever  grade  they  held  in  the  Regular  Army.  The  reservists 
would  draw  $2.  per  month,  payable  every  four  months,  and  when 
ordered  to  active  duty  they  would  receive  an  additional  $3.  for 
each  month  in  the  reserve  but  not  to  exceed  $150. 

Leonard  C.  Stafford,  chairman,  announced  early  in  the  school 
year  1938-39  that  the  Military  Ball  would  be  held  March  4,  1939. 
The  music  was  to  be  furnished  by  Jamie  Thompson.  Miss  Louise 
Holman,  sponsor,  was  ill  and  missed  the  Military  Ball.  The  other 
two  attendants  presided.  Miss  Francis  Little,  Queen  of  1938,  made 
the  presentations. 

The  pistol  team  had  shoulder-to-shoulder  matches  with  Fort 
Knox  regular  army  enlisted  men  and  with  Xavier  University. 
Eastern's  pistol  team  defeated  Xavier  1275  to  1246.  High  for  Eastern 
was  Richard  Brown  with  a  score  of  275. 

Captain  Hugh  P.  Adams,  FA,  was  assigned  to  Eastern  to  re- 
place Capt.  Ford. 

172 


In  April  of  1939,  the  ROTC  cadet  officers  were  reorganized.  In 
a  special  order  Major  Gallaher  said:  "All  appointments  heretofore 
are  hereby  revoked.  The  following  appointments  are  announced 
effective  this  date:  Cadet  Major  Leslie  G.  Roth;  Cadet  Captains, 
Dale  L.  Morgan  and  Harvey  D.  House;  Cadet  1st  Lieutenants, 
Leonard  C.  Stafford,  Hiram  Brock  and  Wallace  Forbes;  Cadet  2nd 
Lieutenants,  Robert  Pittman  and  Homer  Ramsey;  Cadet  Sergeant 
Glen  Neikirk;  Cadet  Corporals,  John  Hughes  and  John  D.  Collin; 
and  Cadet  Pfc's,  Wallace  Brammel,  John  Chappell,  Walter  Mayor, 
and  Jasper  Hendren." 

The  Annual  ROTC  Inspection  was  held  on  Wednesday,  24  May 

1939.  It  included  checking  on  training,  instruction,  and  a  battalion 
parade.  The  inspection  was  conducted  by  Major  R.  G.  Mangum  of 
the  Louisville  Ordnance  Reserve  Corps  (ORC)  unit. 

The  final  parade  of  Eastern's  ROTC  was  held  Monday  after- 
noon May  29,  1939,  at  3:30  p.m.  Presentation  of  awards  and  tro- 
phies for  the  year's  achievements  were  made  at  this  time.  The  Elks' 
Club  Trophy,  first  awarded  in  the  spring  of  1937  and  won  at  that 
time  and  in  1938  by  Battery  B,  was  presented  to  the  best  drilled 
battery.  This  was  Battery  A  commanded  by  House.  Other  individual 
awards  and  trophies  were  made  at  this  time. 

In  the  fall  of  1939  the  ROTC  enrollment  hit  a  new  high  with 
a  total  of  180  students.  This  was  an  increase  of  45  over  the  pre- 
vious year.  Of  this  total,  96  were  freshmen.  Cadet  Lt.  Colonel 
Donovan  Cooper  was  announced  as  the  Cadet  Corps  Commander. 

The  fourth  annual  Military  Ball  was  held  on  Friday,  April  12, 

1940.  In  the  spring  of  1940  the  military  staff  was  composed  of  the 
following  officers:  Lt.  Col.  Charles  W.  Gallaher,  PMST;  Capt.  Eu- 
gene M.  Link,  Ass't  PMST,  and  Capt.  Hugh.  P.  Adams.  The  student 
staff  consisted  of  the  following  cadets:  Frank  H.  Wilcox,  Jr.,  Lt.  Col.; 
Richard  L.  Brown,  Major;  Raymond  Huck,  Captain;  James  T. 
Hennessey,  Adjutant;  Allen  Zaring  and  Edward  Gabbard,  Sgts.  for 
Colors.  The  Military  Ball  sponsor  was  Marian  Campbell. 

Eleven  ROTC  Cadets  were  commissioned  upon  graduation  as 
Second  Lieutenants  (reserve)  of  Field  Artillery  on  May  31,  1940. 
These  were  the  first  students  to  be  commissioned  at  Eastern  since 
the  ROTC  course  began  in  the  fall  of  1936.  They  were:  Richard 
Lee  Brown,  Frank  Donovan  Cooper,  Edward  Patrick  Downing, 
William  Eleana  Adams,  James  Thomas  Hennessey,  Raymond  J. 
Huck,  Albert  Lee  McCarthy,  John  A.  Suter,  Elbert  C.  Whitaker, 
Frank  Hurst  Wilcox,  Jr.,  and  Virgil  W.  Taylor.  Nine  of  these  re- 
serve officers  entered  upon  active  duty  inimediately  in  the  U.S. 
Army. 

The  ROTC  enrollment  in  the  fall  of  1940  was  the  largest  in 
five  years.  There  were  between  270  and  290  men  divided  into 
three  batteries,  staff,  color  guard,  and  ROTC  band.  The  cadet 
officers  for  that  fall  were,  Lt.  Col.  Ed  Gabbard,  Major  Allen  Zaring, 
and  Captains  Guy  Whitehead,  Walter  B.  Mayer,  James  Brock,  and 
James  Stayton.  First  Lieutenants  were  Charles  Perry,  James  Prater, 
John  O.  Rose,  and  Stephen  W.  Rich.  Second  Lieutenants  were  David 

173 


Minesinger,  James  W.  Stocker,  Prewitt  Paynter,  William  Petty, 
James  Williams  and  Hansford  Farris.  Miss  Marie  Hughes,  McKee, 
Kentucky,  was  elected  as  Battalion  Sponsor.  The  following  were 
the  battery  sponsors:  Miss  Helen  Hall,  Paint  Lick,  Kentucky,  Bat- 
tery A,  Miss  Theda  Dunavent,  Loyall,  Kentucky,  Battery  B,  and 
Miss  Mary  Stayton,  Dayton,  Ohio,  for  Battery  C. 

A  national  organization  known  as  Phalanx  was  installed  at 
Eastern  in  1940.  The  University  of  Illinois  sent  a  team  down  to 
install  the  Phalanx  Officers.  These  visitors  were  Alvin  Mavis,  Na- 
tional Commander;  Gerald  Sammons,  National  Lieutenant  Com- 
mander of  Alphae  Marae.  The  officers  and  members  of  Eto  Morae 
chapter  at  Eastern  were:  Zebrum  S.  Dickerson,  Commander;  Harold 
Hall,  Lt.  Commander;  Dave  Minesinger,  Warden-Historian;  and 
Bud  Petty,  Finance  Officer.  Other  members  were  James  Williams, 
Prewitt  Paynter,  John  Tollner,  Charles  Floyd,  Lawrence  Hay, 
Lawrence  Kelly,  William  Stocker,  Braxton  Duvall,  Harold  Win- 
burn,  Edward  Gabbard,  and  James  Brock.  Major  Hugh  P.  Adams 
acted  as  faculty  advisor. 

In  April  of  1941  Eastern's  pistol  team  defeated  Xavier's  by  40 
points  in  shoulder-to-shoulder  match.  The  score  was  1261  to  1221. 
Yeager  and  Paynter  tied  for  high  score  with  256  points  each.  This 
was  the  third  defeat  suffered  by  Xavier  at  the  hands  of  Eastern. 

The  Commander  of  the  ROTC,  Major  Hugh  P.  Adams,  was 
replaced  by  Col.  John  R.  Starkey,  who  was  previously  at  Fort 
Bragg,  North  Carolina. 

The  ROTC  saw  the  Derby  as  guests  of  Churchill  Downs  on 
Saturday,  May  3,  1941.  The  two-hundred  and  forty  cadets  and 
officers  held  the  crowd  in  order  as  ushers.  The  Corps  left  the 
campus  at  2  a.m.  on  Saturday,  May  3,  and  returned  at  4:30  a.m. 
Sunday,  May  4,  1941. 

Cadet  Harold  Hall  was  a  delegate  of  Phalanx  at  a  convention 
held  at  Omaha,  Nebraska.  The  banquet  speaker  was  Major  Gen- 
erl  Strong,  Commander  Seventh  Corps  Area. 

In  the  middle  of  April,  1941,  Major  Adams  received  orders 
to  report  to  Pine  Camp,  N.  Y.  (Camp  Drum).  He  was  succeeded 
by  Colonel  John  R.  Starkey. 

There  were  ten  ROTC  cadets  who  received  commissions  in 
the  Organized  Reserve  Corps  at  commencement  in  June,  1941. 
Cadets  receiving  commissions  as  2nd  Lieutenants  in  the  Field 
Artillery  Reserve  were  James  C.  Brock,  Edward  Gabbard,  James 
H.  Prayter,  James  E.  Stayton,  Guy  Whitehead,  Walter  B.  Mayer, 
Charles  E.  Perry,  Stephen  W.  Rich,  John  O.  Rose,  and  Allen  Zaring. 
In  the  fall  of  1941  the  Military  Science  Department  announced 
the  following  senior  cadet  assignments  for  the  first  semester.  They 
were:  Battalion  Commander,  Lt.  Col.  David  Minesinger;  Battalion 
Executive  Officer,  Major  Hansford  Farris;  Battalion  Adjutant,  Cap- 
tain William  (Bud)  Petty;  Battalion  Staff,  2nd  Lieutenant  Charles 
Floyd  and  2nd  Lieutenant  Ralph  Darling.  The  officers  in  Battery 
A  were:  Captain  James  E.  Williams,  Commander;  Executive  Offi- 
cer, 1st  Lieutenant  Prewitt  Paynter;  1st  Platoon  Leader,  2nd  Lieu- 

174 


tenant  Lawrence  Hay;  and  2nd  Platoon  Leader,  Zebrum  S.  Dicker- 
son;  with  D.  T.  Ferrell,  Jr.  as  1st  Sergeant.  Battery  B  officers 
were:  Commanding  Officer,  Captain  James  W.  Stocker;  Executive 
Officer,  1st  Lieutenant  John  Tollner;  1st  Platoon  Leader,  2nd 
Lieutenant  Braxton  Duvall;  2nd  Platoon  Leader,  2nd  Lieutenant 
Harold  Hall;  and  1st  Sergeant,  Robert  Yeager.  Battery  C  officers 
were:  Battery  Commander,  Capt.  Kenneth  W.  Perry;  Executive 
Officer,  1st  Lieutenant  Fred  Darling;  1st  Platoon  Leader,  2nd 
Lieutenant  Harold  Winburn;  2nd  Platoon  Leader,  2nd  Lieutenant 
Lawrence  Kelly;  and  1st  Sergeant,  Walter  Kleinsteuber. 

Col.  Starkey,  Commanding  Officer  of  the  Military  Science 
Department,  announced  that  twelve  out  of  fifteen  ROTC  students 
at  Summer  Camp  at  Fort  Knox,  Kentucky,  were  given  ratings  of 
superior  or  excellent.  The  Eastern  students  who  attended  camp 
were  Fred  Darling,  Braxton  H.  Duvall,  Hansford  W.  Farris,  Harold 
M.  Hall,  Lawrence  W.  Kelley,  David  E.  Minesinger,  Prewitt  Payn- 
ter,  Kenneth  W.  Perry,  William  C.  Petty,  James  E.  Stayton,  James 
W.  Stocker,  John  D.  Tollner,  James  E.  Williams,  and  Harold  J. 
Winburn. 

The  ROTC  pistol  team  began  its  fifth  year  of  action  in  1941. 
Members  of  the  varsity  were  Charles  Floyd  (captain),  Prewitt 
Paynter  (treasurer),  Thomas  Lowe  (manager),  James  W.  Stocker, 
Paul  A.  Hounchell,  William  Barnett,  Rodney  Whitaker,  Jack 
Walker,  Robert  Yeager,  Roy  Kidd,  and  Billy  Mason. 

The  Progress  of  December  19,  1941,  stated  that  four  more 
ROTC  men  would  be  paid  for  services  in  the  Advanced  Course. 
They  were  McConnell,  Williams,  Haas,  and  Stafford.  These  juniors 
had  been  attending  ROTC  under  paragraph  20  without  any  expense 
to  the  government. 

Jimmy  James  band  from  Station  WLW  played  for  the  annual 
Military  Ball  on  January  16,  1942.  Miss  Jayne  Jones  was  the  Bat- 
talion Sponsor  and  was  crowned  queen.  Miss  Pauline  Snyder,  Miss 
LeManne  Miller,  and  Miss  Shirley  Kimball  were  attendants.  Hans- 
ford Farris  was  chairman  of  the  Military  Ball,  which  was  held  on 
the  night  of  January  16,  1942.  Some  popular  songs  that  were  no- 
breaks  were:  "Imagination,"  "Tonight  We  Love,"  "I  Know  Why," 
"Stardust,"  "I  Got  It  Bad,"  and  "All  The  Things  You  Are." 

In  February  1942,  Col.  Starkey  announced  new  rankings  in  a 
change  of  policy  in  the  ROTC.  Hansford  W.  Farris,  former  Major 
was  appointed  Lt.  Col.,  replacing  David  Minesinger,  who  was 
made  a  captain;  Cadet  Adjutant  William  Petit  was  made  Major, 
replacing  Farris.  James  E.  Williams,  Prewitt  Paynter,  David  E. 
Minesinger,  and  Kenneth  Perry  were  appointed  captains. 

The  ROTC  Summer  Camp  to  which  senior  members  of  the 
Advanced  Corps  had  gone  the  past  several  years  was  suspended 
until  six  months  after  the  close  of  the  war.  Secretary  of  War 
Henry  L.  Stimson  issued  the  decree  without  explanation,  late  in 
February,  1942. 

Eastern's  pistol  team  defeated  Ohio  State  University,  Saturday, 
February  14,   1942,  in  a  shoulder-to-shoulder  match   1253  to   1240. 

175 


The  top  five  men  for  Eastern  were  Floyd  with  256,  Paynter  253, 
Stocker  250,  Whitaker  249,  and  Kidd  247.  Late  in  March,  1942,  a 
triangle  shoulder-to-shoulder  pistol  match  was  held  between  East- 
ern, Xavier  and  the  University  of  Kentucky.  Eastern  won  with  a 
score  of  1218.  Xavier  had  1158  and  the  University  of  Kentucky, 
1138.  Capt.  Reeves  was  coach  of  the  team  this  year. 

In  April  of  1942  Eastern's  pistol  team  was  undefeated  in 
shoulder-to-shoulder  matches  with  Ohio  State  University  there; 
University  of  Kentucky  and  Xavier  University  here  and  there. 
The  pistol  team  was  composed  of  Hounchell,  Veage,  Paynter,  Floyd, 
Stocker,  Petty,  Mason,  Barnett,  Kidd,  Bradley,  Boyd,  Wayman, 
Whitaker,  Karr,  Read,  and  McKennon. 

Something  new  was  added  to  the  instruction  in  the  Military 
Science  Department.  The  innovation  was  in  the  form  of  a  girls' 
pistol  team.  Capt.  Reeves,  with  the  assistance  of  Bob  Yeager,  began 
training  this  team  on  April  15,  1942.  This  was  Eastern's  first  pistol 
team  for  girls.  It  was  composed  of  Leona  Price,  LaMonne  Miller, 
Mary  Stayton,  Jean  Lucas,  Mary  Gratzer,  Jean  Todd,  Sally  Hervey, 
Betty  Carmen,  Jean  Anthony,  Blanche  Trivette,  Jackie  Orr,  Evelyn 
Hunt  and  Grace  Waite. 

The  final  Corps  Day  was  held  on  May  29  and  June  1,  1942.  On 
May  29,  1942,  at  the  Field  Inspection,  the  following  thirteen  men 
received  their  Second  Lieutenant  Commissions  in  the  Field  Ar- 
tillery Reserve.  They  were  William  C.  Petty,  James  Williams,  David 
Minesinger,  Prewitt  Paynter,  Harold  Hall,  William  Stocker,  Hans- 
ford Farris,  and  Lawrence  Kelly.  They  reported  to  Fort  Bragg, 
North  Carolina  for  active  duty  on  June  6,  1942.  The  following 
cadets  were  called  to  active  duty  as  2nd  Lieutenants  in  Field  Ar- 
tillery Reserve  in  August  at  completion  of  their  college  work.  They 
were  Harold  Winburn,  Fred  Darling,  Braxton  Duvall,  Kenneth 
Perry  and  John  Tollner. 

Three  ROTC  students,  Zebrum  S.  Dickerson,  Ralph  Darling, 
and  Charles  Floyd,  were  not  commissioned  until  after  they  com- 
pleted the  Summer  Camp.  At  this  time  fourteen  men  were  se- 
lected for  the  Advanced  ROTC  course  beginning  in  the  fall  of 
1942.  They  were  Gail  Roberts,  Billy  Brashear,  Jack  Loper,  Jerry 
Keuper,  Paul  Frey,  Edsel  Mountz,  Lawrence  Carlson,  Malcolm 
Eads,  Lewis  Power,  Ballard  J.  Yelton,  Argyle  Lowe,  Willard  Kelly, 
Orval  Sayer,  and  Robert  Burch.  Lt.  Col.  Westman  of  Fort  Ben- 
jamin J.  Harrison,  the  National  Inspector  for  the  U.S.  Army,  in- 
formed Col.  Starkey  that  Eastern  received  excellent  (highest  score 
possible)  in  the  annual  inspection  held  May  29,  1942. 

Individual  awards  made  on  the  Final  Corps  Day  of  1942  were 
as  follows:  Walter  Heneke  was  Presented  Field  Artillery  Medal  as 
the  outstanding  member  of  the  Junior  Advanced  Course.  Robert 
Yeager,  also  a  junior,  won  the  expert  gunner's  medal  as  the  highest 
in  ROTC.  Ballard  Yelton  won  the  highest  rating  in  the  first  class 
gunnery  test.  Joe  Hays,  a  freshman,  won  the  second  class  artillery 
medal.  At  this  same  ceremony  Phalanx  awarded  Wallace  Vernon 

176 


Smith  a  medal  as  best  Freshman  in  the  Corps.  The  best  sophomore 
award  went  to  Thomas  Argyle  Lowe. 

In  June,  1942,  the  War  Department  announced  that  Eastern 
would  have  an  Enlisted  Reserve  Corps  for  men.  By  joining  the 
ERC  they  would  get  deferred  active  service  until  they  finished 
college.  In  the  fall  of  1942  the  Military  Science  Department  named 
the  following  ROTC  cadets  as  cadet  officers  for  the  fall  quarter: 
Lt.  Col.  Wallace  Heucke,  Battalion  Commander;  Major  Carl  Risch, 
Executive  Officer;  Captain  D.  T.  Ferrell,  Jr.  Adjutant;  Staff  Offi- 
cers, 1st  Lt.  John  Conner  and  2nd  Lt.  William  Downing;  Battery  A 
Commanding  Officer,  Paul  Hounchell;  Executive  Officer,  Claude 
Rawlins;  First  Sergeant,  Bill  Barnett;  Platoon  Leaders,  Mason  and 
McConnell.  The  officers  for  Battery  B  were:  Commanding  Officer, 
Henry  Flynn;  Executive  Officer,  Claude  Williams;  1st  Sergeant, 
William  Burger;  Platoon  Leaders,  Thomas  B.  Wilson  and  Joe 
Siphers.  The  officers  for  Battery  C  were:  Commanding  Officer, 
Robert  Yeager;  Executive,  Earl  Stafford;  1st  Sergeant,  Bert  Ras- 
nick;  Platoon  Leaders,  Walter  Kleinstuber  and  Francis  Hass. 

Captain  Reeves,  US  Army,  was  transferred  to  Fort  Bragg, 
North  Carolina.  He  was  replaced  by  Lt.  Guy  Whitehead.  Lt.  White- 
head was  a  member  of  the  class  of  '41  at  Eastern  and  received  his 
commission  here.  Thus  for  the  first  time  the  military  staff  included 
a  graduate  of  Eastern's  own  ROTC  unit. 

The  Eastern  Progress  of  October  16,  1942,  listed  the  four  spon- 
sors for  the  Military  Ball  to  be  held  on  November  4,  1942.  They 
were:  Battalion  Sponsor,  Miss  Carolyn  Miller;  Battery  A,  Miss  Ann 
Gately;  Battery  B.  Miss  Mae  Fawnbush  and  Battery  C,  Miss  Mar- 
jorie  Crites. 

Period  1943-1945 

In  January  of  1943  the  ROTC  received  four  105mm  Howitzers 
to  replace  the  four  75's  on  hand.  Col.  Starkey,  PMST,  said  these 
were  needed  for  modern  warfare. 

It  was  announced  in  February  1943  that  the  Army  Enlisted 
Reserve  Corps  would  be  called  to  active  duty  at  the  end  of  the 
quarter  beginning  after  December  31,  1942.  In  other  words,  it  was 
expected  that  they  would  be  called  within  two  weeks  after  the 
end  of  the  quarter,  which  was  March  20,  1943.  President  W.  F. 
O'Donnell  posted  a  copy  of  the  telegram  indicating  the  Military 
Staff,  in  the  spring  of  1943,  would  consist  of  Colonel  John  R.  Star- 
key,  PMST,  Captain  Earl  T.  Noble,  Assistant  PMST;  and  Lt.  Guy 
Whitehead,  Assistant  PMST.  The  cadet  staff  were  Walter  Heucke, 
Lt.  Col.;  Earl  J.  Risch,  Major;  D.  T.  Ferrell,  Jr.,  Captain;  and  John 
Conner  and  Mike  Downing,  Lieutenants. 

The  Eastern  Progress  of  March  16,  1943,  announced  that  eleven 
Eastern  ROTC  students  would  leave  soon  for  Fort  Sill,  Oklahoma. 
Upon  completion  of  a  thirteen  week  training  course  at  Fort  Sill 
they  would  be  commissioned  as  2nd  Lieutenants  in  Field  Artillery. 
They  were  Claude  Rawlings,  Earl  Stafford,  Paul  Hounchell,  Roy 
Dawn,  Blanton  Wilson,  Edgar  Adams,  Bill  Buerger,  Claude  Wil- 
liams, Robert  Yeager,  Francis  Hass,  and  James  Morehead.  They 

177 


were  the  seniors  who  had  not  attended  a  summer  camp  the  pre- 
vious summer. 

In  October,  1943,  ten  ROTC  juniors  who  had  been  called  to 
active  duty  as  privates  in  the  ERC  were  returned  to  Eastern  for 
further  college  training  before  going  to  Fort  Sill,  Oklahoma,  Offi- 
cer Candidate  School.  They  were  Billy  Brashear,  Earl  Gibson, 
Elmer  Graham,  Lloyd  Hudnall,  Jerome  Keuper,  Thomas  Lowe, 
Edsel  Mountz,  Louis  A.  Powers,  Ben  L.  Sanders,  and  Gilbert  Wil- 
son. The  officer  Staff  of  the  ASTP  and  ROTC  units  at  Eastern  at 
that  time  consisted  of  Col.  Starkey,  Capt.  Noble,  1st  Lt.  Guy  White- 
head, 1st  Lt.  Funchis,  and  2nd  Lt.'s  Adler,  Allen  and  Lund. 

The  Military  Ball  for  the  1943-44  school  year  was  held  Nov. 
24,  1943.  About  this  same  time  Eastern  received  word  that  nine 
former  ROTC  students  were  commissioned  at  Fort  Sill,  Oklahoma, 
on  November  18,  1943.  They  were  Joe  Siphers,  Carl  Risch,  Billy 
Mason,  Gayle  McConnell,  Walter  Kleinsteuber,  D.  T.  Ferrell,  Henry 
Flynn,  John  Conner,  and  Bill  E.  Barnett. 

The  Eastern  Progress  for  January  28,  1944,  announced  that 
Col.  Starkey  would  retire  on  April  30,  1944,  after  42  years  con- 
tinuous service.  He  entered  West  Point  in  1901.  In  March,  1944, 
Major  Robert  W.  Meier  was  assigned  as  his  successor. 

In  February,  1944,  the  WAC  (Women's  Army  Corps)  school 
was  discontinued,  and  March  9,  1944,  the  ASTP  (The  Army  Spe- 
cialized Training  Corps)  was  disbanded.  The  latter  program  had 
begun  at  Eastern  on  September  13,  1943. 

By  the  middle  of  April,  1944,  word  was  received  that  Corporal 
Ben  L.  Sanders  had  been  commissioned  at  Fort  Sill,  Oklahoma. 
On  May  31,  1944  the  Eastern  Progress  announced  that  Captain 
Noble  would  report  to  Western  Reserve  University,  Cleveland, 
Ohio,  for  ASTP  duty.  He  came  to  Eastern  on  August  1,  1940,  and 
had  been  commanding  officer  of  the  ROTC — ASTP  since  April,  1944. 

Period  1945-1950 

In  January,  1946,  Eastern  offered  Advanced  ROTC  courses  to 
eligible  students.  Lt.  Joe  Gafford  of  Louisville  was  temporarily 
assigned  to  Eastern  in  charge  of  the  unit.  The  Advanced  Course 
began  with  the  January  quarter  (winter)  of  1946,  and  the  following 
February  Lt.  Col.  John  O.  Taylor  was  assigned  to  Eastern  as  the 
PMST. 

On  April  17,  1946,  the  Easteryi  Progress  announced  that  the 
eighth  Annual  Military  Ball  had  been  postponed  from  April  19, 
until  April  25,  1946.  This  was  the  first  Military  Ball  to  be  held 
at  Eastern  since  November,  1943.  The  Queen  was  to  be  selected 
from  the  following  sponsors:  Doris  Johns,  Battalion;  Marie  Riberd, 
Battery  A;  Irene  Rader,  Battery  B;  Rosemary  Bruner,  Battery  C; 
and  Dorothy  Fades,  Basic  Class. 

The  cadet  staff  for  the  1945-46  school  year  consisted  of  Lt. 
Col.  Claude  Craft,  Battalion  Commander;  Major  Jay  Orr,  S-3; 
Major  John  Collins,  Executive  Officer;  Captain  Clifton  R.  Smith, 
Liaison  Officer;  Captain  John  Benedict,  Adjutant  S-1.  In  November, 
1946,  Major  Frank  E.  Willard,  PMST  of  the  ROTC,  reported  91 

178 


students  enrolled  in  the  Advanced  Course.  The  ROTC  received 
at  this  time  one  155mm  howitzer  and  two  105mm  howitzers,  as 
artillery  weapons. 

In  January,  1947,  Major  Frank  E.  Willard  appointed  the  fol- 
lowing cadet  officers:  John  Collins,  Battalion  Commander;  Jay  Orr, 
Battalion  Executive  Officers;  Ted  Benedict,  Battalion  S-3;  Ward 
C.  Hodge,  Battery  Commander  of  A  Battery;  and  Wallace  V.  Smith, 
Battery  Commander  of  B  Battery.  Later  that  month  the  ROTC 
announced  that  the  Summer  Camp  would  start  in  June  at  Fort 
Campbell,  Kentucky.  Miss  Mildred  Estes  was  elected  Queen  of 
the  Military  Ball  held  April  11,  1947. 

The  Final  Review  was  held  on  May  24,  1947  in  the  Stadium. 
Persons  receiving  the  review  were  as  follows:  Major  Willard, 
PMST;  Captain  Higgins,  Ass't  PMST;  President  O'Donnell  and  Mr. 
C.  D.  Oldham,  Secretary  Richmond  Board  of  Trade.  The  following 
cadets  were  commissioned  as  2nd  Lt's  in  the  Field  Artillery  Re- 
serve at  this  review:  Robert  I.  Goosens,  John  Collins,  Junior  B. 
Orr,  Ted  Benedict,  Denver  M.  Roy,  Victor  DeSimone,  Delmos  F. 
Freeman,  Clifton  R.  Smith,  Johnny  Benedict,  Charles  W.  Gray, 
Ward  C.  Hodge,  Wilburn  Cawood,  James  R.  Masters,  Burgoyne  G. 
Moores,  and  C.  Ted  Miller. 

In  October,  1947,  Colonel  William  Doughlas  Paschall  was 
named  Commanding  Officer  of  the  ROTC  to  replace  Major  Wil- 
lard. The  Eastern  Progress  for  January  16,  1948,  announced  that 
the  following  eleven  members  of  the  Advanced  ROTC  received 
commissions  as  2nd  Lt.  in  the  FA  Reserve  at  the  close  of  the  fall 
quarter:  William  J.  Aiken,  Clark  T.  Miller,  Earl  R.  Parker,  Arlie 
V.  Lincks,  Arthur  L.  Seesholtz,  Wilburn  Cawood,  Delmus  F.  Free- 
man, Raymond  Parson,  James  L.  Robinson,  James  F.  Hampton, 
James  R.  Masters. 

The  ROTC  held  a  review  in  the  middle  of  December,  1947,  for 
the  eleven  cadets  that  were  commissioned.  The  Review  was  re- 
ceived by  President  O'Donnell,  Col.  Paschall,  Major  Willard  and 
Lt.  Robert  H.  Allen.  In  November,  1947,  Col.  Paschall  stated  that 
87  students  had  enrolled  in  the  Advanced  ROTC  Course.  This  was 
the  largest  Advanced  Class  of  Field  Artillery  in  the  2nd  Army 
Area.  Late  in  January,  1948,  Col.  Paschall  named  sixteen  ROTC 
students  as  DMS's.  They  were  G.  E.  Becker,  Paul  R.  Bunton,  Alfred 
Clark,  Samuel  C.  Cockerham,  Donald  W.  Calvin,  Fred  Edmonds, 
Joseph  Fryz,  Roy  M.  Greenwall,  Miller  L.  Gregory,  Jr.,  William 
F.  Hacksorth,  James  L.  Hundemer,  Lemuel  G.  King,  Everett  Ray 
Moore,  Roscoe  Piganell,  and  Millard  F.  Reece. 

The  Annual  Military  Ball  was  held  Friday,  April  9,  1948,  in 
Walnut  Hall  from  9  P.M.  to  1  A.M.  Mrs.  Patria  Fair  Cullen,  a 
sophomore  of  Liberty,  Kentucky,  was  crowned  "Eastern's  Athena." 
She  reigned  from  a  throne  that  was  surrounded  by  a  display  of 
United  Nations  Flags.  Her  attendants  were:  Miss  Juanita  Sutton, 
Battalion  Sponsor,  who  was  accompanied  by  Cadet  Lt.  Col.  James 
L.  Hundemer;  Miss  Sue  Bailey,  Battery  A  sponsor,  accompanied 
by  Cadet  Major  George  Lem  King;  and  Miss  Rose  Mary  Bruner, 

179 


Battery  B  sponsor,  accompanied  by  Cadet  Major  Ray  Greenwell. 
The  Queen  was  crowned  by  Mrs.  Mildred  Estes  Brandenburg  who 
reigned  the  previous  year.  The  Grand  March  followed  the  corona- 
tion and  was  led  by  the  queen  and  her  escort.  Music  was  furnished 
by  Bob  Bleidt  and  his  fifteen  piece  orchestra. 

In  April  of  1948  Col.  Paschall  announced  that  applications 
would  be  accepted  for  Advanced  ROTC  that  would  begin  the  next 
fall. 

Eastern's  ROTC  received  its  annual  inspection  Tuesday  May 
4,  1948,  by  an  Inspection  Board  from  the  Second  Army,  composed 
of  Col.  Charles  S.  Johnson  as  president  and  four  other  officers. 

Early  in  June,  1948,  Col.  Paschall  announced  some  changes 
in  the  personnel  of  the  Military  Department  at  Eastern.  Major 
Willard  was  transferred  to  Fort  Knox,  Kentucky.  Major  David  M. 
Easterday  was  assigned  to  relieve  Major  Willard.  1st  Lt.  Robert 
H.  Allen,  Jr.,  CAC,  was  transferred  to  Fort  Knox,  Kentucky,  and 
was  replaced  by  Major  Willard  L.  Jones,  CAC. 

Eastern's  ROTC  unit  received  "Excellent"  rating  for  the  scho- 
lastic year  1947-48  on  its  annual  inspection. 

Following  are  the  ROTC  cadets  that  received  commissions 
as  2nd  Lt's  in  the  Reserve  on  May  29,  1948;  Ralph  Anders,  Carl  F. 
Bassham,  Gerald  E.  Becker,  Otis  Bundy,  Paul  R.  Burton,  Samuel 
C.  Corkerham,  Elmer  H.  Combs,  Herbert  W.  Condor,  Richard  A. 
Cullen,  Jr.,  Joseph  DeVita,  Joseph  M.  Fryz,  Henry  C.  Golbert,  Roy 
Greenwell,  Lawrence  Grimaldi,  Duane  Hayes,  James  L.  Hundermer, 
Edward  G.  Jones,  Lemuel  G.  King,  Marcus  D.  Lohr,  Charles  B. 
McCollum,  Everett  R.  Moore,  Paul  G.  Moore,  Morris  C.  Murphy, 
William  W.  Noland,  Lewis  W.  Perciful,  Rocco  Piganell,  William 
Pritchett,  Paul  V.  Ramsey,  Millard  F.  Ruce,  Roy  L.  Robbins,  Robert 
F.  Siphers,  Julius  C.  Sizemore,  Orville  E.  Taylor,  Richard  Taylor 
and  Luther  H.  Wren. 

At  the  Review  held  on  May  24,  1948,  Cadet  Lt.  Col.  John  Col- 
lins received  the  ROTC  medal  of  the  Sons  of  the  American  Revo- 
lution; the  Army  Commendation  Ribbon  was  awarded  to  John  W. 
Carpenter;  and  the  Bronze  Star  Medal  and  the  Good  Conduct 
Medal  were  awarded  to  Leonard  D.  Staley. 

Sergeant  Thurmond  H.  Bond  retired  in  October,  1948,  after 
twenty-one  years  in  the  Army.  He  had  been  with  the  ROTC  unit 
at  Eastern  since  1936,  except  for  one  year  at  Camp  Breckinridge, 
Kentucky.  Master  Sergeant  Charles  E.  Cantley,  who  had  come  in 
1946,  was  recalled  to  duty  as  a  Captain  and  assigned  to  the  101st 
Airborne  Division.  Master  Sergeant  Daniel  C.  Thomas  was  re- 
called to  active  duty  as  a  Major  and  also  went  to  the  101st  Air- 
borne Division.  He  was  on  his  second  tour  at  Eastern.  In  Decem- 
ber, 1948,  Col.  Paschall  announced  the  following  cadet  officer 
promotions:  Lt.  Colonel,  John  W.  Bussey;  Majors,  Archie  L.  Stam- 
per, Duane  Hayes,  Sidney  E.  Ormes,  and  Eugene  Karr.  On  May  6, 
1949,  he  stated  that  seven  ROTC  students  had  received  Regular 
Army  Commissions.  These  students  were:  John  W.  Bussey,  Herbert 
W.    Condor,    Duane    Hayes,    Lemuel    King,    Sidney    Ormes    Rocco 

180 


Pigonell  and  Roy  A.  Redmond.  In  January,  1949,  the  ROTC  rifle 
team  defeated  Toledo  University  1659  to  1651.  The  Military  Ball 
was  held  on  March  11,  1949,  at  9:00  P.M. 

The  ROTC  announced  that  thirteen  students  received  ORG 
Commissions  as  2nd  Lt's  in  Field  Artillery  at  the  Summer  Camp 
at  Fort  Bragg,  North  Carolina. 

The  following  cadets  were  commissioned  as  2nd  Lt's  Field 
Artillery  Reserve  in  the  summer  of  1949:  James  C.  Bevins,  Ray 
E.  Bingham,  John  W.  Bussey,  James  L.  Cottrell,  James  Franklin, 
Stephen  Helbec,  Carlos  B.  Hoskins,  Leonard  L.  Helton,  William  B. 
Huber,  Virgil  R.  Hudnall,  Edwin  R.  Jones,  Eugene  C.  Karr,  Joseph 
A.  Kirkpatrick,  Robert  S.  McHargue,  Rufus  J.  Miller,  Signey  E. 
Ormes,  Jr.,  Neal  A.  Parsons,  William  N.  Rankin,  Roy  A.  Redmond, 
Charles  H.  Robinson,  Middleton  K.  Ross,  Enoch  A.  Sergent,  Archie 
E.  Stamper  and  Clayton  Craft. 

Colonel  Paschall  announced  that  the  sponsors  for  the  ROTC 
for  the  year  1949-50  were:  Battalion,  Jenny  Lou  Eaves;  Battery  A, 
Patricia  Lackey;  Battery  B,  Jane  Garriott;  Battery  C,  Nell  Wilson. 
He  also  announced  the  following  cadet  appointments:  Battalion 
Commander,  Major  Glenn  Million;  Battery  A  Commander,  Captain 
Wallace  Hicks;  Battery  B  Commander,  Captain  Russell  Russo;  and 
Battery  C  Commander,  Captain  G.  R.  Sutton. 

Period  1950-1954 

The  annual  Military  Ball  was  held  Friday,  February  17,  1950, 
and  Jane  Garriott  was  crowned  Queen. 

The  following  cadets  were  commissioned  as  2nd  Lt's  in  the 
ORC  in  the  spring  of  1950.  They  were:  Eugene  C.  Asher,  Billy 
R.  Burchett,  Jack  D.  Billingsley,  Vernon  Burch,  Don  P.  Congleton, 
Shelby  L.  Davis,  Thomas  M.  Barner,  Charles  W.  Gray,  Wallace  A. 
Hicks,  Robert  D.  Ledford,  Louis  Manning,  Glenn  W.  Million,  George 
Pavlovich,  Russell  J.  Russo,  Alvis  P.  Rutherford,  Earl  Shaw,  Gervis 
R.  Sutton,  Roman  D.  Todoran,  Samuel  H.  Wilson  and  Edward  L. 
Zoretic. 

In  the  fall  of  1950  the  Cadet  Officers  for  the  ROTC  were  named. 
They  were:  Lt.  Col.  Frances  Rothwell,  Regimental  Commander; 
Major  George  Ruschell,  Executive  Officer;  Captain  Fred  Engle,  Jr., 
Adjutant;  and  Captain  Martin  Hughes  as  S-2.  The  First  Battalion 
Officers  were:  Major  Roy  Moores,  Commander;  Captain  Al  Rich, 
Executive  Officer;  1st  Lt.  Steve  Marcum,  Adjutant.  The  Second 
Battalion  Officers  were:  Major  Clinton  Kelton,  Commander;  Cap- 
tain Harold  Kittrell,  Executive  Officer;  1st  Lt.  Robert  Turner, 
Adjutant.  The  Battery  Officers  were:  Battery  A,  Captain  John 
Darman,  Commander;  Battery  B,  Captain  Tom  Prichard,  Com- 
mander; Battery  C,  Captain  Robert  Ruschell;  and  Battery  D,  Cap- 
tain Omar  Hacker. 

In  January  of  1951  the  ROTC  elected  the  sponsors.  They  were: 
Regimental  Sponsor,  Miss  Rachel  Johnson;  1st  Battalion,  Peggy 
Hinton;  2nd  Battalion,  Teresita  Bunag;  Battery  A,  Pat  Powers; 
Battery  B,  Janie  McCord;  Battery  C,  Martha  Smith;  and  Battery 
D,  Betty  Ann  Smith.  The  Military  Ball  was  held  March  9,  1951,  in 

181 


Walnut  Hall  of  the  Student  Union  Building.  Miss  Rachel  Johnson 
reigned  as  Queen  of  the  Ball. 

The  ROTC  graduation  ceremonies  were  held  in  Hanger  Stadium 
at  8  o'clock  Tuesday  Night,  May  22,  1951.  The  following  cadets 
were  commissioned  2nd  Lt's  Field  Artillery  in  the  ORG.  They 
were:  Oscar  J.  Brock,  Jr.,  Theodore  M.  Dunn,  John  D.  Dorman, 
Alfred  W.  Danson,  Frank  D.  Darling,  Fred  A.  Engle,  Jr.,  Omar 
Hacker,  Martin  Hughes,  Jr.,  Charles  R.  Helton,  Harold  L.  Kittrell, 
Jr.,  Thurston  W.  Kirby,  Leroy  Kinman,  Fred  C.  Kelly,  Grover  L. 
McGowan,  Roy  E.  Moores,  David  L.  Rush,  Francis  M.  Rothnell, 
Albert  P.  Rich,  Jr.,  Robert  A.  Ruschell,  George  J.  Ruschell,  Robert 
C.  Turner,  Paul  E.  Wilson.  At  the  end  of  Summer  Camp  in  1951 
the  following  cadets  were  commissioned:  Robert  F.  Bentley,  Clin- 
ton Helton,  Steve  B.  Marcum,  James  A.  Perry  and  Joe  G.  White. 

In  October  of  1951  Colonel  William  D.  Paschall  was  replaced 
as  PMST  by  Colonel  Stuart  L.  Cowles. 

The  ROTC  sponsors  were  elected  in  November,  1951.  They 
were:  Corps  Sponsor,  Miss  Shirley  Spires;  1st  Battalion,  Billie 
Jean  Engles;  2nd  Battalion,  Helen  Burke;  Battery  A,  Jimmie  Sue 
Bateman;  Battery  B,  Jamie  McCord;  Battery  C,  Ann  Gordon;  and 
Battery  D,  Pat  Powers.  The  Military  Ball  was  held  on  Friday 
night  March  21,  1952.  Miss  Shirley  Spires  was  crowned  Queen. 

The  ROTC  graduation  exercises  were  held  in  Hanger  Stadium 
at  8  P.M.  Thursday,  May  22,  1952.  Four  of  the  cadets  received 
commissions  as  2nd  Lt.  in  the  Regular  Army.  They  were  Robert 
E.  Robertson,  Clarence  L.  Heiss,  William  R.  Strong  and  Roy  D. 
Rogers.  Following  are  the  cadets  that  received  a  2nd  Lt.  Com- 
mission, Field  Artillery,  in  the  ORC:  William  C.  Buckley,  Kenneth 
I.  Becker,  William  R.  Burke,  Edwin  Branscum,  Martin  J.  Cunning- 
ham, Jr.,  Virgil  W.  Cook,  Roy  A.  Coy,  James  O.  Dudding,  Robert  W. 
Ester,  Brian  A.  Gibbs,  Billy  K.  Gordon,  Dorsey  E.  Harrell,  George 
H.  Hembree,  Jessie  C.  Holbrook,  Jr.,  Karl  W.  Jones,  Bobby  E. 
Jones,  Harold  H.  Jenkins,  Alton  H.  Kordenbrock,  Jr.,  Alex  Kola- 
kowske,  Jr.,  Egre  E.  Lexwallen,  William  B.  Lethgo,  Robert  H. 
Mason,  Elmo  Martin,  John  H.  McKinney,  Thomas  W.  Mayer,  John 
B.  Noland,  George  D.  Norton,  William  H.  Park,  James  T.  Prichard, 
Roy  D.  Rogers,  Joseph  L.  Rich,  Charles  R.  Richardson,  Robert  E. 
Robertson,  Herbert  B.  Sallee,  Basil  E.  Seale,  Harry  Scales,  Jr., 
Carlos  Singleton,  Jr.,  Robert  D.  Schockley,  Ray  H.  Stocker,  Guy  R. 
Strong,  William  R.  Strong,  Elmer  Tolson,  Richard  E.  Wilson,  Robert 
K.  Wiggins  and  Coleman  B.  Witt. 

The  following  cadet  ROTC  appointments  were  announced  by 
Col.  Cowles  in  October,  1952:  Corps  Commander,  Col.  Donald  L. 
Fields;  Executive  Officer,  Lt.  Col.  Robert  L.  Elder;  Adjutant,  Major 
William  Graynolds;  S-2,  Captain  John  H.  Delaney;  S-3,  Captain 
Ray  J.  Lindenfelzer;  and  S-4,  Captain  Michael  Margaritis.  First 
Battalion  officers  were:  Commander,  Lt.  Col.  Bill  E.  Searls,  and 
Major  Richard  Whittington,  Executive  Officer.  The  Second  Bat- 
talion officers  were:  Lt.  Col.  Harry  Elliott,  Commander,  and  Major 
Jimmy  Kirby,  Executive  Officer. 

182 


In  January,  1953,  it  was  announced  that  the  following  cadets 
would  receive  Regular  Army  commissions  upon  graduation.  These 
cadets  were:  Robert  L.  Elder,  Harry  L.  Elliott,  William  A.  Grey- 
nolds,  Karl  W.  Jones,  William  H.  Park,  Bill  E.  Searls  and  Richard 
H.  Whittington.  James  L.  Kirby  was  commissioned  as  a  2nd  Lt.  in 
Field  Artillery  Reserve  in  mid-year  of  1952-53. 

The  Military  Ball  for  this  school  year  was  held  March  27,  1953, 
and  Patricia  Rickey  was  crowned  Queen. 

Following  are  the  ROTC  cadets  that  were  commissioned  as 
2nd  Lt.  Field  Artillery,  in  the  ORG  in  the  spring  of  1953:  William 
E.  Adams,  Jack  C.  Bond,  John  H.  Delaney,  Jr.,  Robert  L.  Elder,  Jr., 
Harry  L.  Elliott,  Garl  J.  Eversole,  John  B.  Flanary,  Jr.,  Elbert  B. 
Fraley,  Gerwood  B.  Garavett,  William  A.  Greynolds,  Robert  L. 
Garrett,  Clarence  L.  Heiss,  Ray  J.  Lindenfelser,  Hubert  Lovett, 
Micheal  Margaritis,  Clay  P.  Moore,  Robert  J.  Pinson,  Charles  W. 
Schmitt,  Billie  E.  Searls,  Robert  A.  Spicer,  Archie  L.  Ware,  Jr., 
Richard  H.  Wittington,  Bob  R.  White,  and  Carl  E.  White.  Cadet 
Richard  T.  Lambert  was  not  commissioned  until  mid-year  1953-54. 

Colonel  Haydon  Y.  Grubbs,  a  native  of  Boyle  County,  Kentucky, 
arrived  in  July,  1953  and  assumed  his  duties  as  PMST.  He  succeeded 
Col.  Stuart  L.  Cowles,  who  retired  from  service  at  that  time. 

The  Military  Science  Department  of  Eastern  had  an  enrollment 
of  315  cadets  in  the  fall  of  1953.  Col.  Grubbs,  Professor  of  Military 
Science  and  Tactics,  announced  the  following  cadet  appointments: 
Corps  Commander,  Col.  Marion  F.  White;  Corps  Executive  Offi- 
cer, Lt.  Col.  Noland  Y.  Baldwin;  First  Battalion  Commander,  Lt. 
Col.  James  M.  Caudill,  Jr.;  Executive  Officer,  Major  Paul  R.  Rolph; 
Battery  A.  Commander,  Captain  Albert  R.  Perkins;  Battery  B  Com- 
mander, Capt.  Thomas  C.  Holbrook;  Battery  C  Commander,  Capt. 
Frank  R.  Nassida.  The  Second  Battalion  Commander  Officer  was 
Lt.  Col.  James  C.  Murphy;  Executive  Officer,  Major  Charles  J. 
Ginn;  Battery  D  Commander,  Capt.  Jesse  L.  Reed;  Battery  E  Com- 
mander, Capt.  Larry  H.  North;  Battery  F  Commander,  Capt.  Clar- 
ence M.  Noland. 

Period  1954-1956 

In  an  article  in  the  Richmond  Daily  Register  in  March,  1954, 
President  O'Donnell  announced  that  beginning  in  September,  1954, 
the  curriculum  of  the  Military  Science  Department  (ROTC)  would 
be  in  accordance  with  General  Military  Science  rather  than  Field 
Artillery.  The  seniors  in  ROTC  in  the  fall  of  1954  would  continue 
in  Field  Artillery  since  they  had  received  three  years  of  training 
in  it  already.  The  juniors,  sophomores,  and  freshmen  would  begin 
the  GMS  Program  in  the  fall  of  1954.  This  was  the  transition  period 
from  Field  Artillery  to  GMS. 

For  the  first  time  in  six  years  the  ROTC  Marksmanship  Trophy 
at  stake  annually  in  the  Eastern  and  Western  Rifle  Matches,  came 
back  to  hang  on  the  walls  of  the  Military  Science  Department  at 
Eastern.  Eastern  led  Western  in  both  phases  of  the  shoulder-to- 
shoulder  match.  High  man  for  the  match  was  Eastern's  Ray  G. 
Mclntyre,  who  totaled  363  in  the  first  half  and  361  in  the  second 

183 


half.  Sgt.  First  Class  Baylis  E.  Patterson  was  the  coach,  and  Major 
Robert  J.  McDonough  the  faculty  advisor.  The  other  four  high 
Eastern  marksmen  were:  William  L.  Vockery,  Ira  J.  Begley,  Ben 
F.  Hord,  and  Charles  E.  Brown. 

The  ROTC  held  its  16th  Annual  Military  Ball  Friday  night 
March  12,  1954,  in  Walnut  Hall  of  the  Student  Union  Building. 
Miss  Blanche  Rose  McCoun  reigned  as  Queen  of  the  Ball.  The 
receiving  line  consisted  of  Cadet  Col.  Marion  F.  White,  Cadet  Lt. 
Col.  Noland  Y.  Baldwin,  Miss  McCoun,  Col.  Grubbs,  Mrs.  Grubbs, 
President  O'Donnell,  Mrs.  O'Donnell,  Lt.  Col.  Alden  O.  Hatch,  Mrs. 
Hatch,  Dean  Emma  Y.  Case,  Major  McDonough  and  Mrs.  Mc- 
Donough. Music  for  the  dance  was  provided  by  Dave  Perry  and 
his  orchestra  from  9  PM  until  1  AM. 

The  Final  Review  and  Commissioning  of  25  ROTC  cadets  was 
held  in  Hanger  Stadium  at  8  PM,  Wednesday  May  24,  1954.  In 
addition  to  the  commissions,  awards  were  presented  to  deserving 
students.  Senior  students  who  received  commissions  as  Second 
Lieutenants  U.S.  Army  Reserve  were:  Noland  Y.  Baldwin,  Chester 
Bryant,  Robert  Buckley,  Fallen  Campbell,  James  Caudill,  Jr.,  Ron- 
ald Curry,  Howard  Haney,  Thomas  Holbrook,  Charles  W.  Miller, 
Robert  Mulcahy,  Frank  Nassida,  Lawrence  North,  Paul  R.  Rolph, 
Jr.,  Jack  Shell,  Calvin  Smith,  William  Smith,  Marion  White,  Stan- 
ton Young,  Henry  T.  Doty,  Charles  Ginn,  Fred  Hendricks,  Jesse 
McKinley,  James  Murphy,  Harry  Wilson,  and  Donald  C.  Little. 

All  the  Juniors  in  ROTC  attended  a  six-week  Summer  Camp 
in  the  summer  of  1954  at  Fort  Sill,  Oklahoma.  Col.  Grubbs,  PMST 
of  Eastern,  was  the  Deputy  Camp  Commander.  Lt  Col.  Hatch, 
Ass't  PMST,  was  the  Operations  and  Training  Officer  for  the 
Summer  Camp. 

Capt.  Ernest  H.  Morgan  was  assigned  to  Eastern  in  August, 
1954,  as  Assistant  PMST  to  succeed  Major  Robert  J.  McDonough, 
who  was  transferred  to  the  Far  East  Command. 

Major  General  George  W.  Smythe,  Second  Army  Deputy  Com- 
mander, visited  the  Reserve  Officer  Training  Corps  unit  at  Eastern 
on  Thursday  October  7,  1954. 

The  following  ten  ROTC  cadets  were  honored  in  a  formal  re- 
view in  Hanger  Stadium  on  the  morning  of  October  29,  1954,  by 
being  designated  as  Distinguished  Military  Students  by  Colonel 
Grubbs.  The  medals  were  awarded  by  President  O'Donnell.  The 
Cadets  honored  were:  Col.  Ronald  H.  Smiley,  Major  James  A. 
Snow,  Major  Jesse  A.  Keltner,  Major  Bladwin  L.  Brutscher,  Major 
Glenn  S.  Morris,  Major  Harold  J.  Frayel,  Capt.  Thomas  R.  Howell, 
Capt.  William  R.  Hensley,  Capt.  Robert  L.  Roby  and  Capt.  Harold 
L.  Johnson. 

Veterans  Day  was  observed  in  Richmond  on  Thursday  No- 
vember 11,  1954,  with  a  ceremony  on  the  Court  House  Square  at 
11  a.m.  Brief  talks  were  made  at  the  ceremony  by  Lt.  Col.  Hatch 
and  Lt.  Col.  N.  A.  Athanson,  Commander  of  Blue  Grass  Ordnance 
Depot. 

The  Corps  Sponsor  for  1954-55  was  Juliane  Weidekamp.  The 

184 


Battalion  Sponsors  were:  Janice  Burton,  1st  Battalion,  and  Car- 
lene  Babb,  2nd  Battalion.  The  Battery  Sponsors  were:  Barbara 
Ball,  Battery  A;  Doris  Edwards,  Battery  B;  Jane  Elder,  Battery  C; 
Mrs.  Wade  Brock,  Battery  D;  Jonny  Sue  Zookie,  Battery  E;  and 
Betty  Sue  Correll,  Battery  F. 

Seven  cadets  were  selected  for  Regular  Army  Commissions 
upon  graduation.  They  were:  Baldwin  L.  Brutscher,  James  A.  Snow, 
William  R.  Hensley,  Thomas  R.  Howell,  Glenn  S.  Morris,  Robert  L. 
Roby  and  Ronald  A.  Smiley. 

The  17th  annual  Military  Ball  was  held  from  9  a.m.  until  1  a.m. 
in  Walnut  Hall  Friday,  March  4,  1955.  Dave  Perry's  Orchestra 
provided  the  music. 

According  to  the  Eastern  Progress  of  March  18,  1955,  a  Persh- 
ing Rifle  Company  would  be  organized  at  Eastern  during  the  spring 
semester.  President  O'Donnell  approved  Col.  Grubb's  recommen- 
dation for  the  Company. 

Lt.  Col.  Hatch  attended  a  pre-camp  conference  for  the  ROTC 
Summer  Camp  at  Fort  Sill,  Oklahoma,  from  March  28  through 
April  1.  This  made  the  third  Summer  Camp  that  Col.  Hatch  had 
attended.  The  camp  for  the  students  was  held  from  June  25  until 
August  5,  1955. 

The  Eastern  ROTC  Rifle  Team  won  the  trophy  from  Western 
for  the  second  year  in  succession.  SFC  Ashcraft  was  the  coach, 
and  Capt.  E.  H.  Morgan  was  the  faculty  advisor  for  the  rifle  team. 
Ira  J.  Begley,  Jr.,  the  team  captain,  was  also  the  high  man 
for  the  match  with  a  total  score  of  718  out  of  possible  800  points. 
The  other  members  of  the  team  were:  Charles  E.  Brown,  William 
L.  Ball,  Paul  R.  McNees,  Ernest  C.  Halstead,  Melvin  E.  Northcutt, 
Larry  Vockery,  Ben  F.  Hord,  III,  Farris  D.  Rose  and  Robert  S. 
Schneider. 

Eastern's  rifle  team  lost  to  Xavier  980  to  869.  Although  East- 
ern lost,  Ira  J.  Begley  (Captain)  was  high  man  with  186  out  of  a 
possible  200  points. 

Lt.  Col.  Hatch  was  on  tour,  April  25  through  May  5,  1955, 
inspecting  college  and  university  ROTC  units  in  Ohio  and  West 
Virginia  for  their  annual  ROTC  inspection. 

The  new  Pershing  Rifle  Company  R-1  initiated  the  "patio" 
with  an  informal  dance  Saturday  May  7th.  David  Caylor's  combo 
provided  the  music — in  the  rear  of  the  Student  Union. 

Eastern's  crack  ROTC  Drill  Team  appeared  in  a  big  parade, 
Tuesday,  May  17,  1955,  in  Stanford,  Kentucky,  opening  the  march 
for  a  Recreation  Camp  to  raise  funds  for  the  development  of  a 
new  recreational  park  and  playground  in  Stanford. 

Eastern  State  College  ROTC  Seniors  were  presented  commis- 
sions as  2nd  Lieutenants  in  Artillery,  United  States  Army  Reserve 
in  a  special  ceremony  Monday,  May  23,  1955.  They  included  Gary 
L.  Arthur,  Ashland;  James  D.  Baker,  Ashland;  Rudy  G.  Bicknell, 
Panola;  William  T.  Bradford,  Ashland;  Baldwin  L.  Brutscher, 
Louisville;  James  C.  Burch,  Stamping  Ground;  James  E.  Caudill, 
West  Liberty;  Paul  H.  Clayton,  North  Middletown;  Paul  G.  Collins, 

185 


Mayslick;  Noel  E.  Cuff,  Richmond;  Robert  L.  Dezarn,  College  Hill; 
Franklin  D.  Elliston,  Louisville;  Harold  J.  Fraley,  Sandy  Hook; 
Bobby  G.  Gibbs,  Lothair;  Calmer  C.  Hayes,  Crab  Orchard;  William 
R.  Hensley,  Richmond;  Asa  L.  Hord,  Berea;  Thomas  R.  Howell, 
Loyall;  Harold  L.  Johnson,  Pikeville;  Oris  G.  Johnson,  Vallonia, 
Indiana;  Jesse  A.  Keltner,  Somerset;  Glen  S.  Morris,  Crab  Or- 
chard; Walker  M.  Park,  Union  City;  Ernest  E.  Rigrish,  Portsmouth, 
Ohio;  Robert  L.  Roby,  Shepardsville;  Bobby  L.  Rose,  Winston;  Ralph 
M.  Rutledge,  Ironton,  Ohio;  Ronald  H.  Smiley,  Prestonsburg;  James 
A.  Snow,  Sherman,  and  James  R.  Winn,  Greensburg.  This  was  the 
last  year  for  commissioning  officers  in  Artillery  to  the  exclusion 
of  all  other  branches  of  the  service. 

Beginning  in  1956  the  cadets  would  be  commissioned  in  almost 
every  branch  of  the  Army. 

Col.  Grubbs  retired  from  active  duty  July  31,  1955  and  moved 
to  Florida  to  spend  his  retirement. 

Thirty-one  Eastern  Junior  ROTC  students  attended  a  General 
Military  Science  Camp  at  Fort  Campbell,  Kentucky,  from  June 
25  to  August  5,  1955.  This  was  the  second  year  that  Eastern  cadets 
had  attended  camp  at  Ft.  Campbell,  Kentucky.  Lt.  Col.  Hatch 
was  the  S-3  (training  officer)  for  the  Field  Artillery  ROTC  Sum- 
mer Camp  at  Ft.  Sill,  Oklahoma,  for  the  second  year  in  succession. 
M/Sgt  Dills  A.  Christian  served  as  an  administrative  noncom- 
missioned officer  at  the  Transportation  Corps  ROTC  Summer  Camp 
at  Ft.  Eustis,  Va.  Capt.  Ernest  H.  Morgan,  SFC  Paul  R.  Huber  and 
SRC  Victor  E.  Ashcraft  had  duties  as  instructor  and  assistant  in- 
structors for  the  General  Military  Science  ROTC  Summer  Camp  at 
Ft.  Campbell,  Kentucky.  The  Junior  ROTC  Students  from  2nd  Army 
Area  attended  this  camp.  This  included  the  students  from  Eastern. 

Capt.  Paul  E.  Myers,  a  member  of  the  armored  branch  of  the 
Army,  was  assigned  to  Eastern  as  Assistant  PMST  in  August,  1955. 
Capt.  Myers  is  a  graduate  of  the  University  of  Illinois.  He  was 
commissioned  Major,  July  10,   1956. 

Lt.  Col.  Hatch  returned  early  from  Ft.  Sill  in  order  to  assume 
command  of  the  ROTC  unit  at  Eastern  as  the  Professor  of  Military 
Science  and  Tactics,  succeeding  Col.  Grubbs,  who  had  retired. 
Eastern  won  ninth  place  in  the  overall  standing  of  twenty-nine 
colleges  represented  at  the  ROTC  Summer  Camp  at  Ft.  Campbell, 
Kentucky,  in  the  summer  of  1955.  This  ranking  was  second  in 
Kentucky  only  to  the  University  of  Kentucky,  which  ranked  second 
of  the  twenty-nine.  Western  and  Murray  ranked  fifteenth  and 
sixteenth. 

Four  members  of  Company  R,  1st  Regiment,  Eastern's  Pershing 
Rifles  unit,  attended  the  annual  Regimental  Assembly  on  October 
1st  at  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio.  The  delegation  from 
Eastern  comprised  David  Florence,  Company  Commander;  Hubert 
Ramey,  S-1;  Billy  Carrier,  S-2;  and  Alden  E.  Hatch,  First  Sergeant. 

Twenty-five  old  members  returned  to  the  Pershing  Rifles  in 
the  fall  of  1955.  The  unit  pledged  fifty  new  members.  The  offi- 
cers elected  in  May  of  1955  held  office  until  May  1956.     They  were: 

186 


Capt.  David  L.  Florence,  Commanding  Officer;  1st  Lt.  Stanley  G. 
Bonta,  Executive  Officer;  2nd  Lt.  Billy  Carrier,  S-2;  2nd  Lt.  William 
L.  Vockery,  S-3;  2nd  Lt.  Jerry  E.  Judy,  S-4;  2nd  Lt.  Melvin  E.  North- 
cutt,  PIO;  1st  Lt.  James  T.  Ivwin,  Pledge  Officer;  1st  Lt.  Homer 
Ransdell,  Finance  Officer  and  Alden  E.  Hatch,  First  Sergeant. 

Cadet  Corps  Officers  for  the  college  year  1955-56  were  as  fol- 
lows: Colonel  Ronald  L.  Coffman,  Commanding  Officer;  Lt.  Col. 
Robert  S.  Schneider,  Executive  Officer;  Major  Farris  D.  Rose,  Ad- 
jutant; Capt.  David  R.  Senn,  S-2;  Major  Hubert  D.  Ramey,  S-3; 
Capt.  Thomas  McElfresh,  S-4;  and  Capt.  Lowell  C.  Sallee,,  Liaison 
Officer.  The  First  Battalion  Officers  were:  Lt.  Col.  Robert  G. 
Zweigart,  Commanding  Officer;  Major  Homer  Ransdell,  Executive 
Officer;  Capt.  Jerry  E.  Judy,  Adjutant;  Capt.  Wallace  R.  Napier, 
S-2;  Major  David  L.  Florence,  S-3;  Capt.  William  R.  Murphy,  S-4; 
Company  A,  Capt.  Jack  Adams,  Commanding;  1st  Lt.  William  L. 
Ball,  Executive  Officer;  Company  B,  Capt.  Ben  F.  Hord,  IH,  Com- 
manding, 1st  Lt.  Ira  J.  Begley,  Executive  Officer;  Company  C,  Capt. 
William  H.  Baldwin,  Commanding,  1st  Lt.  Paul  R.  McNees,  Execu- 
tive Officer.  The  Second  Battalion  was  composed  of:  Lt.  Col. 
James  T.  Irwin,  Commanding  Officer;  Major  Melvin  E.  Northcutt, 
Executive  Officer;  Captain  Robert  D.  McWhorter,  Adjutant;  1st 
Lt.  Charles  E.  Brown,  Executive  Officer;  Company  E,  Capt.  Donald 
R.  Feltner,  Commanding;  1st  Lt.  Robert  A.  Kolakowski,  Executive 
Officer;  Company  F,  Capt.  Ronald  G.  Pellegrinon,  Commanding; 
1st  Lt.  James  R.  Fleenor,  Executive  Officer. 

SFC  Paul  R.  Huber,  an  assistant  instructor  in  ROTC,  left  in 
October  for  the  259th  Field  Artillery  Battalion  in  Gonsenheim, 
Germany.  He  had  been  at  Eastern  since  September  19,  1952.  He 
helped  establish  the  Pershing  Rifles  unit  at  Eastern  and  advised 
the  drill  team  for  three  years. 

ROTC  sponsors  for  the  school  year  1955-56  were  elected  in 
October,  1955.  They  were:  Mrs.  Virginia  Fannin  Baldwin,  Ashland, 
Corps  Sponsor;  Janice  Campbell,  Corbin,  First  Battalion  Sponsor; 
Barbara  Ball,  Harlan,  Second  Battalion  Sponsor;  Doris  Everman, 
Ashland,  Company  A;  Johnnie  Sue  Zookie,  Fonde,  Company  B; 
Carlene  Willoughy,  Hazard,  Company  C;  Betty  Hurst,  Stanton, 
Company  D;  Penny  Scott,  Somerset,  Company  E;  Janice  McClure, 
Whitesburg,  Company  F.  Company  R-1  Pershing  Rifles  Sponsor 
was  Miss  Charlene  Akers,  who  was  their  first  sponsor. 

Sixteen  ROTC  Cadets  were  honored  as  Distinguished  Military 
Students  on  Friday,  October  28,  1955,  for  their  demonstration  of 
qualities  of  military  leadership,  moral  character,  aptitude  for  mili- 
tary service  and  excellence  in  scholastic  accomplishments.  They 
were  awarded  medals  by  Lt.  Col.  Hatch,  PMST.  Following  is  a 
list  of  the  men  honored  by  cadet  rank:  Colonel  Ronald  L.  Coffman, 
Lt.  Col.  Rosert  S.  Schneider,  Lt.  Col.  Robert  G.  Zweigart,  Lt.  Col. 
James  T.  Irwin,  Major  Farris  D.  Rose,  Major  Hubert  D.  Ramey, 
Major  Homer  Ransdell,  Major  Melvin  E.  Northcutt,  Major  David 
L.  Florence,  Major  Roger  L.  Alexander,  Captain  Jack  L.  Adams, 
Captain  Ronald  G.  Pellegrion,  Captain  David  F,  Senn,  Captain  Na- 

187 


than  T.  McElfresh,  Captain  William  R.  Murphy,  and  Captain  John 
L.  Zimmerman. 

Lt.  Col.  Hatch,  PMST,  delivered  the  principle  address  at  the 
Veterans  Day  Rites  on  Friday,  November  11,  1955,  on  the  steps  of 
the   local  courthouse. 

The  annual  conference  for  PMST's  in  Second  Army  Area  was 
held  at  Ft.  Meade,  Maryland,  on  November  28-29,  1955.  Lt.  Col. 
Hatch,  PMST,  at  Eastern,  attended.  Lt.  Gen  Floyd  L.  Parks,  Second 
Army  Commander,  welcomed  the  conferees,  who  were  addressed 
by  top  members  of  the  ROTC  program. 

The  Pershing  Rifle  Drill  Team  marched  in  the  Inaugural 
parade  of  Governor  Elect  A.  B.  "Happy"  Chandler  on  Tuesday, 
December  13,  1955,  at  Frankfort. 

Eight  cadet  officers  in  the  ROTC  were  notified  by  the  Depart- 
ment of  Army,  of  their  acceptance  for  permanent  appointment  as 
commissioned  officers  in  the  Regular  Army.  They  were:  Ronald  L. 
Coffman,  Artillery;  Robert  S.  Schneider,  Artillery;  Jack  L.  Adams, 
Quartermaster  Corps;  Ronald  G.  Pellegrinon,  Artillery;  David  L. 
Florence,  Artillery;  James  T.  Irwin,  Finance  Corps;  Harold  J. 
Fraley,  Infantry;  and  Hubert  D.  Ramey,  Finance  Corps. 

Eastern  Kentucky  State  College  had  one  of  the  tallest,  if  not 
the  tallest.  Color  Guard  anywhere — twenty-six  feet.  The  shortest 
member  was  six  feet  four  inches  tall.  It  was  composed  of:  Cadet 
Corporals  Paul  B.  Sears,  Virgil  H.  Butler,  Clayton  Stivers,  and 
James  E.  Kiser.  According  to  Lt.  Col.  Hatch,  Eastern's  PMST, 
Coach  Paul  McBrayer  already  had  them  on  Eastern's  Basket- 
ball Team. 

The  ROTC  Rifle  Team  won  a  shoulder-to-shoulder  match  over 
Xavier  by  three  points,  1370  to  1367  in  Cincinnati.  High  man  was 
Robert  S.  Schneider  with  281  points. 

Lowell  C.  Salle  was  commissioned  on  January,  1956,  2nd  Lt. 
Field  Artillery  Reserve. 

In  February,  1956  the  Eastern  ROTC  Department  under  the 
guiding  hand  of  Lt.  Col.  Hatch,  with  the  approval  of  President 
O'Donnell,  began  formulating  a  plan  for  defending  the  campus. 
Student  Corps  Commander,  Cadet  Col.  Ronald  L.  Coffman,  and 
the  Senior  ROTC  Class  formulated  the  definite  organization  and 
method  of  implementing  the  plan  in  case  of  disaster. 

The  18th  Annual  Military  Ball  was  held  Friday,  March  9,  1956, 
from  9  p.m.  to  1  a.m.  in  Walnut  Hall.  Virginia  Baldwin  was  crowned 
"Queen  Barbara"  by  Cadet  Col.  Coffman,  in  recognition  of  the 
Patroness  Saint  of  Artillery,  Santa  Barbara. 

The  Eastern  Riflemen  had  another  successful  year  as  they 
defeated  Western  for  the  third  year  in  succession.  Capt.  Myers 
was  the  coach  and  Sgt.  Micheal  Mucio  was  the  assistant.  The  high 
firer  for  the  match  was  Team  Captain  Ira  J.  Begley,  Jr.  Second 
Army  notified  Eastern  that  its  rifle  team  finished  fourth  out  of  41 
colleges  and  university  rifle  teams  entered  in  the  1955  ROTC 
Intercollegiate  and  Interscholastic  matches.  The  team  was  then 
selected  to  participate  in  the  ROTC  National  Intercollegiate  and 

188 


Interscholastic  Rifles  Matches  held  in  April,  1956.  The  team  fin- 
ished sixth  in  this  match. 

The  Pershing  Rifles  unit  of  Eastern  recognized  Lt.  Col.  Alden 
O.  Hatch,  PMST,  and  Capt.  Ernest  H.  Morgan,  Assistant  PMST  and 
Faculty  Advisor,  with  honorary  memberships.  The  Annual  Persh- 
ing Rifles  Regimental  Drill  Meet  was  held  at  the  University  of 
Kentucky,  April  27-28.  The  events  included  Exhibition  Platoon 
Drill,  Civil  War  Exhibition  Squads,  Regular  Platoon  Drill,  Squad 
Drill,  Individual  Drill,  and  a  Rifle  Match.  Company  R-1  entered  all 
events  and  made  a  good  showing  but  did  not  win  any  trophies.  This 
was  their  first  drill  meet. 

Eastern  Kentucky  State  College  marksmen  were  beaten  by 
one  point  by  the  University  of  Kentucky  in  the  second  annual 
Kentucky  Military  District  trophy  match.  Western  was  third  and 
Murray  fourth. 

Captain  Quentin  L.  Humberd,  a  native  of  Tennessee  and  grad- 
uate of  the  University  of  Tennessee,  was  assigned  to  the  ROTC  unit 
at  Eastern  in  April,  1956,  as  an  Assistant  PMST.  M.  Sgt.  Joseph  T. 
Barron  was  assigned  to  the  ROTC  unit  at  Eastern  in  April,  1956, 
as  an  assistant  instructor. 

The  high  point  in  the  Men's  Honor  Day  Program,  given  in 
assembly  Wednesday,  May  9,  1956,  was  a  speech  "Leadership,  Schol- 
arship, Service,"  delivered  by  Lt.  Col.  Hatch,  PMST. 

The  ROTC  unit  received  its  Annual  Inspection  by  Second  Army 
on  Friday,  April  27,  1956.  A  review  of  the  cadet  corps  was  held  in 
Hanger  Stadium  by  the  inspecting  officers  and  Dr.  O'Donnell, 
President  of  Eastern. 

All  Juniors  in  ROTC  attended  a  Six-Week  Summer  Camp 
during  the  summer  of  1956  at  Fort  George  G.  Meade,  Maryland 
with  two  weeks  of  field  bivouac  at  Camp  A.  P.  Hill,  Virginia.  Major 
Myers  and  Captain  Morgan,  together  with  M/Sgt.  Royce,  M/Sgt. 
Barron  and  Sgt.  Mucio  were  assigned  duty  to  this  encampment. 
Major  Myers  acted  as  Company  Commander  and  Captain  Morgan 
as  Company  Executive  Officer.  Captain  Humberd,  M/Sgt.  Chris- 
tian and  SFC  Cantwell  were  asigned  duty  for  summer  encamp- 
ments at  Fort  Sill,  Oklahoma,  Fort  Eustis,  Virginia  and  Fort  Knox, 
Kentucky  respectively. 

Captain  Morgan  departed  Eastern  for  a  tour  of  duty  in  Korea 
during  October,  1956. 

Lt.  Col.  Edwin  G.  Hickman,  a  member  of  the  artillery  branch 
of  the  Army  was  assigned  to  Eastern  as  PMST  in  August,  1956, 
succeeding  Lt.  Col.  Hatch  who  was  transferred  to  Europe. 

Lt.  Col.  Hickman,  Professor  of  Military  Science  and  Tactics, 
announced  the  following  Cadet  appointments:  Regimental  Com- 
mander, Col.  Billy  C.  Carrier;  Regimental  Executive  Officer,  Lt. 
Col.  Herbert  F.  Prewitt;  First  Battalion  Commander,  Lt.  Col. 
Robert  S.  Creekmore;  First  Battalion  Executive  Officer,  Major 
Thomas  M.  Bertram;  Second  Battalion  Commander,  Lt.  Col.  Wil- 
liam L.  Vockery;  Second  Battalion  Executive  Officer,  Major  Walter 
Banyas;  Third  Battalion  Commander,  Lt.  Col.   Stanley  G.  Bonta; 

189 


Third  Battalion  Executive  Officer,  Major  James  C.  Osborne;  Com- 
pany A  Commander,  Captain  Wendell  L.  Sanders;  Company  B 
Commander,  Captain  George  F.  Griffin;  Company  C.  Commander, 
Captain  Jeffrey  D.  Brock;  Company  D  Commander,  Captain  Edwin 
G.  Smith;  Company  E  Commander,  Captain  Donald  P.  King;  Com- 
pany F  Commander,  Captain  Donald  R.  Thomas;  Company  G  Com- 
mander, Captain  Thomas  D.  Schulte;  Company  H  Commander, 
Captain  Jack  H.  Holbrook;  Company  I  Commander,  Captain  Gerald 
A.  Boyd. 

For  the  first  time  at  Eastern,  a  military  band  was  organized — 
composed  entirely  of  ROTC  Cadets.  Cadet  Major  Johnny  B.  Twed- 
dell  was  appointed  Commander  of  the  band. 

A  new  record  enrollment  in  Military  Science  was  established 
at  the  fall  registration  1956  with  a  total  of  333  students  enrolling 
in  the  Corps  of  Cadets. 

Additional  information  on  the  careers  of  the  graduates  of  East- 
em  who  were  commissioned  in  the  United  States  Army  may  be 
found  in  the  EASTERN  ALUMNI  DIRECTORY,  published  in  Febru- 
ary, 1957.  This  concludes,  therefore,  the  first  five  decades  of  prog- 
ress for  Eastern,  the  last  two  of  which  have  been  enlivened  by  the 
United  States  Army  Reserve  Officer  Training  Corps. 


1956 


RIFLE  TEAM 


1957 


W.  L.  Vockery,  Captain;  S.  Owens,  Executive  Officer;  R.  Bohanon;  J.  D. 
Brock;  C.  R.  Byrd;  D.  Cleaver;  S.  Deacon;  B.  L.  Evans;  C.  G.  Fields;  H.  C. 
Gabbard;  M.  F.  Gondolfo;  H.  T.  Hollin;  J.  P.  Hughes;  H.  Ison;  J.  E.  Ison; 
B.  G.  Jett;  E.  Matthis;  T.  C.  Metcalf ;  K,  D.  Moore;  R.  E.  Rambo;  J.  D.  Turley; 

D.  Turpin;  W.  T,  Vicars, 

190 


Eastern's  First  R  O  T  C  Staff 
Front  Row:  T/Sgt  Bentley,  Capt  Ford,  Major  Gallaher,  Capt  Link, 
S/Sgt  Wilslade.  Back  Row:  Pfcs  Wilson,  Williams,  Vernon,  Thomas 

and  Davis 


The  R  O  T  C  Staff  of  1955 
Front  Row:  Major  Myers,  Lt  Col  Hatch,  Capt  Morgan.  Back  Row: 
M/Sgts   Christian,   Royce,    Sublousky,    SFC    Cantwell,    Sgt   Mucio 


The  R  O  T  C  Staff  of  1957 

Front  Row:  Major  Myers,  Lt.  Col.  Hickman,  Capt.  Humberd.  Back  Row: 

SFC  Cantwell,  M/Sgts  Sublousky,  Royce,  and  Johnson,  Sgt  Mucio 


The  R  O  T  C  on  Review. 


X  ^ 

~  fl 

w 

^a'u 

9  ^ 

o 

>%•=  u 

2  > 

2,  ^ 

t/3 

rt^-d 

fl 

S 

!3  ci 

!»5S 

ii 

■OX 

.  o 

g 

H 

i/3 

a; 

fl 

U    O 

o 

(J 

73    >^ 

^ 

rt 

>.© 

aT 

Sm 

4;  j- 

bfl 

> 

>^ 

'S  •- 

f  *= 

"■-w 

3 
Cm 

ki 

•    •^ 

V   V 

04 

s 

a; 

11 

o 
s 

§1 

>>rt 

H 

(2 

a 

=2^ 

o 

^1 

73 

s 

B 

© 

bJD  •-' 

CO, 

u 

S's 

fi    73 

.5  i* 

-*J 

1^ 

3 

©: 

a 

1^ 

©K 

5^ 

i'' 

§tf  « 

a; 

©**' 

^  rt 

t<  ■ 

COMPAN 

Knight;  M 
Parrish;  C 
Ward;  Tui 
Rolf;    Dea 
Thompson 

193 


CHAPTER   XIV 

THE  WAR  YEARS 
By  William  L.  Keene 

Three  times  in  its  fifty  years  of  growth  toward  maturity  from 
normal  school  to  college,  Eastern,  like  other  institutions  of  the 
commonwealth  and  nation,  has  felt  the  sharp  impact  of  war.  Its 
achievement  has  unquestionably  been  shaped  in  part  by  this  harsh 
experience. 

WORLD  WAR  I 

Eastern  Kentucky  State  Normal  School  was  in  its  eleventh 
year  when  war  came  to  the  United  States  in  April,  1917.  At  that 
time,  587  students  were  enrolled  in  the  school.  The  catalog  of 
the  year  records  a  teaching  staff  of  thirty-two. 

The  immediate  effect  on  the  school  of  the  declaration  of  war 
was  probably  much  the  same  as  on  similar  groups  throughout  the 
nation.  To  one  who  remembers  how  it  was  on  another  campus  it  is 
easy  to  assume  that  the  prevailing  mood  was  at  first  a  shock  of 
surprise  and  near  incredulity,  and  then  a  swift  up-surge  of  patriotic 
fervor  that  would  increase  in  the  months  to  come. 

There  were  probably  a  few  immediate  enlistments  for  military 
service.  But  there  seem  not  to  have  been  extensive  departures  from 
the  campus  at  once,  either  to  the  armed  forces  or  to  what  was 
popularly  called  at  the  time  the  "army  of  the  furrows" — that  is,  to 
the  farms  to  boost  food  production  for  anticipated  needs  of  the 
nation's  new  allies  and  the  armies  soon  to  be  raised. 

However,  a  considerable  drop  in  summer  term  enrollment  two 
months  later  suggests  that  many  a  country  boy  was  staying  away 
from  school  to  become  a  good  soldier  of  the  plow  while  waiting  for 
his  Selective  Service  registration  in  June  and  his  subsequent  draft 
call  in  September  or  thereafter. 

The  1917  summer  enrollment,  as  compared  with  that  of  the 
previous  summer,  was  down  37  per  cent,  or  a  drop  from  510  to  360. 
It  was  still  360  a  year  later.  By  1919  it  had  risen  to  412.  By  the 
summer  of  1920  it  was  576. 

Fall  enrollments,  though  smaller  than  those  of  summer,  followed 
a  similar  curve  of  decline  and  ascent.  The  three  successive  Sep- 
tember enrollments  beginning  with  that  of  1916,  numbered  244, 
167,  and  179,  respectively.  The  virulent  influenza  epidemic  that 
swept  the  nation  in  the  fall  of  1918  further  reduced  the  student 
group  below  100  and  curtailed  campus  activities.  By  September 
of  1919,  enrollment  had  returned  substantially  to  normal. 

194 


It  may  be  supposed  that  the  campus  personnel  shared  fully 
the  anxiety  and  devotion  of  the  general  public  through  the  years 
of  war,  and  participated  as  individuals  and  citizens  in  the  many 
kinds  of  civilian  war-related  effort  that  the  time  required.  But  there 
appears  to  have  been  little,  if  any,  organized  campus  effort  in  this 
direction. 

There  was  some  participation  by  faculty  members  in  the  so- 
called  "three-minute-speech"  campaign  in  the  summer  of  1917, 
but  the  amount  is  uncertain.  Professor  Charles  A.  Keith  has  re- 
called making  such  talks  on  occasion.  There  is  record  of  his  address- 
ing a  Paintsville,  Kentucky,  audience  in  the  summer  of  1917  on 
"Why  Did  the  Nations  Fight?"  He  also  made  speeches  in  Lincoln 
County  on  "Patriotic  Week"  the  same  summer. 

There  were  a  number  of  admonitions  in  the  Normal  School 
publications  for  people  not  in  uniform  "to  do  their  bit"  in  some  of 
the  many  big  and  little  ways  available.  There  were  appeals  for 
assistance  to  the  Red  Cross  and  the  YMCA,  and  frequent  emphasis 
on  the  patriotic  duty  of  producing  and  conserving  food. 

As  the  war  advanced,  the  emotions  and  convictions  prevalent 
in  the  nation  at  large  were  reflected,  as  one  would  expect,  on  the 
campus.  A  statement  by  President  T.  J.  Coates  in  the  Eastern  Ken- 
tucky Review  in  the  winter  of  1918  declares:  "The  world  is  afire! 
It  is  now  our  war.  The  world  cannot  be  safe  for  democracy  as  long 
as  powerful  autocratic  nations  exist.  .  .  .  Germany  ...  in  a  time 
of  profound  peace,  let  slip  the  dogs  of  war.  .  .  .  England,  France, 
and  Belgium  are  holding  the  barbarians  until  .  .  .  America  can  come 
to  the  rescue.  .  .  .  America  is  coming  .  .  .  the  world  of  democracy 
expects  every  Kentuckian  to  do  his  duty." 

Of  some  bearing  on  the  ideological  aspects  of  the  war  was  a 
symposium  of  "Some  Brief  Opinions"  on  the  "justice  of  the  fight- 
ing" and  "the  nature  of  a  just  peace,"  by  seven  members  of  the 
faculty  in  the   1918  issue  of  the  Review. 

Concern  was  also  expressed  for  the  effect  of  the  war  on 
schools  and  the  values  that  schools  represent.  A  Review  editorial 
in  the  fall  of  1917,  entitled  "How  the  War  is  Affecting  Our  Schools," 
notes  that  young  women  were  replacing  men  teachers  who  had 
gone  to  war.  It  emphasizes  the  new  war-taught  importance  of 
technical  training,  the  study  of  European  history,  a  concept  of 
geography  which  recognizes  that  "the  Atlantic  no  longer  divides  us," 
and  a  broader  patriotism  "if  war  clouds  are  no  more  to  darken  the 
world's  horizon." 

The  following  summer,  teacher  training  was  stressed  at  a 
patriotic  necessity  for  a  "world  changing  with  kaleidoscopic 
rapidity."  Courses  and  lectures  were  offered  to  meet  new  needs, 
including  the  "biggest  problem  before  the  nation,  how  to  rebuild 
the  country  after  the  war." 

There  seems  to  have  been  little  change  in  the  teaching  staff, 
either  in  number  or  in  personnel,  because  of  the  war.  There  were 
a  few  resignations  and  replacements  or  additions,  apparently  for 
the  same  reasons  that  apply  in  peace  time.  Two  names  of  teachers  of 

J  95 


military  age  appearing  in  the  1917-18  catalog  are  not  found  in  later 
catalogs.  One  of  these,  Charles  H.  Moore,  principal  of  Model  High 
School,  had  "answered  his  country's  call"  sometime  before  the 
late  autumn  of  1918.  The  other  was  William  H.  Comstock. 

How  many  of  the  young  men  who  were  students  on  the  campus 
when  war  began  were  subsequently  a  part  of  the  armed  forces  is 
not  known.  The  1918  autumn  number  of  the  Eastern  Kentucky 
Review  was  dedicated  to  "Our  Boys  Over  There,"  who  were  said 
to  be  numbered  by  "hundreds."  Several  letters  from  men  over- 
seas were  printed.  One  of  these  was  from  Corporal  Earl  C.  Mc- 
Dougle,  son  of  Dr.  E.  C.  McDougle,  dean  of  the  Normal  School. 
Young  McDougle  had  been  the  first  student  of  the  school  to  enlist 
after  war  was  declared.  His  letter,  which  suggests  his  recent  arrival 
in  England,  is  addressed  from  "The  Nameless  Land."  It  is  dated 
October  19. 

In  this  edition  of  the  Review  also,  under  the  title  of  "Our 
Honored  Dead,"  three  names  of  war  casualties  are  included.  One 
of  these  was  Eugene  Washburn  Roark,  son  of  former  President  and 
Mrs.  Ruric  Nevel  Roark  of  the  Normal  School.  His  death  was  due 
to  pneumonia  and  occurred  October  17.  Another  listed  was  Corporal 
Patrick  Hall,  who  was  killed  in  action  in  France,  October  12.  The 
third  was  Lee  Shearer,  United  States  Marine  Corps,  killed  in  the 
summer  wheatfields  of  France  at  the  historic  battle  of  Chateau- 
Thierry,  July,  1918.  Young  Shearer  is  accorded  warm  praise  by  the 
writer  of  the  Review  as  having  been  an  excellent  and  popular 
young  man,  president  of  the  YMCA  and  editor  of  The  Student. 
A  retired  teacher  still  on  the  campus  in  1957,  remembered  Lee 
Shearer  and  his  honored  place  in  the  little  world  of  that  time, 
after  forty  years  had  passed. 

There  may  have  been  other  casualties  among  the  young  men 
who  went  out  from  the  campus  of  the  Eastern  Kentucky  State 
Normal  School  in  what  was  so  hopefully  called  then — and  so  sadly 
or  cynically  called  later — a  "war  to  end  wars"  and  "to  make  the 
world  safe  for  democracy."  But  these  were  the  only  names  dis- 
covered by  the  writer  of  this  chapter.  And  with  their  names,  this 
part  of  the  story  of  Eastern  and  the  war  years  may  very  well  end. 

WORLD  WAR  II 

Unlike  the  sudden  impact  of  the  first  world  conflict,  the 
menacing  shadow  of  the  second  world  war  approached  slowly. 
Whether  its  beginning  was  in  Manchuria,  Ethiopia,  the  Rhineland, 
or  Munich,  people  everywhere  saw  it  coming.  Whether  they  saw 
it  with  disbelief  or  dread,  agonized  fascination,  or  other  emotion 
as  their  training  or  temperament  dictated — they  saw  it.  And  for 
years  before  the  invasion  of  Poland  on  September  1,  1939,  the 
headlines  and  newscasts  were  dark  with  foreboding. 

Before    Pearl    Harbor 

In  the  early  afternoon  of  a  September  day  in  1938,  a  radio 
set  was  placed  in  Brock  Auditorium  that  students  and  others  in- 
terested might  hear  a  special  program.  From  the  radio,  a  voice  filled 

196 


the  auditorium  and  spread  into  the  halls.  It  was  a  harsh,  wildly 
declaiming  German  voice.  In  the  background  of  the  harangue  rose 
a  steady  rhythmic  beat  of  young  male  voices  chanting  "Sieg  Heil! 
Sieg  Heil!  Sieg  Heil!"  The  voice  was  Adolph  Hitler's,  and  the 
fanatical  "Hail,  Victory"  chant  came  from  his  young  Nazi  followers 
at  the  fearsome  annual  torch-light  celebration  at  Nuremburg.  The 
immediate  object  of  this  orgy  of  hate  was  Czechoslovakia,  a  few 
miles  away,  awaiting  its  turn  at  the  block.  A  few  days  later 
came  "Munich." 

As  the  one  o'clock  whistle  sounded  for  classes,  a  young  man 
destined  to  be  a  naval  pilot  in  the  war  to  come,  emerged  from  the 
auditorium  with  the  single  quiet  comment,  "I  have  been  listening 
to  a  crazy  man  in  there."  Many  others  must  have  had  similar 
thoughts  that  afternoon.  At  least  some  of  the  students  of  the  College 
were  now  aware,  if  they  had  not  been  before,  that  madness  was 
loose  in  their  world.  That  awareness  and  its  implications  would 
grow  in  student  consciousness  in  the  months  and  years  ahead.  Some 
of  it  would  be  reflected  in  the  campus  newspaper,  the  Eastern 
Progress. 

A  student  shared  the  platform  in  Brock  Auditorium  for  the 
first  assembly  in  September,  1940,  to  extend  greetings  to  the  1156 
students  assembled  for  the  new  school  year.  A  news  report  of  the 
occasion  suggests  a  note  of  urgency  and  prophecy  in  the  greeting: 
"This  year's  work  will  be  more  important  in  view  of  war  condi- 
tions and  the  future  bearing  of  such  conditions  on  all  students." 

An  editorial  in  the  Progress  of  September  27  defends  the  prin- 
ciple of  the  Selective  Service  Act  recently  passed  after  painful  and 
soul-searching  debate  in  Congress.  The  editorial  recognizes  the 
right  of  anyone  to  "oppose  conscription  as  tyrannical,  dictatorial 
and  unnecessary,"  but,  the  debate  being  ended,  declares  it  the  duty 
of  all  to  accept  a  law  so  clearly  a  national  choice  in  a  day  of 
"tottering  nations  and  shaky  institutions  .  .  .  and  the  maelstrom 
that  is  rushing  upon  us." 

Another  editorial,  a  month  later,  entitled  "False  Optimism," 
decried  "patriotism  commercialized  in  a  rash  of  cheap  pins,  bangles, 
and  slogans,"  but  insisted  that  under  the  "surface  of  show  and 
petty  sham,  there  exists  a  deep,  if  belated,  love  for  country,  loyalty, 
devotion,  not  blind  to  a  nation's  faults  but  with  eyes  now  open  to 
its  virtues." 

On  April  27,  1941,  under  the  title  of  "The  Crisis,"  an  editorial 
notes  that  "outside  the  academic  world,  men's  souls  are  on  fire," 
but  that  there  is  little  change  in  college  routine.  It  argues  that 
"back  corners  of  the  mind  are  conscious  of  great  catastrophes 
impending,  and  that  no  one  can  live  today  without  being  agitated  by 
the  enormity  of  events  shaking  the  world  to  pieces."  There  follows 
a  defense  of  youth  against  charges  of  "softness."  A  call  is  made 
for  more  assembly  addresses  on  the  war. 

With  the  beginning  of  the  1941-42  school  year,  an  increase  in 
comment  on  the  war  is  noted  in  the  Progress.  A  front-page  column 
entitled  "Ramblings  by  Rawlings"  is  especially  war  conscious.  This 

197 


column  raises  the  question  on  September  26  as  to  whether  "Britain 
is  dragging  its  feet  on  Russian  aid."  On  November  7  it  notes  the 
perplexity  of  20-year-old  youths,  reared  in  an  atmosphere  of  security 
and  taught  to  hate  war,  and  now  required  to  face  insecurity  and 
to  learn  that  war  is  inevitable. 

The  first  shock  of  "Pearl  Harbor"  is  not  immediately  reflected 
in  the  campus  newspaper,  since  its  next  publication  date  was  almost 
two  weeks  later.  But  a  front-page  editorial  of  December  19  reflects 
a  sequence  of  emotional  reactions,  ranging  from  an  initial  numbness, 
through  sharp  awareness,  to  a  firm  purpose  and  a  vigorous  call 
for  dedication  to  victory  effort.  "The  war  must  be  won,"  the  edi- 
torial declares,  "and  its  results  so  administered  as  to  effect  justice 
and  good-will,  not  hatred  and  desire  for  revenge." 

As  the  years  passed,  this  type  of  comment  grew  stronger  in  the 
Progress — insistence  that  out  of  war  should  come  a  new  spirit  and 
new  values  worthy  of  the  agony  endured. 

Enrollment  Changes 

Student  enrollment  is  probably  the  most  sensitive  visible  index 
to  the  effect  of  war  on  a  college.  Eastern's  enrollment  curve 
through  the  war  years  followed  a  V-shaped  dip  and  subsequent 
rise  not  unlike  the  "V-for-victory"  sign  current  at  the  time. 

There  were  1156  students  on  the  campus  in  September,  1940. 
On  the  next  three  successive  Septembers  the  numbers  of  civilian 
students  were  981,  692,  and  270.  The  last  number  represents  a 
77  per  cent  decline  from  the  pre-war  level.  Fewer  than  one-fifth 
of  these  were  men.  This  severe  drop  was  cushioned  for  a  time  by 
the  presence  on  the  campus  of  600  trainees  of  the  Women's  Auxil- 
iary Training  Corps  for  almost  a  year  beginning  in  the  spring  of 

1943,  and  of  300  men  of  the  Army  Specialized  Training  Program 
for  almost  six  months  beginning  the  next  September. 

After  the  military  personnel  left  the  campus  in  the  spring  of 

1944,  civilian  enrollment  began  to  rise  slowly.  In  September  of 
1945  there  were  453  students  on  the  campus,  including  123  men. 
The  following  January  there  were  582.  The  spring  quarter,  begin- 
ning in  March,  numbered  767.  By  October  of  1946,  enrollment 
stood  at  1095,  or  at  94  per  cent  of  the  1940  level.  Of  these,  699  were 
men,  a  striking  evidence  of  the  swift  return  of  veterans,  who 
numbered  555,  or  more  than  55  per  cent  of  the  total. 

This  return  of  veterans,  destined  to  become  a  considerable 
stream  in  the  post-war  flood  of  college  enrollment,  had  begun  as  a 
trickle  two  years  before.  In  the  fall  of  1944,  seven  months  before 
V.  E.  Day  and  ten  before  the  end  of  fighting  in  the  Pacific,  the 
Eastern  Progress  had  carried  an  item  whimsically  headlined 
"G.  I.  Joe  Back  to  School  at  Eastern."  Three  men  who  had  been 
over-seas  in  uniform  had  returned  to  resume  their  studies.  A  year 
later  the  number  had  risen  to  thirty-one.  The  winter  of  1946  en- 
rolled 140  veterans,  or  22  per  cent  of  the  total  enrollment. 

By  this  time  arrangements  had  been  made  by  the  College  for 
war-surplus   prefabricated   housing   for   veterans.   And   so   a   new 

198 


era  in  housing,  with  the  many  as  yet  unanticipated  social,  economic, 
and  scholastic  changes  destined  to  result  in  part  from  this  incon- 
spicuous innovation,  was  begun. 

Among  these  changes  would  be  a  very  great  rise  in  the  number 
of  married  men  and  of  married  couples  attending  college,  from 
their  small  houses  in  Veterans  Village  or  from  apartments  in  the 
several  temporary  barracks  on  the  campus.  With  this  innovation 
would  come  emphasis  on  earlier  marriages;  the  acceptance  of  the 
married  status  of  students  as  commonplace;  the  presence  of  small 
children,  infants  in  arms,  the  newly  born,  and  the  soon-to-be  born 
around  the  College  as  a  normal  and  rather  appealing  standard 
feature  of  the  campus  scene.  Possibly  symbolic  of  this  change  to 
come,  or  a  pleasing  illustration  of  its  manifestation,  is  the  example 
of  a  young  couple  enrolled  in  classes  who  were  said  to  meet  half- 
way between  classrooms  and  village  during  class  intermissions, 
to  exchange  the  baby  from  the  arms  of  the  parent  going  to  class 
to  the  arms  of  the  one  going  home. 

But  all  of  that,  in  the  grim  early  war  years,  was  still  very 
much  within  the  seeds  of  time,  unthought  of  and  unimagined. 

Military  Personnel  Enrolled 

An  announcement  appeared  on  the  campus  in  February  of  1943 
that  women  enlistees  of  the  Women's  Auxiliary  Corps  (soon  to  be 
known  as  the  WAC)  would  train  at  Eastern.  The  first  contingent 
was  a  headquarters  staff  of  forty,  including  fourteen  WAC  officers, 
commanded  by  Colonel  W.  H.  Hammond,  United  States  Army. 
Burnam  Hall  was  evacuated  by  regular  students  and  turned  over 
to  the  new-comers. 

March  19  was  set  for  the  opening  of  WAC  training,  with  the 
arrival  of  the  first  300  trainees.  Another  300  was  scheduled  to 
come  April  1.  From  this  time  until  March,  a  year  later,  the  WAC 
training  continued,  with  the  graduation  of  a  contingent  every 
three  weeks  at  first,  then  every  four  weeks,  and  the  coming  of 
another  300  to  replace  the  graduates.  Eleven  classes  were  graduated. 

During  their  stay,  the  presence  of  women  in  uniform  and  Oveta 
Culp  Hobby  caps  marching  to  and  from  classes,  to  meals,  and  to 
other  formations  became  familiar.  Their  presence  on  the  playing 
field  behind  the  Library,  which  had  become  a  parade  ground  for 
drill  or  for  flag  lowering  or  retreat  at  late  afternoon,  was  also  a 
familiar  and  not  unimpressive  routine. 

The  WAC  program  closed  February  9,  1944,  almost  ten  months 
from  the  date  of  its  beginning. 

In  September,  1943,  300  men  of  the  Army  Student  Training 
Program  arrived  for  pre-engineering  instruction,  in  a  program 
expected  to  continue  for  thirty  six  weeks.  These  men  were  housed 
in  the  men's  dormitories  of  Beckham,  McCreary,  and  Miller.  The 
program  was  abruptly  terminated  near  the  end  of  the  winter 
quarter,  March  4,  1944.  Urgent  need  for  more  infantrymen  for 
over-seas  duty  was  rumored  to  be  the  reason  for  the  sudden  ending 
of  the  experiment. 

399 


Many  of  these  young  men,  who  had  themselves  been  college 
students  in  their  several  home  states  very  recently,  easily  identified 
themselves  with  the  life  or  their  "adopted"  College.  A  number  of 
them  were  at  times  guests  in  the  homes  of  faculty  members.  Their 
fortunes  were  followed  by  friends  they  had  formed  on  the  campus 
and  by  the  friendly  interest  of  the  Alumni  communication  service, 
which  made  them,  in  effect,  for  the  months  to  come,  a  part  of 
the  Eastern  soldier  family.  Several  returned  after  the  war  to 
renew  acquaintance  or  continued  by  correspondence  friendships 
that  had  begun  here. 

With  the  entraining  of  300  men  in  uniform  from  the  campus 
in  the  early  pre-dawn  of  a  morning  less  than  a  month  after  the 
termination  of  the  WAC  program,  a  stillness,  not  before  experienced, 
descended  upon  the  campus.  The  fourteen  members  of  the  regular 
teaching  staff  who  had  assisted  with  the  instruction  of  these  men 
now  found  themselves  with  only  one  or  two  small  classes,  and 
hardly  a  male  student,  for  the  remainder  of  the  term.  But  the  spring 
quarter  was  about  to  begin,  and  with  it  came  372  students,  including 
100  men,  and  the  return  of  a  civilian  pattern  to  class  organization 
and  instruction. 

It  is  appropriate  to  record  that  the  Reserve  Officers  Training 
Corps  was  an  important  part  of  the  life  and  training  program  of 
the  college  during  these  years,  and  the  departure  of  the  ROTC  units 
from  the  campus  in  the  spring  and  summer  of  1943  was  clearly 
connected  with  the  low  enrollment  for  the  fall  that  followed.  But 
since  this  military  organization,  its  personnel,  training  and  war 
service  are  the  subject  of  a  separate  chapter,  no  further  reference 
to  its  place  in  the  College  war  relation  will  be  included  here. 

War   Service  of  Faculty  Members 

Before  the  first  anniversary  of  Pearl  Harbor  Day,  eleven 
members  of  the  faculty  had  left  the  campus  for  military  service  or 
war-related  work.  A  twelfth  departed  soon  after,  and  later  a 
thirteenth.  Some  of  these  men  were  retained  in  the  United  States 
for  instructional  or  administrative  work  or  for  other  assignments 
requiring  non-militai'y  specialization.  Others  saw  combat  duty  in 
the  war  theaters.  One  was  killed  by  accident  while  returning  on 
leave  for  illness.  Six  returned  to  their  places  after  the  war.  The 
other  six  accepted  positions  elsewhere  on  leaving  military  service. 
The  roster  of  these  men  is  as  follows:  Jack  Allen,  Sam  Beckley, 
Cyril  Hager,  George  Hembree,  Max  Houtchens,  Harold  T.  Glover, 
Emerson  Jenkins,  R.  R.  Richards,  Harold  Rigby,  Dean  Rumbold, 
Thomas  J.  Stone,  Ralph  Whalin,  J.  D.  Coates. 

After  the  war,  two  members  of  the  faculty  served  as  in- 
structors under  the  Troop  Information  and  Educational  program  of 
the  Army  of  Occupation  in  Europe.  Miss  Edith  Ford,  of  the  com- 
merce department,  was  an  instructor  in  Germany  for  two  years. 
Professor  James  E.  Van  Peursem,  head  of  the  Music  Department, 
was  stationed  for  a  year  at  the  American  University  at  Biarritz, 
France. 

200 


Some  war  related  demands  were  made  on  members  of  the 
staff  remaining  on  the  campus.  In  January  of  1942,  T.  E.  Mc- 
Donough,  head  of  the  physical  education  department,  was  named 
director  of  physical  fitness  for  Kentucky  under  the  Civilian  Defense 
Act.  In  September  Dr.  J.  D.  Farris,  campus  physician,  was  called 
to  Washington  for  two  weeks  to  help  prepare  a  physical  fitness 
manual  for  the  military  service.  In  October,  Dean  W.  C.  Jones 
represented  the  College  at  the  General  Staff  at  Ft.  Leavenworth,  in 
a  four-weeks  orientation  course  in  army  organization  and  pro- 
cedures, as  a  part  of  the  effort  of  military  authority  to  acquaint 
civilian  leaders,  and  through  them  the  public,  with  military 
problems. 

Aside  from  a  few  resignations  and  the  dozen  or  more  leaves 
of  absence  granted,  few  changes  were  made  in  the  teaching  staff 
during  the  war.  A  few  instructors  were  added,  especially  in  science, 
during  the  period  of  the  Army  Student  Training  Program.  But  most 
of  the  non-military  classes  of  these  trainees  were  taught  by  regular 
faculty  members.  The  training  of  the  Women's  Auxiliary  Training 
Corps  units  was  entirely  by  military  personnel. 

Campus   Life   Goes   On 

In  spite  of  a  collective  concern  with  the  inescapable  burden 
of  war,  as  expressed  in  the  student  newspaper  and  elsewhere, 
and  individual  worries  expressed  or  nursed  in  secret  by  students 
who  had  many  near  friends  and  relatives  in  the  combat  theaters, 
the  general  tenor  of  life  on  the  campus  was  surprisingly  normal 
through  the  war  years — such  is  the  adaptability  of  people  always 
to  change.  Perhaps  one  may  say  that  after  the  first  shock  of  war, 
the  abnormal  gradually  came  to  seem  normal. 

At  any  rate,  there  were  liveliness  and  laughter,  as  there  had 
been  before  and  as  there  would  be  thereafter.  Studies  continued — 
and  recreation,  entertainment,  and  social  life,  all  kept  within  the 
lean  limitations  of  wartime  restrictions.  There  was  some  measure 
of  dating,  where  opportunity  offered.  But  an  enlarged  picture  of  a 
young  man  in  uniform  on  a  dresser,  or  a  miniature  picture  more 
closely  protected,  together  with  letters  from  far  away,  and  the 
preoccupation  with  making  a  "buddy  bag"  for  the  person  repre- 
sented by  the  picture,  served  as  a  not  impossible  substitute  for  an 
actual  presence. 

There  were  sad  faces  occasionally  in  classrooms  that  bespoke 
anxiety  or  tragedy.  But  there  was  more  brightness  than  shadow. 
And  with  victories  increasing  as  the  war  went  on,  something  of  the 
heady  enthusiasm  that  goes  with  winning  was  noticeably  present. 
Years  later,  one  who  remembered  vividly  the  day  that  the  news 
of  the  Normandy  invasion  was  reported  on  the  campus  was  able  to 
recall  animated  and  excited  faces  more  easily  than  anxious  ones. 

There  was  a  small  amount  of  war-related  activity  on  the 
campus.  A  Red  Cross  chapter  is  mentioned  in  the  Eastern  Progress 
in  the  summer  of  1945,  and  its  sponsorship  of  a  nursing  course.  On 

201 


one  occasion  College  girls  joined  with  the  girls  in  town  to  entertain 
soldiers  from  Fort  Knox.  In  the  spring  of  1942,  thirteen  girls  formed 
a  pistol  team,  the  results  of  which  are  not  recorded.  Profits  for  the 
senior  ball  in  May  of  1942  were  donated  for  the  purchase  of  war 
bonds.  A  newspaper  comment  at  the  time  notes  among  the  girls  a 
"constant  parade  of  knitting  bags." 

The  College  annual,  The  Milestone,  discontinued  publication 
for  the  two  years  of  1944  and  1945.  The  name  of  the  Eastern  Progress 
was  changed  for  a  few  issues  in  the  winter  of  1944  to  the  Eastern 
Progress  and  Engineer,  as  a  gesture  of  recognition  of  the  presence 
pre-engineer  trainees  in  uniform  on  the  campus. 

The  Alumni  News  Bulletin,  a  four-page  leaflet,  was  merged 
with  the  Progress  in  1943,  to  continue  so  to  the  war's  end,  at 
which  time  it  became  a  section  of  the  Progress,  to  continue  so 
thereafter.  Throughout  the  war,  the  Bulletin,  in  its  original  form 
as  a  separate  publication  and  later  as  a  section  of  the  campus  news- 
paper, reported  extensively  the  news  of  students  in  the  war  services, 
in  space  sometimes  running  to  a  full  fourth  of  the  paper. 

College  football,  which  had  been  maintained  during  the  first 
autumn  of  the  war,  1942,  was  discontinued  for  the  next  two  years. 
Basketball  was  cancelled  for  the  1943-44  season. 

The  office  of  the  Alumni  Secretary  on  the  campus  was  active 
throughout  the  war  in  maintaining  contacts  between  the  College 
and  its  former  students  in  uniform  and  providing  something  of  a 
clearing  house  for  communications  among  these  far-scattered 
people.  A  group  of  girls  on  the  campus,  calling  themselves  the 
Eastern  Service  Organization,  volunteered  their  assistance  to  the 
Alumni  Office  for  mailing  out  newspapers,  writing  letters  to 
persons  in  uniform,  and  performing  other  duties  incident  to  the 
Alumni  communication  service. 

As  the  years  of  war  went  on,  teachers  went  to  classes,  gen- 
erally small,  largely  of  girls,  with  acute  awareness  of  empty  seats 
and  the  faces  of  those  who  had  so  recently  occupied  them.  Visits 
to  the  campus  of  men  in  uniform  were  not  uncommon.  It  was  not 
unusual  for  a  teacher  to  turn  from  his  desk  at  the  close  of  a  class 
hour  to  find  a  man  in  uniform  standing,  waiting,  perhaps  be- 
medaled,  more  mature  than  he  had  been  known,  but  smiling  with 
obvious  pleasure  at  finding  the  quiet  charm  of  a  place  which  he 
had  remembered  with  affection  so  little  changed. 

The  Many  Who  Went 

It  is  a  matter  of  regret  that  this  chapter  cannot  give  individual 
accounts  of  all  the  sons  and  daughters  of  the  College  who  gave  some 
form  of  military  service  during  these  years.  Their  biographies  in 
brief,  the  thoughts  and  hopes  with  which  they  accepted  their 
obligations,  the  particular  service  of  each  to  the  final  outcome 
of  the  great  struggle — these  might  properly  be  related.  But  such 
is  beyond  the  possibilities  of  the  present  task.  The  information  for 
such  an  assignment,  where  it  exists  at  all,  is  hidden  away  in  old 

202 


letters  and  newspaper  clippings  in  a  thousand  homes  and  com- 
munities, and  in  the  fading  recollections  of  all  of  those  who  knew 
them  and  remember. 

Many  such  letters  came  to  the  campus  throughout  the  years 
of  war.  Assembled  as  a  connected  story  they  would  present  an 
impressive  record  of  heroism  beyond  the  call  of  duty,  citations  for 
merit,  accounts  of  battle  wounds  and  prisons,  participation  in  famed 
and  strategic  encounters,  lonely  assignments  of  waiting  in  isolated 
outposts,  and  at  least  one  instance  of  that  classic  of  wartime  en- 
durance-and-hope-deferred,  known  to  both  fiction  and  reality — 
the  ordeal  of  days  or  weeks  on  a  life  raft  in  mid-ocean,  hoping 
against  hope  for  the  day  of  possible  rescue.  These,  in  the  main,  are 
the  stories  of  men  who  would  one  day  come  home,  to  resume  the 
orderly  ways  of  civilian  life  and  achievement,  or  who  would  remain 
in  uniform  beyond  the  war,  often  to  go  to  impressive  military  rank 
and  position. 

"The  Face  of  Death" 

But  basically,  as  the  distinguished  Secretary  of  War  at  the 
time  well  said,  "The  face  of  war  is  the  face  of  death."  Too  often 
newspaper  accounts  or  messages  came  to  announce  as  missing  or 
killed  in  action  someone  well  known  on  the  campus. 

The  first  such  war-office  telegram  to  strike  the  campus  with 
this  solemn  reminder  was  the  message  of  September  13,  1942,  that 
Lt.  (j.g.)  Donald  Hugh  Dorris,  the  son  of  Dr.  J.  T.  Dorris  of  the 
College  faculty,  was  missing  in  action.  There  was  later  confirmation 
of  his  death.  Lt.  Dorris  was  an  officer  on  the  cruiser  Vincennes. 
Having  enlisted  (1940)  in  the  Navy  before  the  war  began,  he  had 
participated  in  early  sea  engagements,  including  the  memorable  and 
decisive  Battle  of  Midway.  His  ship  was  sunk  in  a  desperate  engage- 
ment in  the  Guadalcanal  area  on  the  early  morning  of  August 
9,  1942. 

Another  young  man,  who  was  also  a  child  of  the  campus  in  a 
very  special  sense,  was  Dr.  Thomas  Farris,  who  was  killed  while 
caring  for  the  wounded  as  a  captain  in  the  Medical  Corps  near  the 
town  of  St.  Lo,  in  Normandy,  a  few  weeks  after  the  invasion  of 
France  in  June,  1944.  Captain  Farris  had  entered  the  campus  Train- 
ing School  in  the  third  grade,  completed  his  college  work  with  high 
honors  at  the  age  of  twenty,  and  entered  the  Vanderbilt  University 
Medical  School  the  same  year.  He  was  the  son  of  Dr.  J.  D.  Farris, 
College  physician  at  Eastern  from  1928  to  1943. 

There  were  other  names  listed,  from  time  to  time,  of  men  miss- 
ing or  killed  in  action  who  were  as  well  known  to  some  members  of 
the  college  staff  as  were  the  two  already  named — and  many  times, 
in  actions  that  were  as  poignantly  and  inspiringly  heroic.  Each  of 
these  became  then,  in  the  days  that  followed,  to  the  ones  who  had 
known  him  best,  a  face  kept  in  mind  and  honored  in  remembrance. 
Lines  from  a  poem  read  at  one  of  the  memorial  services  on  the 

203 


campus  during  this  time  well  expressed  a  current  emotional  reaction 
to  the  recurrent  messages  of  death. 

We  see  them  as  we  knew  them  living  —  see 
Their  faces  wistful,  eager,  gay,  profound. 
Their  voices  linger  with  us  like  the  sound 
Of  vanished  music  held  in  memory. 

Their  names  live  on  among  us;  still  we  hear 
Them  spoken  softly  in  the  quiet  day; 
And  deep  beneath  the  many  things  we  say 
Insistently  they  linger  in  the  ear.i 

The  total  list  of  war-related  fatalities  of  the  graduates  and 
former  students  of  the  College  was  printed  in  the  Eastern  Progress 
in  October,  1946.  The  list,  including  the  name  of  one  faculty 
member,  numbered  fifty-four  names. 

Many  of  the  men  represented  on  this  roll  of  honor  had  seen 
vital  and  often  distinguished  service  in  the  many  theaters  of 
war  from  Europe  to  southeast  Asia.  They  represented  all  branches 
of  combat  forces.  A  preponderant  number  were  members  of  the 
air  commands.  Two  were  paratroopers.  The  incomplete  record 
of  their  places  of  final  action  includes  such  names  as  Germany, 
France,  the  Mediterranean,  Yugoslavia,  the  USS  aircraft  carrier 
Essex,  the  western  Pacific,  Hollandia  in  New  Guinea,  Burma, 
and  Luzon. 

As  printed  in  the  Progress,  these  names  are  as  follows: 

ROLL 

Died  in  the  Service  of  Their  Country 

GRADUATES 

Russell  McKee  Childs 
Donald  Hugh  Dorris 
Jacob  Thomas  Farris 
William  Chealis  Hammonds 
James  Harold  Porter 
Z.  T.  Rice,  Jr. 
James  S.  Rodgers,  Jr. 
Everett  Eugene  Snider 

FORMER  COLLEGE  STUDENTS 

Jesse  C.  Booth  Thomas  Earl  Moberly 

Donald  R.  Cawood  Cyrus  Curtiss  Parks 

Mack  T.  Childers  Robert  R.  Pigman 

Orlie  Collis  Combs  Ormond  E.  Powell 

William  Patton  Cornell  James  K.  Purdon 

Lee  Cox,  Jr.  Clarence  R.  Rice 

Morton  Cundiff  Donald  O.  Richardson 

Ralph  Martin  Duffie  Leslie  G.  Roth 

Kelly  Fields  Arnold  Kendrick  Roy 

John  S.  Foote  Orval  V.  Sawyer 


^  From  "Our  Unreturning,"  by  W.  L.  Keene;  printed  in  somewhat  different 
forms  in  the  Milestone,  1943,  the  Eastern  Progress,  December  13,  1944,  and 
October  22,  1946,  and  in  A  Log  of  the  Vincennes,  by  Lt.  Donald  Hugh  Dorris 
and  others,  edited  and  supplemented  by  Dr.  J.  T-  Dorris  and  published  in  1947. 

204 


Paul  C.  Franklin  Elmer  Sharpe 

Joseph  Greenwell  James  Louis  Sizemore 

James  Greenwell  Bert  J.  Smith 

James  E.  Gott  James  D.  Stevens 

Donald  A.  Grollig  Edwin  Forrest  Tarter 

Cecil  M.  Hall  Edward  Walker 

William  Offard  Herndon  James  L.  White 

Dorrell  James  Holcomb  Alfred  P.  Wilson 

George  T.  Innings  George  R.  Wilson 

George  E.  Jones  Harry  B.  Wilson,  Jr. 

Venard  B.  Jones  Clarence  M.  Wright 

James  Glyndon  Masters  Alan  Yelton 
James  E.  Menifee 

FACULTY 
George  N.  Hembree 

Three  additional  names,  not  included  in  the  preceding  list 
but  worthy  to  be  added,  are  the  names  of  three  men  who  were 
graduates  of  the  campus  high  school  but  had  not  enrolled  in  the 
College.  These  were  Barnette  DeJarnette,  George  W.  Gentry,  and 
Allen  Perry  Moberly. 

In  Memoriam 

The  first  memorial  service  on  the  campus  in  honor  of  men  lost 
in  war  was  held  in  memory  of  Lt.  Donald  Hugh  Dorris  in  Walnut 
Hall  of  the  Student  Union  Building,  September  27,  1942.  Speakers 
of  this  occasion  were  the  president  of  Eastern,  Wm.  F.  O'Donnell; 
a  former  president  of  the  College,  Dr.  Herman  Lee  Donovan,  at 
that  time  president  of  the  University  of  Kentucky;  and  the  Rev- 
erend W.  T.  Beeler,  minister  of  the  First  Methodist  Church  of 
Richmond. 

In  his  tribute  to  Lt.  Dorris,  Dr.  Donovan  read  from  a  letter 
that  he  had  received  from  this  young  officer,  who  before  his  en- 
listment had  been  a  student  at  the  university  (M.A.,  1939).  A 
few  lines  from  that  letter  are  given  here,  with  the  thought  in  mind 
that  these  lines  may  well  have  expressed  not  only  the  convictions 
of  one  young  man  at  war,  but  also  the  earnest  concern  of  hundreds 
of  others  in  similar  positions  of  danger,  brought  face  to  face  with 
the  realities  of  their  commitments.  These  lines  follow: 

.  .  .  Whatever  the  final  military  results  of  the  wars  now 
raging  which  may  eventually  engulf  the  entire  world  .  .  . 
the  social  and  economic  problems  arising  therefrom  will 
be  of  an  importance  and  complexity  never  before  con- 
templated by  civilized  man.  World-wide  anarchy  can  easily 
be  the  result  of  non-effectual  leadership  by  the  statesmen 
of  the  world  .  .  . 

If  an  intelligent  knowledge  of  the  democratic  system 
exists,  if  a  love  and  belief  in  the  principles  upon  which 
our  government  was  founded  is  an  ever-growing  flame  in 
the  hearts  of  Americans,  civilization  will  not  decay  and 
die  but  will  reach  new  heights  from  the  ashes  of  the  present 
world  holocaust  .  .  .2 


2  This  letter,  congratulating  Dr.  Donovan  on  his  becoming  president  of  the 
University  of  Kentucky,  was  written  at  sea  aboard  the  Vincennes,  July  1,  1941. 
It  is  published  in  full  in  A  Log  of  the  Vincennes,  pp.  79-80. 

205 


There  was  a  memorial  service  in  Brock  Auditorium  at  assembly 
hour  on  December  6,  1944,  to  honor  all  of  those  then  known  to 
have  been  lost  or  reported  missing  or  to  be  prisoners  of  war. 
Music  of  the  organ,  violin,  and  harp  were  presented  by  Miss  Marie 
McPherson,  Miss  Brown  E.  Telford,  and  Miss  Mariette  Simpson. 
The  invocation  was  given  by  P.  M.  Grise.  The  Madrigal  Club  gave 
two  selections,  with  Jean  Harrison,  Elizabeth  Plessinger,  Dorothy 
Curtis,  and  LeFaun  Maggard  as  soloists.  A  poem  entitled  "Our  Un- 
returning,"  was  read  by  W.  L.  Keene.  The  speaker  of  the  occasion 
was  President  Wm.  F.  O'Donnell,  who  spoke  from  the  title  "A 
Tribute  To  Youth."  He  said,  in  part: 

These  young  men  shall  not  have  spent  themselves  in 
vain  if  we  accept  their  cause  as  our  own  and  add  their 
strength  and  devotion  to  our  strength  and  devotion. 

Out  of  this  struggle  should  come  a  great  America  to 
lead  and  bless  the  world  .  .  .  We  must  see  to  it  that  peace 
which  our  young  have  bought  shall  be  made  as  secure  and 
permanent  as  American  leadership  and  good  will,  and 
military  might  can  make  it. 

These  young  men  have  proved  that  they  had  reserves 
of  patriotism,  fortitude  and  courage  beyond  their  elders. 
They  have  shown  that  the  unifying  and  driving  force  of  a 
great  cause  is  more  dynamic  even  than  the  love  of  life. 3 

A  final  memorial  service  for  the  remembered  dead  was  held 
under  the  auspices  of  the  Alumni  Association  the  early  Sunday 
morning  of  October  6,  1946,  a  year  after  the  end  of  the  war,  as  a 
culmination  of  the  events  of  Homecoming  Week. 

On  this  occasion  President  O'Donnell  presided.  An  organ 
prelude,  "My  Heart  Is  Filled  with  Longing,"  was  played  by  Miss 
Brown  E.  Telford.  The  invocation  was  offered  by  William  J.  Stocker. 
"Meditation,"  by  Bach-Gounod,  was  presented  by  Miss  Telford 
at  the  harp,  Miss  Simpson  with  the  violin,  and  Miss  McPherson  at 
the  organ.  The  memorial  address,  entitled  "As  We  Remember 
Them,"  was  given  by  W.  L.  Keene.  Thomas  Bonney  sang  "The 
Recessional."  The  benediction  was  pronounced  by  John  Edgar 
McConnell,  president  of  the  Alumni  Association.  Parents  of  the 
men  honored  were  special  guests  of  the  College  for  the  day. 

The  following  paragraphs  frona  the  memorial  address  seem  to 
have  special  relevance  to  the  present  narrative: 

We  meet  today,  and  people  all  over  the  nation  meet 
on  days  like  this,  that  the  men  we  knew  and  loved  and 
honored  may  not  lie  forgotten  so  far  from  home.  Lest  we 
forget,  we  have  our  memorial  days.  Lest  we  forget  we 
build  our  monuments,  or  a  proud  memorial  building.  Or 
we  plant  a  living  memorial  of  trees  in  a  park  or  on  a  high- 
way or  a  campus.  Or  we  meet  for  an  hour;  and  with  music 
and  prayer,  a  few  words  spoken  and  many  unspoken,  and 
with  silence,  we  remember  our  dead. 

For  some  whom  we  remember,  there  are  green  and 
well-kept  places  all  over  the  world,  where  the  light  of  the 
sun  rests  today  and  on  other  days.  And  there  are  shrines, 


3  For  a  more  complete  summary  of  this  address,  see  the  Eastern  Progress, 
December  13,  1944. 

206 


doubtless,  where  not  only  loved  ones,  but  women  and  chil- 
dren and  men  who  never  knew  them,  will  come  through 
the  years  to  commune  with  the  names  on  stones  and 
crosses  there. 

But  there  are  others  whose  graves  are,  and  will  be 
forever,  the  ocean  and  the  air.  For  these,  what  better  place 
of  permanent  remembrance  than  this  campus  where  they 
lived  so  fully  a  year,  or  four  years,  of  their  brief  young 
lives. 

Sometime,  there  will  be  here,  perhaps,  a  visible  me- 
morial, in  building  or  playground  or  campus  trees,  or  some 
other.  But  until  then,  let  the  place  itself,  which  knew  so 
well  their  footsteps  and  their  laughter,  be  from  year  to 
year  to  all  of  them  a  continuing  memorial. 4 

Among  the  few  "visible  memorials"  envisioned  by  the  lines 
above  is  a  distinguished  piece  of  statuary,  Ariadne  and  Her 
Panther,  placed  in  the  entrance  corridor  of  the  Student  Union 
Building  by  Dr.  and  Mrs.  J.  T.  Dorris  in  memory  of  their  son, 
Lt.  Donald  Hugh  Dorris. 

Also,  in  some  sense,  a  memorial  related  to  the  campus,  though 
written  with  a  more  specialized  memorial  purpose  in  view,  is  the 
book,  A  Log  of  the  Vincennes,  previously  referred  to,  which  was 
"compiled,  supplemented,  and  edited  by  Dr.  J.  T.  Dorris,"  but  which 
is  in  large  part  the  naval  "Log"  and  the  letters  of  his  son.  Lieu- 
tenant Dorris.  Published  in  1947,  the  book  is  specifically  dedicated 
to  the  "Sacred  Memory  of  the  Officers  and  Men  of  USS  Vincennes 
who,  in  the  language  of  their  great  Commander  in  Chief,  'Dared  to 
die  that  freedom  might  live  and  grow,  and  increase  its  blessings.'  " 

On  an  October  afternoon  of  another  Homecoming  Day,  1951,  a 
young  dogwood  was  planted  on  the  campus  in  memory  of  Lt. 
Russell  McKee  Childs,  an  officer  of  the  United  States  Navy  Air 
Corps,  who  was  lost  in  action  March  12,  1944,  at  Humbolt  Bay, 
New  Guinea.  On  a  June  afternoon  six  years  later,  this  young  tree, 
or  its  successor,  was  growing  there  still  in  the  sun-warmed  grassy 
area  between  the  Student  Union  Building  and  Burnam  Hall.  With 
it  were  two  other  small  dogwoods  planted  later.  One  can  imagine 
that  these  three  trees,  forming  a  triangle  of  living  green  in  the 
midst  of  the  campus,  may  become  in  time  a  growing  and  con- 
tinuing memorial  not  only  for  the  young  man  in  whose  name  the 
first  was  planted,  but  also  for  others  of  the  youthful  dead  whose 
names  have  appeared  in  this  chapter,  or  whose  steps  have  at  any 
time  touched  with  affection  this  campus  earth. 

Since  May  of  1954,  the  throngs  of  students  who  have  passed 
with  talk  and  laughter  along  the  underpass  that  separates  Roark 
Hall  from  Science  Building  may  have  stopped  to  read,  if  they 
wished  to  do  so,  the  words  of  a  bronze  plaque  placed  on  the  Science 
Building  wall  by  the  Seniors  of  that  year.  It  bears  the  inscription: 
"Dedicated  to  the  sons  of  Eastern  who  lost  their  lives  in  World 
War  n." 

During  the  war  and  the  first  few  years  that  followed,  "Me- 
morial Albums"  were  compiled  by  the  Alumni  Association,  which 


^  Complete  text  printed  in  the  Eastern  Progress,   October  22,   1946. 

207 


contain  military  records,  pictures,  and  personal  information  of  the 
men  who  did  not  return.  These  Albums  are  kept  on  file  in  the 
campus  Alumni  Office. 

Finally,  the  College  annual,  the  Milestone  for  1946,  was  dedi- 
cated, "in  honor  and  with  deepest  gratitude: 

To  the  men  and  women  who  wore  their  country's 
uniform  in  perilous  days;  to  the  dead  who  lie  beneath  white 
crosses  in  many  lands  and  in  ships  of  proud  memory  be- 
neath many  seas;  to  the  wounded  who  linger  in  hospitals 
awaiting  the  day  of  restoration  to  heajth  and  home;  to 
those  who  yet  stand  guard  at  home  or  over-seas  to  keep 
inviolate  the  victory;  and  to  the  many  who  have  returned 
to  their  families,  their  work,  and  their  campus,  determined 
to  match  the  bitter  sacrifices  of  war  with  as  courageous 
and  unremitting  devotion  to  enduring  peace. 

With  the  exception  of  the  Memorial  Museum,  which  is  the  sub- 
ject of  a  separate  chapter  in  this  volume,  no  other  tangible  memorial 
to  these  men  is  known  to  exist  on  the  campus,  although  others  have 
been  contemplated  and  may  at  some  future  time  be  created.  There 
remains,  of  course,  to  an  unknown  degree,  here  as  elsewhere,  that 
invisible  memorial  which  Pericles  the  Athenian  called  "a  record 
unwritten,  with  no  tablet  to  preserve  it  except  that  of  the  heart." 

THE   WAR  THAT   WAS   NOT   WAR 

The  fervently  hoped-for  "enduring  peace"  of  the  Milestone 
dedication  quoted  above  was  unhappily  destined  to  remain,  for  a 
time  at  least,  no  more  than  a  fervent  hope.  After  five  years  of  a 
troubled  peace  that  was  never  quite  a  peace,  there  came  another 
war  that  was  never  quite  called  a  war. 

The  Korean  War  affected  the  lives  of  individual  persons 
associated  with  Eastern  Kentucky  State  College,  and  those  who 
would  become  associated  with  it  later,  as  other  wars  had  done. 
But  its  effect  on  the  College  as  an  institution  appears  to  have  been 
small  and  of  little  tangible  record. 

If  there  were  casualties,  they  were  not  publicized.  If  there 
were  enrollment  changes,  they  were  small  and  little  noted.  The 
beginning  of  the  war,  coming  as  it  did  in  June,  is  not  mentioned 
in  the  College  newspaper  until  October. 

Possibly  the  fact  that  the  peace  had  hardly  been  a  peace — 
that  Selective  Service  was  still  a  continuing  reality,  that  the 
atomic  bomb  had  generated  a  new  psychology  of  fatalistic  ac- 
ceptance of  national  and  personal  danger  as  a  part  of  the  normal 
order  of  living— may  somewhat  have  insulated  people  on  the 
campus,  as  elsewhere,  from  the  usual  shock  of  a  war's  onset. 

It  is  possible  to  recall  and  to  record  the  dead  weight  of 
bewildered  fear  and  dread  that  hung  like  a  pall  over  the  summer 
of  1950,  when  the  armies  of  the  United  States  and  the  United 
Nations  were  fighting  desperately  to  retain  standing  room  in  the 
Pusan  area  in  Korea.  There  was  a  resurgence  of  this  gloom  late 
in  the  year  when  the  allied  push  toward  the  Yalu  River  was  met 

208 


and  reversed  by  Communist  China's  open  entrance  into  the  war. 
There  were  days  in  classrooms  when  an  empty  seat  or  the  failure 
of  someone  to  answer  roll  call  was  interpreted  to  mean  that  an- 
other student  had  decided  to  enlist  without  announcement  or  to 
anticipate  his  expected  call  to  military  duty  by  going  to  meet  it 
half  way. 

But  as  the  fortunes  of  war  seemed  to  brighten  somewhat  in 
1951,  and  then  to  slow  down  into  a  wearisome  condition  of  mutual 
attrition,  it  was  not  easy  to  detect  any  specific  procedure  of  the 
College  that  might  be  called  a  specific  war  attitude   or  relation. 

By  1952  the  dark  cloud  of  the  war's  beginning  had  become  the 
dull  gray  of  a  military  stalemate,  stirred  by  the  muttered  thunder 
and  heat-lightning  of  political  recrimination.  Then,  almost  im- 
perceptibly, and  with  no  feeling  of  victory  or  pride,  it  brightened 
into  a  lighter  gray  of  something  that  would  gradually  be  called 
peace  again. 

And  so,  for  the  final  three  years  preceding  the  1956-57  ob- 
servation of  its  fiftieth  anniversary,  the  College  that  had  known 
three  wars  in  its  first  half  century  of  existence,  became,  with  the 
rest  of  the  nation,  the  beneficiary  of  another  period  of  official,  if 
imperfect  peace.  And  as  its  second  half  century  began,  there  re- 
mained still  the  hope  that  trained  and  responsible  intelligence 
might  yet  be  able  to  achieve  in  some  better  future  a  peace  that 
could  by  right  be  called  both  just  and  "enduring."  For  the  attain- 
ment of  this  result,  the  College  was  committed  to  some  measure  of 
responsibility. 


209 


OUR  UNRETURNING 


Ph.  M.  1/C  Jesse  C.  Booth        Lt.  Donald  R.  Cawood 
Sophomore  1939-40  Sophomore  1942-43 


Pfc.  Mack  T.   Childers 
Freshman  1941-42 


Lt.  Russell  McKee  Childs        Lt.  Orlie  Collis  Comhs        Cpl.  Wm.  Patton  Cornell 
Class  1938  Sophomore  1940-41  Freshman  1940-41 


Lee  Cox,  Jr.  A.R.M.  3/C 
Freshman  1942-43 


Capt.  Morton  A.  Cundiff, 
M.D.  Sophomore  1935 


Lt.  (j.g.)  Donald  Hugh 
Dorris  Class  1935 


-^                       r-      ^        r 

A 

i" 

^Vi 

f 

Lt.  Ralph  M.  Duffie 
Freshman  1939-40 


Capt.  Jacob  Thomas  Far- 
ris,  M.D.  Class  1936 


S/Sgt.  Kelly  Fields 
Senior  1940-41 


Lt.  (j.g.)  John  S.  Foote 
Sophomore  1941 


Capt.  James  E.  Gott 
Junior  1939-40 


Lt.  Joseph  Greenwell 
Sophomore  1936-37 


Pfc.  Donald  A.  Grollig 
Sophomore  1942-43 


Lt.  Cecil  M.  Hall 
Junior  1940-41 


Lt.  William  Chealis  Ham- 
monds Class  1939 


F./O.  William  O.  Herndon 
Junior  1938-39 


Dorrell  J.  Holcomb 


T.M.U.   3/C    George   T. 
Jennings  Sophomore  1942 


T/Sgt.  Vernard  B.  Jones        Major  George  M.  Lewis  Lt.  James  G.  Masters 

Junior  1940-41  Sophomore  1938-39  Junior  1940-41 


Lt.  James  E.  Menifee 
Freshman  1941-42 


Pfc.  Thomas  E.  Moberly        2nd  Lt.  Cyrus  C.  Parks 
Freshman  1942-43  Senior  1937-38 


Pvt.  Robert  R,  Pigman 
Sophomore  1940-41 


Lt. 


James  H.  Porter 
Class  1941 


Lt.  Ormond  E.  Powell 
Sophomore  1941-42 


Cpl.  James  K.  Purdon 
Sophomore  1941-42 


Pvt.  Clarence  R.  Rice 
Freshman   1939-40 


Lt.  Z.  T.  Rice,  Jr. 
Class  1933 


Pvt.  Donald  O.  Richard- 
son Junior  1942-43 


Lt.  James  S.  Rodgers,  Jr. 
Class  1939 


Pvt.  Leslie  G.  Roth 
Senior  1938-39 


^  ■      'If 


Lt.  Arnold  K.  Roy  Lt.  Orval  V.  (Tom)  Saw- 

yer Junior  1942-43 


S/Sgt.  Elmer  Sharpe 
Freshman  1940-41 


Lt.  James  L.  Slzemore 
Junior  1938-39 


Lt.  Bert  J.  Smith 
Senior  1941-42 


Pvt.  Everett  E.  Snider 
Class  1936 


Capt.  James  Stevens 
Sophomore  1936-37 


Pfe.  E.  Forrest  Tarter 
Freshman  1942-43 


Lt.  Edward  Walker 
Sophomore  1942-43 


Flight   Officer 
Alfred  P.  Wilson 


Sgt.  George  R.  Wilson        Lt.  (j.g.)  Harry  B.  Wilson, 
Freshman  1939  Jr.    Senior    1940-41 


Lt.  James  L.  White 
Freshman  1936-37 


Pfc.  Clarence  M.  Wright 
Sophomore  1940-41 


Lt.  Alan  Yelton 
Senior  1940-41 


Maj.  George  H.  Hembree 
Faculty 


Ariadne  and  Her  Panther, 

by  the  late  P.  Barzanti  of 

Florence,  Italy 


,t.vvi#s^*;'- 


The  Wacs  on  Review  in  1943-44, 

on  the  parade  field  before  the 

Weaver  Health  Building. 


CHAPTER  XV 

TOWN  AND  GOWN 

By  Miss  Maude  Gibson 

Fifty  years  in  retrospect  at  Eastern  is  like  a  pleasant  journey 
down  the  trails  of  memory,  a  journey  on  which  one  is  not  annoyed 
by  luggage,  and  disagreebale  fellow  travelers  can  be  ignored  and 
forgotten.  The  changes  which  have  taken  place  in  the  town  of 
Richmond  since  Eastern  Kentucky  State  Normal  (now  Eastern 
Kentucky  State  College)  was  established,  are  almost  beyond  the 
imagination,  even  of  one  who  has  been  a  part  of  the  institution 
since   1910. 

Situated  as  it  is,  among  the  fields  and  valleys  bordering  on 
the  Cumberland  mountains,  the  town  had  less  than  five  thousand 
inhabitants,  when  the  Normal  came.  It  was  a  conservative  pro- 
vincial neighborhood,  which  resented  the  inroads  of  industry  push- 
ing down  from  the  North.  There  being  less  than  forty-two  years 
since  the  Nation  was  torn  by  the  War  between  the  States,  and 
Kentucky  being  a  border  state,  there  were  factional  differences 
which  had  never  been  healed.  Yet  it  is  to  the  everlasting  credit 
of  soldiers  from  Madison  County  who  had  fought  one  another  in 
that  regrettable  conflict,  that  they  now  walked  peacefully  together 
with  heads  high  among  their  fellow  Kentuckians  unmolested  and 
unafraid. 

However,  the  older  generation  longed  for  the  salubrious  life 
of  pre-bellum  days,  when  hard  labor  was  done  by  colored  folks 
and,  traditionally,  white  ladies  and  gentlemen  did  not  work.  When 
this  scribe  was  first  introduced  to  a  tall,  saintly  looking  old  man 
at  Eastern's  chapel  one  day  and  a  friend  from  north  of  the  Ohio 
River,  whispered  "This  was  one  of  General  Morgan's  raiders," 
she  was  seized  with  fear  and  trembling.  For  in  that  state  whence 
she  came  where  most  of  the  male  babies  were  yet  being  named 
William  Penn  or  Benjamin  Franklin,  the  tales  of  "Morgan's 
Raiders,"  whether  true  or  not,  were  yet  being  told  to  keep  teen- 
agers from  going  out  on  dark  nights.  Social  traditions  were  dear 
to  the  Southland  where  hospitality  and  entertainment  were,  in 
many  instances,  passed  down  from  a  gay  Virginia  ancestry;  and 
Richmond  was  not  an  exception. 

And  now  a  Normal  School  for  the  training  of  teachers  for 
the  schools  of  Eastern  Kentucky  Mountains  and  less  prosperous 
farm  country  was  established  in  Richmond!  Here  where  once 
Central  University  had  been  and  now  was  not;  here  where  the 
sons   of  the  best  families   of  the   State   had   studied   the   classics 

217 


for  more  than  a  quarter  of  a  century,  came  "the  sons  of  the  soil" 
to  prepare  to  teach  (see  Chapter  I).  Moreover,  the  frolicsome 
feats  of  Central  University  students  on  Halloween  and  St.  Pat- 
rick's days,  were  yet  being  retold,  amidst  peals  of  laughter,  at 
public  dinners  and  banquets.  One  outstanding  example  of  what 
was  considered  to  be  a  climactic  prank  eighty  years  ago,  was  for 
the  University  boys  to  paint  their  president's  old  horse  white-and- 
black  striped  to  make  it  look  like  a  zebra.  Naturally,  this  was 
not  done  for  the  comfort  of  that  beast  of  burden,  which  surely 
would  have  died  had  not  the  paint  been  removed.  Another  top 
notcher  in  the  way  of  fun,  in  those  days,  was  to  pull  a  yearling 
calf,  with  ropes  about  its  body,  up  to  the  roof  of  University  Hall 
and  tie  it  like  a  bit  of  trimming  to  the  fence  around  the  flagstaff. 
These  tales  of  adolescence,  however,  were  not  all  that  had  survived 
of  the  good  work  done  in  Central  University  when  the  Normal 
School  opened,  but  such  caprices  are,  fortunately,  not  condoned 
by  students  of  Eastern;  they  were  generally  characteristic  of 
students  generations  ago. 

There  were  nevertheless  graduates  of  Central  University  in 
Richmond  and  elsewhere  who  became  prominent  in  the  legal  pro- 
fession, in  the  ministry.,  in  teaching  and  in  other  vocations.  J.  C. 
W.  Beckham,  who  attended  Central  only  two  years,  became  Gov- 
ernor of  Kentucky.  Moreover,  did  not  graduates  of  Central  Uni- 
versity in  the  General  Assembly  at  Frankfort  and  in  Richmond 
promote  legislation  that  produced  the  two  Normals,  in  1906,  and 
brought  Eastern  to  Richmond?  (See  Chapters  II  and  XV  of 
Three  Decades  of  Progress  and  Chapter  I  of  this  volume  for  such 
prominent  graduates  of  Central  University.) 

Socially,  however.  Central  University  had  been  a  great  asset 
to  the  town,  and  that  the  Normal  School  could  not  be — for  a 
time,  at  least.  The  Cotillion  Club,  the  coaching  trips  to  Estill 
Springs,  the  fox  chase,  and  many  other  forms  of  youthful  pleasure 
and  entertainment  in  Richmond  in  the  time  of  Central  University 
were  now  almost  taboo.  Such  gay  and  festive  occasions,  how- 
ever, were  to  recur  in  greater  degree  and  variety  as  Eastern  grew 
in  strength  and  numbers. 

Yes,  the  Normal  School  came;  and  the  boys  and  gii'ls  appeared 
from  the  hills;  they  came  from  the  country;  and  they  arrived  with 
great  enthusiasm.  Their  clothes  were  not  stylish.  Some  wore 
home-spun,  and  some  wore  sun  bonnets  and  slouch  hats.  The 
girls'  calico  dresses  were  often  shorter  than  their  under  skirts, 
and  the  trousers  of  the  boys  were  patched  in  many  cases.  But 
on,  they  came!  Of  course,  the  more  cautious  boys  brought  their 
guns  along,  and  many  a  fearful  looking  knife  was  hidden  among 
their  belongings.  They  were  prepared  for  any  emergency  down 
here  among  the  Blue  Grass  fellows,  who  were  also  represented 
in  the  student  body. 

When  the  State  Normal  School  opened,  there  were  the  Music 
building  (which  was  then  the  Presbyterian  manse  but  soon  became 

218 


the  home  of  the  President  of  Eastern),  five  cottages,  a  small  library 
building,  the  old  University  building,  the  boys'  dormitory  (Mem- 
orial Hall,  built  in  1883  to  commemorate  the  hundredth  anniversary 
of  the  establishment  of  the  first  Presbyterian  Church  in  Kentucky), 
on  Eastern's  campus — the  heritage  from  Central  University  (see 
Chapter  I).  Sullivan  Hall,  the  Roark  and  Cammack  buildings 
were  soon  added,  and  the  Normal  began  to  appear  to  be  a  school 
of  much  consequence.  The  maple  trees  were  very  lovely  and 
inviting,  but  there  was  no  athletic  field,  no  gymnasium  and  no 
cement  walks  from  building  to  building.  In  fact,  there  were 
then  only  common  turnpikes  with  toll  houses  at  intervals  in 
Madison  County.  Horses  and  carriages  were  yet  in  high  favor, 
there  being  only  four  automobiles  in  the  County,  and  three  of 
these  were  in  Richmond — an  evidence  of  great  progress. 

South  Second  Street  was  a  virtual  cow-path  lined  on  either 
side  by  tall  mullein  stalks,  iron  weed  and  queen  Ann's  lace  (wild 
carrots).  There  were  no  houses  on  Second  between  the  campus 
and  Water  Street.  Student  girls  were  not  permitted  to  go  to 
town  that  way  unchaperoned.  There  were  very  few  houses  on 
Lancaster  Avenue,  and  Wellington  Court  was  a  large,  uncultivated 
field  with  a  group  of  pine  trees  in  the  center,  and  under  these 
trees  was  a  colored  woman's  cottage.  An  ancient  post-and-rail 
fence  protected  the  property  from  the  Collins  Apartment  down 
to  the  Davidson  Apartment  on  Lancaster. 

Fifty  years  ago,  the  town  had  some  very  fine  examples  of 
Colonial  Greek  architecture,  of  which  the  court  house  is  yet  one 
of  the  best  in  Kentucky.  There  were  also  a  number  of  well-built 
brick  homes  of  the  late  French  renaissance,  all  expressive  of  cul- 
tivated taste  on  the  part  of  the  owners,  as  well  as  financial  security. 

Lest  there  be  some  misunderstanding,  it  should  be  stated 
that  Richmond  has,  throughout  the  years,  produced  many  prom- 
inent statesmen,  foreign  diplomats  and  government  leaders.  Many 
of  these  men  received  their  professional  training  at  various  Southern 
universities,  besides  a  few  who  went  to  Harvard  and  Yale  to  con- 
tinue in,  and  complete,  some  special  line  of  work.  A  number  of 
native  Richmond  men  have  become  noted  medical  men,  while  a 
large  number  of  women,  as  well  as  men,  have  carried  the  Chris- 
tian faith  to  people  in  foreign  fields,  as  well  as  in  our  home-land. 

Before  the  advent  of  schools  for  the  training  of  teachers,  educa- 
tion meant  the  study  of  Greek  and  Latin,  the  English  classics  and 
a  limited  amount  of  mathematics.  Of  course,  the  English  sentence 
was  torn  asunder,  then  parsed  and  analysed  and  put  together 
again.  Up  in  New  England  a  new  great  movement  in  education 
had  started,  a  movement  which  has  swept  the  world  until  all 
spheres  of  usefulness  are  outlined  and  studied  in  our  colleges  and 
universities  today. 

Any  enterprise  which  engages  the  best  interest  of  a  group  of 
people,  brings  happiness  to  a  community.  By  the  end  of  the  first 
decade  at  Eastern,  faculty  men  and  women  were  working  shoulder 
to  shoulder  with  the  towns  people  in  the  churches,  in  the  civic 

219 


clubs,  and  in  the  music  and  art  clubs.  Then  came  the  First  World 
War  when  the  work  of  the  Red  Cross — sewing,  collecting  funds, 
selling  bonds,  and  entertainment  for  the  soldiers — made  the  entire 
community  one  in  purpose,  one  in  sympathy,  grief,  and  regret. 
But  a  common  sorrow  fosters  friendship  and  love.  Today  the 
interests  of  the  faculty  are  as  deeply  rooted  in  the  life  of  the  school 
and  Richmond  as  the  maple  trees  on  the  campus;  and  an  atmos- 
phere of  progress  is  to  be  found  everywhere.  Moreover,  industry 
has  come  to  Richmond;  the  Blue  Grass  Ordnance  also  enhances 
the  city's  importance;  the  stores  are  larger  and  more  modern  and 
carry  splendid  merchandise  for  customers,  who  also  come  from 
many  adjacent  counties  and  states. 

The  town  has  grown  in  all  directions  from  the  conservative, 
small  center  of  fifty  years  ago.  Hundreds  of  fine  modern  homes 
have  been  erected  in  the  various  city  additions,  until  the  urban 
community  of  some  15,000  inhabitants  is  well  considered  to  be 
one  of  the  most  progressive  and  attractive  cities  in  the  State. 

Eastern  is  no  longer  primarily  a  school  for  teacher  training; 
it  is  now  a  College  where  all  phases  of  education  are  being  taught 
by  highly  trained  men  and  women.  Many  of  these  professional 
people  have  traveled  extensively  over  Europe  and  North  and  South 
America.  Some  are  outstanding  writers  of  history,  poetry,  defense 
of  Kentucky's  constitution,  the  defense  of  our  form  of  government 
against  the  advance  of  communism,  and  various  other  books  which 
are  important  to  modern  thinkers.  Moreover,  Eastern  has  long 
since  had  a  military  training  department,  and  the  College  ranks 
high  among  institutions  of  learning  in  the  athletic  world. 

Members  of  the  faculty  of  Eastern  have  brought  to  Richmond 
leaders  in  every  walk  of  life.  Many  teachers  have  built  beautiful 
homes,  and  often  they  and  their  wives  are  accepted  as  counselors 
and  leaders  in  civic  enterprises.  Moreover,  students  have  come  in 
large  numbers  from  cities  like  Louisville,  Covington,  Newport, 
and  from  the  Blue  Grass  counties,  as  well  as  from  the  less  wealthy 
parts  of  Kentucky.  Other  states,  too,  contribute  to  the  student 
body  and  thereby  enhance  the  strength  of  athletic  teams,  music 
organization,   and  other  college  activities. 

Scores  of  students  secure  employment  annually  in  Richmond 
to  pay  part  of  their  expenses  in  college;  and,  of  course,  natives  of 
the  community  greatly  appreciate  the  economici  and  cultural 
contributions  of  the  College  to  Richmond.  In  fact,  organizations 
among  business  and  professional  men  of  Richmond,  like  the  Press 
Club  and  the  Board  of  Trade,  promote  interests  on  the  Campus. 
This  is  especially  noticeable  in  athletics;  and  the  College  recipro- 
cates in  the  support  of  the  Richmond  Community  Concert  Associa- 
tion and  such  drives  for  funds  as  are  made  to  support  certain 
charitable,  health,  and  other  community  interests  of  the  city.  Of 
course,  there  are  now  lawyers,  physicians,  pharmacists,  business 


^A  recent  (1957)  survey  of  the  present,  annual  economic  contribution  of  the 
College  to  Richmond,  by  Professor  R.  R.  Richards  of  Eastern's  Department  of 
Economics,  gives  the  gratifying  figure  of  more  than  $3,000,000. 

220 


men,  and  teachers  in  the  public  schools  of  Richmond,  who  attended 
Eastern. 

Fortunately,  the  old,  bitter  rivalry  that  often  existed  in  medi- 
eval times  between  college  students  and  towns  people  where  the 
universities  existed,  does  not  prevail  in  Richmond.  Indeed,  the 
term  "Town  and  Gown"  today  connotes  a  wholesome,  cooperative 
spirit  between  the  College  and  the  citizens  of  Richmond  that  is 
conductive  to  the  prosperity  and  happiness  of  all. 


An  Operetta 


Commencement  in   Brock   Auditorium,    1956 

221 


CHAPTER  XVI 

IN-SERVICE  EDUCATION 

By  D.  J.  Carty  and  R.  E.  Jaggers 

Introduction 

Eastern  recognizes  itself  as  a  part  of  the  public  school  system 
and  is  obligated  to  perform  the  function  assigned  it  when  the 
institution  was  established.  This  function  as  a  part  of  the  public 
school  system  is  the  preparation  of  teachers.  This  means  that 
the  obligation  is  not  limited  to  those  who  have  the  opportunity 
to  come  to  the  campus  for  services  due  them.  Eastern  has  met 
this  obligation  as  needs  appeared  and  in  accordance  with  its 
ability  to  meet  the  needs. 

The  Division  of  In-service  education  at  Eastern  had  a  very 
humble  beginning.  It  was  born  soon  after  Eastern  was  estab- 
lished during  the  first  decade  of  the  20th  century.  Difficulties 
met  in  getting  good  teachers  in  the  schools  brought  the  division 
into  existence. 

A  new  Normal  School  was  established.  Those  entitled  to  at- 
tend this  school  had  to  be  made  acquainted  with  the  opportunities 
Eastern  had  to  offer  them.  Faculty  members  went  into  the  counties 
and  into  the  towns  of  Eastern  Kentucky.  They  talked  with  pros- 
pective students  and  their  parents.  They  attended  institutes  and 
helped  teachers  in  organizing  their  learning  programs.  Selling 
Eastern  to  those  who  needed  its  services  was  the  early  goal. 

During  the  third  decade  in  the  20th  century  many  of  these 
people  attended  Eastern  but  there  were  many  who  did  not  and 
could  not  attend.  Correspondence  study  got  under  way  and  off- 
campus  classes  were  organized.  In  the  years  immediately  follow- 
ing the  inauguration  of  correspondence  study  and  off-campus  classes 
thousands  of  teachers  were  served. 

Eastern's  activities  in  the  field  of  in-service  education  have 
changed  with  the  times  and  with  the  changing  needs.  From 
helping  teachers  to  become  high  school  graduates,  Eastern  now 
helps  them  to  become  holders  of  baccalaureate  degrees  and  master 
of  arts  degrees.  In-service  education  programs  at  Eastern  have 
contributed    notably   to    these    ends. 

Beginning  in  the  middle  30's,  in-service  education  was  ex- 
tended to  many  areas.  Eastern's  in-service  program  included 
such  activities  as  special  consultant  services  to  groups  of  teachers 
in  understanding  children,  in  identifying  learning  needs  of  chil- 
dren, in  organizing  school  programs,  in  preparing  courses  of  study, 
in  inaugurating  testing  programs,  in  providing  reading  clinics,  in 
meeting  recreational  needs  of  youth,  and  many  other  activities. 

222 


These  activities  extended  to  other  adult  groups  including  parents 
who  wanted  solution  to  their  problems,  such  as  child  study,  parent- 
child  and  parent-teacher  relations,  problems  relating  to  prevention 
of  delinquency,  community  surveys,  community  planning,  and  the 
like. 

In-service  education  during  the  past  ten  years  has  included: 
conducting  general  conferences  on  the  campus,  leadership  confer- 
ences, special  problems  conferences,  music  festivals,  scholastic 
tournaments,  dramatic  tournaments,  and  contests  in  public  speaking. 

The  story  which  follows  gives  some  of  the  facts  about  how 
the  in-service  program  has  changed  and  grown  during  the  first 
five  decades  of  Eastern's  life  span.  Beginning  with  field  services 
focused  on  recruitment,  followed  by  correspondence,  study  centers, 
off-campus  classes,  consultant  and  specialized  services,  the  story 
is  unfolded  in  this  chapter. 

Early  Beginnings 

During  the  first  ten  years  of  Eastern's  existence,  extramural 
or  off-campus  activities  were  limited  largely  to  such  services  as 
commencements,  addresses,  lecturing  before  teachers'  institutes, 
and  other  occasional  lectures  and  demonstrations.  Extension  work 
as  such  was  at  first  considered  to  be  mainly  a  student  recruitment 
program  which  was  conducted  largely  by  a  field  representative  of 
the  College.  In  the  minutes  of  its  meeting  on  June  17,  1909,  the 
Board  of  Regents  employed  G.  D.  Smith  at  a  salary  of  $1,600.00  per 
year  to  do  "Extension  work  in  the  field  and  to  authorize  the  paying 
of  his  expenses  on  such  trips." 

In  addition  to  his  job  as  a  student  recruiter,  the  field  repre- 
sentative spent  a  large  part  of  his  time  in  the  field  assisting  former 
students  who  were  teaching;  addressing  educational  gatherings; 
counseling  with  superintendents,  supervisors,  and  truant  officers; 
visiting  groups  of  schools  and  speaking  to  groups  of  teachers  and 
performing  such  other  duties  as  the  President  of  the  Normal  School 
might  direct.  In  other  words,  he  served  as  a  sort  of  roving  am- 
bassador whose  duty  consisted  largely  of  carrying  the  services  of 
the  Normal  School  into  the  field  as  well  as  building  a  student  body 
for  the  future  of  the  institution. 

Leaves  of  absence  were  given  faculty  members  during  the 
first  decade  for  the  purpose  of  conducting  teachers'  institutes  in 
various  counties  in  Kentucky.  The  "old  time"  county  teachers' 
institute  was  held  once  a  year.  All  rural  teachers  in  the  system 
usually  met  at  the  county  seat  prior  to  or  soon  after  the  opening 
of  the  school  term  for  at  least  one  week  of  institute  training.  The 
institute  instructor  among  other  things  gave  lectures  and  demon- 
strations on  school  management  and  control  and  the  teaching  of 
the  various  common  school  branches.  The  instructor  was  looked 
upon  as  somewhat  of  an  expert  in  the  methods  and  techniques  of 
teaching  and  the  organization  and  management  of  the  school.  In 
many  cases,  the  most  popular  instructors  were  those  who  spiced 
their  lectures  with  illustrative  jokes  and  stories. 

223 


Pi'ofessor  J.  A.  Sharon  was  one  among  the  first  to  be  released 
to  do  institute  work.  On  June  18,  1909,  the  Board  of  Regents 
issued  the  following  order: 

Professor    Sharon    desiring    to    do    institute    work   for 

three  weeks  in  September,  a  motion  carried  granting  him 

a  leave  of  absence  for  that  time,  without  pay,  allowing  him 

railroad  fare   in   going  and   returning  from  his   institutes. 

This  allowance  of  fare  is  on  the  ground  that  the  institute 

work  is  an  advertisement  of  the  school. 

The  Board  of  Regents  on  October  1,  1909,  authorized  Pro- 
fessor E.  C.  McDougle  to  make  arrangements  to  hold  the  institute 
in  Pulaski  County  for  the  coming  year.  Apparently  by  1917  the 
requests  for  institute  instructors  had  grown  to  such  an  extent  that 
the  Board  of  Regents  at  their  meeting  on  June  15  authorized  Presi- 
dent Coates  at  his  discretion  to  send  members  of  the  faculty  to 
counties  in  Eastern  Kentucky  to  conduct  institutes.  During  this 
year  Prof.  Charles  A.  Keith  was  granted  a  leave  of  absence  for  a 
week  to  conduct  an  institute  in  Lawrence  County.  Other  faculty 
members  not  referred  to  here  were,  no  doubt,  also  called  upon 
to  render  such  services  for  the  schools  of  the  State. 

Extension  Department  Established 

Great  strides  were  made  in  field  services  offered  during  the 
second  ten  years  of  Eastern's  existence.  Correspondence  work  was 
established.  Study  centers  were  organized  and  conducted,  and 
the  Department  of  Extension  was  created. 

Late  in  the  year  of  1919,  Eastern  State  Normal  offered  cor- 
respondence courses  for  the  first  time.  J.  R.  Robinson,  who  was 
the  first  supervisor  of  the  Correspondence  Department,  stated  in 
his  report  iii  1921  that  "the  popularity  of  these  courses  was  at  once 
evident  and  that  the  amount  of  work  done  by  correspondence  had 
steadily  grown." 

By  the  school  year  1921-22,  fifty  correspondence  courses  were 
being  offered.  Over  two-thirds  of  these  courses,  however,  were 
of  high  school  rank  and  carried  one-third  of  a  high  school  credit 
each.  Certain  high  school  courses  offered  by  correspondence 
led  to  the  completion  of  the  requirements  for  an  elementary  certifi- 
cate, which  at  that  time  was  based  upon  two  years  of  high  school. 
Certain  other  courses  were  offered  to  enable  teachers  to  complete 
the  requirements  for  an  intermediate  certificate,  which  was  based 
upon  the  completion  of  four  years  of  high  school.  The  sixteen 
college  courses  carried  three  semester  hours  each  and  led  toward 
the  partial  fulfillment  of  the  requirements  for  an  advanced  certifi- 
cate course,  based  on  two  years  of  college  training. 

The  original  purpose  of  the  correspondence  department  was 
stated  by  J.  R.  Robinson,  Supervisor  of  Extension  in  1921.  The 
Eastern  Kentucky  Review  bearing  the  date  of  1921,  carries  the 
following  statement: 

The  purpose  is  to  make  the  resources  of  the  institution 
available  in  as  many  ways  as  possible.  People  who  are 
unable  to  avail  themselves  of  the  advantages  offered  in 

224 


resident  study  have  a  just  claim  upon  the  state  for  some 
sort  of  educational  opportunities.  Also,  people  who  can 
spend  a  limited  time  in  resident  study  are  enabled  to  sup- 
plement this  with  additional  instruction  such  as  the  normal 
school  was  created  to  give. 

Just  now  Kentucky  faces  an  educational  crisis.  Far 
reaching  reforms  were  made  by  the  legislature  of  1920.  If 
these  reforms  are  faithfully  carried  out,  Kentucky's  schools 
will  make  more  progress  in  the  next  ten  years  than  they 
have  made  in  the  past  century.  To  meet  the  provisions  of 
this  new  legislation  several  thousand  teachers  must  be 
given  high  school  training  who  do  not  now  possess  it.  It  is 
impossible  for  the  majority  of  them  to  spend  more  than  an 
occasional  short  term  doing  resident  work.  Many  will  be 
able  to  do  no  resident  work  at  all.  If  they  were  able  to 
come,  the  state  institutions  would  not  accommodate  them. 
Correspondence  work  will  help  solve  the  problem. 

It  was  soon  made  apparent  that  correspondence  work  alone 
would  not  meet  the  demands  of  those  who  desired  to  further  their 
education  while  on  the  job.  Off -campus  study  centers  and  off- 
campus  summer  schools  began  about  this  time  to  make  demands 
upon  the  institution  for  increased  services.  President  Coates  made 
the  following  report  to  the  Board  of  Regents  at  their  meeting  on 
November  20,  1920: 

The  enrollment  in  the  extension  work  is  over  a  hundred 
different  students,  carrying  one  hundred  and  forty-seven 
different  courses.  The  department  is  in  the  hands  of  Pro- 
fessor J.  R.  Robinson.  A  study  center  has  already  been 
established  at  Nicholasville,  and  arrangements  are  being 
made  to  establish  study  centers  in  many  different  narts 
of  Eastern's  district. 

Superintendent  George  Colvin  reported  to  the  Board  of  Regents 
at  their  meeting  on  April  9,  1921,  that  much  effort  was  being 
made  by  him  and  his  office  force  to  assist  the  two  Normal  Schools 
in  doing  extension  work.  Summer  schools  throughout  the  State 
under  their  supervision  and  that  of  the  State  Board  of  Education 
were  being  organized  to  prepare  teachers  and  prospective  teachers 
who  did  not  possess  sufficient  scholarships  and  professional 
training,  to  teach  in  the  public  schools,  as  provided  by  an  act  of 
the  Legislature  of  1920.  As  a  result  of  this  report  and  the  recom- 
mendation of  President  Coates,  the  Board  of  Regents  passed  the 
following  resolution,  establishing  for  the  first  time  an  Extension 
Department  in  the  Eastern  Kentucky  State  Normal  School: 

WHEREAS,  there  was  an  Act  passed  by  the  Legislature 
of  1920,  which  provides  that  by  1926,  all  applicants  for 
Teachers'  Elementary  Certificates  of  the  First  Class  shall 
have  had  four  years  of  high  school  work  or  its  equivalent, 
and  twenty  weeks'  study  of  professional  work  in  a  State 
Normal  School,  or  some  other  training  school,  recognized 
by  the  State  Board  of  Education;   and, 

WHEREAS,  a  large  per  cent  of  teachers  in  the  common 
schools  of  Kentucky  do  not  possess  a  high  school  education; 
and, 

WHEREAS,  the  State  Normal  Schools  and  other  schools 
recognized  by  the  State  Board  of  Education  have  not 
sufficient  capacity,   teaching  force,   or  accommodation  to 

225 


give  professional  training  and  scholarship  to  teachers, 
who  do  not  have  it,  and  those  who  are  preparing  to  teach; 
and, 

WHEREAS,  many  of  the  teachers  cannot  attend  the 
State  Normal  Schools  and  other  schools  recognized  by  the 
State  Board  of  Education  on  account  of  limited  means,  and 
for  the  purpose  of  providing  schools  under  the  supervision 
of  the  State  Normal  Schools  and  the  State  Board  of  Edu- 
cation for  all  of  the  teachers  and  prospective  teachers,  who 
do  not  possess  a  high  school  education  or  professional  train- 
ing, an  Extension  Department  is  now  established  in  the 
Eastern  Kentucky  State  Normal  School  with  authority  and 
power  vested  in  the  President  thereof,  to  employ  such 
teaching  force  and  necessary  help,  subject  to  the  approval 
of  the  Regents,  and  to  establish  Summer  Schools  at  con- 
venient places  in  the  Normal  District  No.  1  to  fix  the 
length  of  terms  thereof,  to  provide  the  courses  of  study, 
rules  of  discipline,  method  of  testing  the  work  of  the 
students  thereof,  and  in  all  other  respects  to  supervise, 
control,  and  conduct  said  schools  in  such  way  and  manner 
as  to  conform  to  the  law  establishing  and  controlling  the 
State  Normal  Schools  of  Kentucky. 

At  the  next  meeting  of  the  Board  on  April  23,  1921,  the  first 
Director  of  the  newly  created  Extension  Department  was  chosen. 
President  Coates  stated  that  since  the  Board  created  the  Extension 
Department  that  he  needed  a  strong  man  to  put  at  the  head  of 
the  same  and  recommended  Professor  Charles  Lewis  of  Berea, 
Kentucky,  who  served  as  Director  until  he  resigned  on  May  2, 
1922,  to  accept  a  position  in  the  Department  of  Education,  Frank- 
fort, Kentucky.  R.  Dean  Squires  served  as  Director  from  1924  to 
1926;  Fallen  Campbell,  from  1926  to  1928;  Kerney  Adams,  from 
1928  to  1932  and  R.  E.  Jaggers,  from  1932  to  1933.  Mr.  M.  E. 
Mattox  served  as  both  Registrar  and  Acting  Director  of  Extension 
until  January,  1948.  D.  J.  Carty  has  held  the  position  of  Director 
since  January  15,  1948. 

President  Donovan  presented  a  report  to  the  Board  on  July 
1,  1929,  in  regard  to  the  Extension  Division  of  the  institution.  He 
pointed  out  in  this  report  that  "there  has  been  a  constant  growth 
in  the  department  during  the  past  seven  years."  The  report 
showed  that  for  the  year  1927-28,  twenty-two  extension  classes  had 
been  conducted  with  a  total  enrollment  of  538  students.  During 
this  same  year  1,129  students  were  enrolled  for  correspondence 
work.  He  also  presented  in  the  report  "that  the  American  Associ- 
ation  of   Colleges   had   limited   the   extension   work   to   one-eighth 

Table  I.      Correspondence  and  Extension  Enrollments  for  Certain 

Years  from  1920-21   to   1935-36. 

Year  Correspondence  Extension  Classes 

1920-21  100 

1925-26  243  96 

1927-28  1129  648 

1929-30  not  available  536 

1930-31  805  131 

1931-32  528  72 

1932-33  221  123 

1935-36  554  27 

226 


and  the  correspondence  study  to  one-eighth,  which  meant  that  only 
one-half  as  much  woi'k  can  be  given  in  this  way  as  we  were 
previously  permitted  to  do."  He  further  stated  that  because  of 
these  limitations,  they  could  not  look  for  much  development  in 
the  department  but  that  an  attempt  would  be  made  to  keep  it  self- 
supporting. 

From  the  records  available,  it  appears  that  prior  to  the  de- 
pression years  the  enrollment  reached  its  peak  during  the  year 
1927-28.  The  figures  given  in  Table  I  are  taken  from  the  minutes 
of  the  Board  of  Regents. 

According  to  the  information  available,  the  enrollment  in  the 
Extension  Department  gradually  declined  during  the  depression 
years.  A  new  set  of  standards  regarding  Extension  work  was 
adopted  in  1933  by  the  Normal  Executive  Council  and  by  the  State 
Board  of  Education.  The  up-grading  of  the  standards  also  tended 
to  decrease  the  amount  of  work  offered  by  Extension.  The  war 
years  greatly  influenced  the  enrollment  and  services  of  the  Exten- 
sion Department.  During  the  depression  and  the  war  years,  there 
was  great  fluctuation  in  enrollments. 

The  Extension  Department  has  grown  in  relative  importance 
during  the  past  eight  or  ten  years.  One  of  the  main  reasons  for 
this  upsurge  in  growth  can  be  attributed  largely  to  the  up-grading 
of  teacher  certification  requirements  around  1949.  Table  II  shows 
the  enrollments  and  number  of  off-campus  courses  offered  from 
1948-49  through   1955-56. 

Table  II.  Correspondence  Enrollees,  Correspondence  Courses  Pur- 
sued, Off-Campus  Enrollment,  and  Number  of  Courses 
offered  from   1948-49  through   1955-56. 

Correspondence  Work  Extension  Classes 


Year 

Individual 

Courses 

Total 

No.  of 

Enrollees 

Pursued 

Enrollment 

Courses 

1948-49 

857 

976 

1187 

59 

1949-50 

1023 

1240 

503 

30 

1950-51 

1107 

1529 

854 

42 

1951-52 

1580 

2191 

839 

41 

1952-53 

1623 

2102 

1038 

43 

1953-54 

1566 

1791 

921 

34 

1954-55 

1820 

2027 

946 

34 

1955-56 

2105 

2348 

417 

20 

Division  of  In-Service  Education  Inaugurated 

Eastern  has  taken  the  position  from  its  existence  that  it  is  its 
duty  as  a  teacher  education  institution  to  provide  services  to 
teachers  and  school  systems  in  the  field.  Eastern  now  looks  upon 
the  opportunity  to  serve  in  the  field  as  a  means  of  benefiting  the 
institution  as  well  as  the  individuals  and  the  communities  which 
it  serves.  With  this  concept  in  mind.  President  W.  F.  O'Donnell 
transferred  the  Extension  services.  Teacher  Placement  Bureau,  and 
In-Service  activities  to  what  is  referred  to  today  as  the  Division  of 
In-service  Education.  D.  J.  Carty  is  at  present  serving  as  Direc- 
tor of  this  division. 

227 


Eastern  is  now  placing  greater  emphasis  upon  the  concept  that 
in-service  and  pre-service  programs  should  be  definitely  tied  to- 
gether. It  is  believed  that  the  in-service  programs  can  be  used 
to  make  the  pre-service  programs  more  realistic  and  more 
functional.  In  determining  the  kind  of  services  which  Eastern 
can  offer  to  a  particular  school  system,  the  institution  seeks  the 
advice  and  cooperation  of  the  state  department  of  education, 
teachers  organizations,  teachers,  and  lay  members  in  working  out 
its  program  of  in-service  activities. 

Eastern  is  cooperating  fully  with  the  expanded  in-service  edu- 
cation program  which  was  initiated  through  the  State  Department 
of  Education  in  the  year  1950.  In  the  early  fall  of  1956  Eastern 
joined  the  State  Department  of  Education  in  the  employment  of  a 
staff  member  who  is  located  on  the  campus  of  the  College.  Harry 
Banks  was  chosen  as  the  staff  member  to  serve  as  Consultant  on 
in-service  teacher  education  in  Eastern's  service  area.  The  pur- 
poses of  the  cooperative  arrangement  were  defined  somewhat  as 
follows: 

1.  To  improve  and  strengthen  the  relationships  between 
the  services  of  the  State  Department  of  Education  and  of 
the  State  Colleges  to  the  local  school  systems  in  the  im- 
provement of  instruction  through  the  education  of  teachers 
while   in   service. 

2.  To  effect  appropriate  relationships  between  in-service  and 
pre-service  programs  of  teacher  education  by  the  involve- 
ment of  college  and  local  school  staffs  in  an  effort  to  keep 
abreast  of  new  developments  in  learning  theory  and  in 
curriculum  processes. 

3.  To  improve  teacher  preparation  by  bringing  into  the  pre- 
service  programs  the  findings,  experiences,  and  needs 
revealed  through  the  in-service  cooperative  experiences. 

4.  To  provide  a  direct  and  unified  attack  upon  the  problem 
of  up-grading  teachers  in  the  areas  of  greatest  need. 

5.  To  assist  the  College  in  providing  follow-up  services  to  its 
students  who  enter  teaching  and  to  serve  school  systems 
which   participate   in   this   cooperative   program. 

At  present  the  Institution's  committee  on  in-service  education 
acts  as  a  planning  and  coordinating  committee  for  the  in-service 
program.  Some  of  the  broad  fields  where  the  Institution  feels 
that  it  may  be  prepared  to  help  school  systems  and  individuals  in 
the  field  are  the  curriculum,  supervision,  administration,  consulta- 
tion, surveys,  research,  extension  and  correspondence  work,  audio 
visual  aids,  and  mony  others.  The  College  hopes  that,  as  staff  and 
money  are  made  available,  it  may  institute  an  adequate  program 
of  follow-up  services  to  its  students  who  enter  teaching  with  the 
view  of  helping  them  to  make  adjustments. 

In-Service  Through  Radio 

At  two  widely  separate  periods  of  time.  Eastern  has  experi- 
mented with  the  presentation  of  its  program  to  the  public  by 
means  of  radio.  Though  not  formally  a  part  of  In-Service  Edu- 
cation, this  activity  has  served  much  the  same  goals  and  so  is 
appropriately  included  here. 

228 


For  a  number  of  years  in  the  early  and  middle  1930's,  live 
broadcasts  were  made  from  the  campus  by  wire  through  Station 
WHAS  in  Louisville.  During  this  time  the  College  also  presented 
several  special  programs  in  the  "Teachers  College  of  the  Air" 
series  sponsored  by  George  Peabody  College  over  Station  WSM 
at  Nashville.  All  of  these  were  prepared  and  produced  by  mem- 
bers of  the  faculty  and  students.  They  were  under  the  technical 
direction  of  Mr.  R.  R.  Richards. 

In  1953  a  new  series  designed  to  reflect  all  phases  of  the 
life  and  thought  of  the  College  was  begun  through  the  planning 
of  Dr.  R.  E.  Jaggers  and  has  continued  under  his  direction.  These 
programs  were  recorded  on  the  campus  and  presented  in  weekly 
half-hours  over  Station  WEKY  in  Richmond.  This  series,  entitled 
"The  Eastern  Roundtable,"   was  beginning  its  fifth  year  in   1957. 

It  is  expected  that  radio  services  will  be  expanded  in  the 
future  to  cover  other  areas  of  the  state. 

Summary 

This  brief  account  of  the  Division  of  In-service  Education  ends 
with  the  close  of  the  fifth  decade  in  the  history  of  Eastern.  What 
may  be  seen  for  the  future  of  the  division  may  be  expressed  in  the 
following: 

1.  Improved    off -campus    learning    programs. 

2.  Improved  correspondence  instruction  as  long  as  there  is  a 
demand   for   such   services. 

3.  Improved  technical  consultant  services  to  school  systems, 
schools,  and  community  groups. 

4.  Improved  placement  services  to  meet  the  needs  of  students 
who  want  to  be  employed  and  those  who  want  the  services 
of  the  students. 

5.  Improved  follow-up  services  to  Eastern's  graduates  after 
they  accept  employm.ent. 

6.  Improved  services  to  those  who  come  to  Eastern's  campus 
for  general  and  special  conferences,  and  to  those  who  seek 
help  in  the  solution  of  their  problems. 

7.  Improved  services  to  high  school  pupil  groups  who  use 
Eastern's  facilities  for  music  festivals,  for  scholastic  con- 
tests, for  public  speaking,  for  dramatic  programs  and  for 
other  group  activities. 

8.  Inauguration  of  a  research  and  survey  service  to  com- 
munities and  organizations  in  Eastern's  service  area. 

9.  Inauguration  of  such  new  in-service  programs  in  Eastern's 
service  area  as  changing  times  demand. 

10.  Improvement  of  relations  between  Eastern's  faculty  and 
educators  in  the  schools,  and  with  lay  groups  so  that  more 
and  more  people  will  recognize  Eastern  as  their  partner 
in  the  total  educational  program  of  the  region. 

Finally,  the  Division  of  In-service  Education  is  a  part  of  East- 
ern and  will  change  as  Eastern  changes.  Eastern  will  change 
when  by  changing  it  can  meet  more  effectively  the  needs  of  the 
people  it  serves.  This  is  the  spirit  with  which  the  Division  will 
enter  the  half  century  ahead. 


229 


Dr.  D.  Thomas  Ferrell 
Head  of  the  Department  of  Education 


Prof.  D.  J.  Carty 
Director  of  In-Service  Education 


230 


CHAPTER   XVII 

RELIGIOUS    LIFE 

By  Presley  M.  Grise 

Religious  Encouragement 

As  stated  elsewhere  in  this  book,  Eastern  is  a  state  institution; 
therefore,  it  is  non-denominational.  However,  this  does  not  mean 
that  religious  life  on  Eastern's  campus  is  neglected.  It  has  always 
been  a  part  of  Eastern's  program  to  encourage  its  students  to 
participate  in  the  religious  life  on  the  campus  and  in  the  programs 
of  the  churches  of  Richmond.  In  an  effort  to  achieve  for  all 
students  a  satisfying  religious  experience  while  away  from  their 
homes,  Eastern  and  the  churches  of  Richmond  have  cooperated 
in  a  most  delightful  and  effective  manner.  This  has  been  the 
practice  of  the  College  and  the  churches  since  the  founding  of 
the  College.  Great  impetus  was  given  in  this  direction  by  the 
first  president,  Ruric  Nevel  Roark,  and  special  attention  was  given 
to  religious  emphasis  by  the  second  president,  John  Grant  Crabbe. 
This  interest  and  this  emphasis  have  been  maintained  continuously 
to  this  day,  and  always  in  Eastern's  march  of  progress  spiritual 
things  have  been  given  a  prominent  position. 

Although  the  College  does  not,  as  an  institution,  direct,  con- 
trol, or  supervise  the  religious  life  of  its  students,  it  does  offer 
meeting-rooms  and  opportunities  for  the  many  religious  organi- 
zations that  function  on  Eastern's  campus.  Although  the  organized 
religious  groups  are  many  and  include  hundreds  of  students,  they 
do  not  represent  all  religious  beliefs  and  activities  on  the  campus. 
This  is  enlarged  upon  later  in  this  chapter. 

At  present  the  following  religious  organizations  are  function- 
ing in  an  effective  way  on  Eastern's  campus.  Each  organization 
has  a  cooperative  relationship  with  a  local  church  and  has  a  campus 
counselor.  The  ministers  and  many  members  of  the  local  churches 
work  energetically  and  effectively  with  these  campus  organizations. 

Church  Relations,  Campus  Counselors,  and 
Pastors  for  the  Various  Organizations. 

Organization:  Church  Campus  Church 

Relationship:  Counselor:  Pastor: 

Baptist  Student  First    Baptist  Professor  Dr.   E.   N.   Perry 

Union  Church  Kermit    Patterson  (Since   1944) 

Disciple  Student         Christian  Professor  Dr.  Frank  N.  Tinder 

Fellowship  Church  Alvin    McGlasson  (Since   1928) 

Mrs.   J.    E.    Jones 
(Church) 

Episcopal  Christ  Professor  Rev.  James  Purman 

Seabury  Club  Episcopal  Glen    Wilson  (1953-56);    now   Rev. 

(1954-56);    now  Charles-James    Nice 

Miss  Gertrude  Hood  Bailey 

231 


Newman  Club  Catholic  Reverend  Very  Reverend  Oscar 

John  Werner  Poole     (Since    1930), 

(1955-56);  Assistant,    Reverend 

Rev.   Leo   Sudkamp  Leo   Sudkamp 

Wesley  Foundation    Methodist  Mrs.    Clifford    E.        Dr.  Wm.  H.  Poore 

Hurst  (1949-56),    now   Rev. 

Albert  Sweazy 

Westminister  Presbyterian  Professor  Rev.  Graham  Gordon 

Robert  C.  Donaldson;     (Since  1955) 
Mrs.   Gleneva   Ault, 
Church  Secretary 

Y.    M.    C.    A.  Non-  Professor  None 

denominational  Wm.   Stocker 

Y.   W.   C.   A.  Non-  Miss  Willie  Moss        None 

denominational 

There  are  other  churches  in  Richmond  to  which  some  students 
and  some  members  of  the  faculty  belong  but  which  have  no  campus 
organization. 

Each  of  the  campus  religious  organizations  except  the  Y's  is 
sponsored  by  a  Richmond  church.  In  most  instances  the  title  of 
the  club  indicates  or  implies  the  denomination  or  name  of  the  spon- 
soring church.  The  sponsoring  churches  furnish  counselors  and 
various  kinds  of  help  to  guide  and  promote  the  campus  organiza- 
tions. 

Some  of  the  organizations  are  almost  as  old  as  the  College 
itself.  It  appears  that  the  Y.  W.  C.  A.  organization  was  founded 
at  Eastern  in  1907,  and  that  the  Y.  M.  C.  A.  was  founded  a  year 
later.  Profoundly  interested  and  instrumental  in  the  founding 
of  the  two  organizations  were  Professor  G.  D.  Smith,  Mr.  I.  H. 
Booth,  and  Miss  Lena  Gertrude  Rolling,  Model  High  School 
teacher.  These  organizations  have  had  continuous  existence  since 
their  founding,  except  when  World  War  I  interrupted  the  services 
of  the  Y.  M.  C.  A.,  which  was  not  reorganized  again  until  1928. 

Other  religious  organizations  on  the  campus  are  of  more  recent 
origin  and  have  been  continuously  active  since  their  founding. 
The  Baptist  Student  Union,  the  oldest  of  the  organizations,  was 
founded  in  1928,  by  Reverend  Clyde  Breland,  Dr.  F.  A.  Engle,  and 
interested  students.  The  Wesley  Foundation  and  the  Westminister 
Fellowship  were  founded  in  1944.  The  former  was  organized  by 
Reverend  W.  A.  E.  Johnson,  Dr.  H.  H.  LaFuze,  Dr.  P.  M.  Grise, 
and  college  students.  The  Westminister  Fellowship  was  organized 
by  Reverend  Olaf  Anderson  and  students.  More  recently  (1950) 
Reverend  Frank  N.  Tinder  and  students  founded  the  Disciple  Stu- 
dent Fellowship,  and  (1953)  Catholic  students  with  the  aid  of  the 
local  church  organized  the  Newman  Club.  The  pronounced  influ- 
ence of  the  organizations  will  be  recounted  in  the  following  para- 
graphs of  this  chapter. 

Officers  Of  Campus  Religious  Organizations  (1955-56) 

Baptist  Student  Union  (Baptist):  President,  Lou  McNabb; 
enlistment  vice  president.  Jack  Forman  and  Diana  Miller;  social 
vice  president,  Darrel  Wininger;  devotional  vice  president,  Harold 
Smith;  secretary-treasurer,  Wanda  Cox;  publicity  director,  Henry 
Martin;  promotional  director,  Betty  Joyce  Christian;  Sunday  School 

232 


superintendent,  Ann  Ennis;  Training  Union  director,  Mary  McCall; 
music  directors,  Frances  Milan  and  Phil  Landgrave;  Y.  W.  A.  presi- 
dent, Biddie  Worley;  evangelistic  directory,  Sara  Joyce  Clark; 
Baptist  Student  Union  director,  Marie  Clay  pool;  campus  sponsor, 
Kermit  Patterson;  Pastor  of  Baptist  Church,  Reverend  E.  N.  Perry. 

Disciple  Student  Fellowship  (Christian):  President,  Pat  Raker; 
vice  president,  Rose  Marie  Rose;  secretary-treasurer,  Ann  Helman; 
church  sponsor,  Mrs.  J.  E.  Jones;  campus  counselor,  Professor  Alvin 
McGlasson;  church  pastor,  Reverend  Frank  N.  Tinder. 

Episcopal  Seabury  Club  (Christ  Episcopal):  President,  Shirley 
Pettit;  secretary-treasurer,  Wilma  Athy;  campus  counselor,  Pro- 
fessor Glen  Wilson;  church  pastor.  Reverend  James  Purman. 

Newman  Club  (Catholic):  President,  David  Senn;  vice  presi- 
dent, Jane  Elder;  recording  secretary,  Geraldine  Pence;  corre- 
sponding secretary,  Mary  Joyce  Kelley;  treasurer,  Catherine  Nagle; 
chaplain.  Reverend  Werner;  church  pastor,  Father  Poole. 

Wesley  Foundation  (Methodist):  President,  Mitzi  Mueller; 
vice  president,  Nellie  Whalen;  secretary,  Margie  Elvove;  treasurer, 
Faye  Marcum;  sponsor,  Mrs.  C.  E.  Hurst;  Pastor,  Reverend  W.  H. 
Poore. 

Westminster  Fellowship  (Presbyterian):  President,  Overton 
Parrent,  Jr.;  vice  president,  Sydne  Brown;  secretary,  Bert  Bowling; 
treasurer,  Dolores  Samson;  counselor,  Robert  C.  Donaldson;  Pastor, 
Reverend   Graham   Gordon. 

Young  Men's  Christian  Association:  President,  Bob  Snavely; 
first  vice  president,  Bufford  Warren;  second  vice  president.  Jack 
Forman;  secretary-treasurer,  Shelby  Crowe;  sponsor,  Professor 
William  Stocker. 

Young  Women's  Christian  Association:  President,  Rosalind 
Lewis;  first  vice  president,  Joy  Kitson;  second  vice  president,  Mitzi 
Mueller;  secretary,  Peggy  Baker;  treasurer,  Maxine  LaMarr;  spon- 
sor, Miss  Willie  Moss. 

Purposes,  Activities  and  Support 

The  religious  organizations  have  both  regularly-scheduled 
meetings  and  special  meetings  on  the  campus.  These  meetings 
are  usually  held  in  the  early  evening  hours  on  various  days  of  the 
week.     Some  of  the  organizations  hold  daily  devotional  services. 

Other  meetings  are  held  as  dinner-meetings,  where  food, 
friendship,  and  fellowship  are  combined  into  valuable  experiences. 
Of  course,  there  are  many  church  meetings,  parties,  and  activities 
held  at  the  various  churches. 

A  large  number  of  people  —  students,  campus  staffs,  local 
church  people  —  combine  their  efforts  to  make  these  organiza- 
tions function  for  the  mutual  benefit  of  all  who  pass  this  way. 
Pictures,  and  names  of  officers,  counselors,  and  ministers  are  given 
within  these  pages.  The  financial  support  for  these  groups  is 
shared  among  the  students,  local  churches,  and  larger  denomina- 
tional organizations.     A  few  of  the  organizations  have  full-time 

233 


counselors  employed.  These  counselors  work  continuously  with 
these  organizations  and  with  students  individually. 

The  purposes  for  which  these  organizations  function  are  vari- 
ously stated:  to  present  an  attractive,  coordinated  program  of 
Christian  activities  for  students  of  the  denomination  and  others 
so  interested;  to  encourage  church  loyalty  and  Christian  growth; 
to  bring  together  students  of  a  particular  faith  and  to  further  the 
beliefs  of  this  faith;  to  provide  religious  experiences  for  those  of 
this  church  relation  and  to  promote  Christian  fellowship  through- 
out the  campus;  to  lay  the  claim  of  our  Lord  on  the  individual 
student,  the  College  and  the  world;  to  present  the  claim  of  Jesus 
Christ  so  effectively  that  students  will  make  vocational  commit- 
ments; to  develop  Christian  leadership;  to  influence  all  students 
to  follow  Christ;  to  provide  a  church  home  for  the  students  away 
from  home;  to  foster  for  all  students  at  Eastern  the  highest  ideals 
for  Christian  living,  and  through  varied  activities  to  make  these 
ideals  prevail  throughout  the  world.  One  needs  to  pause  only 
momentarily  and  consider  the  profoundness  of  these  variously- 
stated  but  highly-related  objectives  in  order  to  realize  fully  the 
influence  of  the  organizations  and  their  impact  upon  the  lives  of 
college  people.  Realizing  that  the  students  soon  find  their  ways 
leading  to  all  parts  of  the  world,  one  is  deeply  impressed  with  the 
far-reaching  influence  of  what  these  organizations  do  here  and 
now. 

Merely  maintaining,  staffing,  arranging  meeting  places,  and 
naming  objectives  for  organizations  may  mean  very  little  or 
accomplish  very  little  per  se.  Fortunately  for  all  concerned,  the 
religious  organizations  at  Eastern  have  not  stopped  with  the 
accomplishment  of  the  things  just  listed.  The  heart  of  these  organi- 
zations is  the  program  of  meaningful  activities.  The  amount  of 
time,  effort  and  thought  going  into  these  activities,  although  rarely 
publicized,  is  far  beyond  that  which  one  might  infer  at  a  mere 
glance.  The  objectives,  or  purposes,  already  stated  herein  are 
realized  through  such  activities  as  these:  church  worship  services 
by  the  campus  groups;  Sunday  School  participation;  choir  work; 
campus  devotions;  work  at  local  missions;  participation  in  state 
organizations  or  in  larger  denominational  organizations;  special 
service  projects  and  retreats;  Sunday  evening  social  programs  and 
worship;  morning  meditations  and  vespers  on  the  campus;  main- 
taining a  college  room  for  meetings  and  services  for  students; 
preparing  and  presenting  programs  for  other  worthy  organizations; 
sponsoring  booths  for  worthy  purposes;  participating  in  all  services 
of  the  local  churches;  sponsoring  a  mission;  meeting  and  guiding 
new  students  on  the  campus;  sponsoring  certain  campus  activities; 
providing  Christmas  parties  for  under-privileged  children;  working 
in  community  center;  sponsoring  such  campus  programs  as  Hang- 
ing of  the  Greens  and  Religious  Emphasis  Week;  being  mutually 
helpful  to  all  students.  Of  course,  a  mere  listing  gives  only  slight 
suggestions  of  what  really  takes  place.    The  responsibility,  the  con- 

234 


cern,  the  hours  of  work  can  be  fully  appreciated  by  only  those  who 
closely  ally  themselves  with  this  most  important  work  —  work 
that  looks  for  rewards  in  a  greater  self-development  and  in  en- 
riched living  for  all. 

One  can  see  at  a  glance  that  the  several  religious  organizations 
require  a  great  number  of  student  leaders,  and  that  hundreds  of 
student  members  participate  in  the  experiences  and  activities  of 
these  groups.  Many  faculty  members  have  a  deep,  sincere  interest 
in  the  students  and  their  organizations  and  give  generously  of  their 
time  and  effort  toward  the  effective  functioning  of  these  organi- 
zations. 

As  one  may  observe,  there  are  organizations  for  several  of  the 
major  religious  denominations,  but  these  denominational  organi- 
zations do  not  represent  the  total  religious  life  on  the  campus. 
Although  the  Y.  M.  C.  A.  and  Y.  W.  C.  A.  are  non-denominational 
and,  therefore,  open  their  membership  to  any  Christian,  there  are 
still  many  students  who  belong  to  no  campus  religious  group,  but 
who  participate  in  the  religious  programs  of  the  various  Richmond 
churches  and  of  their  hometown  churches.  For  example,  there  are 
some  of  Eastern's  students  who  are  pastors  of  churches  in  various 
parts  of  Kentucky,  and  who  either  commute  to  school  or  return  to 
their   churches   on   weekends. 

The  many  beautiful  religious  programs  by  students  and  faculty 
throughout  the  year  further  attest  the  profoundly  religious  en- 
vironment offered  on  Eastern's  campus.  The  presentation  of 
Handel's  Messiah  each  Christmas  offers  a  religious  experience  prob- 
ably unexcelled  anywhere  for  its  beauty  of  rendition  and  its  pro- 
found impact  upon  the  human  spirit.  Literally  thousands  of 
students  and  faculty  members  have  had  the  joy  of  participating 
in  this  program.  Many  thousands  more  have  had  the  experience 
of  listening  to  and  of  sharing  in  an  experience  that  leaves  an  abid- 
ing goodness  in  the  human  heart.  Similarly,  the  Hanging  of  the 
Greens,  in  dignified,  but  friendly.  Walnut  Hall  offers  an  oppor- 
tunity for  an  exalting  experience  both  for  the  scores  of  students 
who  participate  and  for  the  hundreds  who  come  to  share  the 
experience.  The  Christmas  program  which  follows  the  Hanging 
of  the  Greens  is  one  of  deep  impressiveness.  One  who  shares  in 
any  way  in  these  programs  and  in  the  Easter  Sunrise  service 
realizes  that  Eastern  is  indeed  a  college  of  significant  religious 
convictions,  and  that  students  of  Eastern  who  so  will  may  have 
the  highest  and  best  of  religious   opportunities  and  experiences. 

Although  not  so  deeply  moving  and  not  so  obvious  to  those 
who  pass  Eastern's  way,  there  are  other  religious  activities  which 
are  just  as  profoundly  significant  for  those  who  participate  and 
for  those  who  share.  The  quiet  meditations  at  Vespers,  the  warm 
and  kindly  group  meetings  and  discussions,  the  weekend  retreats, 
and  the  social  hours  all  speak  of  something  wholesome  and  satisfy- 
ing in  rounding  out  a  student's  life.  Thousands  of  Eastern's  stu- 
dents have  had  these  memorable  Christian  experiences  while  on 

235 


the  campus.  The  Christmas  party  for  Richmond's  less  fortunate 
children  and  the  continuous  helping  at  the  Community  Center  and 
similar  activities  are  living  witnesses  which  show  that  Christianity 
finds  expression  also  in  being  concerned  about  and  sharing  with 
others. 

Sometimes  the  religious  activities  of  Eastern's  students  lead 
them  into  many  areas  other  than  their  own  campus.  There  are 
always  the  calls  for  groups  to  give  programs  in  churches  far-re- 
moved from  Eastern's  campus.  There  are  state  and  national  con- 
ferences attended  by  representatives  from  the  local  organizations. 
Further,  there  are  groups,  other  than  religious  organizations,  which 
welcome  representatives  from  the  local  organizations.  Indeed,  the 
effects  of  the  religious  life  on  Eastern's  campus  passes  into  the  many 
avenues  of  life  in  many  areas. 

In  addition  to  the  effective  and  delightful  services  given  to  the 
campus  organizations  by  the  ministers  of  the  local  churches,  many 
local  church  members  give  unreservedly  of  their  time  and  effort 
to  the  Eastern  students,  especially  in  helping  the  groups  to  have 
the  best  possible  opportunities  within  the  local  churches.  The 
local  churches  are  truly  church  homes  to  the  students  while  they 
are  at  Eastern.  The  effectiveness  of  this  help  and  cooperation  is 
manifested  in  the  students'  placing  their  church  membership  in 
the  local  church  during  their  college  years. 

In  order  that  the  religious  experiences  may  be  as  nearly  com- 
plete as  possible,  no  opportunity  for  instructing  and  sharing  is 
overlooked.  To  this  end,  the  students  bring  to  Eastern's  campus 
the  best  qualified  persons  available  for  Religious  Emphasis  Week. 
During  these  days  of  emphasis,  students  meet  in  large  groups  for 
lectures,  in  small  groups  for  discussion,  in  private  session  with 
one  of  the  consecrated  counselors  who  contribute  their  time  and 
experience  to  helping  others. 

For  all  of  the  religious  organizations  and  for  all  of  their  activi- 
ties, the  College  provides  rooms,  meeting  places,  and  any  service 
that  faculty  and  administration  find  it  possible  to  offer  for  the 
encouragement  and  successful  implementation  of  the  religious 
life  on  Eastern's  campus. 


236 


The  Baptist  Student  Union 


Organization  Officers 
First  row  left  to  right:    Harold  Smith,  Betty  Joyce  Christian,  Ann 
Ennis,  Lou  McNabh,  Frances  Milam. 

Second  row:  Jerry  Taylor,  Wilma  Brammell,  Joyce  Royalty,  Jane 
Shaw,  Rosalind  Lewis,  Bobbie  Williamson. 

Third  row:  Jack  Forman,  Shelby  Crowe,  Bob  Snavely,  Bufford 
Warren,  Maxie  LaMarr,  Phyllis  Counts.  (Few  of  the  officers  were 
unable  to  be  present  for  the  picture.) 


Ministers  and  Counselors 
First   row   left   to   right:     Mrs.   Gleneva   Ault,   Mrs.   J.   E.   Jones, 
Miss  Willie  Moss. 

Second  row:  Robert  C.  Donaldson,  Rev.  Graham  Gordon,  Rev. 
E.  N.  Perry. 

Third  row:  Professor  Glen  Wilson,  Professor  Alvin  McGlasson, 
Rev.  John  Werner,  Professor  William  Stocker.  (Absent  when 
picture  was  taken:  Rev.  Tinder,  Father  Poole,  Mrs.  Hurst,  and 
Dr.  Poore.) 


Westminster  Fellowship 


Organization   Officers 
First  row  left  to  right:  Overton  Farrent,  Whetzel  Shepherd,  Dolores 
Samson,  Bert  Bowling,  S.  Brown,  Doris  Mohr. 

Second  row  left  to  right:  Betty  Brock  Lawrence,  Faye  Marcum, 
Joy  Kitson,  Mitze  Mueller,  Fat  Raker,  Ann  Helman,  Rose  Marie 
Rose. 

Third  row  left  to  right:  David  Senn,  Catherine  Nagle,  Mary  Joyce 
Kelley,  Jane  Elder,  Geraldine  Pence,  Wilma  Athy.  (A  few  offi- 
cers were  unable  to  be  present  for  the  picture.) 


An  Easter  Campus  Sunrise  Service 


239 


A  Baccalaureate  Service  in 
Hiram  Brock  Auditorium 


Christmas  on  Eastern's  campus  in  the  Student  Union  by  the  Y.M. — Y.W.C.A. 
Margaret  Hall  playing  the  trumpet,  Harriet  Harris  and  Nellie  Mike  carrying 
evergreen  wreaths  begin  the  procession  of  girls  at  the  Hanging  of  the  Greens. 


240 


O  0) 

•r  fl 


§^§ 


.O 


„  o 
^  S 


-3  aj 


O  rt  O 


01-5^ 


O  S5 
S5 

•  o 


*-  o 


CC 


Qg 


^  S3 
to-  ° 
O    . 


^  a3.S 
Sri    - 

'2  ^^ 

W^   . 
.1/2 


241 


CHAPTER  XVIII 

PUBLICATIONS 

By  Roy  B.  Clark 

The  publications  of  an  institution  of  higher  learning  reveal, 
to  a  certain  degree,  its  aims,  its  interest,  and  even  its  personality. 
Such  is  true  of  Eastern  Kentucky  State  College.  Established  for 
main  objective  of  preparing  teachers  for  the  rural  schools  of  the 
eastern  half  of  the  Commonwealth,  it  immediately  discovered  the 
importance  of  making  itself  known  to  its  constituency.  Through 
its  earliest  publication  it  presented  necessary  information  to 
prospective  students.  Then  as  it  became  more  firmly  established, 
it  began  to  furnish  guidance  to  teachers  in  service  and  to  pros- 
pective teachers  on  the  campus.  The  growing  complexity  of  the 
student  body  and  its  widening  interests  are  revealed  in  the  School's 
subsequent  publications. 

Eastern  Kentucky  Review 

The  first  publication  to  be  established  and  the  only  one  con- 
tinued without  interruption  from  the  beginning  to  the  present 
time  is  the  Eastern  Kentucky  Review.  Its  first  number  was  issued 
in  October,  1906,  three  months  before  the  first  student  matricu- 
lated, and  it  announced  itself  as  a  quarterly  and  as  the  official 
organ  of  the  Eastern  Kentucky  State  Normal  School.  This  issue 
gives  an  account  of  the  establishment  of  the  School,  a  list  of  the 
names  of  the  Board  of  Regents,  the  location  of  the  School,  its 
buildings  and  grounds,  the  counties  to  be  served,  provisions  for 
free  tuition,  conditions  of  admission,  courses  of  study,  the  names 
of  the  first  faculty,  various  items  of  cost  to  prospective  students, 
and  the  privileges  and  responsibilities  of  the  newly  established 
Normal  School.  All  of  this  was  preliminary  to  the  actual  opening 
of  the  School. 

Number  2  of  the  Review  follows  the  same  pattern  as  the  first 
number  but  has  a  few  additions.  It  lists  entrance  requirements 
and  "exit"  conditions.  "The  proper  place  at  which  to  safeguard 
an  institution  is  at  the  exit  rather  than  at  the  entrance,"  it  de- 
clared. This  issue  set  forth  the  importance  of  professionalizing 
the  class  work  —  a  policy  that  has  been  repeated  and  held  up  as 
an  ideal  throughout  the  first  half-century  of  the  School's  existence. 
A  significant  announcement  in  this  issue  is  the  promise  of  state- 
ments of  plain  facts  in  future  issues  concerning,  among  other 
things,  the  sensitiveness  of  Kentuckians  to  the  publicity  of  their 
state's  "ulcer  of  illiteracy  and  educational  defects."  This  second 
number  also  states  that  the  first  student  to  matriculate  in  the 
newly  opened  School  was  Miss  Lily  Ross,  an  appointee  from 
Bracken  County,  who  registered  on  January  14,  1907. 

242 


Numbers  3  and  4  of  the  first  year  of  the  Review  are  more 
specialized  in  their  content.  The  former  is  the  first  of  a  series  of 
summer  school  bulletins  and  is  larger  and  more  attractive  in 
format  than  the  other  three  numbers.  It  shows  photographs  of 
the  campus  as  it  appeared  at  the  opening  of  the  School  and  lists 
the  names  of  the  twelve  members  of  the  first  summer  school 
faculty.  Number  4  is  concerned  almost  entirely  with  a  complete 
roster  of  students  in  the  Normal  School  and  in  the  Training 
School. 

The  Eastern  Kentucky  Review  has  dealt  with  a  wide  variety 
of  subjects.  When  a  new  president  was  selected,  one  number  was 
given  over  to  his  introduction,  as  when  John  Grant  Crabbe  was 
inaugurated  in  1910.  At  another  time  a  "Fruit  Growing  Number" 
was  published.  Still  another  number  was  devoted  to  "Farmers' 
Chatauquas."  One  issue  was  a  "General  Assembly  Number," 
which  furnished  important  information  to  the  Kentucky  legislators 
for  January,  1912.  One  number  (Volume  7,  Number  2)  was  "The 
Regents'  Rejoiner  to  the  State  Inspector's  Report;"  another  was 
entitled  "Home  Economics  Education,"  prepared  by  Misses  Dix, 
Burrier,  and  Frazer;  and  a  third  was  devoted  to  "Agriculture," 
evidently  prepared  by  Professor  G.  D.  Smith.  Several  numbers 
were  issued  as  Extension  Division  bulletins.  As  would  be  ex- 
pected, many  issues  were  devoted  to  the  rural  schools  and  their 
problems  and  to  the  Training  School  and  its  objectives  and  activi- 
ties. These  numbers  were  usually  prepared  by  the  superintendent, 
Mr.  R.  A.  Edwards,  and  the  Training  School  staff.  An  occasional 
issue  was  used  as  an  alumni  directory.  Sometimes  a  number  was 
published  as  a  yearbook  or  annual  for  the  graduating  class,  as  was 
Number  3  of  Volume  6.  This  annual  seems  to  have  been  issued 
regularly  from  1911  to  1920,  although  not  all  the  issues  are  avail- 
able. After  the  discontinuance  of  The  TalisTuan  (described  later) 
the  Review  took  on,  for  a  time,  some  of  the  functions  of  a  student 
magazine  and  newspaper.  The  list  of  subjects  discussed  is  of 
course  not  complete. 

Another  specialized  issue  was  one  that  was  called  a  "yearbook," 
which  was  the  forerunner  of  the  annual  catalog.  In  1910,  Volume 
4,  Number  4,  of  the  Review  is  entitled  "Yearbook,"  and  it  definitely 
points  forward  to  the  catalog  of  the  present  time.  It  contains 
several  campus  illustrations,  the  names  and  descriptions  of  the 
subjects  offered,  a  list  of  the  faculty  members,  and  a  roster  of  all 
the  students  enrolled.  Beginning  with  1921,  one  issue  (usually 
Number  1)  has  been  published  as  the  annual  (sometimes  biennial) 
catalog.  That  issue  set  the  pattern  which  has  been  followed  more 
or  less  closely  in  subsequent  issues.  Revisions  since  that  time  have 
been  in  the  direction  of  greater  accuracy,  clarity,  value  to  the 
student,  and  general  attractiveness.  The  catalog  for  1955-56,  for 
example,  has  sixteen  full  pages  of  photographs  of  campus  scenes 
and,  for  the  first  time,  a  list  of  professors  emeriti. 

Perhaps  one  or  two  recent  developments  should  be  noted  here. 
One  is  the  occasional  publishing  of  a  number  of  the  Review  devoted 

243 


almost  entirely  to  photographs  of  college  buildings,  campus  views, 
and  student  activities.  These  are  very  attractive  issues  and  should 
prove  to  be  important  collectors'  items  to  Eastern  enthusiasts. 
Another  is  the  issuing  of  one  number  of  the  Review  as  a  "Schedule 
of  Classes."  This  issue  has  shown  considerable  improvement  in 
format  and  general  attractiveness  since  Eastern's  purchase  of  a 
Multilith  printing  machine.  This  annual  "Schedule  of  Classes" 
was  prepared  and  printed  on  the  Multilith  by  the  late  Dr.  Noel  B. 
Cuff,  who  was  Director  of  Personnel.  It  contained  the  calendar, 
general  information,  directions  for  freshman  registration,  the 
schedule  of  classes  for  both  semesters,  a  diagram  of  the  campus, 
and  sketches  and  actual  photographs  of  various  buildings. 

Announcements 

Beginning  May  1,  1931,  a  series  of  Announcements  were  issued. 
These  were  folders  that  performed  many  of  the  same  functions  that 
the  Easterly  Kentucky  Review  did;  but  they  were  simpler  in  form 
and  less  costly  to  publish,  an  item  of  importance  during  the  de- 
pression years.  Sometimes  these  announcements  consisted  merely 
of  a  sheet  of  paper  folded  twice.  They  were  concerned  with  such 
topics  as  the  military  training  program.  Eastern's  radio  programs, 
a  conference  on  professional  relations,  one  on  contemporary  affairs, 
the  Foster  Music  Camp,  schedules  of  classes,  etc.  There  is  no 
complete  file  of  this  series,  but  it  was  published  by  volume  and 
number  up  to  1949  at  least.  Sometimes  the  volume  but  no  number 
is  found  on  an  issue.  Sometimes  there  was  a  confusion  in  the 
numbering  of  the  volume.  For  example,  for  the  years  1940-1949 
there  is  no  way  to  distinguish  the  Announcements  from  the  Review. 
An  issue  in  the  former  series  (Volume  31,  Number  11,  April,  1940) 
deals  with  a  conference  on  rural  education.  Volume  31,  Number 
11,  of  the  Eastern  Kentucky  Review  is  concerned  with  getting 
positions  for  the  graduates  and  is  entitled  "Introducing  Profes- 
sionally Trained  Teachers."  This  issue  contains  photographs  of 
all  the  graduates  of  1940  who  had  prepared  themselves  to  teach. 
Again,  since  there  is  no  complete  file  of  either  series,  it  is  not 
always  possible  to  place  the  issues  in  their  proper  series,  especially 
since  some  of  them  give  only  the  volume  and  are  not  labeled 
either  "Announcements"  or  "Eastern  Kentucky  Review."  If  Vol- 
ume 1,  Number  1,  of  the  Announcements  is  dated  May  1,  1931.  it  is 
hardly  possible  for  Volume  31,  Number  11,  to  be  dated  1940, 
especially  since  Volume  7  (no  number),  entitled  "Contemporary 
Affairs,"  is  dated  April,  1939.  There  is  also  an  occasional  mis-dating 
and  mis-numbering  within  the  Review  series. 

The  files  are  incomplete  also  of  the  Alumni  Journal  and  the 
Alumni  News  Bulletin.  Only  Volume  1,  Number  3,  and  Volume  2, 
Number  1,  of  the  Journal  and  only  Volume  2,  Number  2,  of  the 
Bulletin  were  found.  Number  3  of  Volume  1  of  the  Journal  (May, 
1937)  contains  articles  by  various  alumni  and  seems  to  have  been 
designed  to  stimulate  interest  in  the  Alumni  Association.  It  was 
edited  by  Mr.  Sam  Beckley,  who  at  the  time  was  Assistant  Exten- 

244 


sion  Director  at  Eastern.  The  other  issue  of  the  Journal  mentioned 
(November,  1937)  and  that  of  the  Bulletin  (October  28,  1938)  are 
concerned  with  Eastern's  Homecoming  Day.  It  is,  of  course,  very 
probable  that  copies  of  many  other  issues  are  in  existence 
somewhere. 

The  Student 

Student  publications  began  at  an  early  date  in  the  history  of 
the  institution.  The  Student,  the  first  issue  of  which  is  dated 
January,  1908,  was  to  be  published  every  month  except  August  by 
the  students  of  Eastern  Kentucky  State  Normal  School.  Although 
the  first  issue  is  in  the  form  of  a  four-page  newspaper,  it  was 
made  up  entirely  of  original  essays,  orations,  and  poems.  This 
publication  soon  changed  to  a  magazine  in  form,  but  it  really  per- 
formed the  function  of  a  school  paper  somewhat  like  that  of  the 
present  Eastern  Progress.  Its  makeup  was  fairly  attractive,  and 
it  was  well  edited.  Although  the  first  issue  carried  no  advertis- 
ing, subsequent  issues  gave  considerable  space  to  that  feature. 
Miscellaneous  articles,  news,  jokes,  announcements  of  social  events, 
and  occasional  creative  selections  made  up  the  body  of  the  magazine. 

Certain  issues  each  year  took  on  special  functions.  The  Student 
(probably  for  July),  1912,  was  in  reality  the  senior  annual  or  year- 
book, as  was  also  the  corresponding  one  for  1913.  The  latter  issue, 
especially,  has  very  good  photographs  of  the  members  of  the  faculty. 
There  was  a  special  Christmas  number  also.  That  for  1913  con- 
tained two  stories  of  a  creative  nature.  The  issue  for  April,  1915, 
carried  an  address  given  at  chapel  time  by  "Willie"  Moore  entitled 
"The  Challenge  of  Progress."  In  the  issues  of  the  last  two  years 
of  its  existence  (1914-1915)  more  original  writing  appeared  than 
in  earlier  years.  Contest-winning  essays  and  orations  and  short 
fictional  narratives  are  frequently  found.  But  generally  speaking. 
The  Student  was  an  all-purpose  school  paper  that  reflects  for  our 
time  the  student  life  of  those  early  years. 

The  Student  continued  until  the  June,  1915,  issue,  and  was 
succeeded  by  The  Talisman,  which  first  appeared  in  October  of 
that  year.  It  seems  to  have  been  a  continuation  of  The  Student, 
for  it  contained  the  same  features  and  used  some  of  the  old  slugs 
to  head  the  features.  The  number  for  January,  1917  (Volume  10, 
Number  4),  was  devoted  almost  entirely  to  Kentucky  folklore  and 
superstitions.  The  last  issue  that  could  be  found  is  dated  February, 
1917. 

Eastern  Progress 

There  seems  to  have  been  a  gap  in  student  publications  between 
the  last  issue  of  The  Talisman  and  the  appearance  of  the  Eastern 
Progress.  The  first  volume  of  the  latter  on  file  in  the  Crabbe 
Library  is  Volume  5  (September  19,  1927,  to  August  10,  1938).  The 
Progress  was  therefore  probably  begun  in  the  autumn  of  1922. 
This  publication  has  been  issued  without  interruption  up  to  the 
present  time.  It  is  printed  semimonthly  or  every  two  weeks,  but 
occasionally  it  has  been  brought  out  less  frequently.  Sometimes 
the  editors  and  interested  students  have  wished  to  make  it  a  weekly 

245 


paper,  but  thus  far  no  such  change  is  actually  contemplated.  It 
is  the  official  college  paper  for  the  students  and  also  for  the 
E.K.S.C.   Alumni  Association. 

The  editor  or  editors  of  the  Eastern  Progress  are  selected  ulti- 
mately by  the  president  of  the  College.  The  current  editor  or 
editors  and  the  faculty  sponsor  recommend  to  the  president  one 
or  more  students  who  would  be  suitable,  and  the  president  makes 
the  final  selection.  The  sponsor  is  usually  the  teacher  of  the  class 
in  journalism;  and  for  many  years,  with  some  interruptions,  Mr. 
W.  L.  Keene  of  the  English  Department  has  acted  in  that  capacity. 
The  paper  has  almost  always  been  printed  by  the  Richmond 
Daily  Register.  Formerly  there  was  a  paid  subscription  list,  but 
in  recent  years  the  subscription  has  been  included  in  the  incidental 
fee  each  student  pays;  and  it  is  sent  to  all  active  members  of  the 
Alumni  Association,  that  is,  to  all  who  have  paid  their  membership 
dues.  The  College  appropriates  a  certain  sum  of  money  each  year 
for  its  operation.  The  editor  or  editors  receive  a  stipulated  sum 
for  their  services,  and  the  business  manager  receives  a  percentage 
of  the  money  paid  by  the  advertisers. 

The  scope  of  the  paper  includes  the  various  departments  of  a 
college  paper — news,  editorials,  social  events  and  club  news,  ath- 
letics, special  features,  alumni  news,  advertisements,  and  an  oc- 
casional original  poem  or  short  story.  Sometimes  the  form  of 
the  paper  has  been  made  up  entirely  by  the  editorial  staff,  a 
dummy  having  been  prepared  and  sent  to  the  printers.  At  other 
times  the  material  has  been  submitted  to  the  printers,  and  the 
format  left  to  them.  The  amount  of  work  put  into  the  actual 
making  up  of  the  form  depends  on  the  initiative  and  aggressiveness 
of  the  editors  and  the  wishes  and  demands  of  the  printers.  Dur- 
ing the  college  year  1954-1955  a  complete  dummy  was  sent  to  the 
printer  and  the  actual  printing  supervised  or  watched  closely  by 
the  editors.  But  whatever  practice  is  followed,  the  students  are 
given  practical  experience  in  journalism. 

Although  the  Eastern  Progress  is  not  an  entirely  uncensored 
student  publication,  it  nevertheless  represents  the  voice  of  the 
students.  The  faculty  sponsor  and  the  president  of  the  College  act 
as  a  restraint  on  the  more  zealous  and  extreme  students  by  re- 
minding them  of  the  principle  of  good  taste.  In  the  past  the 
Progress  has  been  instrumental  in  improving  conditions  that 
affected  students  adversely  and  in  correcting  abuses  that  developed 
among  the  students;  and  suggestions  to  the  administration  and  the 
faculty  have  been  constructive.  As  stated  before,  many  of  the 
students  have  wished  to  make  it  a  weekly  paper,  but  the  difficulty 
and  expense  of  having  it  printed  have  kept  it  thus  far  a  semi- 
monthly or  biweekly  periodical. 

The  Milestone 

Another  student  publication  that  has  had  continuous  existence 
since  its  beginning  (1922)  is  the  Milestone,  the  student  annual 
edited  and  made  up  by  the  senior  class.  The  only  interuption — 
if  it  may  be  called  such — occured  during  World  War  II,  when  an 

246 


issue  of  the  Eastern  Kentucky  Review  (Volume  34,  Number  2,  May, 
1944)  was  published  under  the  title  "Life  at  Eastern"  by  the  Eastern 
Photo  Club  under  the  sponsorship  of  Dr.  Harvey  H.  LaFuze,  head 
of  the  Department  of  Biology.  Previous  to  the  Milestone  there 
had  been  no  regular  student  annual.  Some  issues  of  the  Eastern 
Kentucky  Review  were  concerned  mostly  with  graduates,  as  were 
also  some  numbers  of  The  Student  and  The  Talisman,  as  have 
already  been  pointed  out.  In  1910  the  Bluemont  was  issued  as  a 
distinct  student  annual,  but  no  other  issue  is  to  be  found. 

The  production  of  the  Milestone  is  the  responsibility  of  the 
senior  class.  Since  its  beginning  it  has  followed  the  general  pat- 
tern of  college  annuals  and  contains  the  usual  features — Dedication, 
Administration  and  Faculty,  Senior  Class,  Junior  Class,  Sophomore 
Class,  Freshman  Class,  Athletics,  Societies  and  Clubs,  R.  O.  T.  C. 
(since  its  establishment),  Student  Life  (consisting  of  snapshots), 
and  Campus  Scenes.  Because  it  is  made  up  almost  entirely  of 
pictures,  the  quality  of  the  annual  is  dependent  chiefly  on  the 
quality  of  the  photographs,  although,  of  course,  the  taste  of  the 
editorial  staff  is  shown  in  the  selection  of  pictures. 

As  has  been  the  practice  in  the  editing  and  publishing  of  the 
Eastern  Progress,  there  was  from  the  very  beginning  a  faculty 
adviser  for  the  Milestone.  The  first  sponsor  (in  1922)  was  Mr. 
G.  L.  McLain,  who  at  the  time  was  principal  of  Model  High  School. 
From  1923  to  1941  inclusive,  the  late  N.  G.  Deniston  was  the  ad- 
viser— with  one  exception,  that  of  1934,  when  Mr.  R.  R.  Richards 
occupied  that  position.  From  1942  to  1949  inclusive  the  sponsorship 
seems  to  have  fallen  to  the  faculty  adviser  of  the  senior  class.  Since 
1950  inclusive,  Dr.  H.  H.  LaFuze  has  been  the  regular  adviser. 

Since  it  is  a  type  of  publication  that  is  very  costly  to  produce, 
various  methods  have  been  used  to  finance  it.  Sometimes  it  was 
issued  entirely  on  subscription,  with  the  cost  of  the  cuts  and  the 
final  cost  of  the  volume  borne  by  the  subscriber.  At  one  time 
students,  faculty  members,  and  clubs  paid  for  their  cuts,  and  then 
students  and  faculty  members  were  charged  a  nominal  sum  of 
$1.50  for  the  book  itself.  For  a  time  students  paid  for  their  volume 
by  an  incidental  fee  at  registration  and  faculty  members  by  sub- 
scription. During  recent  years  and  at  the  present  time  (since  1949), 
each  student  is  required  to  pay  a  fee  of  $6.50,  which  includes  all 
costs  to  students  and  organizations  and  the  cuts  for  the  faculty 
members.  A  member  of  the  faculty  who  wishes  a  copy  must  sub- 
scribe for  it.     The  College  itself  buys  a  limited  number  of  copies. 

Belles  Letters 

Another  publication,  more  limited  in  scope  than  the  Progress, 
is  the  literary  magazine  Belles  Lettres.  This  was  first  issued  in  the 
spring  of  1935  under  the  editorship  of  Robert  Rankin,  a  member 
of  the  Canterbury  Club.  Dr.  Roy  B.  Clark,  who  was  head  of  the 
English  Department  and  sponsor  of  the  Canterbury  Club,  was  the 
adviser  to  the  editorial  board  from  the  beginning  to  his  retirement 
in  1954.  The  magazine  was  issued  as  an  annual  volume  in  the 
spring  of  each  year  until  1952,  when  attempt  was  made  to  publish 

247 


two  numbers  a  year,  one  in  the  autumn  and  one  in  the  spring  of 
the  succeeding  year.  But  since  the  contributions  were  limited,  the 
two  issues  were  discontinued;  and  in  the  spring  of  1955,  Belles 
Lettres  was  back  on  an  annual  basis. 

The  publication  of  this  magazine  was  begun  for  the  sole  pur- 
pose of  giving  students  an  outlet  for  their  attempts  at  creative 
writing,  and  throughout  the  years  it  has  adhered  to  that  purpose. 
The  aim  has  been  to  have  as  many  students  as  possible  contribute 
and  still  to  maintain  a  reasonably  high  literary  and  compositional 
standard.  An  editorial  board  consisting  of  editor-in-chief,  assistant 
editor,  and  business  manager  is  selected  each  year  by  the  Canter- 
bury Club  from  the  membership  in  that  club.  The  sponsor  is  the 
head  of  the  English  Department  and  also  the  sponsor  of  the  Canter- 
bury Club.  The  editorial  board  selects  and  arranges  the  ma- 
terial, and  the  Canterbury  Club  publishes  the  magazine.  Belles 
Lettres  carries  no  advertisements  and  is  financed  entirely  by  the 
sale  of  the  magazine  to  students,  members  of  the  faculty,  and 
other  interested  friends.  It  has  been  the  constant  hope  of  the 
editorial  board  and  the  Canterbury  Club  that  more  students  will 
contribute,  so  that  the  magazine  might  be  enlarged  and  made  more 
significant  as  a  literary  periodical. 

Miscellaneous 
In  1953  a  new  series  of  issues  of  the  Eastern  Kentucky  Review 
was  inaugurated  in  the  form  of  a  handbook  for  students.  Pub- 
lished at  first  as  "Facts  for  Freshmen,"  it  has  since  been  issued  as 
the  "Student  Handbook."  It  consists  of  a  body  of  important  in- 
formation for  new  students,  chiefly  for  freshmen,  of  course.  The 
last  issue  contains  such  topics  as  the  president's  introduction,  the 
calendar,  general  directions,  specific  important  information  for 
student  guidance,  recreation,  class  organizations,  the  Student  As- 
sociation and  Student  Council,  clubs,  athletic  schedules,  and  East- 
ern's best  known  songs.  The  plan  is  to  make  it  an  even  more 
valuable  handbook  of  information  for  students.  It  is  compiled 
and  edited  by  Dr.  R.  E.  Jaggers  of  the  Department  of  Education. 

Other  publications  are  more  or  less  incidental  and  cannot  be 
classified  under  a  series.  Several  illustrated  folders  were  issued 
from  time  to  time  for  various  occasions.  The  first  of  such  that 
was  found  was  for  the  1914  Summer  School,  which  was  a  sixteen- 
page  illustrated  folder.  There  was  an  "Official  Book  of  Songs" 
edited  by  Mr.  John  Orr  Stewart,  Jr.,  which  was  undated.  In  1928 
a  "Library  Number"  prepared  by  Miss  Mary  Estelle  Reid  was  pub- 
lished, presumably  in  the  Eastern  Kentucky  Review  series  but  not 
so  listed.  In  May  of  the  same  year  "Rural  Education  in  Madison 
County"  came  out.  This  was  a  survey  made  by  Mr.  R.  E.  Jaggers 
and  Dr.  W.  C.  Jones.  Also  in  that  year  "A  Manual  for  Observation 
and  Method,"  prepared  by  the  Training  School  staff,  was  issued, 
and  this  was  revised  the  next  year.  In  1939  a  "Syllabus  for  the 
Fundamentals  of  Secondary  Education"  was  prepared  by  Mr.  R. 
A.  Edwards,  which  contained  a  "Code  of  Ethics  for  the  Teaching 
Profession    in   Kentucky"    (adopted   by    the    Kentucky    Education 

248 


Association  that  same  year).  In  1942  appeared  a  detailed  "Report 
of  the  Training  School  Committee"  to  the  American  Council  on 
Education.  This  report  grew  out  of  a  study  of  Eastern  made  by  the 
Commission  on  Teacher  Education  and  was  one  of  a  series  of  all 
aspects  of  that  study  but  the  only  one  actually  published.  A  collec- 
tion "Songs  of  Eastern,"  undated  but  still  in  use,  was  compiled  by 
Mr.  James  E.  Van  Peursem,  head  of  the  Department  of  Music. 
This  contains  the  four  most  familiar  songs  of  Eastern —  the  official 
"Alma  Mater"  song  by  Nancy  Evans,  an  alumna  of  Eastern,  and 
Miss  Jane  Campbell  of  the  Music  Department;  the  "Marching 
Song"  by  Mrs.  Helen  Hull  Lutes;  "Yea,  Eastern!"  by  Mary  Kather- 
ine  Burns,  also  an  alumna,  and  Mrs.  Lutes;  "Hail,  Hail  Eastern 
Maroons!"  by  Frank  Wilcox,  an  alumnus,  and  Mr.  Henri  Schnabl, 
a  former  faculty  member.  Mr.  Van  Peursem  composed  the  ac- 
companiment for  one  or  two  of  these. 

The  first  comprehensive  history  of  Eastern  was  Three  Decades 
of  Progress.  This  book  of  365  pages  was  prepared  by  various  mem- 
ber of  the  faculty  under  the  general  editorship  of  Dr.  J.  T.  Dorris 
and  published  in  May,  1936.  as  Volume  29,  Number  1.  of  the 
Eastern  Kentucky  Review.  About  3000  copies  of  this  book  were 
printed  and  bound  in  both  paper  and  hard  covers.  It  was 
widely  distributed.  Ten  years  later  The  First  Forty  Years  of  the 
Training  School  came  out,  compiled  and  written  by  Mr.  R.  A.  Ed- 
wards. This  book  consisted  of  copies  of  previous  bulletins  on  the 
Training  School,  Mr.  Edwards's  chapter  on  that  school  in  Three 
Decades  of  Progress,  a  typewritten  chapter  on  its  history  from  1936 
to  1946,  and  a  list  of  all  the  graduates  of  Model  High  School  up 
to  1946. 

Conclusion 

This  brief  survey  seems  incomplete  for  two  reasons.  First, 
space  does  not  permit  fuller  descriptions  of  the  publications.  Sec- 
ond, it  is  almost  certain  that  there  have  been  some  omissions,  per- 
haps not  of  any  series  but  of  individual  issues.  Moreover,  no  at- 
tempt was  made  to  mention  individually  all  the  known  special 
issues.  Complete  files  of  all  the  various  publications  are  not 
available.  Besides,  information  is  lacking  on  when  and  in  what 
circumstances  some  of  the  most  important  series  were  authorized. 
It  would  be  interesting  to  know,  for  example,  whether  the  faculty 
or  the  president  or  the  regents  authorized  the  publication  of  the 
Eastern  Kentucky  Review,  that  continuous  series  which,  chameleon- 
like, assumed  various  forms  as  well  as  colors.  The  only  complete 
files  of  Eastern's  periodicals  are  those  of  the  Milestone  and  Belles 
Lettres,  and  they  are  both  annual  publication.  Moreover,  it  is  dif- 
ficult for  the  library  to  keep  a  complete  file  of  the  Milestone. 

Two  suggestions  are  here  offered  (if  they  are  in  order)  for 
future  practice.  First,  that  a  concerted  effort  be  made  to  make 
as  complete  as  possible  the  files  of  all  series  already  published. 
Second,  that  for  the  sake  of  future  information,  of  all  publications 
of  the  college  at  least  two  copies  of  each  issue  be  filed  and  cataloged 
in  the  John  Grant  Crabbe  Library,  and  that  one  copy  be  placed 

249 


where  it  is  not  available  to  the  college  personnel  except  by  special 
permission.  These  suggestions  are  made  on  the  assumption  that 
what  is  worth  publishing  is  worth  preserving  for  posterity. 


250 


CHAPTER  XIX 

THE  ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION 

By  Mrs.  Mary  Frances  McKinney  Richards 
and  Mrs.  Frankie  Deniston 

From  a  class  of  five  young  women  who  were  mailed  their 
two-year  diplomas  in  1907  to  a  class  of  553  who  were  graduated 
with  Bachelor's  or  Master's  degrees  in  1956 — that,  in  one  sentence, 
is  the  story  of  the  growth  of  Eastern's  Alumni  in  the  first  fifty 
years  of  her  history. 

The  Alumni  roll  of  Eastern  Kentucky  State  College  now  totals 
6324  different  individuals  who  are  classed  as  Alumni  under  the 
present  Alumni  Association  constitution.  This  constitution  lists 
as  Alumni  the  following  groups: 

1.  All  who  received  a  diploma,  upon  completion  of  the 
required  two-year  curricula,  from  Eastern  Kentucky 
State  Normal  School  or  from  Eastern  Kentucky  State 
Teachers   College   and  Normal   School,    1907-24. 

2.  All  persons  who  have  received  A.  B.  or  B.  S.  degrees 
from  Eastern  Kentucky  State  Teachers  College,  or 
Eastern  Kentucky  State  College,  1925-56. 

3.  All  persons  who  have  received  M.  A.  degrees  from 
Eastern  Kentucky  State  Teachers  College,  or  Eastern 
Kentucky   State   College,    1924-56. 

Many  individuals  hold  both  a  two-year  diploma  and  a  Bach- 
elor's degree,  or  both  Bachelor's  and  Master's  degrees.  A  few  hold 
membership  under  all  three  classifications. 

Organization  And  Early  Years 

The  Alumni  Association  of  Eastern  was  organized  on  July  12, 
1909  when  the  "diploma"  class  of  that  year  met  and  formed  the 
Eastern  Kentucky  State  Normal  School  Alumni  Association,  at  what 
proved  to  be  the  first  of  a  long  series  of  Alumni  banquets  and 
dinners.  Only  fifteen  diplomas  had  been  granted  previous  to  that 
time,  five  in  1907,  ten  in  1908.  There  were  eleven  members  of 
the  class  of  1909,  so  the  young  Association  had  a  possible  member- 
ship of  twenty-six. 

Mr.  H.  Dudley  Starns,  now  of  Lexington,  Kentucky,  president 
of  the  class  of  1909,  was  made  the  first  president  of  the  Association. 
Other  officers  of  the  class  of  1909  who  took  the  same  offices  in 
the  Association  were  Mr.  S.  B.  Chandler,  now  S.  B.  Chandler,  M.  D., 
Morgantown,  West  Virginia,  Vice  President,  and  Miss  Elizabeth  W. 
Morgan,   Secretary. 

The  Alumni  Association  and  the  College  will  always  be  in- 
debted to  Mr.  Leslie  Anderson  of  the  class  of  1909,  now  of  Texar- 

251 


kana,  Texas,  for  preserving  and  presenting  to  the  College  and  the 
Association  many  valuable  early  records.  Since  the  first  formal 
commencement  program  was  held  on  July  13,  1909  and  Mr.  Ander- 
son was  the  first  alphabetically  on  the  class  roll,  he  became  the 
first  person  to  receive  a  diploma  on  such  an  occasion  at  Eastern. 
He  has  presented  to  the  College  and  the  Alumni  Association  this 
diploma  (framed),  his  teacher's  certificate  (framed),  a  copy  of  the 
first  commencement  program,  a  picture  of  the  first  Alumni  Banquet 
and  a  copy  of  the  first  Alumni  Banquet  Program.  The  ''Banquet" 
was  served  in  the  Old  Walter's  Institute  Building,  which  was  at 
that  time  being  used  as  the  library.  These  programs  were  hand- 
lettered  and  tied  and  contained,  in  addition  to  the  roll  and  a 
picture  of  the  class  of  1909,  the  following  program  and  menu — 
"Now  good  digestion  wait  on  appetite, 
And  health  on  both." 

MENU 


Consomme 
Broiled   Chicken  Rolls 

Potato   Chips  Lemon  Ice 

Salad  Country  Ham 

Beaten  Biscuit 

Ice  Cream  Cake 

Black   Coffee 

TOASTS 

Ye  Pedagogue 

Mr.  E.  C.  McDougle: 
"And  still  they  gazed,  and  still  the  wonder  grew, 
That  one  small  head  could  carry  all  he  knew." 

Our  School 

Mr.  Harry  Lincoln  Davis: 

"Still  sits  the  schoolhouse  by  the  road." 

The  Women   of  the  Graduating   Class 

Mr.  W.  J.  Grinstead: 
"And  yet  believe  me  good  as  well  we  ill 
Woman's  at  best  a  contradiction  still." 

The  Men  of  the  Graduating  Class 
Miss  Margaret  Durward: 

"Man 
Thou  pendulum  betwixt  a  smile  ana  tear." 

A  Word  From  our  Summer  Guest 

Mr.   M.   B.   Hillegas: 
"All  words  are  pegs  to  hang  ideas  on." 

Our  Classmates 

Mr.  Cam  L.  Holbrook: 
"We  clamb  the  hill  thegither; 


252 


And  many  a  canty  day,  John, 
We've  had  wi  ane  anither." 

The  Future  of  the  E.  K.  S.  N. 

Hon.  J.  A.  Sullivan: 
"For  I  dipt  into  the  future,  far  as 
human  eye  could  see. 
Saw  the  vision  of  the  world,  and  all 
the  wonder  that  would  be." 

L'Envoi 

Miss  Katherine  E.  Forster: 
"Good-night,  good-night:  Parting  is  such 

sweet  sorrow 
That  I  shall  say — good  night  till  it 
be  morrow." 

Toastmistress — Dean  Virginia  Spencer 

Following  this  early  and  promising  beginning  of  the  Alumni 
Association,  which  is  recorded  in  The  Student,  Vol.  2,  No.  11, 
dated  July,  1909,  there  are  no  known  formal  records  of  the  organiza- 
tion until  1926.  There  are  only  fragmentary  and  infrequent  refer- 
ences in  other  issues  of  The  Student  and  the  Eastern  Kentucky 
Review,  early  publications  of  the  School. 

On  page  26  of  Vol.  4,  of  the  Eastern  Kentucky  Review  for  July, 
1910  appears  the  following:  "The  Alumni  Association  is  destined  to 
prove  a  great  factor  in  the  fostering  of  Normal  spirit,  and  in  the 
upbuilding  of  a  Greater  Normal.  Its  influence  is  already  potent 
throughout  the  State.  The  Association  holds  an  annual  Banquet 
and  Reception  during  Commencement  week."  From  the  records  in 
these  publications  we  learn  that  the  Association  began  in  1912  to 
hold  a  business  meeting,  usually  at  4:  00  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  pre- 
ceding the  reception  and  banquet  at  8:00  o'clock  in  the  evening. 
These  most  often  followed  the  Commencement  program  on  the 
morning  of  that  same  day. 

From  these  records  and  from  published  copies  of  the  com- 
mencement week  programs  in  which  the  announcements  of  the 
Alumni  Reception  and  Banquet  were  followed  by  the  notation 
"By  card  only",  the  inference  is  that  the  school  probably  was  host 
to  the  graduating  class,  the  faculty  and  the  few  alumni  who  re- 
turned for  such  occasions,  and  also  that  the  activities  of  the  Asso- 
ciation in  the  business  meetings  were  probably  limited  to  the  elec- 
tion of  officers  and  minor  business  matters. 

K.  E.  A.  Dinners  and  Breakfasts 

In  1926  Eastern  began  the  custom  of  holding  a  K.  E.  A.  Ban- 
quet. These  were  held  at  the  Kentucky  Hotel  in  Louisville  and 
from  the  beginning  had  a  good  attendance  of  153  in  1927  and  171 
in  1928. 

These  dinners  were  discontinued  and  an  Eastern  K.  E.  A. 
Breakfast  was  begun  in  1934.     With  a  few  exceptions,  during  the 

253 


war  years,  these  breakfasts  have  continued  to  be  served  during 
the  K.  E.  A.  sessions  each  April  in  the  Roof  Garden  of  the  Brown 
Hotel  in  Louisville.  In  1944  the  K.  E.  A.  met  in  Lexington,  and 
Eastern's  breakfast  was  served  in  the  Lafayette  Hotel  with 
225  present.  There  was  no  breakfast  in  1945,  and  in  1946  this 
program  was  moved  back  to  the  former  location  in  the  Roof 
Garden  of  the  Brown  Hotel.  The  Alumni  Office  has  for  many 
years  done  the  promotion  work  for  the  K.  E.  A.  breakfast  and 
shared  the  responsibility  for  the  Eastern  Headquarters  booth  in 
the  Brown  Hotel  during  the  K.  E.  A.  sessions  in  Louisville. 

Constitutions  and  Alumni  Staff 

The  year  1926  marked  two  other  events  of  importance  to  the 
Association.  The  first  constitution  of  which  we  have  a  copy  was 
written  that  year  under  the  Chairmanship  of  Miss  Mary  Floyd. 
But  the  Association  and  its  program  were  both  growing  rapidly, 
necessitating  many  changes,  so  that  this  constitution  was  replaced 
in  rather  quick  succession  by  two  others.  One  in  1929  was  written 
under  the  chairmanship  of  Mr.  Judson  S.  Harmon  and  another  in 
1935  under  the  guidance  of  Dr.  W.  J.  Moore.  This  latter  document 
was  amended  four  different  times  between  1935  and  1947. 

In  1952  a  committee,  under  the  leadership  of  Mr.  J.  D.  Turley, 
wrote  these  amendments  and  other  desirable  and  necessary  changes 
into  the  present  constitution. 

The  year  1926  also  saw  the  appointment  of  the  first  Campus 
Alumni  Secretary  when  President  T.  J.  Coates  of  the  College  desig- 
nated Mrs.  Melba  W.  Carter  to  help  with  the  K.  E.  A.  Banquet,  the 
Alumni  Banquet  at  commencement  time  and  to  collect  the  annual 
membership  fee  provided  by  the  1926  constitution.  Mrs.  Carter 
served  in  this  capacity  until  June  1,  1929.  Seven  paid  members 
were  listed  at  that  time. 

Miss  Mary  Floyd  then  accepted  the  responsibilities  of  Secre- 
tary-Treasurer for  one  year,  and  was  replaced  by  Mr.  R.  R.  Richards, 
who  served  from  June,  1930  to  June,  1932.  Miss  Lucille  Derrick, 
who  was  then  a  member  of  Eastern's  staff,  was  made  Secretary- 
Treasurer  for  the  year  1932-33.  In  June,  1933  Mr.  Richards 
was  again  appointed  Secretary-Treasurer.  He  served  until  re- 
placed by  Mr.  Sam  Beckley  in  June,  1936. 

Mr.  Beckley,  who  was  Assistant  Director  of  Extension  and 
Public  Relations,  was  the  first  officer  given  the  title  of  Executive 
Secretary  under  the  new  (1935)  constitution.  He  was  also  the 
first  Secretary  who  had  the  office  space  and  the  secretarial  help 
to  establish  an  Alumni  Office.  He  set  up  the  present  system  of 
alumni  records  in  the  present  Alumni  Office,  Room  17  of  the 
Administration  Building.  He  and  his  secretarial  assistants  pro- 
vided files  for  records  of  addresses,  membership  (dues),  personal 
data,  training  records  (after  leaving  Eastern),  experience  records, 
and  individual  folders  for  clippings,  etc. 

The  geographical  files,  the  cross  index  system  for  all  records 
and  the  addressograph  plates  for  every  graduate  of  Eastern  from 

254 


1907  through  1936  was  established  then,  provided  the  graduate 
could  be  located  and  the  necessary  information  made  available. 

When  Mr.  Beckley  was  called  into  military  service  in  June, 
1942,  Miss  Mary  F.  McKinney  was  appointed  Acting  Secretary  to 
serve  during  his  absence.  When,  after  the  war,  Mr.  Beckley  took 
another  position  and  did  not  return  to  Eastern,  Miss  McKinney  was 
made  Executive  Secretary  in  1946. 

Two  members  of  the  regular  secretarial  staff  of  the  College, 
Miss  Louise  Broaddus  and  Miss  Lois  Colley,  helped  Mr.  Beckley 
with  the  original  establishment  of  the  alumni  records.  After  Miss 
Broaddus  was  made  Recorder  in  the  Registrar's  Office  in  1942 
and  Miss  Colley  became  Secretary  to  President  W.  F.  O'Donnell 
in  1948,  the  Alumni  Office  work  was  done  until  1952  by  students 
and  the  wives  of  students.  Chief  among  this  group  was  Mrs. 
Virginia  Clark,  who  was  office  secretary  for  over  three  years.  In 
1952  Mrs.  N.  G.  Deniston,  a  regular  college  staff  member,  was  made 
Assistant  to  the  Alumni  Secretary  and  is  still  serving  the  Alumni 
and  the  College  in  that  capacity.  Since  1936  the  Alumni  Office 
has  always  had  the  part-time  services  of  one  or  more  students  who 
helped  with  stenographic  and  mailing  room  work.  Many  Alumni 
now  widely  scattered  have  said  they  are  more  appreciative  of 
Alumni  services  because  of  their  student-day  work  in  helping  with 
those  services. 


Mrs.  Mary  Frances  (McKinney) 

Richards,  Geography,  Executive 

Secretary  of  the  Alumni 

Association. 

255 


The  Alumni  Association  now  has  no  record  of  the  officers 
who  served  the  Association  between  1909-10  and  1926-27.  After 
the  latter  date  more  complete  records  are  available.  Following  is 
the  list  of  officers  since  1926: 


X 


'^     < 


i^  -^  -° 


OJ    00    fH 


sh       c  "^  :=!  ^  ^  -r. 


m  p^ 


00  03    OJ  -■ 


CO    ci    o 
.^^    r-    a; 


^    cd    u./  u-i  ' ..'    '  'i 


CO 

T!  O 

CO     0) 


h  d 


•s  r^  00  (_, 


ct3  .—I 


:r:3   f^ 


o     . 


CO 
00  '• 

^    d 

d   5-1 
cc   a; 


;  W  V, 


>>  o 


E 

"a) 

d 

m 

o 

cc 

-1.^ 

CO 

1 

.il  ^  ^  « 


in 


t-  c- 


Ttl       <U     t^ 


-^  ^      r^ 


r-H        tUJ 

a;  W 


CO       QJ 


CO     o 


CO  OJ 

00 
,      00    - 

S  :*  d 

1-5    P^    l-S 


V 

" 

s 

d 

o^ 

t- 

c« 

C<! 

u 

CSl 

s 

o 

'a; 

o 

m 

> 

CIh 

d 

d 

CO 

a; 

w 

H^ 

o 

3 

1-H 

J 

W 

W 

00         nzl 

CO 
73    -        CO 

cfl    a>  2 


pq 


Cfl    CO 


(N  o  cq 

CO    CO    00 


rt  ;::; 


.d  .d 


^    o  ^ 

r=  o  g 

^   U    CO 


m  w  W  p^ 


T3 
O 

CO 

U 


<  ::< 


>5      CC 

d  1=1 


i^   d   cc 
+^   o  .d 

o  ^  -j:  .Si  .^ 


3 

H 

S  Q 


;S^0^ 


^  ^  ^  O 


OJ     OJ  « 

cc   s;  d 

£  S  5 

x;  •  -  t; 

^^  < 


iM      d 


0       CO 

OS 


O)  O) 

a  £ 

CO  CO 

P^  Pi 


£  £ 

o   o 


^  .2i 


+j      CO 

Spq 

CC      ^^ 

ss 


^    cc 

o  w 


CO 


fc     H 


o 

%  s 

P3    • 

Pi 

CO       . 

i^  Pi 


5  u 

£  >= 

Ul  CC 

;-! 

0)  M 

^  »^ 

o  . 

Pi  Pi 


2 

'o 
d 

Pi 
d 

CO 


d 
cc 


d 
d 


o  CO  r^ 

u  o  hj 


o 


£•1 
P^  P 


.     CO 

a;    ri 
w)  5 

O   tH 


T3 

O 

CO     o 


^    CO 


ft  fe 

CO   '^ 

0) 
O     CO 


-^  S  '^ 

-fJ    00    Tt< 


O  W 


5    ro 


CO 

CO  n:! 

oi  d 
.is  d 
.s   o 


O 


N    P 


O 


CO  - 

21  '- 
bJO   cc 

O     HH 


SS 


d  W 


CC   ^ 
P   U 


CC    CO 

ft " 


l^ 


o 

« d 

W  P3 


^      CO 
O     CO 

CO  Xi 


CO 

CO 

.£ 

CO 

s 

£ 

C35 
CO 

d 
o 

'ft 

s 

CO 

qj 

cc 

^ 

^ 

CO 

U 

U 

Pi 

5 

0) 

Ptl 

o 

'a! 

d 

u 

d 

0) 

73 
0) 

O 

O  O  H  fe 

giiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiilliliiiiii 


Alumni  Programs 

Fall  "Homecomings"  began  to  be  observed  at  Eastern  in  early 
1930.  The  Alumni  Association  now  sponsors  many  of  the  Home- 
coming activities — Homecoming  Dance,  Registration,  Homecoming 
Barbecue,  Teas  or  Coffees  or  other  social  activities.  The  Alumni 
Office  also  acts  as  coordinator  for  other  parts  of  the  Homecoming 
program — the  football  game,  the  parade  of  floats  sponsored  by 
campus  organizations,  etc.,  and  does  the  promotion  work. 

The  Alumni  Association  still  holds  the  annual  Alumni  Dinner 
at  commencement.  Though  these  were  discontinued  for  three 
of  the  war  years,  1943-45,  due  to  restrictions  on  travel  and  food, 
they  are  now  a  part  of  Alumni  Day  and  held  regularly  on  the 
Saturday  preceding  Baccalaureate  near  the  last  of  May.  In  1932, 
Miss  Lucille  Derrick,  who  was  then  the  Alumni  Secretary,  began 
the  custom  of  inviting  the  twenty-five  graduates  back  to  the  campus 
as  guests  of  the  Association  for  a  class  reunion.  This  policy  is 
still  in  effect  and  has  been  enlarged  and  promoted  by  the  present 
Alumni  Board  of  Directors. 

At  Commencement  in  1957  the  Alumni  Association  is  pro- 
moting the  first  Fiftieth  Anniversary  Reunion.  It  is  planned  to 
award  fifty-year  members  of  Eastern's  Alumni  Association  gold 
pins,  signifying  the  Association's  appreciation  of  their  fifty  years 
of  loyalty  to  the  College. 

In  1930,  under  the  leadership  of  Miss  Mary  Floyd,  the  Alumni 
Association  commissioned  Mr.  Sudduth  Goff  of  Chicago  to  paint 
an  oil  portrait  of  the  late  President  T.  J.  Coates.  Mr.  Goff  made 
the  Association  a  special  price  of  $500.00  for  the  excellent  portrait, 
which  now  hangs  in  the  lobby  of  the  Administration  Building  that 
bears  President  Coates's  name. 

During  the  war  years,  1941-46,  the  Alumni  Association  mailed 
the  bi-weekly  Eastern  Progress  to  over  a  thousand  men  and  women 
of  Eastern's  Alumni,  former  students  and  faculty.  These  included 
every  man  and  woman  in  the  Armed  Forces  for  whom  the  office 
could  obtain  an  address.  For  two  years  the  work  of  mailing  these 
papers  was  done  gratis  by  a  group  of  young  Eastern  students  who 
called  themselves  "The  Eastern  Service  Organization."  The  Alumni 
Office  corresponded  with  most  of  the  service  men.  The  staff  tried 
to  answer  every  letter  received  and  many  men  wrote  to  express 
their  appreciation  for  the  Eastern  Progress.  Alumni  correspondence 
files  for  those  years  include  letters  from  the  beachhead  at  Anzio  to  a 
fox  hole  on  Iwo  Jima  and  from  nearly  every  place  on  land  or  sea 
where  the  Armed  Forces  of  the  United  States  served  in  those 
years.  Three  overseas  "Alumni  Clubs"  were  formed  by  groups 
of  Eastern  men  who  were  serving  in  the  same  areas — The  Iceland 
Eastern  Alumni  Club,  The  Trans-Rhine  Eastern  Alumni  Club  No.  1, 
and  the  Japan  Eastern  Alumni  Club  (during  the  first  year  of  the 
occupation  of  Japan). 

The  Alumni  Association  also  made  up  and  has  preserved  Me- 
morial Albums,  containing  the  pictures  and  personal  information 

257 


on  each  of  the  Alumni,  faculty  and  former  students  who  lost  their 
lives  in  World  War  II. 

In  1956  the  Alumni  Association  purchased  a  bronze  plaque, 
24"xl8",  to  be  placed  in  the  lobby  of  Keith  Hall,  a  new  dormitory 
for  men,  first  occupied  during  the  fall  semester,  1955.  This  plaque 
reads,  "Keith  Hall,  In  Honor  of  Anna  Dickson  Roe  Keith,  1881-1852, 
Director  of  Men's  Residences,  and  Charles  Alexander  Keith  1883-  , 
Dean  of  Men,  For  Over  Forty  Years  of  Service  to  the  Men  of 
Eastern." 

Also  in  1956  the  Alumni  Association  made  its  first  Outstanding 
Alumnus  award.  This  consisted  of  a  scroll  presented  the  alumnus 
and  of  a  bronze  plate  with  name  and  date  placed  on  a  walnut  plaque 
large  enough  to  hold  twenty-five  such  names.  This  award  is  made 
annually  at  commencement  time. 

Since  1940  the  Alumni  Office  staff  has  written  an  Alumni 
news  column  for  each  issue  of  the  bi-weekly  college  newspaper, 
the  Eastern  Progress,  and  mailed  a  copy  of  each  issue  to  members 
of  the  Association. 

Alumni  Clubs 

The  Eastern  Alumni  Association  has  had  a  number  of  Alumni 
Clubs.  The  number  and  size  of  these  clubs  have  varied  from  time 
to  time.  The  oldest  is  the  Northern  Kentucky  Eastern  Club,  which 
has  had  a  consistently  active  organization  for  a  quarter  of  a  cen- 
tury. The  Louisville  Club  is  the  second  oldest  club  that  has  main- 
tained a  permanent  and  active  program.  Both  clubs  have  at  least 
two  programs  each  year,  which  are  usually  social  in  character,  as 
well  as  informative  or  inspirational.  They  are  usually  attended  by 
several  faculty  members  from  the  College.  These  clubs  have  had 
consistently  fine  and  loyal  leadership  throughout  the  years  from 
Alumni  in  those  areas. 

At  various  times  the  following  Alumni  Clubs  have  been 
organized  and  functioned  for  long  or  short  periods:  Pikeville, 
Harlan,  Breathitt  County,  Central  Kentucky  (meets  at  Lexington), 
and  Eastern  Kentucky.  The  last  mentioned  was  really  not  a  club 
but  a  meeting  (usually  a  dinner  and  social)  held  during  the  fall 
meeting  of  the  Eastern  Kentucky  Education  Association  at  Ashland 
each  year.  Because  of  the  widely  scattered  Alumni  in  these  groups 
they  have  not  been  able  to  maintain  as  consistent  an  organization 
and  program  as  the  older  two  clubs.  All  clubs  operate  under 
constitutions  that  relate  them  and  their  programs  to  the  Alumni 
Association  and  are  approved  by  the  Executive  Committee  of  the 
Association.  Clubs  that  are  three  years  old  and  have  twenty-five 
regular  members  have  a  representative  on  the  Executive  Committee 
of  the  Association. 

The  Association  established  in  1942  another  Alumni  Club,  one 
"without  dues  or  duties".  This  is  the  "Junior  Alumni  Association" 
to  which  any  child  of  an  Eastern  graduate  may  belong  by  simply 
furnishing  the  necessary  information  to  the  Alumni  Office.  Mem- 
bership cards  are  mailed  upon  receipt  of  birth  announcements  and 
other  greeting  cards  are  sent  "Junior  Alumni." 

258 


The  Alumni 

Eastern  was  established  as  a  "Normal  School"  for  the  training 
of  teachers.  The  word,  "Teachers",  was  not  finally  dropped  from 
the  name  of  the  College  until  1948.  Even  since  that  time,  the 
training  of  teachers  has  continued  to  be  the  major  role  of  the 
College. 

However,  the  first  four  classes  of  Eastern  (1907-10)  whose  mem- 
bers call  themselves  "The  Pioneers",  set  the  pattern  for  all  future 
Alumni  since  from  that  group  came  successful  men  and  women 
in  many  fields  of  endeavor,  in  addition  to  outstanding  class  room 
teachers.  The  "Pioneers"  are  found  in  medicine,  business,  educa- 
tional supervision  and  administration,  farming,  law,  the  ministry, 
homemaking  and  government  service.  The  classes  that  have  fol- 
lowed the  Pioneers,  not  only  served  in  all  these  fields,  but  they 
have  added  many  other  areas  of  work  in  which  they  serve  in 
every  State  in  the  Union  and  in  many  foreign  lands  on  nearly 
every  continent. 

Eastern  has  eminent  men  and  women  now  in  military  service 
(all  branches  and  some  with  high  rank),  dentistry,  accounting  and 
auditing  (with  many  Certified  Public  Accountants — C.P.A.'s),  writ- 
ers, scientists  (chemistry,  physics,  mathematics,  biology,  meteor- 
ology and  interrelated  sciences),  politicians  (including  a  Repre- 
sentative in  Congress,  a  candidate  for  Governor,  many  State  Rep- 
resentatives and  Senators),  musicians,  missionaries,  artists,  sales- 
men, librarians,  public  relations  men,  many  types  of  business,  bank- 
ers, insurance  (many  Chartered  Life  Underwriters — C.L.U.'s),  con- 
struction, real  estate,  retail  and  wholesale  merchants,  etc. 

The  education  group  includes  thousands  of  fine  class  room 
teachers,  in  addition  to  high  school  and  elementary  school  adminis- 
trators and  supervisors,  college  instructors  and  deans,  a  Superin- 
tendent of  Public  Instruction  for  the  State  of  Kentucky,  and  most 
other  positions  in  the  school  world.  Many  of  these  men  and 
women  hold  the  highest  earned  degrees  offered  by  colleges  and 
universities  and  many  have  had  one  or  more  honorary  degrees 
conferred  by  various  colleges  and  universities. 

The  College  and  the  Alumni  Association  published  in  late  1956 
an  Alumni  Directory ,  listing  every  graduate  of  the  first  fifty  years. 
If  the  information  was  available,  the  Directory  gives  his  or  her 
academic  training,  professional  title,  present  address  and  occupation 
(except  for  those  deceased).  The  Directory  was  prepared  by  the 
author  of  this  chapter  (the  Executive  Secretary  of  the  Alumni  As- 
sociation) and  her  Assistant,  Mrs.  Frankie  Deniston. 

Following  is  a  table  worked  out  by  the  Registrar's  Office,  giving 
the  distribution  of  the  degree  graduates  of  Eastern  by  the  depart- 
ments in  which  they  majored. 


259 


9S6I 
SS61 

8S6I 
ZS61 


TS6I 

oeei 


6^61 


8^61 
LfGl 
9^-6 1 
ef'6T 
^^61 
g^6X 

om 

6861 
886X 
L261 
9861 
S86X 
^861 
886X 
Z86X 
X86X 
086X 
6S6X 
8Z6X 
i26X 
926  X 


S26X 


g    tuD  -^J 

h  O 


.X4  ^M 


o  CO 

O    M 


<r>  o 

<N    CO 


CO    IM 


t-  o 
lO   o 

CM     1-H 


^  in 

y-i    (M 


in 

in 

'^ 

CO 

CO 

CSI 

o 

c- 

o  in 

CO 

rH 

CO 

■<1* 

(J> 

T^' 

'-' 

CM 

CM  ■<* 
00 

""• 

00 

i> 

05 

in 
in 

CM 

O) 

tT  CO 

.— (  i-H 

1—1 

t-H 

o 

T-H 

in 

»-l 
CO 

CM  CO 

in 

m 

CO 

in 

CM 

rH 

- 

CO 

00  CM 

rH  1— ( 

l> 

rH 

CM 

I-H 

00 

05 

rH 

o 

CM 

CO 

«3 

I— 1 

■<*< 

o 

CO 

05  r-t 

c» 

CO  t~ 
CM 

00 
CM 

OS 

•—1 

■<»< 

in 

rH 

in 

CM 

rH  CO 
CO 

in 

o 
t— ( 

CO 

05 

o 

in 

CO 

05  ■<:»< 

rH  r-t 

T— ( 

t> 

CO 
I-H 

00 

00 
CM 

00  in 
in 

N 

csi 

1— 1 

CO 

CD 

00 

CO 

T— 1 

Oi 

o  in 

CM  rH 

CO 

i-H 

I> 

T-l 

in 

rH 

■* 

CO 

00 
CO 

in  00 

1-1    CO 

(M 

I— ( 

oi 

CO 

•* 

CO 

in 

CO 

I— ( 

CM 

O  l> 

CM  eg 

(M 

rH 

rH 

in 

I-H 

00 

CO 

Oi    00 

I-H  in 

1— I 

05 

■* 

CO 
CO 

CO 

I— 1 

in 

t>  CO 

>— 1  I— I 

rH 

CO 

I-H 

00 

e<i 

05 
CM 

■<*  CO 
C<I  CO 

in 

■* 

CO 

05 

CO 

in 

Tt< 

i>  in 

I> 

1-H 

OS 

■5t< 

I-H 

CO 

e>q  CM 

CM  CM 

CM     CO     T-H     rH 


CM    O    l>-    CM    05    C~    CO 


■*    CM    ■*    tH    CO    00 


CM    CO    05   l>    CM    in 


1-H 

CM 

t- 

05 
CM 

■* 

CM 

CM 

■^ 

1-H 

CO 

CM 

rH 

rH 

tH 

co 

CO 
CM 

in 

""• 

CO 

CM 

CM 

I-H 

CM 

CO 

CM  CM 

CM 

'"' 

00 

1-H 

CO 

in 

I-H 

CO 

CO 

in 

00 

c- 

CM 

■* 

I-H  T-H 

I-H 

T-H 

CM 

■* 

in 

I-H 

00 
CO 

1-H 

'^ 

in 

t- 

CO 
CM 

o 

05 

Tj< 

'"' 

T-H  in 

'^ 

CO 

CO 

in 

CO 

rH 

1-H 

1-H 

in 

co 

CO 

rH 

CO 

CM 

rH 

CM 

rH 

CM 

in 

05 

CO 
CO 

CO 

CO 

c- 

IT- 

o 

1-H 

CM 

in 

''^ 

in 

e<i 

00 

CO 

00 

CO 

00 

05 

'"' 

c- 

CO 

05 

in 

I-H 

CO 

CM 

1-H 

CM 

I-H  I> 

e<i 

in 

1-H 

in 

CO 
CM 

CD 

o 

CM 

in 

■* 

Csl 
CM 

o 

CO 

CM 

I-H 

I-H 

in 

I-H 

CM 

CM 

CM 

Oi 

CO 

1-H 

CO 

rH 

CM 

^ 

CO 

in 

CM 

in 

rH 

in 

CO 

i—t 

CO 

I-H 

CO 

CO 

CM 

1-H 

o 
in 

o 

CM 

I-H 

in 

CD 

CM 

c- 

r-H 

CO 

1-H 

CM 

(Ji 

T-H 

CO 

05 

in 

CO 

1-H 

CM 

o 

CM 

CO 
CM 

co 

in 

in 

I-H 

05 

I— ( 

CM 

in 

t- 

CO 

1-H 

1-H 

CO 

CO 

CM 

in 

'"' 

CO 

rH 

Tt< 

CM 

CO 

I-H 

rH  CD 

CO 

CM 

CO 

co 

CM 

rH 

CD 
CM 

00 

1-H 

in 

rH 

Tfi 

00 

05 

I-H 
I-H 

I-H 

05 

1-H 

1-H 

'^ 

CO 

o 

T-H 

in 

I-H 

in 

CM 

I-H 

in 

■<4< 

CM 

in 

CM 

'"' 

CO 

CO 

""• 

I-H 

in 

I-H 

CO 

CM 

•* 

c- 

oq 

CO 

I-H 

CO 

CO 

CM 

T-H 

CM 

1-H 

in 

1-H  CM 

rH 

CO 

CM 

in 

00 

rH 

t-H 

'"' 

Oi 

^ 

CO 

CO 

CO 

o 

1-H 

I> 

1-H 

CO 

""^ 

C<I 

■?t< 

-* 

■* 

c- 

CO 

I-H 

'"' 

CM 

CM 

CO 

I-H 

tH 

00 

CD 

TjH 

CM 

CM 

rH 

1-H 

T-H 

^ 

Tt< 

1-H 

r-H 

CO 

CS      M 


O) 


13    ta)    ;; 


.^   ^^ 


^i-i-)^XiO'T3CO'^ 


CD 

V) 

'o 

<V 

CJ 

o 

m 

(  1 

rn 

03 

tH 

:3 

tH 

>> 

u 

O 

'^iH.rH-S-lO'OGO'"'"'''^       •     r^    il:l    ^    J^     O     CJ 


Part  n 
CURRICULAR 

CHAPTER  XX 

ORGANIZATION    OF    INSTRUCTION 
By  Roy  B.  Clark 

When  the  Eastern  Kentucky  State  Normal  School  was  estab- 
lished, there  seems  to  have  been  no  definite  plan  of  organization 
into  departments.  Having  been  organized  to  prepare  rural  teachers 
in  eastern  Kentucky,  it  stressed  the  teaching  of  review  courses 
in  the  common  school  subjects,  although  there  were  exceptions  to 
this  general  rule.  The  personality  and  special  field  of  certain 
members  of  the  first  faculty  resulted  in  the  teaching  of  subjects 
that  are  now  regarded  as  of  high  school  or  college  level.  Latin 
is  an  example  of  this  tendency.  Many  of  the  early  instructors 
taught  two  or  more  subjects  in  unrelated  fields. 

It  was  not  until  1910  that  the  yearbook  (Eastern  Kentucky 
Review,  Volume  IV,  Number  4)  listed  the  various  fields  of 
instruction  by  departments.  In  this  volume  we  find  Education, 
Mathematics,  English,  History  and  Civics,  Latin,  Physics  and 
Chemistry,  Biology,  Agriculture,  Geography  and  Geology,  Modern 
Languages,  Music,  Manual  Training,  and  Physical  Education.  In 
1912  a  Department  of  Expression  is  mentioned.  Although  almost 
all  departments  had  only  one  member,  the  ranks  of  professor, 
instructor,  and  assistant  are  recognized  in  the  yearbook.  When 
the  Normal  School  in  1912  became  by  legislative  act  also  a  teachers' 
college,  the  instruction  was  more  definitely  organized  into  depart- 
ments, with  Art  as  an  added  department. 

These  departments  remained  in  about  the  same  status  for  the 
next  eleven  years.  At  the  beginning  of  the  school  year  September, 
1932,  President  H.  L.  Donovan,  in  an  attempt  to  reduce  the  large 
number  of  departments  and  better  integrate  the  work  of  the 
College,  instituted  divisions  as  organizational  units.  Accordingly 
eight  divisions  were  recognized  and  a  chairman  for  each  division 
was  appointed.  Approximately  once  a  month  divisional  staff 
meetings  were  held,  over  which  the  division  chairmen  presided. 
The  originial  eight  divisions  were  Applied  Arts  and  Sciences,  Fine 
Arts,  Biological  and  Physical  Sciences,  Education,  Health  and 
Physical  Education,  Languages  and  Literature,  and  Social  Sciences. 
In  1936  a  ninth  division,  Military  Science  and  Tactics,  was  added 
when  the  R.  O.  T.  C.  (Reserve  Officers  Training  Corps)  was  estab- 
lished at  Eastern. 

261 


For  about  ten  years  the  courses  of  instruction  were  listed  in 
the  catalog  by  divisions,  but  the  departmental  organization  was 
retained  in  the  course  titles.  In  1942,  however,  the  catalog  recog- 
nized the  divisions  in  a  one-page  "Faculty  Organization,"  and  the 
courses  were  printed  by  departments  alphabetically.  This  plan 
has  been  followed  to  the  present  time. 

The  purpose  for  which  the  divisions  were  instituted  has  been 
achieved  only  partially.  Although  the  staff  meetings  by  divisions 
may  have  helped  to  make  the  faculty  somewhat  group  conscious 
and  actually  have  presented  common  problems,  there  has  been 
little  or  no  actual  intergration  of  instruction.  There  are  at  least 
two  reasons  why  more  progress  has  not  been  made.  The  first  is 
that  the  concept  of  departments  has  long  been  in  the  minds  of 
college  faculties.  Another  is  that  in  some  of  the  divisions  there 
are  too  many  diverse  elements.  It  is  difficult  to  see,  for  example, 
any  organic  unity  in  the  Division  of  Applied  Arts  and  Sciences, 
which  includes  Agriculture,  Commerce,  Home  Economics,  Indus- 
trial Arts,  and  Library  Science.  There  is  a  certain  organic  unity  in 
the  Division  of  Education,  or  of  Mathematics,  or  even  of  the  Fine 
Arts.  But  the  integrating  of  the  courses  of  instruction  by  divisions 
is  still  in  the  future,  and  the  divisional  organization  remains  more 
or  less  superimposed. 

A  brief  summary  of  the  development  of  each  department 
follows.  Because  of  the  importance  of  the  departments  in  the 
field  of  instruction,  it  seems  best  to  treat  each  one  separately 
rather  than  as  a  part  of  a  division.  These  wull  be  presented  alpha- 
betically. 


Dr.  Roy  B.  Clark, 
Professor  Emeritus  since  1954 

262 


CHAPTER  XXI 

AGRICULTURE 

By  William  Stocker 

From  the  time  that  the  Agriculture  Department  was  established 
in  1911  until  1950,  Eastern  offered  both  a  major  and  minor  in 
Agriculture.  The  number  of  semester  hours  required  to  earn  this 
major  was  about  thirty,  and  for  a  minor,  eighteen.  Soon  after 
World  War  II,  the  requirement  for  a  major  was  increased  to  sixty 
semester  hours  of  Agriculture  to  fulfill  the  requirements  of  the 
Smith-Hughes  Act,  which  provides  for  the  training  of  Vocational 
Agriculture  teachers.  These  teachers  are  prepared  to  teach  Agri- 
culture in  the  high  schools  of  the  State  under  the  supervision  of 
the  University  of  Kentucky.  After  four  years  of  this  expanded 
program,  Eastern,  in  1950,  entered  into  an  agreement  with  the 
University  of  Kentucky  whereby  students  would  get  their  first 
two  years  of  training  at  Eastern  and  their  last  two  years  at  the 
University.  This  move  seemed  advisable,  because  offering  so  many 
hours  of  Agriculture  was  expensive  and  represented  a  duplication 
of  effort  with  the  University,  a  short  distance  away.  The  Agri- 
culture Department  does  continue  to  provide  upper  division  courses 
for  the  convenience  of  students  who  plan  to  graduate  at  Eastern 
with  a  field  or  a  minor  in  Agriculture. 

All  courses  in  Agriculture  given  at  Eastern  now  constitute  a 
part  of  the  regular  program  of  instruction  of  the  College  of 
Agriculture  and  Home  Economics  of  the  University  of  Kentucky, 
and  they  carry  both  course  and  residence  credit  toward  the  degree 
of  Bachelor  of  Science  awarded  by  the  University. 

Other  information  relating  to  Agriculture  may  be  found  in 
Chapter  X,  Agriculture  and  Stateland  Farm. 


Prof.  George  Gumbert. 

To  Eastern  in  1922  in  Agriculture. 

Deceased,  1954 


CHAPTER   XXII 

ART 

By  Fred  P.  Giles 

The  Department  of  Art  in  Eastern  Kentucky  State  College 
has  its  roots  in  the  early  years  of  the  College,  though  public  opinion 
in  Kentucky  of  what  art  really  is  in  a  curricular  organization  was 
not  very  conducive  to  any  inclusion  of  art  as  a  required  part  of 
a  course  in  those  early  days.  The  very  first  mention  of  art  was 
in  the  Eastern  Kentucky  Review,  October,  1906,  under  the  name 
of  Henrietta  Ralston,  Drawing.  It  was  thought  to  be  only  for  the 
very  talented,  if  indeed  any  thought  was  rendered,  or  it  was  only 
a  frill  or  extra  activity  reserved  for  young  women  who  wished  to 
follow  grandmother's  inclination  and  paint  pretty  little  pictures, 
or  decorate  pieces  of  china,  which  all  too  often  was  merely  copying 
dainty  little  things  and  applying  them  to  paper,  canvas,  or  china. 

In  the  printed  art  bulletin  of  July,  1907,  appears  the  following: 
"Drills  in  Vocal  Music,  Penmanship,  and  Drawing  are  designed  in 
the  State  Certificate  Course  to  fit  the  student  for  teaching  these 
subjects  successfully  in  the  public  schools."  Talented  students, 
apparently,  may  have  been  interested  in  taking  art,  though  the 
subject  was  not  required. 

In  1908,  a  change  of  teachers  brought  change  in  the  description 
of  the  art  course.  Miss  Lora  B.  Nims  taught  Music  and  Drawing, 
but  the  catalog  of  the  period  gives  no  clue  as  to  how  the  class 
work  was  done. 

In  April,  1910,  Miss  Flora  Carpenter  is  mentioned  as  the 
teacher  of  art.  She  seemed  to  be  responsible  for  three  daily 
classes  in  free  hand  drawing,  each  fifty  minutes  in  duration.  She 
also  conducted  a  fourth  class  in  Advanced  Water  Color  and  Illus- 
tration. Miss  Carpenter  remained  only  a  short  time,  and  in 
September,  1910,  Miss  Maude  Gibson  appeared  on  the  scene  as 
art  teacher. 

Miss  Gibson  was  confronted  with  many  obstacles,  such  as 
inadequate  room  space,  lack  of  materials,  no  equipment,  and  ab- 
solutely no  budget  from  the  School.  Nevertheless,  a  great  many 
students  took  art.  There  were  classes  in  painting,  drawing,  design, 
pottery,  and  china  painting.  These  courses  were  all  taken  princi- 
pally by  students  who  had  artistic  inclinations  and  who  wanted  to 
develop  their  talent.  The  students  liked  to  decorate  their  own 
homes  with  their  work.  It  was  art  for  art's  sake  more  than 
anything  else.  There  was  no  thought  of  art  education  being  in 
the  curriculum  of  the  School,  apparently,  except  on  the  basis  of 

264 


merely  an  extra  scholastic  activity,   a  frill,   or  a  cultural  course 
.which  "finished  off"  an  education. 

Miss  Gibson  added  much  emphasis  and  interest  in  painting, 
design,  clay  modeling  (sometimes  called  pottery  in  those  days) 
anatomy  of  the  human  form,  picture  study,  and  history  of  art. 
She  emphasized  lesson  plans  for  the  teaching  of  art,  even  though 
there  was  yet  no  requirement  of  art  for  a  certificate.  She  wrote 
in  the  Yearbook  of  1911  a  statement  that  still  to  this  day  rings 
with  truth: 

The  question  that  now  confronts  us  is  how  can  we 
best  present  this  subject  of  Art  to  our  Normal  School 
students  who  are  preparing  to  go  out  into  the  various 
schools  throughout  the  state  to  teach  it,  in  many  cases 
unaided  by  a  supervisor  of  Drawing.  After  careful  study 
of  the  situation  and  due  consideration  of  the  short  time 
alloted  to  this  work  in  our  Normal  School  Course,  we  have 
arranged  for  three  terms  of  ten  weeks  each,  required  work 
which  will  practically  cover  all  the  art  work  taught  in  the 
eight  grades  of  the  city  schools  throughout  the  state  .  .  . 

By  1918,  the  catalog  was  including  in  the  art  department  a 
description  of  penmanship  as  a  course  there.  Mr.  I.  H.  Booth,  the 
teacher  of  the  course,  was  evidently  an  artist  at  using  the  pen 
for  good  writing  and  lettering.  He  had  attended  the  Zanerian 
Art  College  (no  longer  existing)  in  Columbus,  Ohio. 

Art  was  for  years  classified  in  the  catalog  under  the  caption 
of  special  departments  along  with  Manual  Arts,  Home  Economics, 
Physical  Education,  and  Music.  To  those  who  thought  they  had 
talent,  and  also  the  finances  to  buy  art  materials,  these  courses 
were  valuable  educative  experiences. 

China  painting  and  pottery  had  been  added  as  courses  by  1918, 
as  had  Industrial  Drawing  and  Interior  Decoration.  No  data  is 
available  attesting  to  method  used  in  teaching  these  courses,  nor 
is  there  particular  and  direct  evidence  of  qualities  of  art  arrived 
at  in  these  courses. 

By  1924,  Eastern's  catalog  began  to  print  the  art  courses  under 
numbers  such  as  Drawing  101  and  102.  In  1926,  Miss  Cara  Baldrick 
had  been  added  as  art  faculty  member  to  assist  Miss  Gibson.  The 
Art  courses  were  each  two  semester  hours  credit,  until  1928-29, 
when  three  semester  hours  for  each  art  course  was  allowed.  For 
several  years  there  were  no  appropriations  in  money  or  equip- 
ment and  room  facilities  were  meager.  But  the  spark  of  art 
education  did  not  die;  it  was  to  be  fanned  into  more  glowing  light. 
In  1932,  the  various  college  departments  were  organized  into 
divisions,  with  Art  and  Music  appearing  under  the  Division  of 
Fine  Arts. 

About  this  time  (1929)  three  teachers,  Maude  Gibson,  Allie 
Fowler,  and  Eleanor  Mebane,  made  up  the  art  faculty.  For  sev- 
eral years  the  catalogs  carried  sixteen  courses  in  art.  The  de- 
scriptions indicated  the  fact  that  emphasis  was  about  evenly 
distributed  in  the  courses  upon  skills  with  materials,  construction, 
and  crafts,  history  and  appreciation,  and  painting.     It  was  during 

265 


these  years  when  the  Terminology  Report  of  1925  was  having  its 
great  influence  upon  art  education  in  the  United  States. 

Many  leaders  in  the  field  were  reflecting  their  philosophies 
in  catalog  descriptions  of  art  courses.  Even  courses  were  influ- 
enced by  the  National  Youth  Administration  movement,  which 
preceded  other  alphabetical  organizations  that  were  to  influence 
art  during  and  immediately  after  the  Great  Depression  of  the  early 
1930's. 

As  was  the  custom  in  many  of  the  college  departments  to 
have  a  departmental  club,  the  art  department  students  were  par- 
ticipating in  organized  art  club  activities  as  early  as  1931.  There 
possibly  had  been  a  Sketch  Club  much  earlier,  but  no  records  of 
meetings  seem  to  be  extant.  From  information  recorded  in  the 
minutes  of  the  Eastern  Art  Club  we  find  that  a  great  deal  of 
inspiration  to  work  at  things  of  art  was  derived  from  the  activity 
of  the  club,  and  problems  started  in  class  were  carried  on  further 
in  the  clubs,  thereby  yielding  profitable  influence  in  building 
attitudes  toward  art  education.  In  other  words  the  art  club  was, 
and  still  is,  an  indigenous  part  of  the  art  department.  Programs 
based  on  phases  of  creative  art  which  interested  the  members  were 
given.  Social  activities  were  emphasized.  All-college  programs 
such  as  assembly  programs,  dances — both  formal  and  square — and 
carnivals  were  other  activities  of  the  club. 

In  1939  it  was  decided  to  call  the  Eastern  Art  Club  "Alpha 
Rho  Tau,"  as  that  name  seemed  to  add  some  of  the  Greek  classicism 
that  may  sometimes  be  associated  with  things  of  art.  Then  in 
1950  a  chapter  of  the  National  Kappa  Pi  Art  Fraternity  was  in- 
stalled as  the  Art  Club  of  Eastern.  This  Club  helps  to  carry  on 
the  philosophy  of  art  education,  and  gives  its  members  opportunity 
to  do  further  creative  work,  and  engage  also  in  social  activities. 

The  national  feature  helps  to  bring  clubs  all  over  the  United 
States  closer  together  by  way  of  interchange  of  exhibits,  and  by 
publications  like  the  Sketch  Book,  the  national  journal  of  the 
fraternity. 

As  the  objective  for  general  education  moved  in  the  various 
trends  of  its  development,  art  was  gradually  recognized  as  a 
curricular  element  to  be  included,  at  least  in  some  of  the  most 
forward  looking  school  systems  in  the  country.  Then,  after  hestita- 
tion,  a  requirement  of  three  hours  of  public  school  art  for  a  certifi- 
cate in  elementary  education  in  Kentucky  was  required.  Eastern's 
art  department  was  furnished  with  adequate  physical  equipment, 
such  as  modern  tables,  cabinets,  lockers,  display  space,  and  other 
equipment  needed  to  meet  all  requirements  of  the  State  for  art 
education  as  it  was  then  conceived  to  be. 

In  1931,  Miss  Allie  Fowler  taught  Public  School  Art  Education, 
Crafts,  and  assisted  with  Art  in  the  Training  School.  It  was  the 
philosophy  of  the  department  during  these  years  before  World 
War  II  to  include  courses  which  would  develop  skills  in  drawing 
and  painting  and  courses  which  would  enhance  interest  and  growth 
in  the  history  and  appreciation  of  art.    Emphasis  was  placed  upon 

266 


art  courses  which  would  enhance  interest  and  growth  in  the  history 
and  appreciation  of  art.  Emphasis  was  placed  upon  art  courses 
which  included  Crafts  and  Construction  where  functional  design 
played  a  great  part — such  as  weaving,  leather  work,  bead  design, 
and  linoleum  block  printing. 

New  courses  have  been  added  as  the  need  for  them  appeared. 
The  art  curriculum  in  Eastern  has  been  flexible  enough  that  a 
student  could,  and  still  can,  have  time  to  branch  out  into  other 
areas. 

In  1939,  Fred  P.  Giles  came  to  be  head  of  the  Art  Department. 
The  Second  World  War  cast  its  influence  soon  and  necessitated 
changes,  such  as  changing  to  the  quarter  system  in  order  to 
accelerate  courses  to  suit  the  rapid  movement  of  the  military. 
The  war  brought  changes  also  in  attitudes  and  philosophies  in 
art  education.  Modernism  had  a  deep  rooting,  planted  by  the 
great  amalgamations  of  exchanging  people  among  the  nations  in 
military  activities.  The  College  art  courses  began  to  reflect  this 
modernity  in  their  catalog  descriptions. 

Although  classes  in  art  during  the  war  were  very  small,  the 
work  went  on,  nevertheless,  to  fulfill  requirements  for  teachers. 
By  that  time  the  State  was  requiring  six  hours  of  art  for  the 
elementary  certificate.  This  move  increased  the  enrollment  of 
Public  School  Art  classes  so  much  that  many  sections  of  the  same 
course  had  to  be  offered  during  a  semester.  People  all  over  the 
country  were  waking  up  to  the  values  of  art  as  educative  experi- 
ences, and  together  with  whatever  other  motivation  students  may 
have  had,  classes  in  all  the  arts  were  being  filled  to  capacity. 

Many  of  the  courses  described  in  the  catalog  have  been  offered 
for  a  long  time,  but  each  course  has  had  work  added  to  it  or  taken 
from  any  activities  which  seemed  to  promote  the  objective  of  art 
so  as  to  keep  up  with  the  trends  in  a  national  movement.  Painting 
courses  have  been  offered  so  as  to  respond  to  the  progress  of  the 
times.  Much  more  physical  equipment  and  space  have  been  added 
which  increased  the  efficiency  of  Ceramics  as  a  curricular  activity. 
Mr.  Dean  Gat  wood  came  to  the  art  faculty  in  September,  1947,  to 
work  with  Ceramics,  and  assist  with  art  in  the  Training  Schools, 
as  well  as  to  teach  other  art  courses.  Miss  Mary  Meixner  came  to 
teach  in  place  of  Miss  Fowler  for  a  semester.  Her  work  was  out- 
standing in  the  quality  of  creativeness.  When  she  left  in  1952,  Miss 
Mary  Klug  took  the  place  and  did  well  in  teaching  creatively  and, 
in  a  freshly  modern  sense,  courses  in  Design,  Art  Education,  and 
Painting.  She  married  the  band  director  and  soon  they  (Mr.  and 
Mrs.  William  Tarwater)  departed  for  Indiana  University  for  grad- 
uate work.  Miss  Jean  Dudley  for  several  summers  brought  interest, 
and  good  teaching  to  the  art  department. 

The  courses  in  art  education  have  been  changed  to  keep 
abreast  of  the  best  practices  in  modern  education.  The  same 
obstacles  that  confronted  Miss  Gibson  in  the  first  years  of  this 
century  prevail  as  the  College  proceeds  in  the  second  half  of  the 
twentieth  century.     Optimistically,  the  situation  is  being  attacked 

267 


with  the  expectation  that  the  idea  of  greater  efficiency  will  be 
carried,  not  only  to  hold  what  has  been  achieved,  but  to  continue 
to  build  for  broader  applications  of  art  as  a  basic  area  of  learning, 
as  well  as  to  help  train  artists  whose  greater  accomplishments  will 
be  made  after  they  have  left  the  College.  As  the  fifty  years  of 
Eastern  merge  into  the  new  half  century,  the  art  curriculum  is 
being  increased  with  other  courses  looking  toward  the  problem 
of  better  training  of  art  teachers  for  the  secondary  and  elementary 
schools.  It  seems  that  to  teach  art  in  the  high  school,  the  student 
preparing  for  this  area,  will  need  to  take  a  minimum  of  forty-eight 
to  fifty-four  semester  hours  in  order  to  satisfy  state  requirements. 
The  catalog  of  1957-58  offers  a  total  number  of  eighty  semester 
hours  in  Art. 

Another  teacher  of  the  subject  is  Miss  Claudia  Payne,  who  has 
taught  at  Eastern  for  several  summers  and  who  has  been  for 
many  years  the  capable  critic  teacher  of  the  student  practice 
teachers  in  art  at  the  Fort  Thomas  Schools.  The  teachers  in  the 
Art  Department  at  present  are  Tommy  McHone,  Miss  Duna  Verich, 
Miss  Claudia  Payne,  Dwight  Dean  Gatwood,  and  Fred  P.  Giles, 
head  of  the  department. 

As  the  philosophy  of  art  education  as  a  curricular  subject 
changes  with  the  progress  of  time.  Eastern's  obligation  to  her 
students  is  to  keep  ever  alert  so  as  to  give  the  best  in  training. 
For  this  reason,  night  classes,  Saturday  classes,  and  extension 
classes,  have  proved  very  popular,  if  we  judge  by  the  large  num- 
bers enrolled  in  the  various  classes. 

If  art  education  is  to  fulfill  its  purposes  according  to  its 
potentialities,  its  teachers  must  be  creative,  as  well  as  skillful,  in 
the  manipulation  of  materials.  For  many  years  of  growth  and 
development  based  on  a  philosophy  that  art  is  a  part  of,  and  not  a 
part  from,  each  individual.  Eastern  has  progressed  thus  far.  Its 
philosophy  insists  that  teachers  should  be  charged  with  maintain- 
ing ideals  and  pushing  toward  new  frontiers,  always  realizing  that 
creativeness,  and  not  copying  and  tracing  that  which  has  been  done 
over  and  over  again,  is  the  proper  ideal. 


268 


CHAPTER  XXIII 

COMMERCE 
By  William  J.  Moore 

At  its  meeting  on  June  17,  1909,  the  Board  of  Regents  of  the 
Eastern  Kentucky  State  Normal  School  decided  that  the  course  of 
study  of  the  Institution  should  provide  for  instruction  in  com- 
mercial branches  in  connection  with  the  High  School.  At  a  meeting 
of  the  Board  on  June  24,  President  Crabbe  was  authorized  to  select 
a  head  of  the  Commercial  Department  and  at  a  meeting  of  the 
Board  on  October  2  the  Business  Director  was  authorized  to  buy 
"four  Remington  typewriters,  No.  10  model,  at  $50.00  for  use  in 
the  Commercial  Department." 

To  what  extent  commerce  was  taught  in  the  high  school  cannot 
be  definitely  ascertained.  Neither  has  it  been  easy  to  ascertain 
when  the  teaching  of  the  subject  was  discontinued.  The  offerings 
must  have  been  modest,  to  say  the  least. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Board  on  June  1,  1918,  President  T.  J. 
Coates  reported  that  it  had  become  necessary  to  add  to  the  Course 
of  Study  commercial  work,  because  a  great  many  of  the  pupils 
and  students  were  requesting  it.  He  recommended  the  employ- 
ment of  Miss  Maud  Miller  as  commercial  teacher  for  the  ensuing 
year.    This  was  ratified  by  the  Board. 

In  Volume  XIII,  No.  4,  "Announcements  for  1918-19,"  there  is 
given  what  is  called  the  "Commercial  Course."  It  was  stated  that 
the  course  had  been  arranged  for  two  kinds  of  students:  (1)  those 
having  appointments  who  expected  to  teach  these  subjects,  who 
wished  to  be  certified,  and  who  received  free  tuition;  (2)  students 
who  had  no  appointments,  who  did  not  intend  to  teach  and  who 
paid  regular  tuition  rates.  The  curriculum  required  five  terms  for 
completion. 

The  curriculum  outlined  three  terms  of  typewriting,  three  of 
shorthand,  four  of  bookkeeping,  two  of  penmanship,  two  of  arith- 
metic, a  term  of  spelling,  and  a  term  of  commercial  law.  In  addi- 
tion there  were  a  few  so-called  academic  courses. 

The  catalog  for  1919-20  gives  I.  H.  Boothe  and  George  N.  Hem- 
bree  as  teachers  of  commercial  subjects.  At  that  time  shorthand, 
typewriting,  bookkeeping,  methods  in  commercial  education,  cor- 
porate finance,  spelling,  salesmanship,  business  English,  com- 
mercial arithmetic,  and  commercial  law  were  listed  as  subjects 
offered. 

On  November  20,  1919,  President  Coates  reported  to  the  Board 
that  the  Commercial  Department  was  seriously  handicapped  be- 

269 


cause  of  unsuitable  desks  and  asked  that  authority  be  given  him 
to  purchase  of  the  Peter  and  Volz  Company,  ArUngton  Heights, 
lUinois,  38  commercial  desks  at  $5.50  each.  He  further  stated  that 
the  increased  number  of  students  taking  commercial  work  made  it 
necessary  to  purchase  six  additional  typewriters  and  he  recom- 
mended that  same  be  purchased  from  the  Woodstock  Typewriter 
Company  at  $70.00  each.    His  requests  were  granted. 

About  1922  commerce  work  seems  to  have  been  discontinued. 
No  teachers  are  listed  as  teaching  the  subject  and  commerce  is 
not  listed  as  a  special  department,  as  it  had  previously  been.  This 
is  strange  in  view  of  the  fact  that  minutes  of  the  Board  in  1922 
state  that  "Typewriter  used  in  Business  Office  transferred  to  the 
Commercial  Department.  Used  typewriter.  Transferred  to  Com- 
mercial  Department   because   of   growing   enrollment." 

President  T.  J.  Coates,  on  August  14,  1926,  brought  to  the 
attention  of  the  Board  of  Regents  the  fact  that  no  other  state 
institution  in  Kentucky  made  any  provision  for  the  teaching  of 
commercial  subjects  and  stated  that  many  persons  suggested  that 
the  commercial  course  be  added  to  the  curriculum  of  the  institution. 
The  Regents  directed  him  to  organize  a  commercial  department  in 
the  College,  to  select  a  teacher  for  same,  and  to  purchase  type- 
writers and  the  necessary  equipment  for  the  installation  of  this 
department.  On  August  20,  1926,  the  Board  approved  the  employ- 
ment of  A.  J.  Lawrence,  a  graduate  of  Bowling  Green  Business 
University  with  work  on  a  degree  at  the  University  of  Kentucky, 
as  commercial  teacher. 

With  the  coming  of  Mr.  Lawrence  a  Department  of  Com- 
mercial Education  was  organized.  In  1927  Miss  Edith  G.  Ford 
was  added  to  the  teaching  staff  of  the  department  and  in  1928 
Miss  Anna  D.  Gill  was  added.  In  1929  R.  R.  Richards  joined  the 
staff. 

Mr.  Lawrence  resigned  as  head  of  the  Department  in  1930  and 
W.  J.  Moore,  a  teacher  of  economics  in  the  College,  succeeded  him. 
Courses  in  economics,  which  had  previously  been  in  the  Depart- 
ment of  Social  Science,  were  placed  in  both  departments.  Sub- 
sequently these  courses  were  taken  out  of  the  Social  Science 
Department. 

Persons  who  have  taught  in  the  Department  and  who  have 
not  been  mentioned  previously  are:  Ben  Ashmore;  Max  H. 
Houtchens;  Elizabeth  M.  Sorbet;  Arthur  W.  Leche;  James  L.  Peel. 

The  present  teaching  staff  as  of  September  1,  1956,  is  com- 
posed of  the  following  members:  W.  J.  Moore;  R.  G.  Chrisman; 
Edith  G.  Ford;  Daisy  French;  Anna  D.  Gill;  Alex  G.  Mcllvaine; 
Margaret  Boberly;  Edsel  Mountz;  Kermit  Patterson;  R.  R.  Richards. 

Sigma  Tau  Pi,  a  club  for  commerce  majors,  was  organized 
in  the  late  twenties  and  in  February,  1935,  Pi  Omega  Pi,  a  national 
fraternity  for  commerce  majors  planning  to  teach,  gave  a  charter 
to  Eastern's  Department  of  Commerce. 

Enrollment  in  the  Commerce  Department  has  steadily  grown 
in  recent  years.     In  the  fall  semester  of  the  college  year  1956-57 

270 


approximately   thirty   per   cent   of   all   freshmen   enrolling   in   the 
institution  chose  commerce  as   their  major. 

The  Department  offers  many  courses  which  prepare  teachers  of 
commercial  subjects  and  secretaries  in  various  fields  of  activity. 


Cj   4>   ©   JJ   (U   O 

2  PS  S  o  fl  5 
Ss  «^[fc  ®.2 


^BP3      <u  - 


..  ^  -  a  *• 
ij  S  S3  o  ^-  g 
o  «  3  li,  <  J^ 

.«  J  eS  M  o5  « 

CS'^     ft     ^H     3     fcl 

"^  ^.-  a     * 

.S    -o^^g 
ft  ..*.2^ 


:^a!yj 


V 


iS  "oj 


S  b 


rt 


cr/5  "2  "  "  O 
i^  g  •  o  s 
..  ^!^  -J*    >M* 

;>•-    ««   M**^ 

U^  03  N^  p^'  PQ  O 


271 


CHAPTER  XXIV 

EDUCATION 

By  D,  Thomas  Ferrell 

The  history  of  the  Department  of  Education  has  paralleled  in 
general  the  growth  and  development  of  the  institution  as  a  whole. 
In  the  early  days  there  seemed  to  be  no  clear-cut  departmental 
divisions.  In  most  instances,  for  example,  there  was  a  teacher  of 
English,  a  teacher  of  Latin  and  French,  a  teacher  of  the  review 
branches,  a  science  teacher,  a  mathematics  teacher,  a  teacher  of 
commercial  subjects,  a  teacher  of  pedagogy,  and  the  like.  It  was 
also  fairly  commonplace  for  professors  to  teach  several  different 
subjects.  The  minutes  of  the  Board  of  Regents  for  March  15, 
1907,  made  reference  to  various  departments  but  did  not  specifically 
mention  them.  The  catalog  or  yearbook  for  1910,  as  it  was  called 
in  those  days,  mentioned  the  Department  of  Education,  and  courses 
in  pedagogy  and  psychology  were  taught  from  the  beginning  of  the 
institution. 

Organization 

According  to  the  minutes  of  the  Board  of  Regents  the  first 
head  of  the  Department  of  Education  was  appointed  in  1915,  but 
there  may  have  been  a  head  of  that  department  earlier.  As  a 
matter  of  fact,  the  first  two  presidents  as  well  as  the  first  acting 
president  enrolled  students  in  their  offices,  taught  courses  in 
pedagogy,  psychology,  and  education,  and  were  listed  in  the  cata- 
logs as  professor  of  pedagogy  and  psychology,  as  teacher  of 
pedagogy  and  educational  economy,  and  as  professor  of  education, 
respectively.  By  virtue  of  their  great  interest  in  education  and 
because  it  appears  likely  there  was  no  head  of  the  Department  of 
Education  before  1915,  it  would  be  reasonable  to  assume  that  the 
first  two  presidents  and  the  first  acting  president  performed  the 
functions  of  the  head  of  that  department  during  their  terms  of 
office. 

The  Department  of  Education  has  had  a  very  close  relationship 
with  other  administrative  offices  of  the  institution  throughout  its 
entire  history.  The  five  presidents  and  the  two  acting  presidents 
taught  courses  in  Education  at  one  time  or  another  after  they 
assumed  office,  all  of  them  were  listed  as  professors  in  the  depart- 
ment, and  four  of  them  taught  courses  in  Education  at  Eastern  some 
time  prior  to  becoming  president.  Five  of  the  six  deans  of  the 
faculty  and  one  of  the  two  acting  deans  were  heads  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Education  and  taught  Education  courses  during  their  terms 
of  office.     The  present  dean,  although  head  of  the  Department  of 

272 


Commerce,  has  occasionally  taught  public  school  finance  and  Ken- 
tucky school  law,  both  courses  listed  in  the  Department  of  Edu- 
cation. 

The  first  registrar  taught  courses  in  Education  and  Psychology 
and  headed  the  Department  of  Education  from  1915  to  1921.  The 
second  registrar  was  not  a  member  of  that  department.  The 
present  registrar,  except  for  a  year  while  on  leave  of  absence,  has 
been  a  member  of  the  Department  of  Education  and  has  generally 
taught  two  or  three  courses  in  Education  and  Psychology. 

The  directors  of  the  training  school  have  been  members  of 
the  Department  of  Education  and  all  of  them  at  one  time  or  an- 
other have  taught  courses  in  that  department.  The  same  has  been 
generally  true  of  the  principals  of  Model  High  School. 

Three  of  the  four  persons  holding  the  position  of  dean  of 
women  have  been  members  of  the  Department  of  Education  and 
have   taught   Education  classes. 

Five  of  the  seven  persons  who  have  held  the  office  of  director 
of  extension  have  been  members  of  the  Department  of  Education 
and  have  taught  courses  in  that  department  during  their  terms 
of  office.  The  present  director  of  public  relations  has  occasionally 
taught  pupil  accounting  and  social  case  study,  both  in  the  Depart- 
ment of  Education. 

The  first  business  director  taught  courses  in  Education  and 
Psychology  while  holding  that  position.  The  first  director  of 
research  was  also  dean  of  the  faculty  and  head  of  the  Department 
of  Education  and  taught  Education  classes  from  1931  until  1944. 

During  the  first  fifty  years  of  the  history  of  the  institution 
approximately  fifty-one  persons  have  been  members  of  the  De- 
partment of  Education.  Thirty-nine  of  these  were  men  and  twelve 
were  women.  Seventeen  of  them  have  held  the  doctorate.  Most 
of  the  others  have  held  the  master's  degree,  and  many  of  them 
have  had  graduate  work  beyond  that  level.  In  general,  they  have 
also  had  excellent  experience  in  public  school  teaching  and  admin- 
istrative work  prior  to  joining  the  faculty  at  Eastern. 

Purpose 

From  its  inception,  Eastern  has  been  interested  primarily  in 
the  education  of  teachers  for  the  public  school  system  in  Kentucky. 
As  the  institution  has  grown,  the  pattern  of  teacher  education  has 
expanded  to  include  the  increased  preparation  of  students  for  all 
types  of  public  school  service:  elementary  teachers,  secondary 
teachers,  special  teachers  of  many  subjects,  principals,  supervisors, 
attendance  officers,  and  superintendents  in  the  public  schools. 

The  Department  of  Education  has  always  conceived  its  chief 
purpose  to  be  professional  service.  Offerings  in  the  department 
have  been  designed  to  achieve  that  aim,  and  all  activities  have 
been  planned  and  executed  in  such  a  way  as  to  advance  the  pro- 
fessional preparation  of  teachers  and  all  other  types  of  educational 
leaders  in  the  Commonwealth.  One  special  goal  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Education  throughout  the  whole  period  has  been  the 
education  of  teachers  and  other  leaders  for  rural  children. 

273 


Development  from  1906  to  1921 

During  this  period  the  offerings  in  the  Department  of  Edu- 
cation were  generally  designed  to  meet  the  professional  require- 
ments of  the  Elementary  Certificate,  the  Intermediate  Certificate, 
and  the  Advanced  Certificate  —  all  three  based  on  work  beyond 
the  eighth  grade.  The  review  course  included  a  little  professional 
work  in  pedagogy  and  observation  and  covered  all  the  common 
branches  required  by  law  for  the  local  county  certificate  secured 
by  examination  from  the  local  school  superintendent.  Education 
courses  required  on  the  one-year  Elementary  Certificate  included 
introductory  psychology,  observation  1  (general  orientation), 
method  1  (general  methodology),  management  1  (educational 
economy  1),  and  professional  reading  1  (reading  and  discussion  of 
one  textbook  on  education),  making  about  IVs  units  or  around 
101/2  term  hours.  The  Education  courses  outlined  for  the  two-year 
Intermediate  Certificate  included  the  Education  courses  on  the 
Elementary  Certificate  program  and  observation  2  (continuation  of 
observation  1),  psychology  2  (educational  psychology),  method  2 
(advanced  method),  school  management  2  (advanced  phases  of 
management  and  the  course  of  study),  and  professional  reading  2 
(reading  and  discussion  of  several  education  textbooks),  making 
a  total  of  about  2V2  units  or  around  23  term  hours.  The  three-year 
Advanced  Certificate  course  required  the  Education  courses  out- 
lined for  the  elementary  and  intermediate  programs  plus  special 
method,  public  school  systems,  history  of  education,  professional 
reading  3  (social  phases  of  education),  supervision  and  educational 
measurements,  and  practice  teaching  1  and  2,  for  a  total  of  about  5 
units  or  43^/2  term  hours  in  Education. 

Education  offerings  to  meet  the  requirements  for  principals, 
supervisors,  and  superintendents  were  also  organized.  The  cur- 
riculum for  principals  and  city  superintendents  of  schools  was 
based  upon  four  years  of  work  above  the  eighth  grade  and  included 
city  school  organization  and  administration,  city  school  methods, 
school  law,  and  high  school  methods  in  addition  to  the  professional 
education  courses  in  the  three  certificate  programs  referred  to 
above.  The  course  for  rural  supervisors  and  county  school  super- 
intendents was  similar  to  the  one  for  principals  and  city  school 
superintendents  except  that  rural  school  supervision  and  county 
school   organization   and   administration   were   required. 

In  1915,  in  addition  to  the  above  programs,  a  two-year  curric- 
ulum was  outlined  for  students  who  had  completed  high  school.  To 
meet  the  requirements  of  this  course  the  following  Education 
courses  were  needed:  observation  1  and  2,  elementary  psychology, 
method  3  (general  method),  management  2  and  3  (general  manage- 
ment), history  of  education,  advanced  psychology,  special  method, 
and  practice  teaching. 

Before  1921,  in  general,  the  Department  of  Education  offered 
the  following  courses  as  electives  in  Education:  primary  method, 
special  lectures  on  Quincy  methods,  grammar  grade  methods, 
graded  school  organization  and  administration,  school  hygiene  and 

274 


child  study,  special  methods,  phonics  for  primary  teachers,  school 
plays  and  games,  school  problems  in  Kentucky,  educational  theory, 
social  psychology,  rural  school  problems,  child  psychology,  primary 
reading  and  language,  educational  measurements,  management  and 
method  in  the  one-teacher  school,  school  gardening  for  teachers, 
educational  sociology,  principles  of  education,  high  school  problems, 
moonlight  schools,  development  of  the  common  school  system  in 
Kentucky,  project  method,  introduction  to  teaching,  psychology  of 
the  elementary  school  subjects,  the  junior  high  school,  and  intro- 
duction to  high  school  teaching. 

Changes  from  1922  to  1931 

The  Normal  School  and  the  College  separated  in  1922,  and 
the  College  became  a  four-year  institution  in  1924.  To  take  care 
of  the  needs  of  students  who  wished  to  meet  certification  require- 
ments at  levels  below  high  school  graduation,  the  Department  of 
Education  continued  to  offer  Education  courses  in  the  Normal 
School  until  it  was  discontinued  as  a  teacher-training  institution  in 
1930.  These  included  method  and  observation,  introductory  psy- 
chology, rural  sociology  (Education  3),  school  management,  and 
observation  and  participation. 

The  expansion  of  the  College  into  a  four-year  institution  led 
to  a  corresponding  growth  in  the  offerings  in  the  Department  of 
Education  to  meet  the  increasing  professional  preparation  de- 
manded of  elementary  teachers,  rural  teachers,  secondary  teachers, 
supervisors,  critic  teachers,  principals,  superintendents,  and  other 
rural  leaders. 

In  1922  a  two-year  college  curriculum  leading  to  the  Ad- 
vanced Certificate  was  organized.  Education  courses  designed  for 
this  program  generally  included  introduction  to  teaching,  funda- 
mental problems  in  teaching,  educational  psychology,  how  to  study, 
observation,  child  psychology,  and  student  teaching.  These  courses 
in  Education  were  differentiated  to  meet  the  needs  of  students 
planning  to  be  primary  teachers,  upper  grade  teachers,  rural 
teachers,  and  principals. 

In  1923  a  four-year  curriculum  was  set  up  requiring  all  stu- 
dents to  major  in  Education  for  the  bachelor's  degree.  The  twenty- 
four  hours  in  Education  for  this  major  usually  included  introduction 
to  teaching,  fundamental  problems  of  teaching,  educational  psy- 
chology, psychology  of  the  elementary  school  subjects,  child 
psychology,  advanced  educational  psychology,  principles  of  edu- 
cation, observation  and  participation,  and  student  teaching.  These 
courses  were  differentiated  for  primary  teachers,  upper  grade  and 
high  school  teachers,  and  rural  teachers.  Students  preparing  to  be 
rural  school  supervisors  and  county  school  superintendents  com- 
pleted the  above  program  and  elected  Education  courses  in  rural 
supervision,  elementary  curriculum,  county  school  administration, 
and  office  administration.  Principals  followed  the  above  four-year 
curriculum  and  elected  Education  courses  in  educational  sociology, 
elementary  curriculum,  principal  and  his  school,  and  county  school 
administration  or  city  school  administration. 

275 


In  1926  the  four-year  curriculum  was  modified  to  permit  stu- 
dents to  major  in  subject  matter  fields.  A  minimum  of  eighteen 
semester  hours  in  Education  was  required  and  generally  included 
introduction  to  teaching,  educational  psychology,  observation  and 
method,  intermediate  educational  psychology,  and  student  teach- 
ing. 

In  1931  a  new  revision  of  all  College  curricula  became  effective. 
Four-year  programs  were  set  up  for  students  majoring  in  early 
elementary  education,  intermediate  education,  and  in  rural  edu- 
cation. 

Eighteen  semester  hours  in  Education  constituted  the  minimum 
requirement  for  students  majoring  in  subject  matter  fields  with 
expectation  of  teaching  in  high  school.  Education  courses  required 
on  this  program  generally  included  educational  psychology,  three 
hours;  methods  of  teaching  in  secondary  school,  four  hours;  stu- 
dent teaching  in  secondary  school,  five  hours;  and  six  hours  in 
Education  electives. 

The  four-year  major  in  early  elementary  education  included 
classroom  management,  three  hours;  teaching  the  common  school 
branches,  three  hours;  educational  psychology,  three  hours;  funda- 
mentals in  early  elementary  education,  four  hours;  child  psychology, 
three  hours;  reading  in  the  elementary  school,  three  hours;  ele- 
mentary school  curriculum,  three  hours;  tests  and  measurements, 
three  hours;  and  student  teaching  in  the  early  grades,  five  hours. 

The  four-year  major  in  intermediate  education  required  the 
following  Education  courses:  classroom  management,  three  hours; 
teaching  the  common  school  branches,  three  hours;  educational 
psychology,  three  hours;  fundamentals  in  intermediate  education, 
four  hours;  child  psychology,  three  hours;  educational  measurement, 
three  hours;  elementary  school  curriculum,  three  hours;  student 
teaching  in  intermediate  grades,  five  hours;  and  three  hours  elective 
in  Education. 

The  four-year  major  in  rural  education  required  the  following 
Education  courses:  classroom  management,  three  hours;  teaching 
the  common  school  bi^anches,  three  hours;  educational  psychology, 
three  hours;  fundamentals  in  rural  education,  four  hours;  child 
psychology,  three  hours;  rural  school  supervision,  three  hours; 
county  school  administration,  three  hours;  student  teaching  in  rural 
schools,  five  hours,  and  three  hours  elective  in  Education. 

The  first  year  of  the  above  majors  in  Education  met  the 
requirements  of  the  32-hour  College  Elementary  Certificate,  while 
the  first  and  second  years  fulfilled  the  requirements  for  the  Stand- 
ard Certificate.  All  of  the  above  four-year  programs  met  the  state 
requirements  for  the  College  Certificate  entitling  the  holder  to 
teach  either  in  the  elementary  grades  or  in  high  school. 
Developments  Since  1932 

In  1932  the  Department  of  Education  and  the  Training  Schools 
were  brought  together  in  the  Division  of  Education.  Since  that 
time  the  Division  of  Education  has  included  Elementary  Education, 
Educational  Psychology,  Public  School  Administration,  Secondary 

276 


Education,  and  the  Training  Schools.  Even  though  a  close  relation- 
ship existed  between  the  Department  of  Education  and  the  Train- 
ing Schools  before  this  reorganization  took  effect,  there  has  been 
a  finer,  more  unified  spirit  of  professional  cooperation  since  they 
have  come  together  in  the  Division  of  Education. 

The  Training  Schools  enroll  about  350  pupils  and  have  fourteen 
supervising  teachers  and  serve  as  the  laboratory  schools  for  ob- 
servation and  participation  by  students  in  teacher  education  and 
for  supervised  student  teaching.  During  this  period  the  organization 
has  included  the  Elementary  Training  School  of  six  grades  located 
in  Cammack  Building,  the  Model  High  School  of  six  grades  located 
in  University  Building,  and  the  one-room  Rural  Demonstration 
School  of  eight  grades  situated  nearby  on  the  College  farm. 

Since  the  Division  of  Education  has  been  in  effect,  the  most 
significant  developments  in  the  Division  have  included  elementary 
education,  rural  education,  secondary  education,  and  graduate 
work. 

Elementary  Education 

In  1935  the  Council  on  Higher  Education  in  Kentucky  set  up 
the  requirements  for  certificates  to  be  issued  on  the  completion  of 
professional  curricula.  To  meet  these  requirements  a  major  in 
Elementary  Education  was  organized  leading  to  a  degree  with  a 
certificate  to  teach  in  the  elementary  schools.  The  Education 
courses  designed  in  1935  to  meet  the  requirements  of  this  program 
included  three  hours  in  educational  psychology,  four  hours  in 
fundamentals  of  elementary  education,  three  hours  in  the  ele- 
mentary school  curriculum,  two  hours  in  educational  measurement, 
and  eight  hours  in  supervised  student  teaching. 

Around  1940  the  program  for  the  major  in  elementary  edu- 
cation was  further  refined  to  include  the  following  Education 
courses:  three  hours  in  the  introduction  to  education,  three  hours 
in  educational  psychology,  three  hours  in  child  psychology,  four 
hours  in  fundamentals  of  elementary  education  and  three  hours  in 
student  teaching  at  the  sophomore  level  or  six  hours  in  directed 
observation  and  participation  in  the  elementary  school,  three  hours 
in  reading  in  the  elementary  school,  three  hours  in  elementary 
school  curriculum,  two  hours  in  tests  and  measurements  in  the 
elementary  school,  six  hours  electives  in  elementary  education,  and 
eight  hours  student  teaching  at  the  senior  college  level. 

Since  1948  the  major  in  elementary  education  has  included  the 
following  Education  courses:  three  hours  each  in  educational 
psychology,  child  psychology,  reading  in  the  elementary  school, 
teachers'  arithmetic,  elementary  school  curriculum,  organization 
and  administration  of  elementary  education;  two  hours  in  measure- 
ment and  evaluation  in  elementary  education;  eight  hours  in 
fundamentals  of  elementary  education  and  eight  hours  in  super- 
vised student  teaching  in  the  elementary  school. 

In  1952  educational  psychology  and  child  psychology  were 
reorganized  into  a  block  of  six  hours  in  human  growth  and  develop- 
ment with  general  psychology  as  a  prerequisite,  all  required  for  the 

277 


elementary  major.    This  change  has  materially  improved  the  whole 
teacher  education  program. 

For  many  years  the  major  in  elementary  education  has  also 
required  six  hours  in  art,  eighteen  hours  in  English,  nine  hours 
in  health  and  physical  education,  six  hours  in  music,  twelve  hours 
in  science,  twenty-one  hours  in  social  sciences,  two  hours  in 
orientation,  and  seventeen  hours  in  free  electives. 

Records  are  not  available  on  the  thousands  of  students  who 
have  gone  out  to  teach  without  staying  to  graduate  but  who  have 
come  under  the  influence  of  the  Department  of  Education  or  the 
Division  of  Education  through  contact  with  various  Education 
courses  while  they  were  on  the  campus.  Records  compiled  in  the 
registrar's  office  recently  show  that  1,762  majors  in  Education 
(elementary,  rural,  or  upper  grades,  et  cetera)  have  received 
degrees  since  1925,  with  only  32  of  these  graduating  before  1931. 
The  graduates  in  Education  represent  a  larger  group  than  the 
graduates  of  the  Divisions  of  Fine  Arts,  Biological  and  Physical 
Sciences,  Health  and  Physical  Education,  Mathematics,  and 
Languages  and  Literature  combined  for  the  same  period.  They 
also  represent  490  more  graduates  than  the  Division  of  Applied 
Arts  and  Sciences,  the  next  largest  group,  and  they  are  more  than 
twice  as  large  as  the  number  graduating  in  the  Division  of  Social 
Sciences  for  the  same  period.  The  Division  of  Education  has 
certainly  played  a  conspicuous  role  in  upgrading  teacher  education 
in  Kentucky. 

Rural  Education 

Educating  teachers,  supervisors,  and  other  educational  leaders 
for  rural  schools  has  always  been  a  primary  goal  of  the  institution. 
For  many  years  arrangements  were  made  between  the  institution 
and  the  Madison  County  Board  of  Education  for  the  use  of  several 
nearby  rural  schools  for  observation  and  supervised  student  teach- 
ing purposes. 

During  the  administration  of  President  Crabbe  it  seems  that  a 
Department  of  Rural  Education  existed  within  the  Department  of 
Education  and  that  a  member  of  the  Department  of  Education 
directed  its  activities.  During  the  administration  of  President 
Coates  a  one-teacher  school  of  eight  grades  was  operated  on  the 
campus  for  some  years. 

In  1929,  during  the  administration  of  President  Donovan,  the 
one-room  Rural  Demonstration  School  of  eight  grades  was  estab- 
lished on  the  college  farm  near  the  campus.  Since  that  time  this 
school  has  been  in  operation  for  observation  by  college  students 
and  for  supervised  student  teaching. 

For  some  years  after  the  Division  of  Education  was  created, 
the  major  in  rural  education,  offered  for  the  first  time  in  1931, 
continued  to  function  at  Eastern.  This  curriculum  provided  a  pro- 
gram for  preparing  teachers,  consolidated  school  principals, 
supervisors,  and  county  school  superintendents  for  much  needed 
professional  leadership  and  service  in  rural  school  systems. 

With  considerable  reluctance  the  Division  of  Education  dis- 

278 


continued  the  major  in  rural  education  about  1935  when  the  major 
in  elementary  education  was  set  up,  but  dropping  the  rural  major 
did  not  mean  that  the  cause  of  rural  education  was  neglected  there- 
after. To  the  contrary,  an  attempt  has  been  made  since  that  time, 
with  considerable  success,  to  provide  strong  rural  emphasis  in  all 
Education  courses  required  of  elementary  teachers,  principals, 
supervisors,  and  superintendents  of  schools.  In  addition,  as  a 
result  of  the  great  shortage  of  well  educated  teachers  since  the 
early  1940's,  appropriate  rural  education  courses  have  been  offered 
to  meet  the  certification  requirements  for  temporary  and  emergency 
teachers.  Notable  among  these  offerings  have  been  such  rural 
education  courses  as  rural  school  problems,  teaching  in  one-and- 
two-teacher  schools,  rural  school  organization  and  management, 
teaching  the  common  school  branches,  and  the  laboratory  course 
in  rural  education. 

Secondary  Education 
The  regulations  of  the  Council  on  Higher  Education  in  Ken- 
tucky in  1935  setting  up  professional  curricula  had  a  desirable 
effect  upon  the  program  for  preparing  high  school  teachers.  Ac- 
cording to  these  requirements,  students  preparing  to  teach  in  high 
school  were  required  to  present  two  majors  of  twenty-four  hours 
each  or  a  major  of  twenty-four  hours  and  two  minors  of  eighteen 
hours  each  with  the  following  core  requirements:  twelve  hours 
in  English,  twelve  hours  in  science,  twelve  hours  in  social  science, 
two  hours  in  health,  six  hours  in  mathematics  or  six  to  twelve 
hours  in  foreign  language,  one  hour  in  physical  education,  and  a 
minimum  of  eighteen  hours  in  Education. 

When  students  were  first  given  an  opportunity  to  major  in 
subject  matter  fields  back  in  1926,  the  Education  requirements  of 
eighteen  semester  hours  included  introduction  to  teaching,  educa- 
tional psychology,  observation  and  method,  intermediate  psychology, 
and  student  teaching.  Under  the  new  arrangements  set  up  in  1935, 
the  following  Education  courses  were  required:  three  hours  in 
educational  psychology,  three  hours  in  psychology  of  adolescence, 
four  hours  in  methods  of  teaching  in  secondary  schools,  five  hours 
in  supervised  student  teaching,  and  three  hours  elective  in  Edu- 
cation. 

In  1940  the  Education  requirements  at  Eastern  for  students 
majoring  in  subject  matter  fields  with  expectation  of  teaching  in 
high  school  were  changed  to  three  hours  in  educational  psychology, 
two  hours  in  the  junior  high  school  or  tests  and  measurements  for 
the  secondary  school,  three  hours  in  the  psychology  of  adolescence 
or  the  principles  of  secondary  education,  four  hours  in  methods  of 
teaching  in  secondary  schools,  and  eight  hours  in  supervised  stu- 
dent teaching.  These  requirements  remained  substantially  the 
same  until  1948.  At  that  time  the  Education  courses  were  changed 
in  line  with  the  new  state  regulations  in  Kentucky  to  include  three 
hours  in  the  psychology  of  development  and  education,  three  hours 
in  organization  and  administration   of  the  public   school  system, 

279 


six  hours  in  fundamentals  of  secondary  school  methods,  and  ten 
hours  in  supervised  student  teaching. 

Since  1952,  in  line  with  desirable  practice  in  the  United  States, 
the  Division  of  Education  has  required  six  hours  in  human  develop- 
ment and  psychology,  three  hours  in  organization  and  administra- 
tion of  the  public  school  system,  six  hours  in  fundamentals  of 
secondary  school  methods,  and  ten  hours  in  supervised  student 
teaching. 

During  this  period  the  Division  of  Education  has  offered  the 
following  courses  in  secondary  education  on  an  elective  basis: 
principles  of  secondary  education,  the  junior  high  school,  extra- 
curricular activities,  visual  instruction,  problems  of  secondary  edu- 
cation, and  high  school  administration. 

Records  recently  compiled  in  the  registrar's  office  show  that 
2,646  students  majoring  in  academic  fields  have  graduated  from  the 
institution  since  1925,  with  2,414  of  them  graduating  since  1932. 
Most  of  these  graduates  have  undoubtedly  followed  professional 
curricula  leading  to  high  school  teaching,  showing  that  the  Division 
of  Education  has  played  a  significant  role  in  secondary  education 
throughout  the  period. 

Graduate  Work 

Beginning  with  the  school  year  of  1935-36  the  College  started 
graduate  work  with  a  major  in  Education  leading  to  the  Master 
of  Arts  in  Education.  This  program,  in  general,  required  twelve 
semester  hours  in  the  major  field  of  professional  education,  twelve 
semester  hours  in  academic  work,  and  a  thesis.  As  the  program 
was  outlined  at  Eastern,  the  twelve  hours  in  Education  included  two 
hours  each  in  problems  of  elementary  education,  public  school 
measurement,  and  seminar;  and  three  hours  each  in  elementary 
supervision  and  statistical  methods  applied  to  education. 

The  graduate  program  was  discontinued  at  Eastern  from  1936 
to  1940  under  an  arrangement  with  the  University  of  Kentucky 
whereby  the  teachers  colleges  agreed  not  to  offer  graduate  work 
and  the  university  agreed  not  to  offer  courses  in  teacher  education 
below  the  junior  level. 

In  1940  the  graduate  program  providing  for  a  Master  of  Arts 
in  Education  was  re-instated  in  the  teachers  colleges,  and  the 
general  requirements  remained  about  the  same  as  those  set  up  in 
1935.  In  1948  provisions  were  made  whereby  students  could  waive 
the  thesis  requirement  provided  they  took  eighteen  hours  in  Edu- 
cation including  two  hours  in  research  in  education. 

Prior  to  1952  students  preparing  for  supervisors  and  adminis- 
trators followed  the  program  for  the  education  of  elementary  or 
high  school  teachers  and  included  nine  hours  in  administration  and 
supervision,  six  hours  in  elementary  education,  and  six  hours  in 
secondary  education.  This  provision  was  changed  in  1952  when 
the  Council  on  Higher  Education  set  up  a  new  program  for  the 
certification  of  administrators  and  supervisors  at  the  graduate 
level.  In  line  with  the  new  requirements,  the  Division  of  Education 
at  Eastern,  in  cooperation  with  the  Graduate  Division,  set  up  a 

280 


graduate  program  providing  for  majors  in  elementary  education, 
secondary  education,  supervision,  principalship,  and  superin- 
tendency. 

The  graduate  program  in  elementary  education  included  the 
following  professional  courses  in  Education:  human  development 
and  the  psychology  of  learning,  philosophy  of  education,  educa- 
tional sociology,  research  in  education,  and  eleven  hours  electives 
in  elementary  education.  Students  following  this  program  were 
also  required  to  have  nine  hours  in  academic  work.  In  1955  the 
graduate  programs  in  elementary  and  secondary  education  were 
revised  to  include  the  same  basic  core  subjects  in  Education,  twelve 
hours  in  academic  work,  and  eight  hours  electives  in  Education  to 
be  selected  with  the  advice  of  the  advisor. 

The  graduate  program  for  the  superintendency  included  human 
development  and  the  psychology  of  learning,  philosophy  of  edu- 
cation, educational  sociology,  and  research  in  education  as  the 
basic  core  subjects  in  Education;  and  in  addition,  school  adminis- 
tration I,  school  administration  II,  school  administration  III,  Ken- 
tucky school  law,  and  general  supervision.  This  program  has  also 
required  nine  hours  in  academic  work. 

The  graduate  program  for  supervisors  as  set  up  at  Eastern 
has  included  the  same  basic  core  subjects  referred  to  above,  and, 
in  addition,  general  supervision,  curriculum  development,  measure- 
ment and  guidance,  improving  instruction  in  the  elementary  school 
or  improving  instruction  in  the  secondary  school,  and  nine  hours 
in  academic  work.  In  1955  the  program  was  revised  to  provide 
for  the  education  of  elementary  supervisors,  secondary  supervisors, 
and  supervisors  in  twelve-grade  school  systems. 

The  graduate  program  for  principals  has  included  the  four 
basic  core  subjects  mentioned  above,  and,  in  addition,  curriculum 
development,  measurement  and  guidance,  role  of  the  principal, 
improvement  of  instruction  in  the  elementary  school  or  improve- 
ment of  instruction  in  the  secondary  school  or  general  supervision, 
and  nine  hours  in  academic  work. 

All  members  of  the  Division  of  Education  teaching  graduate 
courses  in  Education  have  Ph.D.  or  Ed.D.  degrees  except  one  person 
who  has  had  advanced  graduate  work  beyond  the  M.A.  degree. 

Records  in  the  registrar's  office  show  that  531  students  have 
received  the  Master  of  Arts  in  Education  from  Eastern  since  the 
graduate  program  has  been  in  effect.  The  Division  of  Education 
has  been  responsible  for  the  Education  courses  required  for  this 
degree,  showing  that  it  has  played  a  conspicuous  part  in  the 
development  of  educational  leaders  in  the  Commonwealth. 

Eastern  has  made  a  lasting  contribution  toward  the  movement 
for  better  trained  teachers  and  educational  leaders  in  Kentucky 
during  the  first  fifty  years  of  the  history  of  the  institution.  The 
Department  of  Education  before  1932  and  the  Division  of  Education 
since  that  time  have  played  significant  roles  in  this  achievement.! 

^  Dr.  Ferrell  contributed  a  chapter  of  20  pages  on  "Education  in  Madison 
County",  to  Glimpses  of  Historic  Madison  County,  Kentucky  by  ttiis  Editor  and 
his  wife,  published  in  1955. 

281 


CHAPTER   XXV 

ENGLISH 

By  Roy  B.  Clark 

The  first  mention  of  English  as  a  department  is  found  in  the 
"Yearbook"  for  1910,  as  stated  above.  For  the  first  two  years  not 
only  was  there  no  English  Department,  but  there  was  no  English 
teacher  listed  as  such  in  the  faculty  roll.  The  Eastern  Kentucky 
Review,  Volume  II,  Number  2,  mentions  a  teacher  of  rhetoric  and 
forensics.  To  be  sure,  the  history  of  English  and  American  liter- 
ature and  literary  criticism  and  writing  were  taught  from  the  very 
beginning  of  the  school,  but  no  teacher  of  these  subjects  is  given. 
Volume  III,  Number  4,  of  Eastern  Kentucky  Review  gives  the  first 
reference  to  an  English  teacher.  She  was  Miss  Katherine  Forster, 
and  she  was  to  teach  composition  and  rhetoric  and  literature  but 
not  grammar.  In  1910  an  "Assistant  in  English"  was  provided, 
and  the  "Yearbook"  mentioned  above  for  that  year  records  for 
the  Department  of  English  grammar,  reading,  spelling,  penmanship, 
English,  educational  journalism,  and  methods  in  high  school 
English.  Reading  meant  public  speaking,  and  English  included 
composition  rhetoric,  literature,  and  criticism. 

First  mention  of  a  Department  of  Expression  is  found  in  the 
"Yearbook  1912"  (£.  K.  R.  IV,  3).  But  the  teacher  of  the  courses 
in  this  department  was  also  teacher  of  physical  culture  for  women. 
A  second  teacher  of  English  was  also  provided  at  this  time.  But 
for  the  next  two  years  only  one  English  teacher  is  mentioned. 
Presumably  the  other  needed  courses  were  taught  by  members  of 
other  departments  (as  they  occasionally  have  been  throughout  the 
history  of  Eastern).  For  example,  Madame  Olga  Piotrowska  taught 
German  and  English.  When  Roscoe  Gilmore  Stott  was  elected  in 
October,  1910,  he  was  head  of  the  English  Department  and  remained 
such  until  1917.  During  some  of  these  years  he  was  the  only 
English  teacher  mentioned. 

When  Thomas  Jackson  Coates  became  president,  Mr.  J.  D. 
Bruner  came  to  the  English  Department  (1917-1918).  But  he  is 
listed  in  the  E.  K.  R.  as  teacher  of  English  and  French.  There  was 
at  that  time,  therefore,  no  full-time  teacher  of  English.  Miss  Jean 
B.  Hurst,  who  in  1912  became  head  of  the  "Department  of  Ex- 
pression" (and  also  teacher  of  physical  culture  for  women),  was 
still  in  that  position,  and  she  coached  the  senior  class  play  for  that 
year  (1917-1918).  One  other  person  that  year  was  designated 
assistant  in  English.  By  1920  there  were  three  members  in  the 
English  Department.    That  same  fall  Miss  Rucie  Miller  became  the 

282 


first  full-time  teacher  of  expression  and  head  of  the  Department 
of  Expression.  In  1921  she  organized  the  Little  Theater.  E.  K.  R. 
XV,  4,  gives  Reading  and  Public  Speaking  as  a  special  department, 
but  on  page  68  of  that  issue,  the  courses  in  these  subjects  are 
listed  under  English. 

After  the  General  Assembly  in  1921  made  Eastern  also  a 
teachers'  college,  the  English  Department  became  more  definitely 
outlined.  E.  K.  R.  in  1922  (Vol.  XVI,  No.  5)  gives  six  members  in 
the  department.  But  only  the  head  (Mr.  R.  A.  Foster)  was  a  full- 
time  English  teacher.  The  other  five  were  from  five  other 
departments.  One  of  them  was  employed  that  year  to  teach  both 
expression  and  English.  The  next  year  still  another  instructor 
came  to  the  English  Department,  and  Miss  Pearl  Buchanan  replaced 
Miss  Miller  as  head  of  the  Expression  Department.  In  1924  there 
were  four  full-time  English  teachers  in  the  English  Department, 
and  the  course  offerings  were  divided  in  the  catalog  as  "Normal 
School"  and  "College."  Miss  Buchanan  is  listed  in  the  faculty 
roll  as  "English  —  Reading  and  Expression."  Since  that  time 
courses  in  expression,  dramatics,  and  public  speaking  have  been 
considered  a  part  of  the  offerings  of  the  English  Department. 

Almost  from  the  beginning  the  English  and  Expression  de- 
partments have  been  active  in  fostering  organizations  which  have 
given  students  outlets  for  their  abilities  and  interests.  Naturally, 
when  the  literary  societies  were  active,  they  met  most  of  the  social 
and  intellectual  needs  of  the  students.  Although  there  may  have 
been  a  dramatics  club  before  the  organization  of  the  Little  Theater 
Club,  there  is  no  record  of  such  in  the  official  publications  available. 
Mr.  Foster  organized  the  students  interested  in  English  into  a  club 
named  the  Canterbury  Club.  But  while  he  was  absent  on  leave 
for  a  year  and  a  half,  its  activities  lapsed,  and  it  was  reorganized 
about  1927  when  Mr.  Roy  B.  Clark  became  acting  head  of  the  de- 
partment. This  club  was  designed  to  give  fellowship  among  stu- 
dents majoring  and  minoring  in  English  and  to  encourage  a  high 
standard  of  scholastic  work.  It  has  been  modified  from  time  to 
time  to  serve  the  best  interests  of  the  English  majors.  In  1935  a 
literary  magazine  was  launched  by  some  English  majors  interested 
in  writing  and  has  continued  without  interruption  since  that  time. 
This  magazine,  called  Belles  Lettres,  was  made  up  entirely  of  student 
writing  and  was  published  as  a  small  annual  volume  financed  only 
by  sales  of  the  publication.  Its  aim  has  been  to  encourage  creative 
writing  among  students  and  to  be  as  widely  representative  of  stu- 
dent writing  as  reasonably  high  standards  permit. 

The  department  has  also  encouraged  public  speaking  and  de- 
bate. Students  compete  for  the  Regents'  Metal  in  public  speaking 
and  at  various  times  have  also  competed  in  intercollegiate  speech 
contests  and  debate.  The  public  speaking  club,  Alpha  Zeta  Kappa, 
was  organized  in  the  early  1930's  to  unify  the  interests  of  the 
students  in  this  field.     Through  its  efforts  and  those  of  the  spon- 

283 


sors,  students  are  encouraged  to  take  part  in  intercollegiate  debate, 
public  speaking  contests,  and  discussion  groups. 

As  the  College  increased  in  enrollment  and  the  number  of 
students  participating  in  these  activities  increased,  chapters  of  na- 
tional societies  were  established.  On  February  26,  1937,  a  local 
chapter  of  Alpha  Psi  Omega,  dramatics  society,  was  chartered  at 
Eastern;  and  on  October  16,  1950,  a  chapter  of  Sigma  Tau  Delta, 
national  English  society,  was  chartered.  These  are  both  honor 
societies,  and  membership  in  them  is  based  on  actual  achievement. 

The  English  Department  has  been  no  less  active  in  encouraging 
high  school  students  in  the  speech  arts.  In  the  early  1930's  Miss 
Buchanan  organized  a  dramatics  tournament  for  high  schools  in- 
terested in  dramatics.  This  tournament  met  annually  without  in- 
terruption until  the  difficult  days  of  World  War  II.  But  after  the 
was  it  was  revived  and  has  continued  to  the  present  time.  About 
1952  it  was  organized  as  a  district  tournament  with  the  state  tourna- 
ment under  the  direction  of  the  University  of  Kentucky.  The  Col- 
lege is  also  host  to  the  annual  district  Speech  Festival,  at  which 
members  of  the  English  staff  and  English  majors  act  as  judges  and 
presiding  officers  and  in  any  other  needed  capacity. 

Nor  has  the  department  overlooked  its  function  to  keep  abreast 
of  the  needs  of  the  students  and  teachers  of  the  region  served. 
It  offers  eight  courses  by  correspondence,  most  of  which  are  re- 
quired for  graduation.  It  also  furnishes,  when  needed  and  avail- 
able, faculty  members  to  conduct  extension  courses  in  outlying 
towns  and  cities.  It  has  striven  to  make  the  individual  courses  and 
the  curriculum  for  English  majors  of  more  value  to  the  students 
and  hence  to  the  community  they  serve.  In  1935  it  introduced  a 
course  in  world  literature  for  sophomores  which,  with  some  changes, 
is  still  offered.  The  next  year  a  foreign  language  requirement  for 
English  majors  was  adopted.  A  minimum  of  twelve  semester 
hours,  preferably  of  Latin  or  at  least  of  one  language,  was  insisted 
on.  A  system  of  courses  for  a  field  or  area  in  English,  a  major,  a 
minor  in  literature,  and  one  in  speech  was  adopted  in  1941.  The 
next  year  the  course  in  freshman  English  was  organized  into  a 
general  communications  course  entitled  "Spoken  and  Written  Com- 
munication." This  course  was  designed  to  make  freshmen  more 
proficient  in  speaking,  writing,  reading,  and,  more  or  less  incident- 
ally, listening.  Eastern  was  one  of  the  first  colleges  to  organize 
such  a  course,  and  the  department  has  constantly  striven  to  make 
it  a  valuable  course  for  freshmen.  It  feels  that  the  theory  is  sound 
even  if  the  practical  application  of  it  is  only  partially  successful. 

The  Division  of  Languages  and  Literature  (comprising  the 
English  and  Foreign  Language  departments)  has  tried  in  other  ways 
to  increase  the  value  of  the  courses  to  the  students  and  to  develop 
fellowship  among  students  interested  in  these  fields.  The  division 
has  been  privileged  to  spend  thousands  of  dollars  to  build  up  East- 
ern's Library.  For  Education  Week  in  1934  it  created  and  pre- 
sented a  pageant,  "The  Spirit  of  Democracy,"  as  an  assembly  pro- 
gram.    Before  the  Christmas  holidays  the  same  year,  it  organized 

284 


and  presented  a  successful  Book  Fair  and  social  entertainment. 
In  the  spring  of  1940,  it  put  on  an  assembly  program  which  showed 
the  various  departments  in  action.  The  Canterbury  Club  has 
sponsored  an  annual  picnic  in  the  spring,  and  for  the  summer 
school  students  interested  in  English  and  foreign  languages,  it 
has  organized  a  picnic  as  its  main  contribution  to  recreation  during 
the  summer  term. 

The  teaching  staff  of  the  English  Department  changed  more 
frequently  during  the  first  twenty  years  of  the  College  than  it  has 
during  the  last  thirty  years.  With  one  exception,  six  of  the  mem- 
bers of  the  department  have  been  here  continuously  for  more  than 
twenty  years.  Of  course,  many  instructors  were  employed  tem- 
porarily, especially  during  the  summer  terms.  And  some  younger 
members,  after  remaining  two  or  three  years,  resigned  to  pursue 
advanced  studies  in  their  fields  or  to  enter  military  service.  No 
attempt  is  here  made  to  mention  all  the  teachers  who  have  been 
in  the  English  Department,  since  in  another  chapter  the  college 
personnel  will  be  described  in  some  detail.  When  Dr.  Roy  B.  Clark 
retired  at  the  end  of  the  summer  term  in  1954  as  head  of  the  de- 
partment, there  were  eight  regular  full-time  members  of  the 
department,  and  one  member  has  been  employed  year  after  year  on 
an  emergency  basis.  At  the  beginning  of  the  college  year  1954- 
1955,  Dr.  P.  M.  Grise  assumed  the  headship  of  the  department. 
There  are  at  present  ten  full-time  instructors,  and  several  instruc- 
tors in  other  departments  taught  emergency  classes  in  English 
during  the  year  1955-1956. 

The  aim  of  the  English  Department  has  been  and  still  is  to 
make  students — especially  freshmen — more  proficient  in  the  tools 
of  learning;  to  present  to  students  the  larger  aspects  of  literature; 
to  develop  as  far  as  possible  an  appreciation  of  literature;  to  help 
give  students  a  well-rounded  liberal  arts  education;  and  to  develop 
among  English  majors  and  minors  better  teachers  of  English. 


285 


es 
p 

BS 
H 


286 


CHAPTER  XXVI 

FOREIGN  LANGUAGES 

By  Mrs.  Janet  Murbach 

There  has  never  been  a  Foreign  Language  entrance  require- 
ment at  Eastern  Kentucky  State  College  nor  has  there  been  such 
a  requirement  for  graduation.  The  English  Department  is  the  only 
department  which  requires  as  much  as  twelve  hours  of  a  foreign 
language  of  its  majors. 

Latin  and  French  have  been  offered  continuously  since  the 
opening  of  the  institution.  Many  young  people  trained  at  Eastern 
have  become  teachers  of  these  subjects  in  Kentucky  and  other 
states. 

German  was  taught  from  1906  until  1910  and  again  in  1915-16. 
It  was  offered  during  the  years  of  the  Second  World  War  and 
from  1948  to  the  present.  Only  elementary  and  intermediate 
courses  are   given. 

Spanish  was  first  taught  here  in  1940.  One  teacher  offers  all 
of  the  Romance  Language  courses,  and  by  alternating  the  advanced 
courses  it  is  possible  for  a  student  to  obtain  four  years  of  instruction 
in  French  or  Spanish.  The  twenty-four  hours  of  credit  obtained 
through  a  four-year  period  of  study  of  either  of  these  languages 
constitute  a  major  in  the  subject. 

One  teacher  gives  all  of  the  college  courses  in  Latin  as  well 
as  four  years  of  Latin  in  the  Model  High  School.  It  is  possible 
to  major  in  Latin. 

Correspondence  courses  in  Elementary  French  and  Spanish 
have  been  offered  intermittently  in  the  last  twenty  years.  At  the 
present  time  only  Spanish  101  and  102  are  available. 

In  1928  the  Foreign  Language  Club,  "Sigma  Lambda",  was 
organized.  From  1932  to  1951  this  Club  was  replaced  by  the  "Cercle 
Francais."  Sigma  Lambda  was  reactivated  in  1951.  At  the  present 
time  its  membership  is  made  up  of  advanced  students  of  Latin, 
French,  Spanish  and  German  whose  work  in  previous  Foreign 
Language  courses  has  been  at  least  at  the  level  of  B.  There  were 
twenty-seven  members  in  the  Club  in  1956-57. 

The  Foreign  Language  Department  has  served  the  College  and 
the  community  in  many  ways:  presenting  foreign  speakers,  spon- 
soring foreign  plays,  translating  foreign  materials  as  requested, 
offering  free  non-credit  night  classes,  and  through  the  foreign 
experience  of  its  professors  giving  sympathetic  interpretation  of 
foreign  attitudes.  It  is  the  aim  of  the  Department  to  contribute  to 
the  understanding  of  English  through  study  of  a  foreign  language 
and  to  increase  knowledge  of  foreign  nations  through  acquaintance 
with  their  modes  of  thinking  and  expression. 

287 


CHAPTER  XXVII 

GEOGRAPHY  AND  GEOLOGY 
By  L.  G.  Kennamer 

The  science  of  Geography  is  a  very  old  one;  indeed  it  has  some- 
times been  called  the  "Mother  of  Sciences."  A  Greek  scholar  of  old 
originated  the  term  geography  by  combining  common  words  of  the 
Greek  language,  ge — the  earth,  and  graphein — to  write.  Geography 
means  literally  to  write  concerning  the  earth.  All  through  the  sub- 
sequent centuries  the  ideas  concerning  the  earth  have  been  ac- 
cumulated and  interpreted.  Their  works  were  therefore  variously 
descriptive,  philosophical,  analytical,  synthetic  and  historical  in 
character.  Through  the  ages  the  subject  has  grown  slowly  and 
evolved  toward  its  present  form  as  the  body  of  facts  increased, 
ideas  and  philosophies  multiplied  and  principles  became  better 
understood. 

Geography  was  introduced  into  the  United  States  soon  after 
the  establishment  of  the  republic.  Jedidiah  Morse  published  the 
first  volume  on  the  Geography  of  America  in  1789,  and  since  then 
the  subject  has  grown  in  content  and  evolution  in  meaning.  The 
thinking  of  American  Geographers  has  produced  several  distinct 
schools  of  thought  in  Geography.  Some  significant  ones  are:  human 
ecology,  physiography,  landscape  morphology,  chorography  (or 
landuse)  and  Geonomics. 

The  study  of  Geography  has  long  been  neglected  in  the  United 
States  whereas  in  Europe  and  many  other  parts  of  the  world  the 
importance  of  the  subject  has  generally  been  recognized.  The  geo- 
graphic education  of  most  Americans  is  limited  to  the  little  knowl- 
edge obtained  during  their  elementary  school  days.  Thus,  although 
otherwise  relatively  well  educated,  Americans  are  "a  nation  of 
geographical  illiterates".  The  consequent  inability  to  think  geo- 
graphically has  crippled  the  public  understanding  of  our  diplo- 
matic efforts,  hindered  our  promotion  of  farm  trade,  blunted  our 
defense  program,  and  interfered  with  most  of  our  foreign  affairs. 
Unless  our  schools  stress  more  geographic  understanding  this  same 
lack  of  geographic  knowledge  will  certainly  hamper  our  attempts 
to  solve  world  problems  and  pursue  our  leadership  in  world  organi- 
zation. The  great  mass  of  Americans  must  be  educated  in  Geo- 
graphic "reality"  so  that  they  may  acquire  the  ability  to  view 
peoples,  nations  and  theaters  of  current  events  in  their  appropriate 
environmental  settings  and  to  observe,  classify,  analyze  and  solve 
various  political  and  other  problems  in  terms  of  their  local,  regional, 
national  and  global  relationships. 

288 


When  Eastern  Kentucky  State  Normal  School  was  opened  in 
January  1907,  some  instruction  in  Geography  was  offered  from 
1907  to  1917.  From  1918  to  1924  nine  to  eleven  hours  were  offered. 
In  1924  to  1926  twenty-four  hours  of  Geography  and  Geology  were 
offered;  in  1927  and  1928  only  six  hours  were  offered.  Since  1930 
the  offerings  have  ranged  from  thirty-two  to  fifty  semester  hours. 
Certificate  requirements  since  1907  for  all  the  different  types  is- 
sued required  two  to  five  hours  of  Geography  through  1928. 

The  storj^  of  the  personnel  offering  of  geographical  instruction 
at  Eastern  is  unknown  until  1911  when  Mrs.  Mary  B.  Dean  was 
employed  to  offer  courses  in  Geography  and  Geology.  She  con- 
tinued active  in  its  promotion  until  she  died  in  1928.  In  1923  Miss 
Lorna  Bressley  with  a  Master's  degree  in  Geography  from  the 
University  of  Chicago  was  brought  to  the  campus.  After  her 
resignation  in  1926,  Mrs.  R.  R.  Richards  (Mary  Frances  McKinney) 
took  over  the  college  teaching  of  Geography,  which  she  has 
continued  to  this  day.  In  1928,  upon  the  election  of  President  H. 
L.  Donovan,  the  board  of  regents  authorized  the  establishment  of 
a  Department  of  Geography  and  Geology  with  a  Ph.  D.  at  the  head. 
Starting  in  September  1928,  L.  G.  Kennamer,  graduate  of  George 
Peabody  College  with  a  Ph.  D.  in  Geography,  was  brought  to  the 
Campus  to  head  the  newly  established  department.  In  the  mid- 
thirties  a  third  teacher  was  employed  to  supplement  the  staff  dur- 
ing the  heavy  spring  and  summer  terms  of  three  or  more  years. 

The  Department  of  Geography  and  Geology  has  sponsored 
three  courses,  eight  hours  in  Geology  and  thirty-two  hours  of 
Geography.  This  has  permitted  121  students  to  pursue  a  major 
in  the  combined  fields  since  1928.  For  the  past  twenty-nine  years 
a  World  Affairs  Club  organization  has  continuously  stimulated  in- 
terest in  all  of  the  world's  problems  and  is  one  of  the  oldest  student 
organizations  on  the  campus. 

The  International  Relations  Club  was  established  on  the  campus 
about  foiir  years  ago  by  Professor  Glenn  A.  McLain,  a  graduate 
student  from  Boston  University,  working  in  the  Division  of  Social 
Sciences.  Due  to  his  dynamic  efforts  the  International  Relations 
Club  was  established  by  the  Foreign  Policy  Association  and  financed 
jointly  by  the  Ford  Foundation  and  Eastern  Kentucky  State  Col- 
lege. This  Center  became  a  depository  of  the  United  States  De- 
partment of  State  and  the  United  Nations.  All  of  the  Embassies 
of  the  countries  of  the  world  send  to  Eastern  their  literature  and 
thirteen-hundred  information  and  propaganda  agencies  send  pamph- 
lets at  regular  intervals.  This  material  is  made  available  to  the 
teachers  of  the  State  and  the  students  and  faculty  members  of  the 
College. 

The  World  Affairs  Club  inherited  this  year  (1956-57)  the  re- 
sponsibility of  running  the  International  Relations  Center.  The 
IRC  serves  the  students  on  the  campus  and  the  teachers  of  the 
public  schools  in  the  State  in  providing  pamphlet  materials  on 
current  world  questions.     From  1928  to  1941  the  Department  con- 

289 


ducted  week-end  tours  to  all  the  scenic  spots,  industrial  plants  and 
historic  shrines  of  the  State.  In  addition,  for  three  and  a  half 
years  the  Department  furnished  eighty-eight  newspapers  with 
weekly  reports  on  "Kentucky  Counties  on  Parade".  Three  state 
supplements  on  the  geography  of  Kentucky  were  prepared  for 
the  publications  used  in  the  public  schools  and  other  magazine  and 
bulletin  offerings  have  been  prepared  by  the  staff. 

Speakers  from  the  World  Affairs  Club  and  IRC  serve  the 
community  and  the  State  by  providing  speakers  for  high  school 
assemblies,  community  organizations  and  civic  clubs.  Public  for- 
ums have  been  held  at  Harlan  and  Frankfort  and  other  cities  on 
world  affairs.  The  Department  also  serves  educational  groups  in 
the  preparation  of  courses  of  study  and  the  evaluation  of  textual 
materials. 


P 
O 
t£i 

O 

>H 
H 

z. 

o 
o 

z. 
< 

Pi 
< 


290 


BQ 
P 

cc 

Si 
I— 4 

< 

< 
Q 

PS 
O 

H 


5  ^ 

Q  s 

d1 

o 

r. 

•  £3 
O  ® 

©       ' 

a; 
^  S 

^  t/3 
"K    «« 

« 2i 

O  « 
S3 


PJ 


^1 


CO     1 

OS- 


«  1- 

02  O 

^  P. 

«  4) 


o    . 


.a^  c«l 


291 


CHAPTER  XXVIII 

GOVERNMENT  AND  SOCIOLOGY 

By  Charles  A.  Keith  and  Virgil  E.  Burns 
1906  -  1932 

In  truth  and  probably  in  justice,  it  would  be  reasonable  to 
state  that,  in  the  old  days  of  the  Normal  School,  from  the  date  of 
Eastern's  establishment  through  to  about  1920,  the  Social  Science 
subjects  would  not  have  rated  higher  than  those  in  a  good  high 
school  today.  In  those  days,  there  were  many  teachers  in  Kentucky 
who  were  not  even  high  school  graduates;  and  they  came  to  East- 
ern and  the  other  Normal  School  in  Bowling  Green  for  "review 
courses";  and,  in  this  field  history  and  "civics"  were  about  all  they 
chose  to  take.  Eastern  was  then  partial  to  "methods"  courses,  and 
almost  every  department,  including  history,  had  one. 

History  is  considered  separately  in  this  volume;  but  English 
History  in  two  courses  was  introduced  as  early  as  1912.  Kentucky 
History  was  in  the  curriculum  from  the  first;  and  both  are  still 
retained.  Ancient,  Medieval  and  Modern  History  courses  were  grad- 
ually introduced,  so  that,  by  1920,  the  Department  was  fairly  in- 
clusive. 

From  about  1920  the  Department  was  called  Social  Science, 
and  for  a  brief  time  in  1923,  probably  due  to  the  aftermath  of  the 
First  World  War,  the  name  Department  of  Citizenship  was  chosen; 
but  by  1925  again  reverted  to  Social  Science,  which  obtained  until 
after  1950.  By  whatever  name  it  adopted,  it  was  a  very  inclusive 
department,  and  still  is.  At  first  it  included  History,  Government, 
Economics,  Sociology  and  some  Geography.  It  is  still  a  compre- 
hensive department,  and  Professor  Kerney  M.  Adams  is  head  of 
History,  Government  and  Sociology.  Subjects  of  Economics  were 
retained  in  this  department  up  to  the  time  when  the  present  Dean 
Moore  became  the  head  of  the  Economics  Department. 

In  1922  the  name  of  the  institution  was  legally  changed  to 
Eastern  Kentucky  State  Normal  School  and  Teachers  College;  and 
in  1923  Eastern  became  a  four-year  College.  Then  in  1948  the 
school  became  legally  Eastern  Kentucky  State  College,  which  name 
lasts  today. 

As  late  as  1929,  the  name  "civics"  continued  to  be  applied  to 
simple  American  Government  classes  scheduled  in  the  Normal 
School  part  of  Eastern.  For  the  Teachers  College  rank,  however, 
there  had  already  (1922)  been  listed  American  Government  courses 
of  college  level,  and  some  courses  began  to  be  called  Political 
Science.     Indeed,   in  the   twenties   and   thirties,   the   whole   Social 

292 


Science  Department,  including  fairly  complete  coverage  of  World 
History,  together  with  many  special  courses  that  sometimes  made 
it  a  problem  to  avoid  overlapping  of  substance,  vastly  expanded. 

By  1922  Government  courses  included  State  and  American 
Government,  and  the  latter  embraced  two  substantial  courses.  In 
1924  this  division  was  widened  to  include  two  courses  covering  the 
Governments  of  foreign  nations,  like  England,  France,  Germany, 
Italy,  Japan,  China,  Russia  and  others.  A  course  in  "American 
Ideals"  (at  least  partially  governmental)  was  instituted;  and  an- 
other course  was  offered  on  the  subject  of  Immigration.  Later  still 
a  course  was  arranged  in  the  field  of  American  Foreign  Relations; 
and,  after  graduate  work  was  introduced,  two  very  popular  courses 
in  "Political  Theory"  were  catalogued. 

1924  seems  to  be  the  first  year  any  attempt  to  teach  a  course 
in  Sociology  was  made.  Then  in  1926  a  course  was  listed  in  "Prob- 
lems of  American  Government".  Most  of  these  courses  are  still 
extant. 

1932  -  1957 

The  offerings  in  Government  and  Sociology  at  Eastern  have 
been,  and  are  now,  extremely  meager.  The  number  of  courses 
should  probably  be  doubled. 

From  1932-1943  Government  and  Sociology  were  subdivisions 
of  the  Division  of  Social  Sciences.  In  1932-33  only  four  courses  in 
government  were  offered.  These  were:  Government  111,  American 
Government  and  Citizenship;  Government  311,  Problems  of  Ameri- 
can Government;  Government  351,  Foreign  Government;  and  Gov- 
ernment 352,  Foreign  Government.  All  of  these  were  three  hour 
courses.  Two  courses  in  Sociology  were  offered:  Sociology  201, 
American  Immigration,  two  hours;  and  Sociology  231,  Introduction 
to  Sociology. 

In  1934-35  American  Immigration  was  discontinued  and  Gov- 
ernment 352  was  changed  to  Government  452.  With  these  two 
changes,  the  courses  were  the  same  as  those  for  1932-34. 

In  1935-36  two  three  hour  courses  were  added.  These  were: 
Government  411,  International  Diplomacy;  and  Sociology  243,  Rural 
Sociology.  Otherwise  the  offerings  were  the  same  as  1934-35. 
No  other  changes  were  made  until  1940-41.  In  that  year  a  new 
course  was  added.  Sociology  332,  Social  Problems;  and  Sociology 
243  was  changed  to  Sociology  143. 

In  1942-43  Eastern  changed  from  the  semester  system  to  the 
quarter  system.  The  numbering  of  the  courses  was  changed  as  fol- 
lows: Government  111  became  Government  10;  Government  351,  30; 
Government  411,  40;  Government  452,  41;  Sociology  143,  14;  So- 
ciology 331,  30;  and  Sociology  332,  31.  Government  311  was  dis- 
continued. The  following  courses  were  added:  Government  11, 
State  and  Local  Government;  Government  42,  Principles  of  De- 
mocracy; Sociology  20,  Social  Understandings;  Sociology  35,  The 
Meaning  of  Total  War.  In  1942-43  Government  and  Sociology  were 
listed  as  separate  divisions  in  the  school  catalog  and  no  longer  as  a 
subdivision  of  the  Division  of  Social  Sciences.     This  practice  has 

293 


continued  to  the  present  time  (1957).  In  1942-43  the  Sociology- 
courses  were  divided  into  lower  and  upper  division  courses.  The 
lower  division  courses  were  Sociology  10,  14,  and  20;  the  upper 
divisions  courses  were  30,  31,  and  35. 

No  other  changes  were  made  until  1946.  In  that  year  a  new 
course.  Sociology  33,  Criminology,  was  added.  No  changes  were 
made  in  1947-48. 

In  1948-49  Eastern  changed  from  the  quarter  system  to  the 
semester  system.  Government  42  became  453;  Sociology  20,  200; 
and  Sociology  33,  333.  Two  courses  in  Political  Theory  were  added, 
Government  555,  3  hours,  and  Government  566,  two  hours. 

The  Government  and  Sociology  curriculum  in  1948-49  con- 
tinued to  the  present  (1957),  with  the  following  exceptions:  In 
1953-54  Government  HI  was  changed  to  211,  and  Government  112 
to  212.  In  1956  Government  352,  The  Government  of  Kentucky, 
was  added.  In  1957  Government  453,  Principles  of  Democracy,  was 
changed  from  a  two  hour  course  to  a  three  hour  course. 

From  1932-57  Government  has  been  taught  chiefly  by  Profes- 
sors Virgil  Burns,  J.  T.  Dorris,  and  Charles  A.  Keith.  Dr.  S.  H. 
Walker  has  taught  a  class  or  classes  from  time  to  time.  From  1953- 
56  Mr.  Glenn  McLain  taught  International  Relations  and  one  other 
course  in  Government.  Mr.  McLain  was  chiefly  responsible  for 
getting  the  International  Center  established  at  Eastern.  This  was 
accomplished  in  spite  of  the  competition  of  larger  and  wealthier 
colleges.  After  only  three  years,  he  left  Eastern  for  the  greater 
cultural  opportunities  of  Boston.  Fortunately,  under  the  direction 
of  Dr.  L.  G.  Kennamer,  the  Center  is  continuing  to  render  great 
service  to  the  State.  In  the  fall  of  1956,  Mr.  Harry  M.  Chase  taught 
two  courses  in  Government.  He  left  Eastern  after  serving  only 
one  semester,  to  accept  a  position  in  Nevada. 

From  1932-1957  Sociology  has  been  taught  by  the  following  per- 
sons: 1932-34,  Mr.  Burns  and  Mr.  Dorris;  1934-35,  Mr.  Burns  and 
Mr.  Keith;  1935-40,  Mr.  Burns,  Mr.  Charles  T.  Hughes,  and  Mr. 
Keith;  1940-48,  Mr.  Jack  Allen,  Mr.  Burns,  Mr.  Thomas  D.  Ferrell, 
and  Mr.  Hughes;  1948-57,  Mr.  Burns  and  Mr.  Walker.  Mr.  Dorris 
taught  American  Government  from  1926  to  1933  in  addition  to 
other  subjects,  and  also,  with  Mr.  Burns,  until  his  retirement  in  1953. 
Mr.  Burns  has  taught  both  Government  and  Sociology  for  the 
entire  period  from  1932-57.  However,  he  has  not  been  able  to 
devote  all  of  his  time  to  either  or  both.  For  about  twenty  years  he 
devoted  part  time  to  the  teaching  of  Ancient,  Medieval,  and  Modern 
History,  chiefly  Ancient  History.  For  about  ten  years  he  taught 
one  or  more  courses  in  Early  American  History. 

At  no  time  during  the  past  twenty  years  has  there  been  a  suf- 
ficient number  of  teachers  to  teach  adequately  Government  and  So- 
ciology. The  classes  in  these  courses  have  been  large.  Over  the 
years,  classes  of  65,  71,  79,  83,  98,  129,  and  202  students  have  been 
taught.  Rarely  have  the  classes  been  less  than  50  or  60.  During 
the  past  school  year,  1956-57,  the  junior  writer  of  this  chapter  had 
689    students,    and   about    100    correspondent    students.     The    other 

294 


teachers  of  these  courses  have  had  similar  experiences  with  refer- 
ence to  large  classes.  Practically  every  semester  during  this  long 
period  of  twenty-five  years,  students  have  been  unable  to  take  one 
or  more  of  these  courses  due  to  overflowing  classes. 

Thus  it  can  be  readily  seen  that  the  teaching  of  Government 
and  Sociology  at  Eastern  has  been  done  under  trying  circumstances. 
Budgetary  frugalities  or  probably  unavoidable  lack  of  funds  have 
resulted  in  handicapped  students  and  overworked  teachers.  As  a 
result  of  the  conditions  just  cited,  a  knowledge  of  Government  and 
Sociology  has  not  been  able  to  play  its  proper  or  possible  role  in 
the  maintenance  of  a  desirable  political  and  social  order. 


U 

o 
o 

H 

a 

H 

s 

H 


CHAPTER  XXIX 

HEALTH  AND  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 
By   Charles  T.  Hughes 

Physical  Education 

Physical  Education,  known  as  Physical  Culture  in  the  early 
times  and  later  called  in  turn,  Physical  Welfare  and  Recreation,  had 
its  early  beginning  at  Eastern  in  1910.  The  Eastern  Kentucky 
Review  for  1910  (Vol.  IV.  No.  4)  included  under  the  Department  of 
Education  a  course  in  "School  Games  and  Plays."  Physical  Culture 
was  offered  in  the  Training  School  as  shown  in  a  supplement 
of  the  Review  for  July,  1910:  "The  Course  of  Physical  Culture  will 
be  found  in  R.  Anna  Morris's  Physical  Education.  The  work  by 
grades  is  outlined  on  pages  14,  15,  and  16." 

The  college  Preparatory  Courses,  at  the  same  time,  required 
Physical  Education,  including  gymnasium  practice,  and  were  under 
the  personal  supervision  of  Director  Clyde  Wilson. 

In  1911  the  Department  of  Physical  Education  offered  a  course 
in  Swedish  Gymnastics  based  upon  the  Ling  System.  The  text 
followed  was  "Progressive  Gymnastic  Days  Orders"  by  Dr.  Eve- 
buske.  Exercises  on  apparatus,  dumbbell  exercises,  athletic  games 
and  track  work  were  the  activities  stressed  in  the  classes.  Two  hours 
a  week  (beginning  with  cold  or  inclement  weather)  were  required 
for  all  normal  students. 

Miss  Jean  Hurst,  teacher  of  expression  and  physical  culture, 
took  over  the  work  for  women  in  1912,  and  in  1914  Ben  H.  Barnard 
was  added  to  the  staff  as  teacher  of  Manual  Arts  and  Athletics.  At 
that  time  both  the  Elementary  and  Intermediate  State  Certificate 
courses  included  a  requirement  of  one  hour  of  physical  culture. 
Three  days  of  Emerson's  Swedish  Gymnastics,  two  days  of  basket- 
ball, and  gymnastics  rhythm  work  were  activities  offered  to  women. 
The  courses  for  men  included  gymnastics  and  seasonal  activities, 
such  as  football,  track,  baseball,  basketball,  and  tennis. 

In  1917,  under  Physical  Culture  for  Women,  two  terms  of  work 
were  required  in  Physical  Culture.  The  regulation  gymnasium 
costume  for  women  was  a  plain  white  middy  blouse,  full  bloomers 
made  of  black  serge,  black  hose  and  black  gymnasium  shoes.  The 
chief  purposes  of  the  courses  for  women  at  that  time  were  "to 
correct  physical  defects,  to  develop  poise,  strength,  ease  and  grace 
in  bodily  movements,  to  afford  pleasant  recreation  and  to  give 
the  student  a  supply  of  suitable  material  for  work  in  the  public 
schools."  Much  time  was  given  to  playground  work,  captain  ball, 
basketball,  and  other  competitive  games.  Folk  dancing,  singing 
games,  and  special  rhythmic  work  were  also  offered. 

296 


Mr.  Charles  F.  Miller  was  in  charge  of  physical  education  for 
men  in  1917.  The  war  conditioned  the  physical  education  for 
men,  as  evidenced  by  the  following  statement  in  the  Eastern  Ken- 
tucky Review  for  1917  (Vol.  XI,  No.  4):  "The  greatest  thing 
desired  in  this  department  is  prime  physical  condition  called  fit- 
ness— fitness  for  anything  a  person  may  be  called  upon  to  do." 

In  1918  Miss  Anetta  Hardin  was  teacher  of  Expression  and 
Physical  Culture  for  Women.  Miss  Anna  Lee  Davis,  teacher  of 
Health  Education,  and  Miss  Mary  Ann  McMillan,  teacher  of  Ex- 
pression and  Physical  Education  for  women,  came  to  Eastern  in 
1919. 

The  Kentucky  Legislature  enacted  in  1920  a  physical  education 
law  which  gave  added  impetus  to  physical  education,  particularly  in 
the  Normal  Schools  and  the  University.  The  law  provided  for 
physical  education  as  a  part  of  a  school  course  in  all  schools  of  the 
state.  "This  law  provides  that  the  State  University  and  all  other 
State  Normal  Schools  shall  provide  courses  in  physical  education, 
and  after  July,  1921,  all  graduates  from  teacher  courses  in  these 
institutions  shall  have  completed  one  or  more  courses  in  physical 
education." 

Miss  Katherine  Hammond  was  instructor  of  Physical  Educa- 
tion for  Women  in  1920.  Mr.  George  Hembree  took  over  the 
athletic  and  physical  instruction  for  men  the  same  year.  Physical 
education  was  required  for  the  advanced  certificate  course  for 
four  terms  three  times  a  week.  Miss  Lorna  Bressie  was  added  to 
the  Physical  Education  staff  in  1922. 

The  old  gymnasium,  which  burned  to  the  ground  in  1920,  was 
replaced  by  a  new  frame  building.  The  building  had  only  fair 
accommodations  and  when  used  as  an  auditorium  it  seated  1,100 
people.  It  contained  modern  equipment  and  the  largest  basketball 
floor  in  the  State  at  that  time. 

By  1922  the  beginning  of  a  modern  curriculum  of  physical 
education  was  well  under  way.  Three  physical  education  courses 
were  offered  in  the  Normal  Department  and  thirteen  courses  in  the 
Teachers'  College.  The  catalogs  from  year  to  year  gave  many 
minor  changes,  such  as  the  addition  or  subtraction  of  courses  and 
many  changes  in  the  staff.  Miss  Eliza  Hughes  was  an  instructor 
in  1923-24  and  after  a  leave  of  four  years  returned  and  resumed 
her  duties.  Misses  Ruth  Perry,  Hortense  Lewis,  and  Helen  Rus- 
sell taught  physical  education  in  successive  years  during  Miss 
Hughes's  absence.  The  physical  education  faculty  was  further 
augmented  in  1928  when  Thomas  E.  McDonough  and  Miss  Gertrude 
Hood  were  added  to  the  staff.  Chas.  T.  Hughes  was  added  to  the 
staff  in  1929,  when  he  became  head  coach  of  athletics. 

Stateland  Field  was  completed  in  1930  and  the  Weaver  Health 
Building  was  occupied  in  the  spring  of  1931.  The  completion  of 
these  facilities  made  it  possible  to  enrich  and  improve  the  health 
and  physical  education  programs.  The  Health  Building  was  well 
planned  and  contained  a  large  and  a  small  gymnasium,  swimming 

297 


pool,  apparatus  room,  two  handball  courts,  laundry,  adequate 
locker  and  shower  rooms  for  both  men  and  women,  classrooms,  and 
physician's  suite.  In  1950  the  large  gymnasium  was  almost  doubled 
in  size  when  an  addition  was  made  to  one  side.  At  the  same  time 
roll-away  bleacher  seats  were  installed,  which  greatly  increased 
the  efficient  use  of  the  gymnasium  for  physical  education  activities. 
Also,  additional  locker  rooms,  equipment  rooms,  and  play  rooms 
were  constructed  on  the  first  floor.  The  Health  Building  fulfills 
a  great  need  in  the  lives  of  all  the  students  who  come  to  Eastern. 

Eastern's  required  physical  education  program,  therefore,  which 
was  first  recreational  in  nature,  has  slowly  taken  form.  The  first 
four-year  Major  Curriculum  of  Health  and  Physical  Education  was 
completed  in  1930  and  has  been  under  constant  revision.  A  feature 
of  the  program  has  been  the  requirement  for  the  coaches  of  the 
athletic  teams  to  teach  one  or  more  classes  in  health  or  physical 
education.  Rome  Rankin  was  added  in  September,  1935,  when  he 
was  engaged  as  coach  of  football  and  basketball  after  Chas.  T. 
Hughes  had  resigned  as  coach  and  remained  as  full  time  teacher 
of  physical  education  and  health. 

After  several  years  of  excellent  service  to  Eastern,  Eliza  Hughes 
resigned  in  1936  and  Miss  Virginia  Arbuckle  was  employed  to  take 
her  place.  Miss  Arbuckle  resigned  in  June,  1937,  and  Miss  Eliza- 
beth Cherry  was  then  employed  in  September,  1938.  She  remained 
at  Eastern  until  July  14,  1941. 

From  1935  until  1941  there  was  no  change  in  the  staff  for 
men's  physical  education  department,  and  the  department  and  cur- 
riculum gradually  expanded.  In  September,  1942,  Thomas  E.  Mc- 
Donough  resigned  as  head  of  the  department  to  accept  a  position 
at  Emory  University.  Chas.  T.  Hughes  was  appointed  director  of 
physical  education  and  athletics,  a  position  that  he  still  occupies. 

Eastern  lost  another  member  of  her  physical  education  staff 
when  Mr.  Hembree  was  inducted  into  the  Army,  January  25,  1941. 
He  was  an  officer  in  the  local  National  Guard  Unit  and  had  to 
report  with  his  unit  when  it  was  called  to  the  service  in  1941.  He 
later  lost  his  life  in  an  accident  at  the  Air  Field  at  Amarillo,  Texas, 
in  1945.  With  the  coming  of  the  war  years  Eastern's  enrollment 
dropped  rapidly  so  that  when  the  Army  Specialized  Training  Pro- 
gram Unit  came  to  Eastern  in  September,  1943,  all  required  physical 
education  was  discontinued  at  the  College,  and  the  remaining  men 
on  the  staff,  Mr.  Rankin,  Mr.  Samuels,  and  Mr.  Hughes,  taught  the 
physical  training  program  for  the  Army  Specialized  Training  Pro- 
gram Unit  until  April  of  1944,  when  the  Army  Specialized  Training 
Program  Unit  was  withdrawn  from  Eastern  and  placed  back  in 
the  regular  army.  At  one  time  during  the  following  year  there 
were  only  twenty  five  men  enrolled  at  Eastern. 

With  the  ending  of  the  Second  World  War,  Eastern's  former 
students  started  returning  from  the  service  and  these,  together 
with  the  new  students,  helped  generate  an  unusually  rapid  growth 
in  the  health  and  physical  education  department. 

298 


Miss  Jane  Oldham  was  added  to  the  staff  in  September,  1946. 
She  remained  here  until  January,  1948,  when  Betty  Harris  was 
employed  in  her  place.  She  was  succeeded  in  1951  by  Charlotte 
Watson,  who  taught  here  for  two  years.  Miss  Martha  Williams 
taught  for  two  years  before  Miss  Laura  Ellis  was  added  to  the 
staff  for  one  year.  Mrs.  Roy  Kidd  was  employed  in  September, 
1956,  and  she  and  Miss  Hood  are  the  current  members  of  the 
women's   physical   education   department. 

On  October  28,  1946,  Paul  McBrayer  joined  the  staff  when  he 
became  head  basketball  coach.  On  March  23,  1947,  Rome  Rankin, 
football  coach,  resigned  his  position  to  accept  another  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Maine.  On  April  11,  Tom  Samuels  was  named  head 
football  coach,  with  Fred  Darling  becoming  line  coach  and  teacher 
in  the  physical  education  department.  Then  Glenn  Presnell  be- 
came a  regular  member  of  the  staff  in  1954  when  he  became  head 
coach  of  football,  after  serving  as  backfield  coach  for  seven  years. 
Since  then  there  have  been  no  changes  in  the  men's  physical  edu- 
cation staff. 

The  five  decades  of  progress  at  Eastern  has  witnessed  the  de- 
velopment of  physical  education  from  a  small  beginning  in  1910, 
up  through  its  infancy  and  childhood  until  it  became  a  four-year 
major  curriculum  of  Health  and  Physical  Education  in  1930.  It 
grew  and  expanded  gradually  in  its  early  adult  life  with  just  a 
few  majors  at  first  with  a  gradual  increase  until  the  beginning  of 
the  Second  World  War  years  when  the  number  of  students  in  the 
department  declined  rapidly  as  did  all  college  enrollments.  With 
the  return  of  the  war  veterans  to  college  and  the  influx  of  new 
students,  the  physical  education  department  began  an  unusually 
fast  growth.  Each  year  since  1950,  there  have  been  approximately 
two  hundred  students  enrolled  at  Eastern  who  were  studying  for 
a  first  or  second  major  in  physical  education  or  had  expressed 
their  intention  of  doing  so. 

Several  hundred  men  and  women  have  graduated  from  Eastern 
with  a  major  in  Health  and  Physical  Education.  The  majority  of 
these  are  currently  teaching  either  in  Kentucky  or  one  of  the 
neighboring  states.  As  a  rule,  the  reports  that  come  back  to 
Eastern  in  regard  to  these  graduates  state  that  they  are  doing  a 
fine  job  in  the  teaching  profession  and  their  respective  school  sys- 
tems would  like  to  have  more  teachers  from  Eastern. 

It  has  always  been  the  policy  of  the  physical  education  depart- 
ment to  keep  improving  continually  the  curriculum  to  meet  the 
need  of  the  students  as  far  as  it  was  possible  and  practical  to  do 
so.  This  is  becoming  more  and  more  difficult  to  do  because  of  the 
large  and  increasing  enrollment.  At  present  three  gymnasiums 
are  needed,  one  for  the  men,  one  for  the  women,  and  one  for  the 
laboratory  schools,  with  adequate  play  and  game  areas  outside. 
This  would  mean  the  employment  of  several  more  teachers  for 
this  enlarged  program. 

299 


Health 

Several  years  elapsed  after  the  founding  of  Eastern  before 
there  was  any  evidence  of  a  definite  health  service  program.  The 
first  evidence  was  in  the  way  of  health  service,  when  in  June,  1919, 
Dr.  Wilson  and  Dr.  Wittenburg  were  sent  to  Eastern  by  the  Ken- 
tucky State  Board  of  Health  to  vaccinate  for  pneumonia  all  stu- 
dents who  were  willing  to  be  immunized  against  this  disease. 

At  this  time  the  Board  of  Regents  also  authorized  the  employ- 
ment of  a  nurse  for  one  month  or  longer  if  necessary.  In  August, 
1919,  Miss  Bertha  Conway  of  Ashland,  Kentucky,  was  employed 
as  a  nurse  and  "general  assistant  to  the  Dean  of  Women."  In  1920 
a  nurse  was  employed  to  devote  full  time  to  look  after  the  health 
of  the  students.  One  or  more  nurses  have  been  on  duty  each 
year  since. 

In  April,  1926,  the  Board  of  Regents  recommended  that  a 
physician  be  employed  to  look  after  the  health  of  the  students,  and, 
in  1927,  Dr.  J.  W.  Scudder  was  employed  as  college  physician. 

The  hospital  was  first  housed  in  Cottage  2  of  Faculty  Row,  and 
the  college  physician  lived  in  Cottage  3.  When  Cottage  2  was 
razed  in  1927,  two  corner  rooms  on  the  second  floor  of  Sullivan 
Hall  and  one  in  Memorial  were  equipped  to  be  used  as  hospital 
rooms.  The  nurse's  quarters  were  located  directly  under  the 
hospital  rooms  in  Sullivan  until  1939  when  her  quarters,  along  with 
hospital  rooms,  were  equipped  on  the  first  floor.  This  part  of 
Sullivan  Hall  is  currently  the  site  of  the  college  infirmary. 

The  Eastern  Kentucky  Review,  Vol.  XI,  No.  4,  August,  1917, 
mentions  for  the  first  time  courses  in  health.  In  1919-20,  Miss  Anna 
Lee  Davis,  teacher  of  Home  Economics,  was  designated  to  teach  a 
class  in  Health  Education.  In  the  spring  of  1925,  it  was  recom- 
mended that  a  teacher  of  health  be  employed.  Miss  Joy  Frazer, 
the  school  nurse  in  1925,  taught  a  class  in  Home  Nursing.  Also 
at  that  time  Mr.  A.  B.  Carter  (now  deceased,  November  14,  1956) 
offered  a  course  in  health  entitled  "Sanitary  Science."  This  seems 
to  have  been  the  first  definite  step  toward  the  teaching  of  health. 

When  Dr.  H.  L.  Donovan  came  to  the  presidency  of  Eastern 
in  1928  an  expanded  program  of  health  and  physical  education 
began.  Thomas  E.  McDonough  was  employed  as  Director  of 
Physical  Education  and  Dr.  J.  D.  Farris  as  College  physician  and 
Director  of  Health.  The  work  was  made  a  distinct  division  of  the 
college  curriculum  and  was  divided  into  three  definite  phases, 
namely,  Physical  Education,  Health  Education,  and  Health  Service. 
Since  then,  a  student  could  major  in  this  field  of  study  just  as  in 
any  other  department  of  the  College.  One  of  the  highest  com- 
pliments paid  to  the  work  that  it  attempted  was  expressed  by  a 
county  health  officer  when  he  said  that  he  could  tell  when  he 
visited  his  schools  whether  the  teacher  had  been  a  student  at 
Eastern. 

In  the  early  years  of  Eastern's  history,  epidemics  of  measles 
and  other  diseases  were  quite  common  on  the  campus.  Since  the 
employment  of  Dr.  Farris  in  1928  as  college  physician,  however, 

300 


and  the  establishment  of  the  health  service  there  has  not  been  an 
epidemic  of  any  contagious  disease.  Dr.  Farris  gave  devoted  and 
able  service  to  the  College  until  June,  1943,  when  he  resigned  to 
go  to  Emory  University.  Dr.  H.  C.  Jasper  served  as  college  phy- 
sician from  June  1,  1943,  until  October  13,  1943,  when  Dr.  Stephanie 
Young  was  employed  -  as  college  physician.  The  successor  to  Dr. 
Young,  who  resigned  on  August  31,  1945,  was  Dr.  Harvey  Blanton, 
who  was  employed  only  as  part-time  physician.  Eastern  has  not 
had  a  full-time  physician  since  Dr.  Young  left  here.  Dr.  Blanton 
served  until  he  took  a  two  year  leave  of  absence  beginning  Sep- 
tember 15,  1954,  and  ending  September  15,  1956,  when  he  returned 
to  his  position.  Dr.  Hugh  Mahaffey  was  the  college  physician 
while  Dr.  Blanton  was  on  leave. 

In  September,  1945,  Mr.  Tom  C.  Samuels  was  moved  from  his 
position  as  science  teacher  in  Model  High  School  to  the  Health  and 
Physical  Education  department  in  the  College  and  became  instructor 
in  health  and  in  charge  of  health  education  at  the  College.  He 
performed  his  duties  with  outstanding  ability  until  he  resigned  on 
November  15,  1953,  to  go  into  business  in  Orlando,  Florida.  Then 
Dr.  John  H.  Cooper  was  employed  as  teacher  of  health  and  in 
charge  of  the  Health  Education  program.  He  began  his  duties  in 
September,  1954,  and  is  still  very  ably  performing  them  here. 

The  five  decades  of  Eastern's  history  has  seen  Health  Edu- 
cation grow  from  the  first  mention  of  a  health  course  in  1917, 
to  the  present,  when  a  student  can  get  a  minor  in  health.  Also 
it  has  grown  from  the  one  course  in  1917  to  the  present  when  one 
or  more  courses  are  required  in  health  by  fifteen  of  the  seventeen 
major  curriculums  at  Eastern.  Also  it  has  grown  from  the  stu- 
dents in  one  class  in  1917  to  five  hundred  and  sixty  students  en- 
rolled in  thirteen  health  classes  offered  the  first  semester  of  the 
school  year,  1956-57. 


Dr.  Jacob  D.  Farris,  College 
Physician,  1929-1943.  Now  at 
the  University  of  Kentucky. 


302 


CHAPTER  XXX 

HISTORY 

By  Kerney  M.  Adams  and  Clyde  J.  Lewis 

The  history  program  at  Eastern  during  the  past  half  century 
cannot  be  described  strictly  as  a  departmental  offering.  At  no 
time  during  the  period  was  there  a  Department  of  History  clearly 
differentiated  from  the  College's  instructional  program  in  the  social 
sciences  generally.  In  the  very  early  days,  when  there  were  only 
nine  instructors  on  the  entire  faculty,  each  teacher  had  to  be 
capable  of  dealing  with  subject  matter  in  different  fields.  Later 
as  the  faculty  increased  in  size,  there  was  more  specialization  in 
the  interests  of  scholarship  and  efficiency,  but  the  tradition  of 
flexibility  remained.  In  1910  a  Department  of  History  and  Civics 
was  listed  in  the  Eastern  Kentucky  Review;  in  the  early  1920's  a 
Department  of  Citizenship  offered  courses  in  history;  the  catalogue 
of  1926  listed  a  Department  of  Social  Science;  and  in  1932  this  unit 
was  made  a  Division,  with  a  Department  of  History  and  a  Depart- 
ment of  Geography.  Yet,  even  after  1932,  courses  were  often 
traded  back  and  forth  between  the  nominal  departments  of  the 
Division,  a  practice  which  indicates  how  relatively  insignificant 
the  departmental  distinctions  were. 

History  classes  were  first  taught  in  the  old  University  building; 
after  1909,  more  adequate  classrooms  and  offices  were  made  avail- 
able in  Roark  building;  and  since  1928  the  history  faculty  has  been 
furnished  with  even  more  modern  facilities  in  the  Administration 
building.  The  history  faculty  itself  has  increased  from  the  equiva- 
lent of  one  fulltim.e  instructor  to  six;  too,  educational  qualifica- 
tions have  been  steadily  raised. 

At  many  other  institutions,  particularly  at  the  large  univer- 
sities, emphasis  has  been  placed  upon  the  specialized  knowledge 
and  techniques  required  by  professional  historians.  In  contrast 
members  of  the  history  staff  at  Eastern  have  always  been  primarily 
interested  in  the  practical  advantages  of  their  subject  for  the  pros- 
pective teacher  and  citizen.  During  the  first  two  decades,  the 
fundamental  objective  was  maintenance  of  high  scholarship  in  the 
teacher  training  program  of  the  College.  Later,  as  that  program 
was  broadened,  increasingly  more  attention  was  given  to  the  prob- 
lem of  improving  the  general  education  of  the  individual  student. 
This  rather  noticeable  orientation  away  from  historical  orthodoxy 
necessarily  limited  professional  activities  such  as  the  production  of 
articles  and  books  by  members  of  the  staff,  although  such  publica- 
tions were  by  no  means  lacking.     There  were,  however,  very  im- 

303 


portant  compensations  in  the  purposefulness,  in  the  social  aware- 
ness, and  in  the  sincere  idealism  which  have  been  shown  by  pro- 
fessors and  students  for  five  decades. 

The  chronological  survey  required  to  illustrate  these  prelimin- 
ary generalizations  must  begin  with  the  period  between  1906  and 
1912  when  historical  study  at  the  Eastern  Normal  School  was  in 
its  embryonic  stage.  This  was  an  era  of  pioneering,  of  material 
obstacles,  personnel  shortages,  and  relative  disorganization.  Never- 
theless, a  basic  philosophy  was  beginning  to  exert  its  influence  dur- 
ing those  years. 

Judged  by  present  standards,  the  program  was  inadequate  and 
unrealistic.  There  were  only  two  teachers  of  history  on  the  origi- 
nal faculty.  Dr.  Virginia  Spencer  taught  European  history  as  well 
as  the  German  language,  and  Miss  Elizabeth  Cassidy  taught  Ameri- 
can history  and  sociology.  In  1909,  both  of  these  instructors  left 
the  faculty.  They  were  replaced  by  Professor  J.  A.  Sharon,  who 
had  originally  been  Director  of  the  State  Certificate  Course. 
Obviously,  the  teaching  duties  in  history  and  social  science  were 
more  than  one  man  could  easily  handle.  Hence,  the  Latin  and 
German  teachers  taught  courses  in  Ancient,  Medieval,  and  European 
history,  and  the  teacher  of  penmanship  taught  American  history. 
Enrollment  was  exceptionally  heavy,  as  is  evidenced  by  one  Ameri- 
can history  class  in  the  spring  of  1909  which  contained  146  students. 
Yet  despite  the  limitations,  a  surprising  array  of  courses  were  of- 
fered. American  history  and  Modern  European  history  courses  of 
two  terms  each  were  conducted  in  1907-08.  Medieval  history  was 
added  as  a  two  term  course  in  1908-09,  along  with  two  terms  of 
English  history  and  a  course  in  Kentucky  history.  By  1910,  there 
were  also  two  terms  of  Ancient  history,  one  dealing  with  Greece 
and  the  other  with  Rome. 

In  view  of  the  personnel  situation,  this  was  undoubtedly  an 
overly  ambitious  program,  but  it  was  attempted  with  a  zeal  which 
lessened  its  weaknesses.  Sincere  interest  in  learning,  profound 
respect  for  scholarship,  and  seriousness  of  purpose,  qualities  often 
strangely  foreign  to  modern  higher  education,  were  all  common 
characteristics  of  Eastern  during  these  early  years.  Teachers, 
according  to  the  Review,  needed  a  real  grasp  of  subject  matter 
before  they  could  teach.  Presumably,  students  were  expected  to 
be  interested  in  Dean  Spencer's  extra-curricular  lectures  on  "The 
Free  Cities  of  Italy"  or  "The  Cathedrals  of  Europe.'"  In  class,  they 
were  asked  to  prepare  maps,  outlines,  and  reports,  to  read  Ronian 
documents  in  the  original  Latin,  and  to  write  essays  in  which  the 
results  of  their  study  were  effectively  presented.  Student  partici- 
pation was  constantly  stressed,  but  it  was  always  expected  to 
produce  worthwhile  contributions.  The  study  of  history  involved 
the  search  for  cause  and  effect  in  an  effort  to  find  "tendencies 
and  principles"  which  might  be  valuable  in  the  contemporary 
social  situation.  Upon  such  sound  philosophical  foundations,  suc- 
ceeding teachers  at  Eastern  have  been  able  to  build  with  pride 
and  confidence. 

304 


By  the  fall  of  1912,  when  Mr.  Charles  A.  Keith  came  to  teach 
history  and  government  on  the  campus,  the  early  period  of  pioneer- 
ing was  over  and  a  decade  opened  which  would  see  the  history 
program  gradually  become  stabilized  and  adjusted  to  the  growth 
from  Normal  School  toward  college  status.  This  second  stage  of 
development  lasted  until  1924,  when  Eastern  first  offered  a  four 
year  college  program.  Although  the  years  between  1912  and  1923 
were  years  of  progress,  it  was  often  halting  progress.  Many  of 
the  early  problems  still  remained,  and,  in  addition,  there  were 
distractions,  particularly  those  created  by  World  War  I.  Through 
the  whole  period,  the  original  general  objectives  and  ideals  re- 
mained, but  they  were  reinterpreted  to  fit  the  contemporary 
situation. 

The  shortage  of  personnel  continued  to  be  the  greatest  dif- 
ficulty. Professor  Keith,  as  head  of  the  recently  created  Depart- 
ment of  History  and  Civics,  was  the  only  full-time  member  of  the 
Department  until  the  fall  of  1918  when  Mr.  J.  R.  Robinson  was  as- 
signed as  an  assistant.  Professor  Grinstead  and  Miss  Maude  Har- 
mon, both  of  the  Language  Department,  continued  to  be  responsible 
for  Ancient  history;  and,  from  time  to  time,  teachers  in  other  depart- 
ments took  over  American  history  courses.  With  this  faculty, 
the  Department  offered  courses  in  history,  civics,  economics,  and 
sociology,  at  both  the  normal  school  and  college  level;  for,  after 
1918,  the  catalogue  described  a  full  program  of  teacher  training 
involving  two  years  of  college  work.  The  resulting  teaching  load 
was  heavy.  In  the  fall  of  1922,  for  example.  Professor  Keith 
taught  eleven  hours  a  week  in  the  Normal  School  program  as  well 
as  nine  hours  of  college  work.  As  can  be  imagined,  there  was  no 
dramatic  expansion  of  the  history  curriculum.  Although  the 
original  curriculum  was  retained  essentially  intact,  it  was  actually 
trimmxcd  down  during  the  war  years  by  reducing  the  courses  in 
Medieval,  Modern, i  and  English  history  at  college  level  to  one  term 
each.  The  curricular  economy  thus  achieved  was  partially  spent 
in  offering  an  advanced  problems  course  (1920),  and  a  special 
course  in  contemporary  American  history,  with  special  emphasis 
upon  the  recent  war  (1920).  This  flurry  of  course  changes, 
accompanied  by  frequent  renumbering  and  redistribution  of  content 
between  1918  and  1922  reflected  an  almost  frantic  effort  to  meet 
new  demands  created  by  the  immediate  post-war  situation. 

In  other  ways,  the  war  affected  the  tone  and  spirit  of  historical 
interpretation  at  Eastern.  During  the  years  immediately  preceding 
the  conflict,  there  were  many  signs  of  healthy  scholarship  and 
sound  objectivity.  Several  student  essays,  published  in  the  Eastern 
Kentucky  Review  for  1916-1917  (vol.  IX,  pp.  4-16),  approached 
professionalism  in  their  handling  of  source  material  and  thoughtful 
interpretation  of  historical  subjects.  The  war,  however,  served  to 
narrow  viewpoints,  often  diverting  social  idealism  and  academic 
curiosity  in  the   direction   of  self-righteous   nationalism.     As   has 


1  In   fact,    Medieval   and   Modern   history   were   compressed   temporarily    into 
one  course  in  1922. 

305 


already  been  indicated,  there  was  a  decided  shift  of  emphasis  from 
European  to  American  history  in  the  curriculum.  This  was  ac- 
companied by  more  stress  upon  patriotism  and  good  citizenship  as 
primary  objectives  in  teaching  history.  Courses  described  in  the 
catalogue  as  late  as  1922  were  designed  to  "make  a  student  love 
his  country  more,"  or  "to  mold  citizenship"  by  preparing  students 
to  combat  the  "extremist  views"  of  Bolshevism.  However,  some 
indications  of  a  more  rational  approach  appeared  amidst  the  war 
fever.  "Now  is  a  good  time  for  high  schools  to  lay  emphasis  .  .  . 
upon  European  history,"  cautioned  the  Review  in  the  fall  of  1917 
(vol.  XII,  p.  4).  "Our  relations  to  Europe  will  never  again  be  the 
same  as  they  were  before  the  War.  The  Atlantic  no  longer  divides 
us.  Hence  we  need  to  study  European  history  from  a  different 
standpoint."  And  the  writer  went  on  to  call  for  an  "inter-national 
patriotism"  based  upon  a  belief  in  the  brotherhood  of  all  nations. 
Here  again  was  an  expression  of  principles  derived  from  sound 
historical  interpretation,  in  the  best  tradition  of  the  past  and  with 
great  promises  for  the  future. 

For  more  than  two  decades  after  1923,  there  were  no  dramatic 
changes  significant  enough  to  mark  the  end  of  an  era  in  the  his- 
tory of  the  Department.  To  a  great  extent,  the  twenties  and  the 
thirties  brought  relative  stability  and  slow  development  within  the 
limits  established  when  Eastern  became  a  four  year  college  in  1923. 
There  was  expansion  of  the  Department  during  the  boom  psychology 
of  the  middle  and  late  twenties;  the  old  problems  eased  somewhat; 
and,  during  the  depression  decade  of  the  thirties,  the  teaching  of 
history  at  Eastern  was  stimulated  by  the  rising  tide  of  social  pro- 
test, prevalent  in  the  country  as  a  whole.  The  Second  World  War 
brought  an  end  to  this  period  of  normal  growth  and  calm  confidence. 
Meanwhile,  a  progressive  spirit  of  social  awareness  became  more 
characteristic  of  the  teachers  and  students  who  participated  in  the 
study  of  history  and  the  other  social  sciences. 

In  contrast  to  the  first  fifteen  years,  there  was  no  serious 
shortage  of  faculty  members  during  the  twenties,  thirties,  and  early 
forties.  The  heavy  load  of  Normal  School  teaching  was  gradually 
removed  from  the  college  staff  as  courses  beneath  college  level 
were  shifted  to  Model  High  School.  Five  new  teachers  were  added 
before  1942:  Miss  Mary  Floyd  (1924),  Dr.  J.  T.  Dorris  (1926),  Mr. 
Kerney  M.  Adams  (1929),  Mr.  Virgil  Burns  (1932),  and  Dr.  Jack 
Allen  (1941).  The  teaching  burden  was  also  relieved  by  the  ad- 
dition of  other  teachers  for  subjects  within  the  Division  of  Social 
Science,  notably,  Miss  Mary  F.  McKinney  (1928)  and  Dr.  L.  G. 
Kennamer  (1928)  in  Geography,  and  Mr.  W.  J.  Moore  (1928)  in 
Economics. 

As  the  faculty  expanded,  new  courses  were  introduced,  courses 
which  often  reflected  the  specialities  and  interests  of  new  staff 
members.  The  two  American  history  survey  courses  were  aug- 
mented by  sectional  courses  dealing  with  the  South  and  the  West, 
and  by  courses  in  immigration  and  local  history  appreciation.    A 

306 


course  in  Latin  American  history  was  introduced  in  1926.  Ken- 
tucky history,  already  in  the  curriculum,  began  to  be  offered 
regularly.  After  some  experimentation,  the  English  history  of- 
fering was  stabilized  in  three  courses  which  effected  a  complete 
chronological  survey  of  the  field.  There  were  particularly  sig- 
nificant changes  in  European  history.  The  Medieval  history  survey 
was  dropped,  but  the  modern  period  continued  to  be  offered  in 
a  two  semester  survey,  and  by  1942,  three  new  courses  had  been 
added:  Modern  Germany,  the  French  Revolution,  and  Modern 
France.  A  special  course  dealing  v/ith  the  causes  and  course  of 
the  global  war  was  also  introduced.  By  the  mid-forties,  the 
Department  offered  complete  survey  courses  in  American,  English, 
and  Modern  European  History,  as  well  as  a  varied  assortment  of 
specialized  courses2. 

The  most  significant  curricular  achievement  of  the  period 
came  in  1935  when  the  Department  began  offering  "The  History 
of  Western  Civilization."  The  new  course  resulted  from  previous 
deliberation  among  members  of  the  history  staff  and  the  college 
administration,  who  were  aware  of  a  growing  need  for  a  new 
approach  to  history.  Although  utilizing  the  same  material  covered 
in  ancient,  medieval,  and  modern  history  courses,  the  Civilization 
course  was  much  broader  in  both  content  and  perspective.  It  was 
described  in  the  catalogue  for  1938-39  as  designed  to  "provide  an 
introduction  to  the  social  sciences  and  related  subjects  that  the 
student  may,  early  in  his  college  course,  come  to  understand  that 
man  and  his  history  can  be  studied  scientifically  only  in  the  light 
of  investigations  ...  in  archeology,  anthropology,  economics, 
sociology,  and  psychology."  Since  1935,  the  Civilization  course, 
required  of  most  students  of  the  College  in  either  the  Freshman 
or  Sophomore  years,  has  been  the  main  vehicle  of  the  Department's 
general  education  offering,  as  well  as  the  foundation  course  for 
those  majoring  in  history  and  the  social  sciences.  Introduction  of 
the  course  marked  an  important  milestone  in  the  process  of  making 
history  a  meaningful  subject,  capable  of  application  in  meeting 
contemporary  social  and  political  problems. 

The  end  of  World  War  II  brought  another  turning  point  in  the 
development  of  Eastern's  history  program.  In  contrast  to  the 
preceding  two  decades  of  stability  and  evolutionary  change,  the 
next  ten  years  were  marked  by  rapid  expansion  and  experimen- 
tation. The  new  situation  was  partially  the  result  of  momentous 
social  and  political  changes  which  greatly  increased  the  college 
enrollment,  affected  the  mental  attitudes  of  both  returning  veterans 
and  high  school  graduates,  and  created  more  demands  for  an  in- 
structional program  suggested  by  the  personal  insecurities  and  the 


-  Between  1924  and  1932,  the  Division  of  Social  Science  offered  courses  in 
American  and  European  Economic  History  but  these  were  shifted  to  the  De- 
partment of  Economics  after  the  departments  were  organized  in  divisions  in 
1932.  A  few  graduate  courses  in  history  were  offered  in  1925-26  when  the 
College  first  attempt  to  offer  a  graduate  program.  These  courses  were 
abandoned,  however,  when  the  graduate  program  was  abandoned  temporarily  in 
1936-37.  Although  graduate  work  was  resumed  in  1941,  there  were  no  graduate 
courses  in  history  offered  during  the  period  between  1941  and  1946. 

307 


perplexing  problems  of  an  atomic  age.  In  addition,  there  were 
changes  in  personnel  within  the  Department,  changes  occasioned 
by  the  retirement  of  professors  who  had  served  the  College  for  many 
years,  during  which  time,  their  experience  had  helped  to  maintain 
continuity  and  balance.  Yet  for  all  the  disruptions,  inevitable  in 
any  period  of  re-adjustment,  there  was  steady  progress  in  meeting 
the  exacting  requirements  of  a  new  academic  era. 

This  post-war  period  has  been  marked  by  a  number  of  changes 
in  the  personnel  of  the  history  and  social  science  staff.  Dr.  Allen 
left  the  campus  for  another  position  in  1946  at  which  time  Mr. 
Clyde  J.  Lewis  was  employed.  In  the  spring  of  1948,  Mr.  Horace 
Raper  joined  the  staff.  The  next  changes  came  in  1953,  with  the 
retirement  of  Professors  Keith  and  Dorris  and  the  elevation  of 
Mr.  Adams  to  the  headship  of  the  Department.  Additional  staff 
changes  have  been  occasioned  in  recent  years  by  the  increasing 
orientation  of  the  divisional  curriculum  toward  general  education 
and  by  rapidly  expanding  student  enrollments.  Mr.  Glenn  McLain 
and  Dr.  Edward  Peterson  were  employed  in  1953.  In  1954,  when 
Dr.  Raper  and  Dr.  Peterson  resigned.  Dr.  Paul  C.  Nagel  and  Dr. 
Robert  C.  Donaldson  joined  the  staff.  In  1956  Mr.  McLain  resigned 
and  Dr.  George  W.  Robinson  and  Mr.  Harry  M.  Chase  were  em- 
ployed. There  was,  however,  no  dramatic  increase  in  the  number 
of  full-time  teachers  in  the  Department,  for  Miss  Floyd,  as  head 
librarian,  was  only  available  for  an  occasional  offering  of  Ken- 
tucky history,  and  Mr.  Burns's  services  were  completely  devoted  to 
political  science  courses.  The  staff  included  six  history  instructors, 
the  same  number  as  ten  years  before,  and,  in  view  of  a  continually 
expanding  enrollment  expected  for  the  future,  the  old  personnel 
problem,  so  prevalent  down  to  the  mid-twenties,  was  again  looming 
ahead. 

With  the  increased  emphasis  of  recent  years  on  general  educa- 
tion, the  Department  has  assumed  a  responsibility  for  meeting  the 
needs  of  students  majoring  in  other  subjects.  Accordingly, 
methods  of  instruction  have  been  modified  in  order  that  historical 
material  might  have  more  significance  for  students  who  are  pri- 
marily concerned  with  science,  music,  art  or  commerce.  History 
classes  have  become  more  informal,  free  discussion  replacing  lec- 
tures wherever  such  a  change  has  seemed  calculated  to  stimulate 
critical  thinking  without  lowering  instructional  standards.  The 
new  curricular  orientation  of  recent  years  has  been  reflected  most 
clearly  in  the  introduction  of  a  two-semester  course  entitled  "The 
Ideological  Foundations  of  Western  Civilization. "3  Begun  in  1948 
as  an  experimental  course  in  "The  Intellectual  History  of  Europe" 
at  the  graduate  level,  it  was  reorganized  in  1953  as  a  senior  course 
and  required  of  history  and  social  science  majors.  After  that  time, 
the  course  has  been  conducted  in  accordance  with  a  fairly  consistent 
pattern  of  method  and  content,  although  its  status  in  the  college 
curriculum  has  changed  as  its  value  has  been  demonstrated.     The 


3  An  article  describing  this  course  appeared  in  the  Journal  of  Higher  Educa- 
tion, XXVII  (December,  1956),  pp.  489-495,  513. 

308 


"Ideological  Foundations"  course  was  designed  to  acquaint  students 
with  the  fundamental  ideas  of  the  great  thinkers  in  many  different 
fields  who  have  contributed  to  the  Western  ideological  heritage. 
For  the  most  part,  these  ideas  have  not  been  evaluated,  but  students 
have  been  encouraged  to  seek  understanding,  in  the  hope  that  they 
might  develop  their  own  powers  of  original  thought  and  arrive  at 
their  own  philosophic  conclusions.  The  most  striking  characteristic 
of  the  course  has  been  its  prevailing  atmosphere  of  flexibility  and 
intellectual  freedom.  Instructors  and  students  read  the  selections 
and  discuss  the  ideas  in  class  without  a  pre-arranged  schedule  of 
procedure  or  formal  exposition  by  the  professors.  Another  unique 
feature  of  the  course  is  its  integration  of  ideas  and  techniques  from 
many  different  disciplines,  including  science,  literature,  and  the 
arts,  as  well  as  the  social  sciences.  Occasionally,  professors  from 
other  departments  have  attended  classes  and  participated  in  the 
discussion.  These  methods  and  practices  have  attracted  such  wide 
attention  that  the  course  has  enrolled  an  increasing  number  of 
students  from  other  divisions.  After  1955,  it  was  coming  to  be 
regarded  as  an  upper  division  general  education  course  rather  than 
an  advanced  course  in  the  social  sciences. 

As  increasing  attention  has  been  given  to  the  general  education 
program,  and  as  the  problem  of  finding  students  and  supplying 
teachers  for  orthodox  history  courses  has  become  more  difficult, 
the  offering  of  such  courses  has  been  limited.  This  trend  was 
particularly  noticeable  after  1953  as  the  expanding  enrollment  of 
the  "Ideological  Foundations"  course  required  more  instructors. 
For  a  few  years  following  the  War,  courses  of  the  traditional  type 
continued  to  be  added.  These  included  "The  History  of  the  Far 
East"  (1946),  a  two  semester  senior  seminar  in  historical  research 
(1948),  and  "The  Ante-Bellum  Period"  in  American  history  (1951)  — 
all  at  the  undergraduate  level.  In  addition,  three  similar  graduate 
courses  were  added:  "The  American  Colonial  Period"  (1947),  "The 
American  Civil  War  and  Reconstruction"  (1947),  and  "The  American 
Federal  Period"  (1950).  One  other  course,  "History  as  a  Social 
Science",  introduced  in  1949  and  offered  only  infrequently  during 
the  next  few  years,  utilized  a  generalized  and  philosophic  approach, 
somewhat  similar  to  the  "Ideological  Foundations"  course,  but  it 
was  generally  overlooked  in  the  history  curriculum.  Beginning 
in  1953,  however,  the  new  emphasis  was  definitely  indicated  by  the 
courses  abandoned.  In  1954,  "Modern  Germany"  and  "Modern 
France"  were  dropped;  in  1955,  eight  more  courses  were  omitted 
from  the  catalog:  "The  French  Revolution,"  "The  History  of 
Latin  America,"  "Local  History  Appreciation,"  "The  Global  War," 
the  undergraduate  research  seminar,  and  the  three  specialized 
graduate  courses  in  American  History.  At  the  same  time,  the 
graduate  program  was  reoriented  by  the  introduction  of  two 
problems  courses  in  American  and  Ancient  history  and  by  moving 
"History  as  a  Social  Science"  to  the  graduate  level.  Although 
these  changes  limited  the  variety  of  courses  in  the  history  cur- 
riculum, they  were  effected  in  order  to  utilize  the  Department's 

309 


resources  more  efficiently  in  performing  its  primary  function  for 
the  College. 

At  the  time  this  account  is  written  in  1956,  members  of  the 
history  staff  are  devoting  their  attention  to  another  divisional 
curricular  experiment  designed  to  improve  the  general  education 
program.  Since  1954,  some  thought  has  been  given  to  the  pos- 
sibility of  integrating  the  sophomore  "History  of  Civilization" 
course  and  the  freshman  "Social  Science"  course  as  a  more  effec- 
tive means  of  accomplishing  the  general  education  objectives  to 
which  the  history  and  social  science  staff  is  committed.  Meanwhile, 
the  Civilization  instructors  have  attempted  to  formulate  their 
objectives  and  modify  their  presentations  so  that  the  proposed 
synthesis  of  the  two  courses  might  be  effected.  Following  a  good 
many  consultations,  during  which  the  experiences  derived  from  both 
courses  were  shared,  a  first  step  toward  realization  of  the  goal  was 
taken  in  the  summer  of  1956,  when  three  sections  of  the  integrated 
course  were  scheduled  for  the  fall  semester.  The  new  course  is 
still  in  the  experimental  stage,  but  it  promises  to  produce  results 
comparable  to  those  achieved  by  the  introduction  of  the  "Ideo- 
logical Foundations"  course  three  years  earlier. 


A  Commencement  Procession  Passing  Roark  Building 

310 


CHAPTER  XXXI 

HOME  ECONOMICS 
By  Miss  Mary  King  Burrier 

In  the  minutes  of  the  Board  of  Regents  of  February  18,  1909, 
the  following  resolution  was  adopted:  "Whereas:  It  is  the  judg- 
ment of  the  Board  of  Regents  of  the  Eastern  Kentucky  State  Normal 
School  that  teachers  sent  forth  from  this  institution  should  be 
fully  equipped  to  instruct  properly  the  children  of  this  common- 
wealth along  more  practical  lines,  therefore:  Be  it  resolved,  that 
we  are  of  the  opinion  that  the  following  courses  of  instruction 
should  be  added  to  the  curriculum  by  the  Normal  Executive 
Council  and  that  instruction  should  be  begun  in  them  as  soon 
as  practicable:  First,  Elementary  Agriculture;  Second,  Manual 
Training;  Third,  Domestic  Science." 

A  joint  meeting  of  the  Boards  of  Regents  of  the  Eastern  and 
Western  State  Normal  Schools  was  called  to  order  Friday,  Novem- 
ber 19,  1909,  at  10:30  A.M.  in  Richmond,  Kentucky.  Regent  Jere 
A.  Sullivan  discussed  the  curriculum  of  the  Normal  Schools,  urg- 
ing that  it  should  be  made  more  practical  by  including  elementary 
agriculture,  domestic  science,  etc. 

At  the  meeting  of  the  Executive  Committee  of  the  Board  of 
Regents,  June  4,  1910,  on  motion.  Dr.  Crabbe  was  authorized  to 
employ  a  teacher  of  Domestic  Science  and  Handwork.  Mrs.  S.  B. 
Hume  was  employed  at  a  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Regents,  October 
21,  1910,  to  teach  Domestic  Science  and  Handwork  at  a  salary  of 
$460.00  a  year;  the  next  lowest  salary  was  $700.  She  had  been 
a  student  at  Bellwood  Seminary,  the  Kentucky  Presbyterian  Normal 
School  and  the  Cincinnati  School  of  Domestic  Science. 

Domestic  Science 

A  quotation  from  Summer  School  1912  catalog  states:  "The  De- 
partment of  Domestic  Science  has  become  a  part  of  the  regular 
course  of  the  school.  Its  purpose  is  to  give  the  young  women  in- 
struction in  subjects  that  pertain  to  the  life  and  well  being  of  the 
home.  It  prepares  the  student  to  plan  and  care  for  a  home  with 
taste,  economy,  and  skill  to  meet  the  problems  arising  in  the  law 
of  the  home  with  a  knowledge  based  upon  actual  experience.  It 
also  familiarizes  the  students  with  scientific  ard  artistic  principles 
underlying  the  work,  and  its  educational  value  as  well  as  its 
practical  utility.  In  this  we  desire  to  stimulate  the  ambition  of 
our  students,  old  and  young,  to  have  not  only  better  dietary  con- 
ditions in  the  home,  but  a  more  comfortable  and  a  more  attrac- 
tive home." 

311 


The  normal  course  in  Domestic  Science  embraces  the  follow- 
ing subjects:  cookery,  foods,  dietetics,  nutritive  value  of  foods, 
food  economy,  chemistry  of  cleaning,  house  construction,  home 
decoration,  house  furnishings,  house  sanitation,  physiology  and 
hygiene,   household   economy,   income,   expenditures. 

The  name  home  economics  was  used  for  the  first  time  in  the 
catalog  of  1922;  the  courses  were  divided  into  "normal  school  and 
teachers"   college   courses. 

One  of  the  four  cottages  on  the  campus  was  equipped  for 
teaching  domestic  science.  Later  the  department  was  moved  to 
the  basement  of  Roark  and  then  back  to  the  cottage,  where  it 
stayed  until  the  building  of  the  new  Burnam  Dormitory  neces- 
sitated tearing  this  building  down;  and  in  1926-1927  the  depart- 
ment was  moved  to  the  basement  of  Sullivan  Hall,  a  dormitory 
for  girls.  In  1939  the  department  was  again  moved,  this  time  to 
the  Fitzpatrick  Arts  Building  in  a  wing  planned  and  built  for 
home  economics. 

Equipment 

The  hollow  square  was  used  in  the  early  food  laboratory. 
The  desks  had  a  composition  top.  Each  student  had  five  drawers, 
a  cutting  board,  a  bread  board,  and  pull-out  seat.  Gas  plates 
and  portable  ovens  were  used  for  cooking.  When  one  four-oven 
stove  with  thermostat  control  was  purchased,  it  was  considered  a 
great  luxury.  Contrast  this  equipment  with  the  new  laboratory: 
Three  unit  kitchens,  one  all  electric,  complete  with  range,  refrig- 
erator, dish  washer,  and  small  electrical  appliances;  another  with 
kerosene  and  ice  refrigerator;  the  third,  coal  stove  and  ice 
refrigerator. 

Because  of  the  general  use  of  bottled  gas  and  electricity  in 
the  area  served  by  Eastern,  the  experiences  with  the  coal  range 
were  no  longer  needed  and  it  was  sold.  In  1954  the  kerosene 
range   was   discarded   for   the   same   reason. 

The  laboratory  has  cabinet  desks  for  twenty-four  students,  with 
six  modern  gas  ranges.  The  students  of  the  Industrial  Arts  De- 
partment made  tables  and  chairs  so  that  each  girl  can  practice 
table  service. 

A  family-size  living  room  and  dining  room  make  it  possible 
for  the  girls  to  entertain  friends  and  to  give  the  students  real 
experience  in  being  a  hostess  or  a  guest. 

The  clothing  laboratory  has  built-in  cabinets,  sewing  tables, 
and  full-length  mirrors.  Electric  machines  have  replaced  the 
treadle  machines  first  used.  The  newest  purchase  is  a  table 
with  two  built-in  machines.  Ironing  boards  and  steam  irons 
make  pressing  convenient  for  the  girls. 

The  home  nursing  class  has  a  laboratory  equipped  to  prepare 
the  students  to  care  for  the  sick  in  the  homes. 

Real  experience  with  laundry  is  made  possible  by  an  automatic 
washer  and  ironer  in  the  ground-floor  laboratory. 

312 


The  Child  Development  Class  uses  an  off-campus  kindergarten 
for  experiences  with  children. 

Two  class  rooms  for  the  lecture  courses  complete  the  physical 
plant. 

Curriculum 

In  1929  the  Home  Economics  Department  made  changes  to 
train  teachers  in  Federally  aided  schools.  These  changes  included 
a  special  teacher  to  supervise  teachers  in  the  Training  School  and 
a  course  in  home  management. 

The  course  in  home  management  has  had  three  homes:  New 
Stateland,  on  the  college  farm;  a  cottage  on  South  Second  Street; 
and  its  present  home,  Cottage  Three  on  the  campus. 

In  1949  Miss  Ruth  Van  Horn,  Program  Specialist  Home  Eco- 
nomics Education,  Central  Region;  Miss  Mary  Lois  Williamson, 
Director  Home  Economics  Education,  Kentucky;  and  Miss  Mary 
Belle  Vaughn,  Assistant  Director,  participated  in  an  evaluation  of 
the  department.  Changes  were  made  both  in  the  subject  matter 
and  in  the  curriculum  as  a  result  of  the  study. 

The  present  curriculum  includes  areas  in:  Housing,  Home 
Furnishings,  Equipment,  Food  and  Nutrition,  Clothing,  and  Tex- 
tiles; Health  and  Home  Care  of  the  Sick,  Family  Relations  and 
Child  Care;  and  Family  Economics  and  Home  Management. 

Two  curricula  are  available  for  the  girls,  professional  and 
non-professional.  The  graduate  with  a  professional  degree  has  a 
wide  choice  of  positions.  Almost  all  of  Eastern's  professional 
graduates  are  home  economics  teachers  in  vocational  high  schools, 
lunch  room  supervisors,  or  home  demonstration  agents.  The  non- 
professional graduates  may  be  home  service  supervisors  with 
power  or  gas  companies,  or  assistant  dietitians  in  hospitals. 


Faculty 

Eastern  has  had  the  following  teachers: 

Mrs. 

S.  B.  Hume 

1910  - 

1913 

Miss 

Frances  Heverlo 

1913  - 

1914 

Miss 

Edna  Louise  Strader 

1915  - 

1917 

Miss 

Kathleen  Sullivan 

1917  - 

1921 

Miss 

Anna  Lee  Davis 

1917  - 

1920 

Miss 

Jane  Rice 

1920  - 

1922 

Miss 

Ruth  Woods 

1922  - 

1923 

Miss 

Ruth  Dix 

1923  - 

Miss 

Jane  Bell 

1921  - 

1925 

Miss 

Mary  King  Burrier 

1925  - 

to  present 

Miss 

Evelyn  Slater 

1927  - 
1940  - 

1932, 

to  present 

Miss 

Rachel  Acree 

1927  - 

1929 

Miss 

Elizabeth  Haddux 

1929  - 

1930 

Miss 

Lily  Kohl 

(Institutional 

Management) 

1934  - 

1935 

Miss 

Mary  Adams 

1930  - 

1936 

Miss 

Alma  Regenstein 

1938  - 

to  present 

313 


Mrs.  Robert  Coleman  1949  -  1950 

Miss  Virginia  Musick  1950  -  1951 

Mrs.  Mary  Pickett  1952  -  1953 

Miss  Willie  Moss  1953  -  to  present 

At  present  the  four  home  economics  teachers  have  masters 
degrees,  with  advanced  study  at  Columbia  University,  California 
University,  Chicago  University,  Syracuse  University,  University 
of  Alabama,  and  University  of  Kentucky. 

Weaver  Award 
Since  1945  a  home  economics  graduating  senior  has  been 
honored  through  the  generosity  of  Mr.  Weaver,  a  member  of  the 
Board  of  Regents  from  1920  to  his  death  in  1932.  He  left  a  sum  of 
money,  the  interest  to  be  used  for  an  award  each  year  to  the  out- 
standing home  economics  senior.  A  committee  of  students  and 
the  home  economics  faculty  set  up  plans  for  the  selection  of  the 
girl.  The  home  economics  faculty  nominates  two  or  three  senior 
girls,  and  the  major  junior  and  senior  girls  vote  on  the  nominees. 
The  standards  used  for  the  selection  are: 

1.  Attitude  toward  department  and  people.     Interested,  takes 
part  in  department  activities. 

2.  Personality,   leadership 

3.  Dependability 

4.  Honesty 

5.  Willingness  to  work 

6.  Cheerfulness 

7.  Loyalty 

8.  Lives    up    to    home    economics    standards:    a.    Appearance, 
b.    Manners,    c.    Health. 

9.  Grades 

10.    Will  represent  the  department  well  after  graduation. 
1956   finds   that   the   Eastern   home   economics    graduates   are 
fulfilling  the  goals  of  the  home  economics  department: 

First,   to  provide  opportunities  for  the   growth  and  develop- 
ment of  a  student  for  home  and  family  living; 
Second,  to  provide  opportunities  for  training  in  a  profession. 


314 


CHAPTER  XXXII 

INDUSTRIAL  ARTS 

By  Ralph  W.  Whalin  and  John  D.  Rowlett 

On  June  24,  1909,  President  John  Grant  Crabbe  was  authorized 
by  the  Board  of  Regents  to  employ  an  instructor  of  manual  training 
and  mechanical  drawing.  In  the  same  year  a  power  plant  was 
erected  with  facilities  on  the  second  floor  for  manual  training  and 
mechanical  drawing.  One  shop  room  was  40  x  45  feet  in  size  with 
provision  for  twenty  work  stations;  an  adjacent  room  was  equipped 
with  15  drawing  tables.  The  program  consisted  of  woodworking  and 
drawing  for  students  in  the  Normal  School,  including  those  on 
both  the  high  school  level  and  the  two  years  of  college  then  offered 
at  Eastern.  Some  conception  may  be  gained  concerning  the  type 
of  equipment  used  from  the  mention  in  one  of  the  college  publi- 
cations, dated  1911,  of  a  motor  driven  "grindstone"  and  "circular 
saw"  with  an  ample  supply  of  hand  tools. 

The  department  expanded  the  offering  over  the  years  to 
include  in  1920:  drawing,  carpentry,  wood-turning,  cabinet  making, 
mill  work,  forging  and  farm  mechanics.  Students  were  permitted  to 
specialize  to  the  extent  of  ten  semester  hours.  The  institution  being 
a  normal  school,  a  major  was  permitted  only  in  education  with 
subject  matter  fields  not  being  given  that  status.  Two  faculty 
members  were  teaching  in  the  department  with  one  devoting  at- 
tention to  hand  work,  largely  for  elementary  teachers. 

The  early  twenties  saw  the  department  develop  into  a  four- 
year  program  under  the  guidance  of  Mr.  N.  G.  Deniston,  this 
being  the  first  time  that  a  staff  member  devoted  all  his  energies 
to  industrial  arts.  He  remained  with  the  department  for  thirty -three 
years  until  his  death  in  July,  1952.  In  the  year  following  his  death, 
the  Industrial  Arts  Department  established  the  Noble  G.  Deniston 
Industrial  Arts  Award  to  be  awarded  annually  to  an  outstanding 
junior  or  senior  industrial  arts  major. 

As  the  institution  progressed  in  1922  from  a  junior  to  a  senior 
college,  the  high-school-level  classes  in  the  normal  school,  totaling 
four  courses  or  two  units  credit,  received  less  emphasis.  In  1926 
thirty-four  semester  hours  of  industrial  arts  appeared  in  the 
catalog.  The  offering  included  drawing,  design,  cabinet  making, 
wood-turning,  pattern  making,  farm  mechanics,  sheet  metal  work, 
home  decoration,  industrial  education,  and  a  course  for  camp- 
fire  girls. 

The  Industrial  Arts  Department  moved  from  the  power  plant 
into  the  basement  of  Memorial  Hall  Annex,  a  men's  dormitory, 

315 


in  1926,  where  it  remained  in  temporary  quarters  for  a  period  of 
two  years.  It  then  moved  into  the  old  library  building,  formerly  the 
Academy  of  Central  University.  This  was  a  small  story-and-half 
brick  structure  located  directly  in  front  of  the  present  Student 
Union  Building.  Although  this  location  enabled  the  department  to 
have  its  own  building,  it  provided  only  one  fairly  large  shop,  a 
drawing  room  on  the  second  floor  and  several  small  auxiliary 
rooms.  The  building  was  far  from  modern  or  adequate  to  house 
a  growing  program. 

This  was  an  era  of  considerable  change  in  the  concepts  of  the 
subject  and  there  appeared  in  1927  the  following  additional  courses: 
descriptive  geometry,  home  mechanics,  history  and  organization  of 
industrial  arts,  teaching  and  supervision  of  industrial  arts,  auto- 
mechanics  and  lettering.  A  total  of  forty-three  semester  hours 
were  offered.  In  1928-29  a  course  entitled  Wood-Finishing  and 
Decoration  was  added. 

The  depression  years  of  the  thirties  caused  the  department  to 
delay  plans  for  expansion,  forcing  it  to  maintain  the  status  quo. 
However,  plans  for  plant  expansion  were  made,  and  in  1937,  a 
second  member  of  the  staff  was  employed.  A  course  in  general 
shop,  an  orientation  course  for  all  freshmen  majors  and  others 
desiring  some  industrial  arts  experience,  was  offered  for  the  first 
time.  A  production  program  was  initiated  to  provide  additional 
shop  skills  and  an  opportunity  for  needy  students  to  earn  a  portion 
of  their  expenses  while  in  college.  From  ten  to  twenty  young  men 
worked  in  this  program  every  afternoon  building  equipment  for 
the  campus. 

The  Arts  Building  was  constructed  in  1939,  to  house  the 
Industrial  Arts  and  the  Art  and  Home  Economics  Departments. 
This  gave  the  department  approximately  10,000  square  feet  of  floor 
space  for  laboratories  and  auxiliary  rooms.  Included  were  two  wood 
shops,  one  general  metal  shop,  a  comprehensive  general  shop, 
a  drafting  room,  a  small  electrical  laboratory,  offices,  storage  and 
supply  rooms.  The  department  for  the  first  time  was  housed  in  a 
modern  building  with  new  equipment.  The  shop  benches  and 
drawing  room  equipment  were  built  of  modern  design  by  the 
students  in  the  production  program. 

The  school  year  1939-40  was  therefore  the  beginning  of  a 
period  of  great  expansion.  A  third  member  of  the  staff  was  em- 
ployed and  placed  in  charge  of  the  metals  phase  of  the  curriculum. 
Courses  were  added  in  machine  shop,  sheet  metal,  art  metal, 
general  metal,  and  welding.  This  division  of  the  program  was  given 
equal  status  with  the  other  two  areas,  wood-working  and  drawing. 
An  area  curriculum  of  forty-eight  semester  hours  minimum  was 
established  at  this  time  with  a  majority  of  the  majors  electing  this 
curriculum.  A  total  of  sixty-two  semester  hours  was  offered  in  the 
department. 

The  war  years  of  1941-45  found  all  able-bodied  men  gone  from 
the  campus  and  the  teaching  staff  reduced  to  one  member.  Two 

316 


students  majoring  in  the  department  lost  their  lives  while  serving 
their  country,  George  Innings  and  Bert  Smith. 

Immediately  after  Word  War  II  the  department  experienced  a 
rapid  growth  due  to  the  great  influx  of  veterans.  The  staff  was 
increased  to  four  in  1946-47.  In  1947-48  a  carpentry  course  was 
initiated,  providing  six  hours  of  credit,  and  meeting  for  half-day 
sessions.  Three  projects  were  completed  in  successive  years.  These 
projects  consisted  of  three  houses  built  for  the  College  on  the 
campus  and  later  rented  to  faculty  members. 

During  the  early  fifties  the  department  experienced  un- 
precedented growth.  A  technical  curriculum  was  established  in 
1953-54  for  those  not  wishing  to  teach  and  preparing  to  enter 
business  and  industry.  This  curriculum  enabled  the  student  to 
specialize  in  one  area  of  the  department  with  a  strong  background 
in  the  sciences.  Graduate  courses  were  offered  and  a  minor  subject 
matter  area  was  made  available  on  this  level.  A  fifth  staff  member 
was  added  in  the  school  year  1955-56. 

This  period  saw  the  drafting  division  moved  into  the  Science 
Building,  enrolling  approximately  two  hundred  students  during 
the  first  semester  of  the  school  year  1955-56.  It  became  necessary 
to  open  a  second  drafting  room  for  the  next  school  year  in  order  to 
accommodate  all  students  requesting  entrance  into  this  area  of 
the  department. 

The  electrical  area  was  also  developed  with  another  staff  mem- 
ber being  employed  starting  in  September,  1956,  and  devoting 
part  of  his  time  to  this  subject.  A  total  of  six  full-time  faculty 
members  were  teaching  in  the  Industrial  Arts  Department  during 
the  school  year  1956-57.  The  enrollment  totaled  over  five  hundred 
the  first  semester  of   1955-56. 

More  than  one  hundred  thousand  dollars  worth  of  machines, 
tools,  and  equipment  are  available  for  instructional  use  by  the 
students.  The  laboratories  are  well  equipped  for  the  purpose  of 
preparing  teachers  of  industrial  arts. 

Two  courses  in  crafts  have  been  recently  organized,  including 
leather-craft,  plastics,  carving,  and  metal  enameling.  The  fresh- 
men courses  are  often  large,  requiring  from  three  to  four  sections. 
This  is  especially  true  of  mechanical  drawing  and  general  shop. 
One  hundred  twenty-six  semester  hours  are  offered  in  the  college 
catalog. 

The  department's  greatest  accomplishment  is  measured  in 
terms  of  the  success  of  its  graduates.  More  than  three  hundred  and 
fifty  men  have  graduated  with  a  major  in  industrial  arts.  Forty- 
seven  graduated  during  and  at  the  end  of  the  school  year  1955-56. 
Seventeen  are  teaching  in  colleges  and  universities.  Many  are 
teaching  in  vocational  and  technical  schools  and  hold  administrative 
positions,  including  that  of  industrial  arts  supervisor.  Several  hold 
the  highest  graduate  degree  and  others  are  approaching  this  stage 
in  their  educational  preparation. 

Fewer  than  one  third  of  the  graduates  are  in  occupational 
pursuits  outside  the  profession  of  teaching.   The   Industrial  Arts 

317 


Department  has  constantly  kept  before  it  the  function  of  preparing 
teachers  for  the  secondary  schools  of  the  State.  It  has  met  with 
considerable  success  in  achieving  this  aim,  having  graduates  teach- 
ing in  every  section  of  Kentucky  and  in  twenty  other  states. 
The  objectives  of  the  Industrial  Arts  Department  are: 

1.  To  prepare  industrial  arts  teachers  for  the  secondary  schools 
of  the  State. 

2.  To  provide  related  preparation  that  may  be  of  value  to  the 
student  with  vocational  work  experience  who  expects  to 
enter  vocational  teaching. 

3.  To  enable  college  students  to  secure  experience  in  certain 
basic  industrial  arts  courses  for  their  general  education  value 
without  regard  for  the  individual's  future  occupation. 

4.  To  provide  certain  service  courses  for  students  majoring  in 
elementary  education  and  other  curricula  in  the  college. 

The  present  staff,  starting  the  school  year  1956-57,  in  order  of 
years  of  service,  with  their  subject  matter  areas  of  teaching  and 
the  date  of  appointment  to  Eastern's  faculty  are: 

1.  Ralph  W.  Whalin — Chairman  and  Professor,  woodworking 
and  professional  courses,  1937. 

2.  James  Homer  Davis — Associate  Professor,  metal  working, 
1949. 

3.  John  D.  Rowlett — Assistant  Professor,  drawing  and  design, 
1951. 

4.  Thomas  E.  Myers — Assistant  Professor,  general  shop  and 
crafts,  1952. 

5.  Willard  E.  Swinford — Instructor,  woodworking  and  drawing, 
1955. 

6.  Dale  Patrick — Instructor,  electricity  and  metalworking,  1956. 


Nobel  G.  Deniston 
To  Eastern  in  1919; 

Industrial  Arts; 
Deceased,  July,  1952. 


318 


The  Industrial  and  Fine  Arts  Building 


A  shop  in  Industrial  Arts 
319 


CHAPTER  XXXIII 

MATHEMATICS 

By  Smith  Park 

The  history  of  the  Mathematics  Department  began  with  the 
meeting  of  the  Board  of  Regents  on  November  8,  1906,  in  which 
J.  A.  Sharon  was  elected  as  a  member  of  the  faculty  of  the  new 
school.  Mr.  Sharon  taught  Mathematics  for  a  period  of  only  one 
year,  however,  and  then  he  became  director  of  the  Certificate 
Courses,  and  later,  for  a  number  of  years,  he  was  a  teacher  of 
American  History  and  Civics  until  his  connection  with  the  school 
terminated  in  1912.  His  former  students  state  that  he  was  a  short, 
heavy-set,  robust  man  with  red  hair  and  mustache.  He  was  an 
excellent  and  thorough  teacher. 

Beginning  in  the  same  year  was  J.  R.  Johnson,  who  had  been 
a  teacher  in  Mechanical  Engineering  and  Mathematics  at  Kentucky 
State  University  for  the  twelve  preceding  years.  He  was  Head  of 
the  Department  and  taught  Mathematics  at  Eastern  from  1906  to 
1916  in  a  manner  noted  for  thoroughness  and  for  consideration  for 
his  students.  Mr.  Johnson  was  a  graduate  of  Kentucky  State  College, 
as  was  Mr.  Sharon.  In  addition  to  being  a  teacher  of  Mathematics, 
Mr.  Johnson  was  the  school's  surveyor  of  roads  and  lands.  He  also 
managed  Memorial  Hall  affairs  where,  as  Dean  of  Men,  he  looked 
after  the  temporal  comforts  of  the  men.  After  leaving  Eastern,  in 
1916,  he  returned  to  Kentucky  State  University,  where  he  served 
the  balance  of  his  academic  life  and  only  recently,  September  14, 
1955,  died  at  an  advanced  age. 

The  hospitality  of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Johnson  was  so  bountiful  and 
sincere  that  their  influence  was  felt  far  and  wide.  He  liked  to 
dwell  upon  the  days  of  his  youth  and  to  regale  his  students  con- 
cerning the  feminine  pulchritude  and  masculine  virility  in  the 
upper  regions  of  the  Big  Sandy  River. 

In  the  summer  of  1912  there  came  a  man  to  the  campus  of 
such  a  stature  that  his  influence  is  still  felt  in  the  field  of  Mathe- 
matics throughout  Kentucky.  He  was  C.  E.  Caldwell.  He  had 
degrees  of  B.  S.  from  National  Normal  University,  B.  A.  from 
Marietta  College,  an  A.  M.  from  Ohio  State  University,  and  had 
done  one  year  graduate  work  at  Ohio  State  University.  He  also  had 
several  years  of  experience  as  Superintendent  of  Schools  and 
Mathematics  Instructor  in  the  schools  of  Ohio. 

For  a  span  of  twenty-four  years,  or  until  1936,  he  taught  his 
classes  by  a  method  all  his  own — a  method  no  one  could  possibly 
imitate  and  consequently  no  one  tried.  Each  recitation  was  planned 

320 


to  the  smallest  detail  in  content  and  in  time,  and  any  intent  of  a 
student  to  interrupt  the  procedure  by  a  question  or  an  effort  to 
get  away  from  the  subject  was  met  with  a  pleasant  but  firm,  "Just 
a  moment,  please,"  and  the  planned  routine  went  on.  The  mills 
ground  slowly  but  they  ground  extremely  fine,  and  his  students, 
however  weak,  learned  by  stint  of  continued  drill  and  repetition, 
supported  by  extra  laws  and  helps  written  on  window  shades  that 
were  brought  to  class  and  unrolled  each  day.  It  would  take  several 
weeks  for  a  new  student  to  know  what  was  going  on,  and  then  he 
would  begin  to  see  the  light  and  finally  thrill  to  his  unexpected 
progress.  His  method  was  appropriate  for  the  time  and  circum- 
stance in  which  he  taught. 

Mr.  Caldwell  was  of  a  most  retiring  disposition,  and  it  is  be- 
lieved that  in  the  span  of  years  that  he  was  at  Eastern  his  voice 
was  never  heard  in  any  meeting  or  assembly.  His  gray  hair  and 
courtly  carriage  combined  with  his  immaculate  attire  was  enough 
to  impress  if  not  awe  his  students. 

On  February  12,  1923  the  present  head  of  the  department. 
Smith  Park,  began  his  service  to  the  College.  He  was  a  graduate  of 
the  University  of  Kentucky  with  a  B.  S.  in  Mechanical  and  Electrical 
Engineering.  In  1925  he  received  his  M.  S.  in  Mathematics,  and  in 
1930  his  Ph.  D.  in  Mathematics  with  a  minor  in  Physics  from  the 
same  University.  His  honorary  fraternity  affiliations  were:  Phi 
Beta  Kapa,  Sigma  Xi  (science),  Tau  Beta  Pi  (engineering),  and 
Pi  Mu  Epsilon  (mathematics).  Mr.  Park  was  State  Representative 
from  Madison  County  in  the  1926  session  of  the  General  Assembly. 
He  has  been  Chairman  of  the  Kentucky  Section  of  the  Mathematical 
Association  of  America  for  three  different  terms.  He  is  the  co- 
inventor  of  an  instrument  for  the  determination  of  the  center  of 
ocular  rotation  of  the  human  eye — a  problem  that  the  great  Kepler 
worked  on — and  is  co-author  of  several  articles  on  motion  of  the 
eye.  The  results  of  these  investigations  changed  all  previously 
held  ideas  of  the  subject. 

From  the  spring  of  1937  through  a  period  of  ten  years,  with 
leave  of  absence  for  war  service,  Emerson  D.  Jenkins  was  Associate 
Professor  of  Mathematics.  He  had  an  A.B.  from  Colgate  University, 
and  an  M.  A.  and  Ph.D.  from  Ohio  State  University.  He  was  a 
gentleman  and  a  scholar  in  the  fullest  meaning  of  the  terms.  He  was 
a  great  mathematician  with  wide  interest  in  the  arts.  Eastern  suf- 
fered a  great  loss  when  he  resigned  to  accept  a  position  at  Kent 
State  College  in  Ohio. 

During  its  long  and  useful  history  the  Mathematics  Depart- 
ment has  had,  in  addition  to  the  teachers  mentioned  above,  many 
worthy  members  for  various  lengths  of  time  in  both  part  and  full 
time  instruction.  They  were:  I.  H.  Booth  (1916-'18),  (1924-'28), 
Ethel  Botts  (1926-'27),  Louise  L.  Lowrey  (1930-'31),  Lucille  Derrick 
(1934-'38),  Fred  A.  Engle  (1932-'45),  W.  C.  Jones  (1927-'31),  Lona 
Lee  Turner  (1943-'46),  Samuel  Walker  (1947-'56),  and  C.  E.  Brans- 
come  (1947-'49). 

321 


The  present  members  of  the  Department  are  Smith  Park, 
Alvin  McGlasson  (1949)  with  B.  S.  from  Eastern  and  M.  S.  from 
the  University  of  Kentucky;  Clifton  Basye  (1948)  B.S.,  Morehead 
State  College,  and  M.S.  from  the  University  of  Kentucky;  and 
Sydney  Stephens  (1956)  w^ith  a  B.S.  from  Eastern. 

The  curriculum  of  the  Mathematics  Department  has  changed 
greatly  from  the  offerings  of  the  Normal  School  in  1906  to  the 
present.  At  that  time,  in  the  two  year  course,  there  were  merely 
four  terms  of  Arithmetic,  three  terms  of  Algebra  and  two  of  Plane 
Geometry.  Each  term  covered  a  period  of  ten  weeks.  The  algebra 
and  geometry  were  at  the  high  school  level.  In  the  four  year 
course  there  were,  in  addition  to  the  above,  two  terms  of  Solid 
Geometry,  two  of  Trigonometry,  two  of  Analytics  and  one  of 
Calculus.     The  student  could  substitute  for  the  latter. 

In  the  introduction  to  the  departmental  offerings  of  1916  the 
following  interesting  statement  was  made:  "The  study  of  mathe- 
matics antedates  the  creation  —  the  earth  was  made  in  six  days 
we  read  in  the  Scriptures  —  and  from  that  day  to  this  has  formed 
an  important  part  of  human  education."  In  spite  of  this  profound 
thought  the  offerings  in  the  curriculum  were  meager,  consisting  of 
only  four  terms  of  Arithmetic,  four  of  algebra  and  four  of  Geom- 
etry. 

By  1926  the  offerings  in  the  Normal  School  had  been  reduced 
to  two  terms  of  Arithemetic,  three  of  Algebra  and  three  of  Geom- 
etry. But  the  College  Department  had  been  founded  and  the 
offerings  consisted  of  two  courses  in  Arithmetic  methods  —  one  for 
the  upper  grades  and  one  for  the  lower — ,  College  Algebra  I  and  II, 
Solid  Geometi'y,  Plane  Surveying,  Plane  and  Solid  Analytic  Geom- 
etry, Differential  Calculus,  Intergral  Calculus,  Teaching  of  High 
School  Mathematics  and  Statistics  and  Graphs.  Seven  hours  of 
Mathematics  were  required  for  graduation. 

The  next  ten  years,  up  to  1936,  saw  only  a  few  changes  in  the 
curriculum.  Courses  in  Descriptive  Astronomy,  Theory  of  Equa- 
tions, Differential  Equations  and  two  courses  in  Advanced  Calculus 
had  been  added.  The  courses  in  Surveying  and  Solid  Geometry 
had  been  dropped.  Six  hours  of  mathematics  were  required  for 
those  taking  the  professional  degree,  seven  for  B.A.  and  twelve 
for  a  B.  S.  non-professional  degree. 

In  1946  the  curriculum  was  practically  the  same  as  it  had  been 
ten  years  before.  Solid  Geometry  had  reappeared.  College  Geom- 
etry, Mathematical  Statistics,  History  of  Mathematics  and  Problems 
in  Teaching  of  Mathematics  had  been  introduced.  No  general 
requirements  in  mathematics  for  graduation  were  in  effect. 

At  the  present  time  (1956)  the  offerings  in  the  Department 
have  become  quite  stable,  and  there  are  now  the  following:  two 
remedial  courses,  one  in  Arithmetic  and  one  in  Intermediate  Alge- 
bra; two  courses  in  College  Algebra;  one  course  each  in  Trigonom- 
etry, Solid  Geometry,  Analytic  Geometry,  Differential  and  Intergral 
Calculus,  College  Geometry,  Theory  of  Equations,  Differential 
Equations,    Advanced    Calculus,    Theoretical    Mechanics,    Vector 

322 


Analysis  and  the  Teaching  of  High  School  Mathematics.  There  are 
no  general  requirements  in  mathematics  for  graduation.  These 
offerings  are  such  that  majors  may  pursue  two  lines  of  prepar- 
ation: one  in  which  the  work  has  emphasis  on  the  material 
suitable  for  teachers  and  the  other  on  material  basic  to  graduate 
work  in  mathematics  and  other  sciences. 

During  the  past  decade  students  to  the  number  of  1969  have 
enrolled  in  at  least  one  class  in  mathematics.  Of  this  number 
1536  (77.9%)  were  male  and  433  (21.1%)  were  female.  Their 
fields  of  major  interests  were  as  follows: 

Per- 
cent 


Number 

Chemistry   186  9.53 

Music 11  .56 

Physical  Education    39  2.00 

Agriculture  52  2.66 

Pharmacy 22  1.12 

Mathematics  296  15.16 

Industrial  Arts  156  7.99 

Biology  110  5.63 

Science  29  1.48 

English  45  2.30 

Pre-law 9  .46 


Per- 

Number  cent 

Art 14  .71 

Engineering 200  10.24 

Pre-medical 120  6.14 

Education 55  2.81 

Unknown  252  12.13 

Social  Science 72  3.68 

Home  Economics....     29  1.48 

Commerce  240  12.29 

Physics  32  1.63 


Total   1969     100.00 


A  Few  Cottages  of  the  two  Veterans'  Villages 


323 


CHAPTER  XXXIV 

MILITARY  SCIENCE 

By  Major  Paul  E.  Myers 

The  Military  Science  curriculum  offered  at  Eastern  Kentucky 
State  College  is  known  as  the  General  Military  Science  Program. 
This  program  is  designed  to  give  all  Military  Science  students 
a  broad  general  base  of  military  knowledge  and  enable  each 
student  to  elect  that  branch  of  the  service  in  which  he  desires  to 
be  commissioned. 

The  four  year  program  is  divided  into  the  basic  and  advanced 
courses.  The  basic  course,  open  to  freshman  and  sophomore  on 
a  completely  voluntary  basis,  entails  four  semesters  of  study. 
During  each  semester  of  the  basic  course,  formal  classes  are  pre- 
sented for  two  hours  each  week  and  one  hour  a  week  is  set  aside 
for  a  drill  period.  All  members  of  the  Corps  of  Cadets  attend 
this  drill  period.  College  credits  are  awarded  to  basic  course 
students  on  the  basis  of  two  hours  per  semester.  The  advanced 
course,  open  to  juniors  and  seniors  who  meet  the  necessary 
qualifications,  entails  four  semesters  of  study  plus  a  six  week 
summer  encampment  at  a  major  army  post  within  the  Second 
Army  Area.  During  each  semester  of  the  advanced  course,  formal 
classes  are  presented  for  four  hours  each  week  and  one  hour  is 
devoted  to  a  Corps  drill  period.  College  credits  are  awarded  to 
advanced  course  students  on  the  basis  of  four  hours  per  semester. 

During  the  freshman  year,  the  course  is  designed  to  familiar- 
ize the  student  with  the  overall  organization  of  the  Army  and  the 
individual  weapons  of  the  Army.  The  entire  second  semester  of 
the  freshman  year  is  spent  in  a  study  of  the  military  history  of 
the  United  States. 

The  Sophomore  year  is  devoted  to  a  study  of  military  maps, 
aerial  photographs,  signs  and  symbols,  and  the  crew  served  weapons 
of  the  Infantry  to  include  the  106mm  Recoilless  Rifle  and  the  4.2 
inch  Mortar. 

The  Junior  year  entails  120  hours  of  classroom  study  with  this 
time  allocated  as  indicated:  to  Leadership  (10  hours),  Techniques 
of  Military  Instruction  (20  hours).  Branches  of  the  Army  (30  hours), 
Small  Unit  Tactics  (45  hours)  and  Communications,  Equipment 
and  Procedures  (15  hours). 

The  Senior  year  also  entails  120  hours  of  classroom  study  with 
this  time  allocated  as  indicated:  to  Operations  (55  hours).  Military 
Administration  and  Personnel  Management  (45  hours),  and  Logis- 
tics and  Material  (20  hours). 

Thirty  hours  of  work  per  year  are  devoted  to  the  School  of  the 
Soldier  and  Exercise  of  Command. 

324 


CHAPTER  XXXV 

MUSIC 

By  James  E.  Van  Peursem 
From  1906  to  1926 

The  growth  of  Eastern  Kentucky  State  College  and  the  in- 
creasing diversification  and  strengthening  of  its  curricular  offer- 
ings are  aptly  exemplified  by  the  change  in  emphasis  in  this 
semicentennial  volume  as  compared  with  that  of  twenty  years 
ago.  For  instance,  music  was  in  that  volume  discussed  only  under 
the  heading  of  extra-curricular  activities,  whereas  now,  although 
the  scope  of  the  program  still  serves  the  avocational  interest, 
most  of  the  "extra"  activities  of  that  time  have  become  accepted 
in  the  curriculum,  and  the  Music  Department  has  become  one  of 
the  strong  departments  of  the  College. 

It  may  be  assumed  that  there  was  music  at  Eastern  from  the 
beginning,  for  in  Volume  I,  No.  1  of  the  catalog  of  Eastern  State 
Normal  School  in  the  Eastern  District,  October  1906,  there  is  listed 
for  each  term,  "Drawing,  Vocal  Music,  Forensics,  Penmanship," 
with  the  distinction  clearly  stated  that  these  classes  may  meet  less 
frequently  than  the  more  serious  subjects.  One  may  speculate 
on  the  content  of  these  first  courses  as  well  as  on  the  teacher,  for 
among  a  total  College  faculty  of  eight  there  appears  to  have  been  no 
one  who  acknowledged  music  as  even  a  minor  field. 

The  catalog  for  July  1908,  mentions  J.  Wilbur  Sharp  as  a 
teacher  of  Vocal  Music.  His  employment  was  probably  justified 
by  the  fact  that  the  faculty  had  grown  to  twenty  teachers.  Vocal 
music  was  still  a  requirement  for  all  four  terms,  but  it  had  now 
achieved  status  as  a  "Drill,"  meaning  that  it  requii'ed  no  outside 
preparation,  in  contrast  to  a  "Major  Study,"  which  required  twice 
the  class  time  for  outside  preparation,  and  to  a  "Minor  Study," 
which  required  time  for  preparation  equal  to  that  spent  in  class. 

The  number  of  music  teachers  was  increased  one  hundred 
percent  in  1909,  with  Elizabeth  Humphrey,  Professor  of  Public 
School  Music,  and  Mrs.  J.  R.  Johnson,  Instructor  in  Piano  and 
Music  History.  The  catalog  even  then  well  stated  a  musical 
axiom,  which  still  holds  today  as  musical  senses  are  often  be- 
numbed through  avenues  which  were  beyond  imagination  at  the 
turn  of  the  century:  "Good  music  heard  in  public  schools  every  day 
will  develop  taste,  and  public  standards  will  improve."  The  study 
of  piano  had  also  come  to  include  "hand  culture,  the  physiology  of 
the  hand  and  arm."  Moreover,  prospective  students  were  informed 
that,  "If  there  is  demand,  a  class  in  Music  History  will  be  formed." 

325 


There  was,  at  that  time,  an  outline  of  music  for  the  eight 
grades  of  the  model  school,  which  was  less  broad  in  concept  than 
that  of  public  school  music  today,  but  conceding  nothing  as  far  as 
solid  substance  was  concerned.  In  the  first  grade  "Rote  songs, 
scale  work  with  hand  signs,  numbers,  ladder,"  etc.  were  offered. 
The  third  grade  was  already  placing  key  signatures;  and  in  the 
seventh  grade  there  was  the  naming  of  intervals,  chords,  triads, 
using  both  clefs,  all  in  all  a  very  thorough  course  in  rote  singing 
and  music  reading,  possibly  honored  in  the  breach. 

Lacking  the  radio  arts,  motion  pictures,  and  the  easy  trans- 
portation that  are  so  thoughtlessly  accepted  today,  the  student,  as 
well  as  the  citizen  of  that  day,  found  the  Chautauqua,  and  the  lec- 
ture, and  concert  courses,  potent  sources  of  cultural  stimuli.  In 
1911  the  concert  and  lecture  course  included  the  Bargelt  Concert 
Company,  Mozart  Concert  Company,  Signer  Bartilotti  Concert 
Company,  Chicago  Glee  Club,  ("a  male  quartet  that  remains  un- 
surpassed"), and  the  Shildkret  Hungarian  Orchestra.  In  1911  the 
catalog  indicates  that  music  courses  were  beginning  to  specialize. 
There  are:  Music  1,  For  Beginners;  Music  2,  Public  School  Music 
in  the  First  Four  Grades;  and  Music  3,  Teaching  Music  in  Gram- 
mer  Grades  and  High  School.  There  was  an  Advanced  Course, 
presumably  identical  with  the  Supervisor's  Course,  since  there 
was  "such  a  general  demand  all  over  our  country  for  supervisors 
that  it  is  absolutely  impossible  to  provide  anything  like  the 
number  of  competent  supervisors  that  are  required."  A  four  year 
course  in  Piano  was  also  outlined. 

The  first  mention  of  a  chorus  came  in  1912,  the  group  ad- 
mitted all  who  could  "carry  a  tune"  and  offered  a  "pleasant  and 
beneficial  diversion  from  the  week's  labors."  There  was  an  eight- 
day  Chautauqua.  Music  teachers  were  John  K.  Koch,  and  Mrs.  J. 
R.  Johnson,  still  teaching  Piano  and  Music  History. 

A  momentous  addition  to  the  music  department  occurred  in  1914, 
with  the  advent  of  Lucile  Ellen  McKee,  who,  besides  being  the 
third  member  of  the  faculty  and  teaching  Voice  and  Piano,  also 
taught  Violin.  How  interesting  it  would  be  to  know  who  were 
the  pupils  of  this  first  violin  teacher  at  Eastern! 

So  the  catalog  offerings  grew,  with  1915  adding  a  Voice  Course 
and  a  Violin  Course.  This  year  also  saw  the  publication  of  the 
first  two  known  Eastern  songs,  written  by  the  head  of  the  depart- 
ment, Mr.  Koch:  "Eastern  Hymn"  and  "Eastern  Rally,"  quaint 
perhaps  in  some  respects  in  this  more  sophisticated  age,  but  service- 
able enough  in  their  time.  In  1915  also  there  was  added  to  the 
music  faculty  a  teacher  of  distinction  in  the  person  of  Mary  Eva 
Wright,  Fellow  of  the  American  Guild  of  Organists,  who  re- 
mained until  1917. 

From  1917  to  1921  the  music  teachers  were  Shilo  Shafer  Myers, 
Brown  E.  Telford  and  Issie  Million.  It  was  in  the  year  1919  that 
the  Eastern  Review  published  a  most  provocative  and  prophetic 
review  by  Lillian  Smith,  "Vocal  and  Instrumental  Music  in  the 
Public   Schools,"    which   included   this   pregnant   phrase   —   "The 

326 


movement  (i.e.,  music  in  the  schools)  is  still  in  its  infancy, 
hut  it's  coming"  (Italics  mine,  J.  V.  P.)  The  year  is  significant  for 
further  reasons,  including  the  listing  of  a  Ladies  Glee  Club  (eleven 
members)  and  a  Men's  Glee  Club  (twelve  members).  But  the 
pre-eminent  musical  event  of  the  year  was  the  first  presentation 
of  the  "Messiah"  at  Eastern,  by  the  May  Festival  Choir,  under  the 
direction  of  Dr.  Myers.  There  is  no  mention  of  a  performance  in 
1920,  but  it  was  again  produced  at  the  1921  May  festival,  along  with 
the  "Creation,"  with  choir,  soloists,  and  orchestra,  together  with  an 
operetta,  "Isle  of  Charms."  The  chorus  was  composed  of  students 
and  a  few  faculty  members,  with  a  rather  larger  proportion  of  town 
people  than  now  participates.  The  accompaniment  was  furnished 
by  piano  and  four  or  five  string  players  brought  from  Cincinnati. 
Performances  were  in  what  was  the  old  college  chapel  in  the 
University  Building  before  the  remodeling.  Tenor  soloist  for  the 
"Creation"  was  the  distinguished  Dan  Beddoe  of  Cincinnati,  whose 
memory  is  still  revered  by  those  who  know  the  Cincinnati  festival. 

Paul  Barnes  was  head  of  the  department  for  one  year,  1921- 
22,  during  which  time  there  was  a  faculty  of  four.  Miss  Telford, 
Miss  Million,  and  Elizabeth  Burnam,  Voice  and  French.  The 
tenure  of  John  Orr  Stewart  as  Director  of  Music,  which  began  in 
1922,  extended  over  a  period  of  seven  years.  During  this  time 
the  college  enrollment  increased,  and  new  buildings  were  erected, 
but  the  abode  of  the  music  department  continued  to  be  two  class- 
rooms and  three  small  rooms  in  the  upper  floor  of  the  University 
Building. 

It  was  during  these  years  that  the  Richmond  Civic  Chorus 
was  organized,  with  Mrs.  Robert  Sory  as  director  and  Miss  Telford 
accompanist.  The  chorus  was  not  under  college  auspices,  but  none- 
theless provided  members  of  the  college  faculty  with  an  oppor- 
tunity for  musical  participation. 

In  the  fall  of  1926  the  first  real  Eastern  Orchestra  and  Band 
was  formed.  President  Coates  wanted  Eastern  to  keep  musically 
abreast  of  the  other  state  colleges,  so  he  added  to  his  faculty  Miss 
Jane  Campbell  and  enjoined  her  specifically  to  get  an  orchestra 
program  underway.  In  this  she  was  successful  enough  to  justify 
taking  her  group  to  play  for  the  Eastern  breakfast  at  KEA  in 
Louisville  the  following  spring,  a  proud  moment  for  President 
Coates  and  for  the  College. 

The  Exchange  Club  of  Richmond  had  organized  a  Boys'  Band 
sometime  between  1918  and  1923.  The  project  had  been  actively 
promoted  by  Mr.  Bennett  H.  Farris  and  Mr.  Stewart,  under  the 
musical  guidance  and  direction  of  Mr.  Sidney  Griffith,  band  leader 
from  Lexington.  This  band  furnished  music  for  the  University  of 
Louisville  football  game  that  fall.  In  1928  the  College  assumed 
full  responsibility  for  the  band  and  added  Mr.  Griffith  to  the 
faculty  as  a  part-time  teacher.  This  was  the  start  of  the  Eastern 
Band.  Late  in  1929  uniforms  were  ordered:  white  flannel  trousers 
with  a  red  stripe,  V-neck  sweaters  emblazoned  ETC,  with  maroon 

327 


and  white  overseas  caps.  It  was  a  good  band  and  prospered,  aided 
for  many  years  by  several  members  of  the  Richmond  American 
Legion  Band.  This  was  the  first  band  ever  to  appear  at  the  Pine 
Mountain  Laurel  Festival.  This  spring  festival  was  first  presented 
in  1931,  with  the  opening  address  by  President  H.  L.  Donovan,  with 
the  Eastern  Band,  and  with  an  Eastern  girl,  Betty  Baxter,  winning 
the  honor  of  Festival  Queen.  For  many  years  thereafter  the  Eastern 
Band  was  the  official  band  of  the  festival. 

The  decade  beginning  with  1920  was  the  decade  which  saw  the 
beginning  of  an  entirely  new  technique  in  the  production  and 
transmission  of  sound,  a  technique  which  has  revolutionized  the 
teaching  of  music  and  music  appreciation,  namely,  the  radio  and 
electronic  reproduction  of  sound.  The  first  reference  in  the  East- 
ern records  is  ambiguous,  mentioning  a  Radio  Program  at  chapel 
by  the  National  Symphony  Orchestra  in  November  of  1928.  One 
surmises  that  here  was  an  early  educational  use  of  radio,  with  a 
captive  audience  to  whom  the  new  medium  was  still  something 
of  a  sensation. 

The  catalog  for  1929-30  lists  four  musical  organizations:  the 
Community  Chorus  (admission  requirement:  "ownership  of  the 
required  song  book");  the  Madrigal  Club  (girls'  chorus),  twenty 
members;  the  Male  Chorus;  and  the  Eastern  Orchestra  ("applicants 
may  be  required  to  give  evidence  of  their  ability  to  read  music"). 
The  curriculum  embraced  the  following  courses:  Part  Singing, 
Theory  of  Orchestral  Instruments,  Conducting  Orchestral  Music, 
Music  for  Rural  Schools,  Music  for  Primary  Grades,  Music  for 
Intermediate  Grades,  Public  School  Music  Supervision,  Music  Ap- 
preciation and  Music  History.  Private  lessons  were  allowed  no 
college  credit.  The  year  began  with  three  full-time  teachers.  Miss 
Telford,  Miss  Campbell,  and  James  Van  Peursem,  head  of  the 
department.  The  beginning  of  the  second  semester  saw  the  addi- 
tion of  a  fourth  teacher,  Maurene  Bronson,  Voice. 

This  year  witnessed  the  reorganization  of  the  singing  groups, 
but  the  going  was  rather  rough,  particularly  among  the  men.  It 
took  a  session  in  the  president's  office  with  some  twenty  of  the 
leading  men  students  on  the  campus  to  dispel  the  male  wariness 
toward  such  suspicious  student  activity.  Even  after  a  quorum 
was  secured  the  problems  were  not  ended.  Four-part  arrangements 
were  quite  impossible,  for  none  of  the  men  could  read  music,  nor 
had  they  sung  a  part  other  than  "soprano",  or  "lead",  if  indeed 
they  had  ever  sung  at  all.  However,  with  Miss  Bronson  taking 
over  the  girls'  organization,  both  groups  became  accepted  and 
established,  and  less  than  two  years  later  both  received  acclaim 
for  their  performance  at  KEA,  April  17,  1931. 

With  the  opening  of  the  fall  term  in  1930,  the  quarters  in  the 
new  Administration  Building  were  ready,  so  changes  and  expansion 
were  in  order.  There  was  then  a  fifth  teacher,  a  violinist,  Miss 
Helen  Hull.  The  band  was  assigned  at  least  a  rehearsal  room  at 
the  College.     From  this  on  growth  was  fairly  steady,  but  there  were 

328 


still  to  be  downs  as  well  as  ups,  while  milestones  continue  to  mark 
the  path. 

The  traditional  Easter  Palm  Sunday  program  was  begun  by 
the  Madrigal  Club  in  1931,  with  the  presentation  of  "The  Story 
of  the  Cross,"  directed  by  Miss  Bronson. 

December  12,  1932  marked  another  beginning  of  no  little  im- 
portance in  the  musical  life  of  the  College,  the  first  presentation  of 
the  present  series  of  Messiah  performances,  in  cooperation  with 
the  chorus  from  Berea  College,  unbroken  now  for  twenty-four 
years.  The  first  Eastern  chorus  numbered  only  sixty.  The  solos 
had  a  piano  accompaniment,  while  the  orchestra  played  for  the 
choruses.  It  may  be  interesting  to  list  these  first  soloists:  Cornelia 
Nettinga,  Soprano,  Berea  College;  Amanda  Wolfe,  Contralto,  Berea 
College;  Paul  Nettinga,  Tenor,  Chicago;  Sherwood  Kains,  Bass, 
Cincinnati.  The  few  members  of  the  orchestra  from  Eastern  were: 
Helen  Hull,  Violin;  Harold  Rigby,  Flute;  Thomas  Bonny,  Trumpet; 
Joe  Blunchi,  Trombone;  and  Brown  E.  Telford,  Piano. 

There  was  but  one  orchestra,  playing  for  both  performances 
during  the  first  two  years;  but  already  by  the  second  year  the 
orchestra  strings  included  eight  Eastern  players:  five  violin,  one 
viola,  two  cello,  and  one  bass.  In  1933  each  college  had  enough 
musicians  to  justify  two  separate  orchestras,  with  assistance  from 
the  other  college,  a  practice  which  still  continues.  However,  more 
of  Eastern's  string  players  were  furnished  by  the  laboratory  school 
than  by  the  College. 

For  several  years  the  whole  choir  membership  was  transported 
from  each  college  to  assist  in  the  performances.  The  weather  was 
often  out  of  sympathy  with  this  collaboration,  with  storms  and 
icy  roads  frequently  disrupting  the  enterprise.  In  one  of  these 
early  years  snow  and  sleet  made  the  roads  absolutely  impossible, 
but  the  Berea  people,  under  the  direction  of  Ralph  Rigby,  were 
not  dismayed.  A  special  car  attached  to  the  regular  Louisville 
and  Nashville  train  brought  them  to  Richmond  in  time  for  the 
performance  and  returned  them  home  afterwards. 

The  rapid  growth  of  the  two  choruses  soon  reduced  the  number 
of  singers  which  could  be  exchanged,  although  there  is  still  today 
an  amount  of  mutual  assistance,  both  in  chorus  and  orchestra. 
Distinguished  soloists  have  appeared  with  the  group.  Accompani- 
ments throughout  are  played  by  both  orchestra  and  organ.  Mem- 
bership in  the  1955  choi-us  exceeded  200. 

Between  1930  and  the  war  years  singing  seemed  to  be  one  of  the 
popular  activities.  In  addition  to  the  Messiah  Chorus,  and  the  two 
glee  clubs,  there  was  a  so-called  course  in  "Chorus",  in  which 
anyone  might  enroll.  Given  a  favorable  spot  in  the  schedule  and 
a  degree  of  freedom  from  conflicts  with  other  classes,  this  chorus 
often  enrolled  200  people.  At  that  time  also  the  College  Chapel 
(required)  met  three  times  a  week,  and  frequently  almost  the 
whole  period  was  devoted  to  the  singing  of  songs  and  the  learning 
of  new  hymns,  songs  by  Stephen  Collins  Foster  and  other  suitable 
college  assembly  songs.    Annual  events  were  the  WHAS  broadcasts 

329 


of  the  student  body  singing  Foster  songs  and  Christmas  carols. 
These  broadcasts  were  well  rehearsed,  and  the  whole  student 
body  was  seated  according  to  voice  parts.  Their  broadcasts  were 
additional  to  the  regular  weekly  Eastern  half-hour  presented  by 
WHAS,  1934-1937,  directed  by  R.  R.  Richards,  in  which  the  Music 
Department  had  a  prominent  part. 

"Pinafore"  was  the  first  operetta  produced  in  the  new  audi- 
torium (May,  1930),  followed  by  "Trial  by  Jury"  in  1931,  and  by 
"Martha"  in  1933.  In  May  of  1933  the  two  glee  clubs  participated 
in  the  Kentucky  Federation  of  Music  Clubs  contest  at  Frankfort, 
winning  first  places  in  Men's  Club  and  Mixed  Chorus,  and  second 
place  in  Women's  glee  club.  With  the  proliferation  of  college 
organizations  and  activities,  night  rehearsals  encountered  increas- 
ing conflicts,  so  that  after  a  spirited  history  the  glee  clubs  were 
recast  as  the  College  Choir,  meeting  during  the  day  for  college 
credit.  The  Choir  is  now  a  principal  bulwark  of  the  Messiah 
Chorus.  Other  choir  activities  are  a  spring  trip  to  Kentucky  high 
schools,  singing  at  the  Baccalaureate  exercises,  and  the  presentation 
of  a  cantata  or  oratorio  on  Palm  Sunday,  such  as  the  "Seven  Last 
Words",  by  Dubois,  the  Faure  "Requiem,"  and  "Christ  Lay  in  the 
Bonds  of  Death",  by  Bach.  The  choir  has  sung  at  every  observance 
of  Mother's  Day  since  the  inception  of  these  programs  in  1938. 

In  1933  the  college  band  began  a  joint  operation  with  the 
Transylvania  and  Berea  bands  which  involved  a  concert  by  the 
massed  group  at  each  of  the  three  colleges,  an  arrangement  con- 
tinued through  1934.  In  1938  the  band  acquired  its  first  full-time 
conductor,  John  Kinzer,  whose  only  other  responsibilities  were 
the  teaching  of  philosophy  and  education. 

Between  1930  and  the  Second  World  War  many  college  dances 
were  sponsored  by  the  various  college  music  organizations.  Both 
the  band  and  the  men's  glee  club  found  repeated  mention  as  they 
decorated,  first,  the  old  gymnasium,  and  later,  the  small  gym  in 
Weaver  Health  Building,  and  organized  their  publicity  for  these 
events. 

An  electric  organ  was  installed  in  the  auditorium  in  1936.  In 
1935  the  first  edition  of  the  modern  Eastern  song  book  was 
printed,  with  the  following  songs:  "Alma  Mater",  text  by  Nancy 
Evans  and  music  by  Jane  Campbell;  "Yea  Eastern",  text  by  Mary 
K.  Burns  and  music  by  Helen  Hull  (Lutes) ;  "Marching  Song",  text 
and  music  by  Helen  Hull  (Lutes).  In  1940  one  more  song  was 
added,  "Hail  Eastern  Maroon",  music  by  the  band  director,  Henri 
Schnabl,  and  words  by  an  Eastern  student,  Frank  H.  Wilcox,  Jr. 
Growth  of  the  department  had  by  1938  made  the  quarters  in  the 
Administration  Building  impossibly  cramped,  so  on  November  3, 
1938  the  Telford  House  was  assigned  to  the  department  to  increase 
studio  and  classroom  space. 

The  music  work  in  the  Training  School  and  Model  High  School 
is  tied  in  closely  with  that  of  the  College,  the  philosophy  being  that 
teachers  of  teachers  should  also  be  teachers  of  children.  The  prac- 
tice school  on  the  campus  has  been  able  to  accept  a  limited  number 

330 


of  music  majors  as  practice  teachers;  the  others  have  had  no 
difficulty  in  finding  practice  teaching  opportunities  in  the  better 
schools  throughout  the  state.  In  this  connection  it  might  be  noted 
that  graduates  of  the  department  are  occupying  many  responsible 
positions  in  the  music  and  teaching  world,  one  as  head  of  a  music 
department  larger  than  that  of  his  Alma  Mater  (Gordon  Nash  at 
Appalachian  Teachers  College,  Boone,  N.  C). 

The  Stephen  Collins  Foster  Music  Camp  and  Other  Activities 

Perhaps  one  of  the  most  unique  and  significant  activities  was 
begun  in  1936  with  the  first  summer  of  the  Stephen  Collins  Foster 
Music  Camp.  It  was  entirely  due  to  the  vision  of  President  H.  L. 
Donovan  that  this  dream  became  a  reality.  At  this  time  there 
were  few  such  camps  in  the  United  States,  notably  Interlochen  in 
Michigan  and  the  camp  at  Greeley,  Colorado.  The  first  director 
of  Foster  was  Henri  Schnabl.  From  the  very  first  the  five-week 
Camp  supported  both  a  band  and  orchestra,  the  continuation  of 
which  dual  activity  has  given  Foster  an  increasingly  unique  position, 
since  music  camps  have  more  recently  sprung  up  everywhere  with 
most  of  them  limited  to  band.  The  Camp  has  acquired  a  national 
reputation  during  its  twenty  years,  with  students  coming  from  28 
states,  the  District  of  Columbia,  and  Canada.  The  organizations 
have  each  presented  nine  concerts  in  the  five  weeks,  and  have 
worked  under  distinguished  guest  conductors. 

In  recent  years  the  Music  Club,  a  student  organization,  has 
played  a  vital  part  in  the  promotion  of  the  interests  of  the  depart- 
ment. The  club  has  continued  the  annual  musico-dramatic  presen- 
tation, among  their  recent  offerings  being  "Down  in  the  Valley", 
and  several  Gilbert  and  Sullivan  works.  The  club  has  also  assumed 
responsibility  for  the  music  float  in  the  Homecoming  parade. 

This  account  must  not  omit  mention  of  two  world-premieres 
presented  by  the  department,  both  of  them  works  of  the  Kentucky 
folk-musician,  John  Jacob  Niles:  the  cantata,  "Rhapsody  for  the 
Merry  Month  of  May",  at  Ashland,  Kentucky;  and  the  dance- 
cantata,  "Mary  the  Rose",  done  in  cooperation  with  the  Drum 
and  Sandal  and  the  orchestra  on  December  16,  1954,  both  of  which 
works  have   since  been  published. 

The  music  department  now  offers  a  variety  of  choices,  ranging 
from  the  Area  which  gives  maximum  preparation  for  vocal  and 
instrumental  teachers,  to  single  courses  which  may  interest  the 
student  who  wants  music  simply  because  he  likes  it  and  wants  to 
know  more  about  it,  such  as  private  lessons,  music  appreciation, 
band,  and  choir. 

Probably  the  most  encouraging  and  exciting  event,  as  these 
final  words  are  written  is  the  announcement  that,  as  a  result  of 
the  perseverance  and  determination  of  President  W.  F.  O'Donnell, 
a  contract  has  just  been  signed  for  the  construction  of  a  modern 
and  completely  adequate  music  building.  This  building  will  face 
the  north  on  College  Avenue,  near  the  auditorium  in  the  rear  of 
the  Administration  building. 

331 


The  following  is  a  list  of  all  of  those  recorded  as  having  taught 
music  at  Eastern  Kentucky  State  College,  from  the  beginning 
until  Dec.  31,  1955: 

1906-1907 


Mary  Traynor* 

(Mrs.  John  Smith) 
J.   Wilbur   Sharp 
Elizabeth  Humphrey 
Mrs.  J.  R.  Johnson 
John  J.  Koch 
Lucille  Ellen  McKee 
Mary  Eva  Wright* 
Shilo  Shafer  Myers 
Issie  Million 
Brovi^n  E.   Telford 
Paul  Barfies 

Elizabeth  Burnam 

(Russell) 
John  Drr  Stewart 
Jane  Campbell 

Sidney  Griffith 

James  E.  Van  Peursem 

Maurene  Bronson  (Todd) 

Helen  Hull  (Lutes) 

Margaret   Cones 

Cornelia  Nettinga  (Neevil) 

Harold  Rigby 

Mary  Murphy  (Feton) 

Thomas  Stone 

Henri  Schnabl 

Jeanette  Hoffman 
Blanche  Sams  (Seevers) 
John  Kinzer 

Katherine  Agna   (Barnes) 
Raphael  Flanagan 
Marietta  Simpson 

Frances  Marie  McPherson 
Wendell  Rider 
Eleanor  Hire 

Katherine  Jackson 

Jesse  Casey 

Mary  Dorris  (McLaughlin) 

Ronald  Carley 


Music 


n907-1909 

Head 

*1909-1911 

Music 

n909-1914 

Pa.  &  Mus.  Hist. 

*1912-1917 

Head 

1912- 

Violin 

1915-1917 

Music 

*1916-1921 

Head 

1917-1922 

Violin 

1917- 

Piano 

1921-1922 

Head 

1924-1925 

*1921-1923 

Voice,  French 

1922-1929 

Head 

1926- 

Cello,  Theory 

App.,  Orch. 

1928-1932 

Band 

1929- 

Head 

Spring   '30-32 

Voice 

1930-1936 

Violin 

Fall   '31 

Piano 

1932-1934 

Voice 

1933- 

Lab.  School 

1932-Fall    '37 

Voice 

1935-1941 

Violin 

Fall   '36-'38 

Band 

(or  Spring  '37) 

Spring  1938 

Voice 

1938- 

Voice,  P.S.M. 

1938-1942 

Band 

1939-1942 

Piano 

1942-Fall  '43 

Violin 

Spring  '44-Winter  '46 

Violin 

(or  Fall  '43)  or  Fall  ' 

'46) 

1944- 

Piano 

Spring  &  Summer  '46 

Piano 

Spring  '47-1948 

Piano 

(or  Fall  '46) 

Spring   '47 

Violin 

(or  Fall  '46) 

1948-1950 

Piano 

Spring  1950 

Mus.  App. 

&  P.S.M. 

1950-1951 

Piano 

1952-Feb.  1953 

332 


William  Tarwater 

Fall  '50 
1953-1955 

Band 

Harold  Atkisson 

Spring  '51- 

-1953 

Band 

Elizabeth  Caywood 

Spring  '53- 

-1954 

Piano 

(Gaither) 

Vasile  Venettozzi 

1950- 

Voice 

(On  leave 

'54-'55) 

David  Powell 

1951-1952 

Piano 

Edward  Bernard 

Spring  &  Summer  '54 

Violin 

Landis  Baker 

1954- 

Piano 

Edson  Perry- 

1954-1955 

Violin 

Constance  Conklin 

1954-1955 

Voice 

(Wilson) 

G.  Gordon  Ritter 

1955- 

Band 

William  Fitzsimmons 

1955- 

Violin 

Nicholas  J.  Koenigstein 

1956- 

Band 

Robert  L.  Oppelt 

1956- 

Violin 

^Name  or  date  taken  from  "Three  Decades  oj  Progress' 


A  Rendition  of  the  Messiah 

James  E.  Van  Peursem  directing 

in  Hiram  Brock  Auditorium 


333 


Eastern's  Band 

At  the  entrance  to  the  Coates 

Administration  Building  and 

the  Brock  Auditorium 


An  Orchestra  Lesson. 

John  Jacob  Niles,  Music  and  Folk 

Song  authority,  conferring  with 

Director  Van  Peursom. 


334 


335 


The  Music  Building,  being  completed  in  August - 
September,  1957. 


;-V*,'>«'    f»! 


■i    ^     ^   i* 


Eastern's  Marching  Band 


336 


CHAPTER  XXXVI 

PHYSICAL  AND  BIOLOGICAL  SCIENCES 
By  Meredith  J.  Cox,  H.  H.  LaFuze  and  J.  G.  Black 

The  Science  Departments  at  Eastern  had  a  very  humble  origin, 
to  say  the  least,  for  although  in  a  scientific  age,  the  sciences 
at  Eastern,  as  divisions  and  departments,  were  not  even  recog- 
nized until  1924.  In  fact,  all  the  basic  sciences:  Biology,  Physics, 
and  Chemistry,  up  until  about  this  date,  were  taught  by  one  in- 
structor and  were  treated  as  General  Science  on  the  college  level. 
The  first  science  to  be  given  divisional  status  was  that  of  Biology, 
under  the  caption  of  nature  study,  and  it  consisted,  in  the  main,  of  a 
study  of  local  flora.  The  students  made  many  field  trips  on  and 
around  the  campus  of  Eastern.  An  attempt  was  made  about  this 
time  to  get  away  from  the  general  science  idea  and  start  a  special 
science  under  the  name  of  Chemistry,  but  there  were  few  of  the 
important  concepts  of  this  quantitative  science  to  begin  with  and 
still  less  equipment,  such  as  apparatus  and  chemicals,  and  labora- 
tory space,  needed  to  carry  on  such  a  course.  As  a  matter  of  fact, 
the  early  administrators  at  Eastern  looked  down  upon  extra  time 
required  for  laboratory  courses  and  rooms  and  equipment,  although 
they  were  very  much  in  favor  of  laboratory  methods  for  their 
training  schools  which  they  called  laboratory  schools.  This  idea 
was  brought  back  by  those  who  studied  in  Germany  in  the  latter 
part  of  the  nineteenth  century. 

With  the  institution  changing  from  a  two  year  normal  school 
for  teachers  to  a  four  year  teachers  college,  in  1924,  the  Science  De- 
partment, as  it  was  then  called,  grew  and  expanded  in  the  form  of 
more  course  offerings,  more  laboratory  space,  more  equipment,  and 
the  organization  of  a  department  of  three  basic  sciences,  Biology, 
Physics  and  Chemistry  but  still  with  a  teaching  personnel  of  only 
one  instructor.  At  about  this  time  a  few  of  Eastern's  graduates  had 
the  inspiration  to  go  on  to  universities  and  major  in  so-called  special 
sciences.  To  the  surprise  and  embarrassment  of  Eastern's  adminis- 
trators, her  sons  and  daughters  showed  little  preparation  for  the 
higher,  specialized  sciences  and  failed  miserably.  The  reaction 
of  the  Eastern  officials  was  immediate  and  they  at  once  employed 
more  instructors  in  Science,  purchased  more  equipment,  and  recog- 
nized those  science  courses  which  had  been  in  other  colleges  and 
universities  since  their  beginning. 

At  this  time  Science  at  Eastern  was  organized  into  two  depart- 
ments, one  called  the  Department  of  Biological  Science,  and  the 
other  called  the  Department  of  Physical  Sciences;  the  latter  in- 
cluded the   subjects   of   Physics   and   Chemistry.     This    expansion 

337 


required  quite  an  outlay  of  money,  for  up  to  this  time  there  had 
been  no  budget  of  any  kind  for  equipping  scientific  laboratories 
on  the  college  level.  Biology  was  immediately  recognized,  due 
mainly  to  the  fact  that  the  psychologists  and  teachers  of  education 
in  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University,  were  demanding  a 
biology  background  for  their  learning  processes;  and  this  one 
factor,  more  than  any  other,  hastened  the  recognition  of  the  sci- 
ences at  Eastern. 

The  number  of  instructors  in  science  grew  from  one  to  three, 
one  in  Biology,  one  in  Chemistry,  and  one  in  Physics.  In  1926,  ma- 
jors in  Biology  and  Chemistry  were  recognized  in  the  first  four-year 
class  that  was  ever  graduated  from  Eastern.  In  1928,  the  Chemistry 
Department  secured  its  first  scholarship  for  one  of  its  majors  to  do 
graduate  work  at  the  University  of  Tennessee.  In  this  same  year 
Eastern  Kentucky  State  Teachers  College  made  application  to  the 
Southern  Association  of  Colleges  and  Secondary  Schools  for 
admission,  and  great  emphasis  was  given  to  the  growth  of  the 
various  science  departments  by  the  Eastern  officials  in  order  to 
have  the  College  qualify  for  admission.  Such  standards  as  a 
Doctor  of  Philosophy  or  the  equivalent  in  preparation  as  head  of  a 
department,  organization  of  courses  into  lecture  and  laboratory 
periods,  and  emphasis  on  individual  instruction  stimulated  and 
augmented  the  division  of  the  sciences  into  three  separate  depart- 
ments of  Biology,  Chemistry,  and  Physics. 

Much  could  be  said  about  the  step-child  status  of  Science  at 
Eastern  during  the  Scientific  Age  and  the  suppression  of  these  all- 
important  subjects  by  an  administration  at  Eastern  that  was  com- 
pelled to  seek  appropriations  at  Frankfort  in  competition  with  the 
University  of  Kentucky,  which  already  had  science  departments. 
The  duplication  of  effort  and  program  was  necessary  to  meet  the 
standards  of  the  Southern  Association  of  Colleges  and  Secondary 
Schools,  which  was  mostly  dominated  by  the  long  established  and 
deeply  intrenched  four-year  private  denominational  colleges  and 
state  universities. 

Appropriation  had  to  be  secured  in  the  name  of  a  teacher 
training  institution  and  for  the  education  of  teachers,  although 
there  was  evidence,  even  at  this  time,  that  the  so-called  Eastern 
Kentucky  State  Teachers  College  was  not  only  a  teacher  training 
institution,  but  was  fast  becoming  a  peoples'  college.  Parents  in 
the  low  income  bracket  discovered  that  not  only  could  future 
teachers  go  to  Eastern  for  less,  but  their  children  could  receive  a 
four-year  college  education  cheaper  than  at  the  private  four-year 
colleges  and  could  specialize  in  fields  other  than  teaching.  The 
College  began  to  enroll  new  students  who  pursued  courses  that  led 
to  pre-medical,  pre-dental,  and  pre-engineering  education.  This 
idea  spread  rapidly  until  the  enrollment  revealed  that  the  Eastern 
Kentucky  State  Teachers  College  was  no  longer  a  teacher  training 
institution,  but  the  majority  of  those  enrolled  were  planning  to 
enter  various  professions,  such  as  medicine,  dentistry,  engineering, 
law  and  commerce. 

338 


This  movement  accelerated  the  development  of  the  Science 
Department  at  Eastern  and  produced  more  diversification  and  di- 
vision of  the  sciences  and  at  long  last  there  were  established  the 
three  departments  of  the  major  sciences,  namely  a  Department  of 
Biology,  a  Department  of  Chemistry,  and  a  Department  of  Physics. 
And  instead  of  the  personnel  consisting  of  one  instructor  in  each 
department,  two  instructors  were  employed  in  the  field  of  Biology, 
one  in  the  field  of  Chemistry,  and  one  in  Physics.  This  step  was 
not  a  very  great  one,  for  even  at  that  time  many  colleges  and 
universities  had  as  many  as  ten  or  twelve  people  in  each  depart- 
ment, but  it  was  a  very  far  reaching  one  for  Eastern,  since  only  a 
few  years  earlier,  one  instructor  taught  Biology,  Chemistry,  and 
Physics. 

The  sciences  at  Eastern  experienced  a  large  growth  in  the 
three  decades  from  1924  to  1954  in  the  increase  of  enrollment  of 
students  in  the  special  sciences,  and  in  the  increase  of  faculty  per- 
sonnel. During  this  period,  the  faculty  personnel  in  science 
increased  from  one  instructor,  who  taught  all  the  sciences,  to  four 
full-time  teachers  in  Biology,  two  full-time  teachers  in  Chemistry, 
and  two  in  Physics.  Early  in  this  period,  the  science  teachers  at 
Eastern  discovered,  as  did  other  college  science  teachers,  that  their 
students  were  woefully  lacking  in  high  school  science  preparation, 
especially  the  students  from  the  rural  areas,  where  science  had  not 
been  recognized  and  taught  along  with  the  other  fundamental 
subjects. 

In  the  early  thirties,  so-called  refresher  courses  in  the  major 
sciences  were  offered  under  various  titles,  such  as:  An  Introduc- 
tion to  Science,  Orientation  Science,  and  General  Science  for  col- 
lege students.  These  courses  at  Eastern  were  required  of  all 
freshmen,  were  well  organized,  and  well  taught.  They  served  as 
a  background  in  science  for  those  students  who  were  planning  to 
major  in  one  of  the  special  sciences  and  they  also  served  as 
terminal  courses  for  the  non-science  majors.  They  were  organized 
and  divided  into  two  main  divisions,  namely  the  Biological  Division, 
which  included  Botany  and  Zoology,  and  the  Physical  Division, 
which  included  Chemistry  and  Physics.  These  subjects  are  no 
longer  required  of  entering  Freshmen,  but  the  state  certification 
department  requires  them  of  the  elementary  teachers;  and  there  are 
a  few  non-education  students  who  take  these  courses  as  a  part  of 
their  general  education  program.  If  there  are  any  superior  values 
to  be  derived  from  the  study  of  the  sciences,  they  are  the  values  that 
come  from  the  learning  experiences  of  coordination  of  the  hand, 
the  eye,  and  the  brain;  and  these  learning  experiences  are  the 
reason  why  laboratory  courses  are  offered  in  the  sciences. 

With  the  discovery  of  atomic  energy  and  its  stupendous  appli- 
cation in  the  atomic  bomb,  students,  both  in  the  grades  and  high 
schools  throughout  the  country,  became  more  and  more  interested 
in  the  sciences,  especially  Chemistry  and  Physics,  and  the  effect 
of  this  at  Eastern  was  to  have  more  students  enrolled  in  the  special 

339 


sciences  and  more  majors  in  Piiysics  and  Chemistry.  When  the 
children  in  the  grades  began  to  ask  their  teachers  about  books  on 
atoms  and  radar  instead  of  books  on  the  Three  Little  Pigs  and  Little 
Red  Riding  Hood,  it  was  then  that  teachers  began  to  feel  that 
they  were  far  behind  their  children.  These  teachers  began  to  flock 
into  Eastern  and  other  colleges  to  take  courses  in  science  to  try 
to  catch  up  with  their  children. 

Much  could  be  written  about  the  large  number  of  chemists 
that  have  gone  out  from  Eastern  to  the  many  chemical  corporations 
and  their  success  in  the  laboratory  along  the  side  of  those  from 
the  older  colleges  and  universities.  They  have  been  employed  by 
such  companies  as  Eastman  Kodak,  Union  Carbide  and  Carbon, 
Monsanto,  Atmospheric  Nitrogen,  Spencer-Kellogg,  General  Foods, 
Proctor  and  Gamble,  Abbott  Laboratories,  Ashland  Oil  Refining, 
Atomic  Energy  Plants  at  Oak  Ridge,  Tennessee,  and  Paducah, 
Kentucky,  and  many  others.  During  the  Second  World  War, 
fourteen  young  women,  trained  in  the  Chemistry  Department  at 
Eastern,  worked  as  chemists  for  the  Ashland  Oil  and  Refining 
Company.  In  addition  to  entering  the  chemical  industry  on  grad- 
uation. Eastern  has  had  many  of  her  Chemistry  majors  go  on  to 
graduate  school  in  Chemistry  on  scholarships  obtained  by  virtue 
of  their  superior  training.  Universities  such  as  Ohio  State,  Purdue, 
and  the  University  of  Tennessee  have  awarded  Eastern's  Chemistry 
majors  scholarships;  in  fact,  there  are  four  Eastern  graduates  at 
Ohio  State  at  the  present  time,  working  on  their  doctors'  degrees. 
During  the  past  three  decades,  many  doctors  and  dentists  have 
received  their  Chemistry  along  with  their  other  pre-medical  edu- 
cation at  Eastern  and  have  gone  out  into  the  State  of  Kentucky 
to  fill  the  need  for  medical  services.  In  1947,  eleven  men  from 
Eastern  entered  the  University  of  Louisville  Medical  School,  and 
in  1956,  nine  men  entered  this  same  institution. 

The  Department  of  Biology  has  expanded  in  many  different 
ways  within  the  past  decade.  The  number  of  courses  actually 
taught  has  increased  from  seven  to  eighteen  regularly  offered 
courses.  Some  of  the  new  courses  were  introduced  to  prepare 
better  the  biology  majors  for  teaching  and  continuing  their  studies 
for  advanced  degrees;  and  other  courses  were  added  to  meet  the 
specific  needs  of  students  majoring  in  physical  education,  health, 
home  economics,  medicine,  and  elementary  education.  The  faculty 
consists  (1956-57)  of  four  members,  each  of  whom  has  received 
special  training  in  the  field  of  biology  which  he  teaches.  Biology 
majors  are  thus  offered  a  variety  of  subject  matter,  approaches, 
and  techniques  from  well  trained  personnel. 

Supplies  and  equipment  have  also  been  increased  to  meet  the 
needs  of  the  many  biology  students.  This  is  especially  true  of  the 
optical  instruments  where  today  they  number  two  and  one  half 
times  those  found  in  the  department  a  decade  ago.  Correspond- 
ingly, supplies  and  materials  for  study  have  increased  nearly  four 
times  within  the  same  period.    Facilities  for  study  have  also  been 

340 


improved.  The  department  now  uses  five  laboratories,  one  lecture 
room  and  one  classroom  as  compared  with  two  laboratory  rooms 
and  one  lecture  room  shared  with  Chemistry  and  Physics  a  decade 
ago.  With  the  additional  rooms  came  also  adequate  lighting,  dis- 
play spaces,  storage  rooms  and  utility  outlets  for  student  use,  all 
of  which  were  lacking  only  five  years  previously. 

Recently  majors  in  biology  have  entered  a  variety  of  profes- 
sions. Most  of  these  have  been  in  the  fields  of  the  teaching  of  sci- 
ence,, dentistry,  laboratory  technician,  medicine,  veterinary  medi- 
cine, public  health,  wildlife  service,  and  numerous  industries,  such 
as:  Swift  and  Co.,  U.  S.  Atomic  Energy  Commission,  General  Elec- 
tric, Goodyear  Atomic  Corporation,  Carolina  Biological  Supply  Co. 
and  U.  S.  Industrial  Chemicals  Co.  Many  of  Eastern  alumni  who 
majored  in  Biology  have  continued  their  academic  studies  and 
work  for  more  advanced  degrees  at  the  University  of  Cincinnati, 
University  of  Indiana,  Purdue  University,  Vanderbilt  University, 
University  of  Iowa,  Washington  University  and  the  University  of 
St.  Louis  and  other  universities. 

The  Physics  Department  at  Eastern  has  expanded  rapidly  in 
the  last  decade  and  the  number  of  students  majoring  and  minoring 
in  Physics  has  increased  encouragingly.  This  increase  has  brought 
about  the  addition  of  new  courses  to  the  curriculum,  such  as 
Advanced  General  Laboratory,  Radioactivity  and  Nuclear  Physics, 
and  Vector  Analysis  and  its  Physical  Applications. 

Many  Physics  majors  have  secured  employment  with  leading 
industrial  and  government  agencies,  including  Goodyear  Tire  and 
Rubber  Co.,  Atomic  Energy  Plant  at  Oak  Ridge,  Tennessee,  and 
Paducah,  Kentucky,  General  Electric  Co.,  Westinghouse,  Naval 
Ordnance  Laboratory,  Naval  Research  Laboratory,  The  Pentagon, 
Admiral  Radio  and  Television  Corporation  and  others,  while  other 
physics  majors  have  done  advanced  work  at  the  University  of 
Kentucky,  University  of  Tennessee,  University  of  Virginia,  Massa- 
chusetts Institute  of  Technology,  California  Institute  of  Technology 
and  other  higher  institutions  of  learning. 

The  housing  and  physical  equipment  has  grown  with  the 
increase  of  students  and  personnel.  Up  until  1951,  all  the  sciences 
were  housed  in  what  is  known  as  Roark  Building,  which  was 
originally  designed  for  an  elementary  training  school.  This  build- 
ing became  a  hodgepodge  of  classrooms  for  Geography,  History, 
Mathematics,  English,  Agriculture,  and  the  Sciences.  In  1930, 
Roark  Hall  became  the  science  building,  and  Physics  was  assigned 
to  the  second  floor,  Biology,  the  first,  and  Chemistry  given  very 
meager  accommodations  in  the  basement.  There  began,  at  once,  a 
new  change  of  floors  and  rooms  in  such  a  way  that  the  chemistry 
teacher  had  a  laboratory  in  the  basement,  office  space  on  the  first 
floor,  and  lecture  rooms  on  the  second  floor,  and,  as  a  conse- 
quence, he  lost  a  great  deal  of  time  running  up  and  down  the  steps. 

Along  about  1937,  the  administration  of  Eastern,  seeing  the 
science   buildings   at   our   sister   state   institutions,    Western    and 

341 


Morehead,  began  to  think  seriously  about  the  construction  of  a 
similar  building  at  Eastern,  and  the  science  teachers  were  given  the 
task  of  planning  the  new  structure.  Many  new  science  buildings 
were  visited  and  inspected,  such  as  DePauw,  Antioch  College  at 
Yellow  Springs,  Ohio,  and  the  ones  at  Western  and  Morehead;  but 
when  the  next  building  got  under  construction  in  1937,  it  was  not 
one  to  house  the  sciences,  but  the  new,  palatial  Student  Union 
Building,  resembling  very  much  the  Netherland  Plaza  Hotel  in 
Cincinnati,  Ohio — a  place  where  students  could  play  came  thirteen 
years  earlier  than  the  place  in  which  they  could  work  and  study. 
With  the  change  of  administration  in  1941,  Eastern's  science 
faculty  was  once  again  given  the  go-ahead  to  plan  a  new  science 
building  and  again  they  visited  various  colleges  and  universities. 
In  the  meantime  another  sister  state  institution,  Murray,  had  con- 
structed a  new  science  building.  A  beneficent  legislature  and 
building  commission,  in  1940,  had  made  an  appropriation  of  §140,000 
to  the  Eastern  State  College  for  the  purpose  of  erecting  a  science 
building,  but  unfortunately  the  Second  World  War  came  along, 
and,  due  to  the  scarcity  of  materials,  the  construction  of  the  science 
building  was  again  postponed.  With  the  close  of  the  war  and 
with  the  teeming  hundreds  of  servicemen  returning  to  college,  the 
administration  thought  it  advisable  to  take  the  appropriation  made 
for  the  science  building  and  enlarge  the  gymnasium  of  the  Weaver 
Health  Building, 

About  1950,  the  state  building  commission  appropriated  $600,000 
for  the  construction  of  a  Science  building  at  Eastern  and  at  long 
last  construction  started  in  the  spring  of  1950  and  the  building  was 
first  occupied  in  the  fall  of  1952.  The  building,  actually  costing 
$700,000,  is  modern  in  every  detail  as  to  construction  and  equip- 
ment. It  has  four  floors;  the  ground  floor  houses  the  electric 
wiring,  heating  units  and  college  museum.  On  the  first  floor  is 
found  the  Biology  Department,  with  elevated  lecture  room,  lab- 
oratories, and  office  space.  The  Physics  Department  occupies  the 
second  floor  and  has  lecture  room,  five  laboratories,  two  stock 
rooms,  and  two  offices.  The  Chemistry  Department  is  located  on 
the  third  floor  and  is  equipped  with  laboratories  for  General 
Chemistry,  Analytical  Chemistry,  Organic  Chemistry,  and  Physical 
Chemistry,  a  well  lighted  balance  room,  one  elevated  lecture  room, 
one  recitation  room,  six  stock  rooms  and  two  offices.  The  building 
has  such  services  as  water,  electricity,  gas.  and  a  combined  freight 
and  passenger  elevator.  While  the  Chemistry  Department  has 
much  more  equipment  in  the  form  of  apparatus  and  chemicals  than 
it  did  thirty  years  ago,  it  is  not  as  well  equipped  as  it  should  be  at 
a  time  when  the  state  and  nation  are  calling  on  institutions  like 
Eastern  for  chemists  and  physicists,  not  only  to  support  our  modern 
way  of  living,  but  also  our  national  security. 

To  say  the  least,  the  growth  of  the  sciences  at  Eastern  during 
the  last  three  decades  has  been  rapid,  indeed,  and  has  kept  pace 
with  the  growth  of  the  institution. 

342 


In  concluding  this  chapter  other  achievements  of  a  scientific 
character  at  Eastern  ought  to  be  mentioned.  Dr.  Anna  A.  Schnieb 
(Ph.  D.,  summa  cum  lauda,  Univex'sity  of  Vienna),  Professor  of 
Education,  took  the  initiative,  in  1934,  in  organizing  the  Kentucky- 
Junior  Academy  of  Science.  In  reality,  the  organization,  com- 
prising high  school  science  clubs  in  Kentucky,  became  an  auxiliary 
of  the  Kentucky  Academy  of  Science,  an  older  organization.  The 
Junior  Academy  began  the  publication  of  a  Junior  Science  Bulletin, 
in  November,  1934,  which  Dr.  Schnieb  also  sponsored  until  her 
retirement  in  1952.  Dr.  LaFuze  took  over  this  work  for  a  year 
after  Dr.  Schnieb's  retirement;  it  is  now  being  sponsored  by  a 
member  of  the  science  staff  of  the  University  of  Kentucky. 

Another  product  of  Dr.  Schnieb's  scientific  spirit  was  an  Edu- 
cational Laboratory,  which  she  developed  at  Eastern.  She  as- 
sembled, over  the  years,  first  in  a  large  room  on  the  third  floor 
of  Roark  Building  and  later  on  the  ground  floor  of  the  Brock 
Auditorium,  an  assortment  of  objects  which  she  used  as  illustrative 
material  in  teaching.  The  collection  comprised  reference  books, 
other  printed  matter,  pottery,  items  from  Alaska,  various  products 
from  manufacturers,  pictures,  glass  beehives,  seeds,  fibers,  farm 
products,  and  sundry  other  illustrative  items.  One  of  her  objec- 
tives in  thus  teaching  students  at  the  tables  in  these  rooms  was  to 
develop  resourcefulness  in  teachers,  who  perforce  would  obtain 
from  many  sources  subject  matter  to  use  in  their  classrooms.  Visit- 
ors often  expressed  much  appreciation  of  this  laboratory  and  Dr. 
Schnieb's  unique  and  productive  method  of  instruction.  Unfortun- 
ately the  laboratory  was  allowed  to  disintegrate  after  her  retire- 
ment to  Muncie,  Indiana,  where  she  is  active  in  the  International 
Center  and  other  civic  interests. 


343 


pa 

O 

o 
o 

M 


a; 


l-n  c 


;  r^  -tJ  -^ 


a  © 
Pro  .o  .^ 

>-r5  %  t-  o  fe* 

-^    ^    '^    O  wJ       . 

S^5=    "" 


oa 


M-2   .<»5h 


in  a 


EnJm^^ 


344 


PQ 
U 


«« 


fl    rt   < 

O  ^  b£  O 

>>«  S  S    . 


\w 


rt 


fe  P  «  53  - 

0(/3    f-      •-  © 

« ^^    .  "     • 

I  sis'* 


345 


INDEX 


Acree,  Miss  Rachel,  home  economics 
teacher,    313 

Adams,  Capt.  Hugli  P.,  replaced  Capt. 
Ford,    172 

Adams,  Kerney  M.,  director  of  exten- 
sion, 52,  226;  head  of  History  Depart- 
ment, 52,  308;  co-author  of  chap. 
XXX,    303 

Adams,  Mrs.  Mabel  PoUitt,  account  of 
"Teacher  Training  in  Kentucky,"  1, 
n.   1 

Adams,  Miss  Mary,  home  economics 
teacher,   313 

Adams,  Mrs.  Virginia  B.,  Model  High, 
63 

Administration  Building,  the  Coates. 
illustration  of.  54;  the  first  location 
of    the    museum.    106 

Agna-Barnes,  Mrs.  Katherine,  piano 
teacher,   332 

Agriculture  Department  organized,  119 
required,  118;  improvements,  119 
student  labor,  119;  types  of  soil,  118 
major  and  minor  requirements,  263 
relation  to  University  of  Kentucky 
program,  263 

A  I  G,  sponsored  by  Ralph  Whalin,  131 

Allen,  Dr.  Jack,  war  service,  200;  to 
history   staff,   306;    resigned,   308 

"Alma  Mater,"  song  by  Nancy  Evans 
and  Jane  Campbell,  248 

Alumni  Association,  organized  and 
membership,  251;  meetings,  253,  254 
257;  constitutions  and  secretaries,  254 
officers,  256;  office  established,  254 
programs,  257;  gift  of  portrait  of 
President   Coates,   257 

Alumni    Directory,    259 

Alumni  Journal,  244;  file  incomplete, 
244 

Alumni  News  Bulletin,  244 

Alumni   "Pioneers,"   259 

Alumni  regional  clubs,  258 

Alvis,   Annie,   Elementary   Critic,   63 

Anderson,  Leslie,  first  alumnus  and 
gifts  to  Alumni  Association  and  Col- 
lege,  252 

Anderson,  Rev.  Olaf,  organized  West- 
minster Fellowship,   232 

Announcements  of  contemporary  af- 
fairs, Eastern  radio  programs,  Foster 
Music  Camp,  of  conferences,  244 

A  P  O,  284 

Arbuckle,  Miss  Virginia,  teacher  of 
physical  education,  298 

Army  Specialized  Training  Program 
(ASTP),   199-200;   disbanded,  178 

Art,  Department  of,  clubs,  265-6;  in- 
struction, pre-curricular  phase,  264-5; 
requirements,  268 

Ashcraft,  SFC  Victor  E.,  at  Ft.  Camp- 
bell, 186 


Athanson,  Lt.  Col.  N.  A.,  BGOD,  speaks 

on  Veterans   Day,   184 
Ault,    William    A.,    Superintendent    of 

Buildings   and   Grounds,   53-56 
A  Z  K,  organized,  129 

Babylonian   clay   tablets,    109-10 
Baker,  Landis,  piano  teacher,  333 
Baldrick,  Miss  Cara,  art  teacher,  265 
Baldwin,    Miss    Virginia,    crowned 

"Queen  Barbara,"  188 
Band,   Eastern,   official  band  at  Moun- 
tain Laurel  Festival,   328 
Banks,  Harry,  consultant  on  in-service, 

228 
Baptist,    erecting   student   center,    135 
Barker,  Robert,  printer  for  James  I,  109 
Barnes'      Woodshop,      David,      museum 

cases    from,    110 
Barnes,    Paul,    music    teacher,    327 
Barnhill,    Mrs.    Mary    Edmund,    author 

of   chap.   X,    127 
Baxter,    Miss   Betty,    queen   of   festival, 

328 
Bayse,  Clifton  A.,  Physics  staff,  63 
Beckham,    Gov.    J.    C.    W.,    message    to 

General  Assembly,  4;  approval  of  bill 

for  normals,  6-7,  26 
Beckley,    Sam,    war    service,    200;    Asst. 

Director  of  Extension,   244;   editor  of 

Alumni  Journal,  244 
Beckner,    Judge    W.    M.,    scholarly    ar- 
ticle of,   3-4 
Beddoe,  Dan,  soloist,  327 
Begley,   Dr.   Ernest  E.,  Regent,   28 
Begley,    Ira    J.,    Jr.,    team    captain    of 

Riflemen,   1955-56,   188 
Belgarde's  Voyages,  107 
Belles    Lettres,    130;    literary    magazine, 

246;   publications  of,  247 
Berea  College,  co-operation  in  Messiah, 

329 
Bibles,  a  13th  century  manuscript,  109; 

a  1615  publication,  109 
Big  Sisters,   134 

Bindel,   Henry  J.,   Model  High,   63 
Biology  Club,  131,  343 
Black,  Dr.  J.  G.,  Physics  staff,  63;   co- 
author chap.  XXXVI,  337 
Blanton,  Dr.  Harvey,  College  physican, 

301 
Blue  Grass  Ordnance  Depot,  114 
Bluemont,   Student  annual,  247 
Board  of  Regents,  likenesses  of,  31-36; 

Chairmen    of    Board,    likenesses    of, 

37-41 
Boggs,  Capt.  John,  111  and  n.  6 
Boggs,   Dr.  R.   C,  gift  to  museum  112, 

n.  6 
Bond,  Sergeant   Thurmond   H.,    retired, 

180 
Bond,  Wilson,  gift  to  museum,  113 


347 


Books,  rare  old,  106-108,  n.  1,  2 

Boonesborough,  desired  as  capital,  110: 
Memorial   Bridge,   dedication  of,   81 

Booth,  I.  H.,  co-founder  of  YMCA  and 
YWCA,  232;  teacher  of  penmanship, 
265-269 

Bowling  Green,  rival  of  Richmond,  5 

Bowling,  Mrs.  Susie,  gifts  to  the 
museum.  111 

Boys'  Band,  at  Mountain  Laurel  Festi- 
val,  328 

Brady,  Major  General  A.  J.,  168 

Breland,  Rev.  Clyde,  co-founder  of 
Baptist  Student  Union,   232 

Bressley,  Miss  Lorna,  teacher  of  geog- 
raphy   and    geology,    289 

Brittain,  Mary  Burnam,  Elementary 
Critic,  63 

British  Honduras,  pagan  idol  from,  112 

Broadcasts   by   radio,   329-339 

Brock,  G.  M.,  business  agent,  41,  51 

Bronson-Todd,  Mrs.  Maurene,  director 
of  Madrigal   Club,   328 

Brooks,  Keith,  director  of  dramatics, 
129;   sponsor  of  A  Z  K,   129 

Brown,  Richard  L.,  pistol  team  captain 
in  1938,  172;  cadet  major,  1940,  173; 
commissioned  2nd  I.ieut.  in  U.  S.  Ar- 
tillery in  1940,  173 

Bruner.  J.  D.,  taught  English  and 
French,   282 

Bryant,  G.  O.,  85 

Buchanan,  Miss  Pearl,  director  of  play 
productions,  128;  promoted  dramatic 
tournament,  284 

Buildings  of  College,  costs  and  dates  of 
construction,  21 

Bullock,  Supt.  Joseph  James,  14 

Burnam,  Judge  Anthony  R.,  supports 
bill  for  normals,  6;  in  General  Assem- 
bly,  14 

Burnam,  Curtis  F.,  retires  from  Senate, 
14 

Burnam,  Miss  Elizabeth,  327 

Burnam,  Mrs.  George,  gifts  to  museum, 
114 

Burnam  Hall.  25 

Burnam,  Paul,    treasurer,    30 

Burnam,  Thompson,  residence  pur- 
chased,   19 

Burning  and  replacement  of  old  gym- 
nasium,  297 

Burns,  Miss  Mary  Katherine,  "Yea, 
Eastern,"   248 

Burns,  Virgil  E.,  member  of  the  faculty, 
85,  306;  co-author  of  chap.  XXVIII. 
292;   confined  to  political  science,  308 

Burrier,  Miss  Mary  King,  sponsor  Home 
Economics  Club,  131;  author  chap. 
XXXI,  311;  head  of  Home  Economics 
Department,  313 

Caduceus  Club,  131 

Caldwell.  C.  E.,  teacher  of  mathematics, 

320-321 
California   regarded   as   an   island,    197; 

not  an  island,  107,  n.  3 
Cammack,  Judge  J.  W.,   26 
Cammack  Training  School,  26 
Campbell,  Fallen,  director  of  extension, 

52 


Campbell,  Miss  Jane,  first  director  of 
orchestra,   327 

Campus,  description  of,  18;  Weaver 
Health  Building  and  Hanger  Stadium, 
19;   general   plan,   illustration  of,  22 

Cantley,  Sergeant  Charles  E.,  becomes 
captain,   180 

Cantwell,  SFC.  summer  duty  at  Ft. 
Knox,   189 

Carley,  Ronald,  piano,  332 

Carpenter,  Miss  Flora,  art  teacher,   264 

Carpenter,   Dr.   Homer  E.,   88 

Carter,  A.  B.,  manager  of  New  State- 
land.  120;  organizer  and  sponsor  of 
"Society  of  the  Plow,"  130;  taught 
sanitary    science.    300 

Carty,  D.  J.,  Director  of  In-Service 
Education,  49-50;  Director  of  Exten- 
sion,  52,   226,   227 

Case,  Mrs.  Emma  Y.,  Dean  of  Women. 
51.   132;    organizer  of   "Cwens,"   132 

Casey.  Jesse,   piano  teacher,   332 

Casey,  Joseph,   flintlock   gun   from,    113 

Cassidy,  Miss  Elizabeth,  teacher,  304 

Central  University,  by  Jonathan  T.  Dor- 
ris,  14,  n.  28;  chosen  site  for  normal, 
5.   11 

Certificate,  requirements  for  teacher's, 
92 

Charter  Oak  Tree,  the,  110 

Chase,  Harry  M.,  308 

Chautauqua,  Farmers'.  117 

Cherry.  Miss  Elizabeth,  on  physical  ed- 
ucation staff.  298 

Cherry,  H.  H.,  aid  of,  in  legislation  for 
normal  schools.  5-6 

Cherry,  T.  C,  aid  of,  in  legislation  for 
normal  schools,  5 

Chess  Club.  134 

Childs,  Russell,  War  casualty,  204;  me- 
morial  ceremony,   207 

Chrisman.  Richard  G.,  Commerce  staff, 
64 

Christian.  M  Sgt..  duty  at  Ft.  Eustis, 
summer  of  1956.  189 

Clark,  Dr.  Roy  B.,  author  of  chaps. 
XVIII.  XX,  XXV;  sponsor  of  Belles 
Lettres  and  Canterbury  Club,  246; 
retired,   285 

Class  spirit  develops.  134 

Clay.  B.  J..  11 

Clay.  Green,  petition  by,  110 

Coates,  President  T.  J.,  mentioned,  42; 
encouraged  museum,  105-6;  death  of, 
106;  on  commercial  department,  269- 
70;  a  patriotic  address,  195;  portrait 
of.   257 

Coates,  J.  Dorland,  Director  of  Labora- 
tory Schools  and  Principal  of  Model 
High.  53,  94;  Training  School.  79; 
co-author  chap.  VI,  79;  War  service, 
200 

Coates     Administration     Building,     de- 
scription of,   19 
Coffman,  Cadet  Ronald  L.,  crowning  of 

"Queen  Barbara,"   188 
Coleman,  Mrs.  Robert,  home  economics 

teacher,   313 
College  Choir  performances,  330 
College  Infirmary,  300 
Collegiate  Pentacle,   132 


348 


Collins,  Miss  Elizabeth,  gift  to  museum, 
112 

Color  Guard,  the  tallest,  188 

Colvin,  Supt.  George,  supported  Payne's 
program,  83;  report  on  teacher  short- 
age, 225 

Combs,  Sr.,  Earle  B.,  Regent,  28 

Combs  Lumber  Company,  106 

Commencement  Procession  passing  the 
Roark  Building,  an  illustration,  310 

Commercial  Department,  authorized  by 
Regents  in  1909,  269;  very  meager 
offerings,  269;  further  authorized  in 
1918,  269;  subjects  to  be  taught,  269; 
more  equipment.  269-70;  apparently 
discontinued,  yet  apparently  contin- 
ued, 270;  Department  well  organized, 
270;  teachers  of  commercial  subjects, 
270;    enrollment,  270 

Comstock,  William  H.,  normal  school 
teacher,   196 

Confederate  pardon,   a,   112 

Conklin-Wilson,  Mrs.  Constance,  voice 
teacher,  333 

Conway,  Miss  Bertha,  first  nurse  em- 
ployed,  300 

Cooper,  Cadet  Lt.  Colonel  Donovan, 
Cadet  Corps  Commander,   173 

Cooper,  Dr.  Homer  E.,  Dean  and  Acting 
President,  42,  46,  47 

Cooper,  Dr.  John  H.,  in  charge  of  health 
education.  301 

Cox,  Meredith  J.,  sponsor  of  Caduceus, 
131;  Prof,  of  chemistry.  64;  co-author 
of  chap.  XXXVI.  337 

Cox,  Rex.  interest  in  agriculture.   119 

Coy,  Mrs.  J.  Mack,  loans  to  museum. 
113 

Crabbe,  Supt.  J.  G.,  able  administration 
of.  2,  42,  43;  president,  43;  expansion 
of  College,  43;  recommended  contin- 
uance of  Model  School,  82;  opposed 
teaching  of  primitive  life,  86;  di- 
rector of  training  school,  90;  organ- 
ized farmers'  chautauqua,    117 

Crabbe.  Mrs.  Julia  Catherine  Baughman, 
43 

Crawford.  Col.  E.  H..  commander  of 
cadet  corps  of  Model  High  at  James- 
town Exposition.  80;  director  of 
Training  School.  52;  organized  drum 
corps,    127 

Cuff.  Dr.  Noel  B.,  director  of  student 
personnel,  49;  Schedule  of  classes  for 
Review,   244 

Culbertson,  J.  P..  business  agent  and 
secretary  to  president.  51 

Cwens,  a  sophomore  girls  honor  organi- 
zation, 132 

Council  on  Higher  Education,  require- 
ments of,  277;  curriculum  for  second- 
ary education,  279;  required  new  pro- 
gram for  different  levels  of  service, 
280-81 

Courier-Journal,  Louisville,  quoted,  10- 
11 

Cowles,  Col.  Stuart  L.,  replaced  Col. 
Paschall,  182;  cadet  officers  ap- 
pointed, 1952,  182;  replaced  by  Col. 
Haydon  Y.   Grubbs,   183 


Court  of  Appeals,  sustains  Circuit 
Court,    12 

Dairy,  expansion  of,  120-122;  testing 
association  membership,  123;  average 
annual  production  per  cow,  123;  sani- 
tary care  in.  123-24 

Darling.  Fred,  line  coach  and  teacher 
of  health,  299;  co-author  chap.  XH, 
151 

Davis,  Miss  Anna  Lee.  taught  first 
course  in  health,  300;  home  economics 
teacher,   300 

Davis.  James  Homer,  teacher  of  in- 
dustrial arts.   318 

Davis.  Mrs.  Kathryn  E..  director  of  film 
service,   99 

Dean,  Mrs.  Mary  B..  teacher  of  geog- 
raphy and  geology,  289 

Degrees,  distribution  by  departments, 
260 

Deniston,  N.  G..  sponsor  of  Milestone, 
247;  teacher  of  industrial  arts.  315; 
death,  315;  Industrial  Arts  Award,  315 

Department  of  Education,  organization 
of,  272;  early  relationship  to  other 
departments  and  divisions  of  the  Col- 
lege. 272-73;  number  of  teachers  in 
all.  273;  purpose  of.  273;  various  of- 
ferings for  many  purposes.  273-74; 
subjects  offered  prior  to  1921,  274-75; 
changes  and  offerings.  1922-31.  275- 
76;  development  since  1932,  276-77; 
requirements  in  elementary  educa- 
tion. 278;  number  of  students  in.  278; 
rural  education,  278-79;  secondary 
education,  279-80;  graduate  work, 
280-81 

Departments  of  instruction,  organiza- 
tion,  261 

Derick,  Miss  Lucille,  teacher  of  mathe- 
matics,   321 

Dickerson.  Mrs.  Mary,  Librarian.   69 

Disraeli.  Israel,   106 

Domestic  science,  subjects  included, 
312;  cottage  equipped  for,  312;  equip- 
ment, 312;  name  changed  to  Home 
Economics,  312;  scope  of  departments, 
312 

Donaldson,  Dr.  Robert  C.  in  history, 
308 

Donovan,  H.  L.,  enrolled  at  Western, 
13,  n.  26;  President  of  Eastern,  42; 
dean  of  faculty,  44,  47;  improvements 
under  42,  45;  secured  student  teach- 
ing in  Richmond,  84.  restored  Model 
High,  84;  united  efforts  of  Madison 
and  Model  High.  93;  reported  on  ex- 
tension work,  226;  established  De- 
partment of  Geography,  289;  ex- 
panded health  program,  300;  en- 
couraged museum,  106;  President  of 
U.  K..   108 

Dorris.  Lt.  Donald  Hugh,  USNR,  first 
war  casualty,  203-4;  his  Log  of  the 
Vincennes,  204;  statuary  in  Student 
Union  in  memory  of,  207;  letter  from 
war  zone  quoted.  205 

Dorris,  Dr.  Jonathan  T.,  author  of 
chaps.  I  and  VIII;  Director  of  the 
Museum,  105,  ff.;  address  on  value  of 


349 


a  museum,  105;  recognized  historic 
community,  105;  obtains  cases,  106 
opens  account  with  Maggs  Bros..  106 
buys  valuable  books.  106-7;  salvages 
old  books,  107;  obtains  Indian  arti- 
facts, 108;  obtains  weapons,  108;  ob- 
tains more  cases  for  museum,  108; 
efforts  to  obtain  aid  for  museum,  109; 
proposed  donation  of  museum  ex- 
hibits to  the  Museum,  115;  memorial 
gift  of  statuary  to  College,  207;  editor 
of  A  Log  of  the  Vincennes,  207;  edi- 
tor of  Three  Decades  of  Progress,  248; 
to  history  staff,  305;  retired  from 
classroom  teaching,  308 

Drum   and   Sandal   Club,    131 

Duke  of  Windsor,  commemorative 
china,  110 

"E"  Club,  the,  134 

Early  College  Organizations,  127-128 

Easterday,  Major  David  M.,   180 

Eastern  iDecame  a  teachers  college,  283 

Eastern  in  Tangerine  Bowl  Game,  160 

Eastern  Kentucky  Review,  contents  of 
Vols.  1  and  31,  242-244 

Eastern  Progress,  first  apearance,  245; 
frequency  of  appearance,  245;  plan  of 
make  up,  246;  selection  of  staff,  246; 
sponsored  by  Prof.  W.  L.  Keene,  246 

Eastern  songs,  by  staff  and  students 
published,  330 

Educational  Improvement  Commission, 
purpose  of,  1-2;  petitioned  General 
Assembly,  4 

Edwards,  Richard  A.,  Director  of  Train- 
ing School,  53;  leave  of  absence,  84; 
author  of  "Code  of  Ethics,"  247;  au- 
thor First  Forty  Years  of  Training 
School,  248;   co-author  of  chap.  VI 

Elementary  Council,  131 

Elks'  Club  Trophy  awards,   173 

Ellis,  Miss  Laura,  on  physical  education 
staff,   299 

Engle,  Dr.  F.  A.,  education  staff,  64; 
co-founder  of  Baptist  Student  Union, 
232 

English,  little  English  taught  in  early 
day,  282;  expression,  282;  encouraged 
public  speaking  and  debate,  283;  pub- 
lic speaking  club  organized,  283; 
dramatics  club  organized,  284;  Na- 
tional English  Society  chartered,  284; 
requirements  for  English  major's,  284; 
tenure  of  teachers,  285 

Enlisted  Reserve  Corps  announced,  177; 
to  be  called  to  active  service,  177; 
ten  juniors  returned  to  Eastern,  Oc- 
tober, 1943,  for  college  training,  178 

Enrollment,  as  affected  by  war,  194, 
198,  200 

Evaluation  Committee,  report  of  A.  A. 
of    C.    for    Teacher    Education,    58 

Exchange  Club  of  Richmond,  organized 
Boys'   Band,   327 

Executive  Committee,  determined  pro- 
gram of  the  Educational  Commission, 
2 

Extension  Department,  established,  224; 
correspondence  courses  popular,  224; 
off -campus    study    centers,    225;    ex- 


tension departments  created,  226; 
A  A  C  limited  amount  of  extension, 
226;  tables  of  enrollments,  226-227; 
transferred  to  In-Service  Education, 
227 

Faculty  1955-56.  with  academic  train- 
ing and  positions  held.  63-69;  Emer- 
eti,  69-70;  former  members  of,  71-74 

Farm  expansion,  121,  122;  work  for 
students,  122 

Farris,  Mrs.  Bennett  H.,  gift  to  museum, 
113 

Farris,  Dr.  Jacob  D.,  organizer  of  Cadu- 
ceus  Club,  131;  resigned  as  physician, 
300 

Farris,  Dr.  Jacob  Thomas,  war  casualty, 
203-4 

Fayette  Legion  Quick  Step,  113 

Federal  aid  to  home  economics,  313 

Feltner,  Don,  co-author  of  chap.  XII 

Ferrell,  Dr.  D.  Thomas,  acting  dean  of 
faculty,  48;  author  of  chap.  XXIV, 
272 

Fitzpatrick  Art  Building,  28 

Fitzpatrick   Sr.,   H.   D.,   Regent,   28 

Fitzsimmons,  William  E.,  violin  teacher, 
333 

Floyd,  Charles,  captain  pistol  team, 
1941,  175 

Floyd,  Miss  Mary,  author  of  chap.  VII. 
96 

Ford,  Miss  Edith  G.,  added  to  commerce 
staff,  270;  post-war  over-sea  instruc- 
tor, 200;  co-author  of  chap.  XI,  138 

Ford,  Capt.  W.  W..  169-70;  coach  of  first 
pistol  team,  170;  to  Fort  Knox,  171; 
in  charge  of  touring  convoy,  171;  to 
attend  Staff  College  at  Leavenworth, 
172;  a  Summary  Court  officer  to  re- 
cruit reserves,  172;  replaced  by  Capt. 
Hugh  P.  Adams,  172;  a  Brigadier 
General,   114 

Foreign  Languages,  chap.  XXVI,  by  Dr. 
Janet  Murbach.  287 

Fort  Harrison,  Battery  from,  169 

Foster,  Professor  R.  A.,  organized  Eng- 
lish Club,  130;  only  full  time  English 
teacher,  283;  organized  Canterbury 
Club,  283 

Foster,  Stephen  Collins,  songs  popular 
on  campus,  329 

Foster  Music  Camp,  its  establishment, 
331;  recognized  nationally,  331 

Fowler,  Miss  Allie,  art  teacher,  266 

Frazer,  Miss  Joy,  nurse,  300 

French  Friendship  Train,  112 

Future  Teachers  of  America,  successor 
to  Elementary  Council,   131 

Fuqua,  James  H.,  State  Superintendent 
Public  Instruction,  1,  26 

Gafford,  Lt.  Joe,  178 

Gallaher,  Major  Charles  W.,  169;  at  Fort 
Knox,  171;  as  recruiting  officer,  172; 
revoked  previous,  and  made  new 
cadet,  appointments,  1939,  173;  re- 
ferred to  as  Lt.   Colonel  in  1940,   173 

Gatwood,  Dean,  joins  Art  Department, 
267 


350 


Gentry,  Frank  D.,  business  agent  and 
secretary    to    president,    51 

Geography  and  Geology  Department, 
number  of  courses  offered,  289;  spon- 
sors world  Affairs  Club,  289;  spon- 
sored tours  of  the  state,  290:  fur- 
nished newspaper  reports  on  "Ken- 
tucky Counties  on  Parade."  290;  pre- 
pared supplements  to  Kentucky  geog- 
graphy,  290:  held  forums  throughout 
state,   290 

GI.  students,  donations  to  the  museum, 
111 

Gibson   farm   purchased,    120 

Gibson,  Miss  Maude,  varied  pioneering 
in  art  instruction,  264-65:  author  of 
chap.  XV,  217 

Giles,  Dr.  Fred  P.,  becomes  Art  Depart- 
ment head,  267;  author  chap.  XXII, 
264 

Gill,  Miss  Anna  D.,  added  to  commerce 
staff,  270;   likeness  of,  78 

Glover,  Harold  T.,  war  service,  200 

Goff,    Sudduth,    made   book   plate,    98 

Gorham,  Robert,  suggested  system  of 
national   education    in    1791,    113 

Government   and   Sociology,   292-4 

Graham,  Joseph  D.,  director  of  dra- 
matics,  129 

Gray,  Mrs.  Mary  Belknap,  donation  of 
bookmobile,    101 

Gridiron,   lighting  system  for,   156 

Griffith,  Ralph  W.,  loans  to  museum, 
112 

Griffith,  Sidney,  director  of  Boys'  Band, 
327 

Grimes,  John  A.,  printer,  113,  n.  7 

Grinstead,   P.   W.,  26 

Grinstead,  Wren  J.,  normal  school  staff, 
79 

Grise,  Dr.  Presley  M.,  author  chap. 
XVII,  231;  co-founder  of  Wesley 
Foundation,  232;  head  of  English  De- 
partment,  285 

Gumbert,  G.  M.,  director  of  film  serv- 
ice, 99;  assistant  coach,  152;  deceased, 
263 

Grubbs,  Col.  Haydon  Y..  replaces  Col. 
Cowles,  183;  announced  cadet  ap- 
pointments, fall  of  1953,  183:  Deputy 
Camp  Commander,  Ft.  Sill,  summer, 
1954,   184;    retired,   186 

Hager,  Cyril,  director  of  dramatics,  129; 
war   service,   200 

Hager,    Auditor    S.    W.,    11 

Hall,  Cadet  Harold,  delegate  of  Phalanx 
at  Omaha,  174 

Hammond,  Miss  Katharine';  on  physical 
education   staff  for  women,   297 

Hansen,  Miss  May  C,  primary  critic, 
86;    leave   of   absence,    86;    retired,    71 

Hardin,  Miss  Anetta,  teacher  of  expres- 
sion and  physical  culture,  for  women, 
297 

Hatch,  Lt.  Col.  Alden  O.,  Operation 
and  Training  Officer,  Ft.  Sill,  sum- 
mer, 1954,  184;  training  officer.  Ft. 
Sill,  summer,  1955,  186;  succeeded 
Col.  Grubbs,  186;  address  on  Veterans 
Day,    1955,    188;    attended   conference 


for  PMST's  at  Ft.  Meade,  188;  formu- 
lated plan  to  defend  the  campus,  188; 
honorary  member  of  Riflemen,  189; 
address  on  Men's  Honor  Day  Program, 
189;  to  Europe,  189;  co-author  chap. 
XIII 
Health  and  Physical  Education,  East- 
ern's introduction  of,  296;  need  of 
program,  300;  growth,  301 
Hembree,  George  N.,  philosophy  in  ath- 
letics, 155:  teacher  of  commercial 
subjects,  269;  physical  instructor  for 
men,  297;  in  the  army,  200,  298;  death. 
205,   298 

Herndon,  Dr.  T.  C,  professor  of  chem- 
istry,  65 

Hickman,  Lt.  Col.  Edwin  G..  succeeded 
Lt.  Col.  Hatch,  189:  announced  cadet 
appointments  for   1956,    189 

History,  Department  of,  aspects  of  its 
early  development,  303-5;  a  Depart- 
ment of  History  and  Civics,  305; 
effects  of  war,  1917-20,  305;  shift  of 
emphasis,  306;  special  courses,  307; 
shifts  to  Department  of  Economics, 
307,  n.  2;  effects  of  World  War  II, 
307-8;  retirements,  resignations,  and 
new  teachers,  308;  decided  emphasis 
on  ideological  and  intellectual  aspects 
of  history,  308-9;  graduate  courses, 
309;  integration  of  courses  advised, 
310 

History  of  Education  in  Kentucky,  by 
T.  J.  Coates,   14,  n.  27 

History  of  Massachusetts  Colony,  by 
Thomas    Hutchinson,    107 

History  of  War  in  America,  by  Rev. 
James  Murray,   107 

History  of  the  World,  Sir  Walter  Ral- 
eigh's,   107,    n.    1 

Hoffman,  Miss  Jeanette,  voice  teacher, 
332 

Hollenkamp,    Joe,    drum   major,    127 

Holman,  Miss  Louise,  and  attendants  of 
third  military  ball,  but  ill,  172 

Holstein  -  Fresian  Breed  Association's 
honor  roll  at  Eastern,  123:  Eastern 
Ollie  Queen  outstanding,  123 

Homecoming,  sponsored  by  Alumni  As- 
sociation,  257 

Home  Economics,  club,  131;  domestic 
science  introduced,  311;  curriculum, 
313;  services  open  to  graduates,  313; 
evaluation  by  state  committee,  313; 
faculty,  313;   Weaver  award,  314 

Home  management,   locations,   313 

Homes,  of  Superintendent  of  Buildings 
and  Grounds,   18;   of  President,   19 

Honaker,  Gerald  L.,  director  of  dra- 
matics,   129;    Antigone    produced,    129 

Honorary  Societies,  permitted,   131 

Honor  Days,  for  men  and  women,  132 

Hood,  Miss  Gertrude,  on  physical  edu- 
cation staff.  297 

Hounchell,  Dr.  Saul,  English  staff,  65; 
sponsor  A  Z  K,  129 

Houtchens,   Max.   war  service,   200 

Huber,  SFC  Paul  R.,  at  Ft.  Campbell, 
186;  to  Germany,  187;  drilled  Persh- 
ing Rifles,  187 


351 


Hughes.  Charles  T.,  4  letter  man  at 
U.  K.,  1954;  chap.  XXIX,  296;  head 
coach  of  athletics,  297;  resigned  as 
coach  to  teach,  298;  appointed  di- 
rector of  physical  education  and  ath- 
letics,  398 

Hughes-Van  Peursem,  Mrs.  Eliza,  in- 
structor  of   physical   education.   297 

Hughes.  Miss  Marie,  battalion  sponsor, 
1940,   174 

Hull,  Miss  Helen,  teacher  of  violin,  328 

Huniberd,  Capt.  Quentin  L.,  assigned  to 
Eastern,  189;  Ft.  Sill,  summer,  1956, 
189 

Hume,  Dr.  E.  E.,  of  the  Improvement 
Committee,    13 

Hume,   Dr.   O.  F.,  Regent,   29 

Hume,  Mrs.  S.  B.,  domestic  science  and 
handwork.   311 

Humphrey,  Miss  Elizabeth,  teacher  of 
public  school  music,  325 

Hurst,  Miss  Jean  B.,  teacher  of  expres- 
sion and  physical  culture  for  women, 
296 

Hurst,  Mrs.  C.  E.,  sponsor  of  Wesley 
Foundation,    233 

Incunabulum,  an,  109 

Industrial  Arts,  beginning  and  expan- 
sion. 315;  location  of,  316;  new  home 
of,  316;  objectives  of,  318;  renewed 
expansion,  317;  success  of  graduation 
in,  317 

In-Service  Education,  early  extension 
work,  222,  223;  division  introduced, 
227;  cooperation  with  state  program, 
228 

International  Relations  Center,  99;  size 
of  collection,  99;  object  of,  99;  serves 
the  state,  289 

Jaggers,  Dr.  Richard  Elmer,  director  of 
extension  department,  52,  226;  prin- 
cipal of  Eastern  Normal,  52;  State 
Director  of  Teacher  Training  and  cer- 
tification, 52;  Handbook  for  students, 
247;  co-author  of  chap.  XVI;  co-au- 
thor of  Rural  Education  in  Madison 
County,  247 

Jasper,  Dr.  H.  C,  College  physcian,  30 

Jayne,  I.  W.,  director  of  Training 
School,  School,  52,  90;  supervised 
rural  training,  94 

Jenkins,  Dr.  Emerson  D.,  in  mathe- 
matics Department,  32;  war  service, 
200 

Jennings,  Mrs.  Mable  Walker,  Ele- 
mentary  Education  critic,   65 

Jimmy  James,  band,  175 

Johnson,  J.  R.,  dean  of  men,  320; 
mathematics  teacher,  320;  training 
and   experience,   320 

Johnson,  Mrs.  J.  R.,  teacher  of  piano, 
325 

Johnson,  Gov.  Keen,  Student  Union 
Building   named  for,   28;    Regents,   29 

Johnson,  Miss  Rachel,  Queen  of  Military 
Ball,  March,   1951,   181 

Johnson,  Rev.  W.  A.  E.,  co-organizer  of 
Wesley  Foundation,  232 


Jones,  Miss  Pauline,  queen  of  first  mil- 
itary  ball,   175 
Jones,  Major  Willard  L.,  C  A  U,   180 
Jones,  Dr.  William  C,  dean  of  faculty, 
47;    co-author   of  Rural    Education    in 
Madison   County,   247 

Keen,  Quentin  Begley.  dean  of  men, 
50;   sponsor  of  K  I  E,  132 

Keene,  W.  L.,  sponsor  of  the  Eastern 
Progress,  129;  sponsor  of  A  Z  K,  129; 
English  staff,  65;  memorial  poem,  104; 
memorial  address,  206;  author  of 
chap.  XIV 

Keith,  Mrs.  Anna  Roe,  honored  by 
Keith  Hall  plaque,  258;  director  of 
men's   residences,    258 

Keith,  Dr.  Charles  A.,  dean  of  men,  50; 
war  time  speeches,  195:  county  in- 
stitute work,  224;  honored  by  Keith 
Hall  plaque,  258;  co-author  of  chap. 
XXVIII,   292;    to  Eastern,   305 

Kellogg,  Mrs.  Clark,  gifts  to  museum, 
113 

Kennamer,  Dr.  L.  G.,  Director  of  In- 
ternational Relations  Center,  99;  re- 
ports for  press,  130;  organizer  and 
sponsor  of  World  Affairs  Club,  130; 
author  of  Chap.  XXVII,  288 

Kentucky  Building,  the,  at  W.  K.  S.  C, 
115,  n.  8 

Kentucky  Educational  Association,  1-2; 
work   of,   3 

Kentucky  Federation  of  Women's  Clubs, 
118 

Kentucky  State  College,  becomes  U.  of 
K.,  13 

Kessler,  Miss  Elizabeth,  English  staff,  66 

Kidd,  Mrs.  Roy,  on  physical  education 
staff,   299 

K  I  E,  honorary  for  sophomore  men.  132 

Kinzer,  Dr.  John,  band  conductor  and 
teacher   of  philosophy,   330 

Kirby,  Wesley,   111 

Kluth,  Fred,  gifts  to  museum.  Ill 

Kluz,  Miss  Mary,  art  teacher,   267 

Knights   of   Artillery,    131 

Koch,  John  K.,  music  teacher,  326 

Koenigstein,  Nicholas  J.,  band  director, 
333 

KYMA,  134 

LaFuze,  Dr.  Harvey  H.,  sponsor  of 
Eastern  Kentucky  Review,  vol.  34, 
No.  2.  247;  sponsor  of  Milestone,  129; 
founder  and  sponsor  of  Photo  Club, 
134;  co-founder  of  Wesley  Founda- 
tion, 232;  co-author  of  chap.  XXXVI, 
337 

LaSalle,  why  he  missed  the  mouth  of 
the  Mississippi,  107,  n.  4 

Lassing,  Judge  John  M.,  secures  Gov. 
Beckham's    approval    of    bill,    6 

Law  establishing  normals,  salient  fea- 
tures of,  7 

Lawrence,  A.  J.,  teacher  of  commercial 
subjects,    270;    resigned,    1930,    270 

Lee,  Miss  Cora,  English  staff  of  Model 
High,   66 


352 


Lewis,  Charles  D.,  director  of  exten- 
sion, 51;  supervised  rural  teacher 
training,  94:  first  director  of  exten- 
sion, 226;  goes  to  state  department 
of  Education,  226 

Lewis,  Clyde  J.,  to  history  staff,  308; 
co-author  of  chap.  XXX,  303 

Lewis,  Fred,  won  William  Randolph 
Hurst  Trophy.  155 

Lewis,  Miss  Hortense,  taught  physical 
education,  297 

Lewis.  Dr.  J.  S.,  English  staff,  66;  fac- 
ulty  advisor  of  Veterans   Club.    135 

Library,  The,  the  staff.  69,  101.  102;  de- 
scription of,  96;  policies,  96;  dedica- 
tion of,  96-97;  numbers  of  books  and 
periodicals,  97;  gifts  to,  97-98;  grade 
pupils  served,  97;  films  in,  99;  new 
books  listed,  101;  in  World  War  II 
program,    101;    bookmobile   drive,    102 

Lingenfelser,  Miss  Margaret,  primary 
critic,   86 

Link,  Capt.  Eugene  M.,  170;  at  Ft.  Har- 
rison,   171 

Literary  societies,  Ruric  Nevel  Roark, 
128;  Neon  Krypton  and  Horace  Mann, 
128;  Little  Theatre  Club,  128 

Loan  Fund,  Student,  133 

Lutes,  Mrs.  Helen  Hull,  "Marching 
Song,"    248;    "Yea,    Eastern,"    248 

Madison  Female  Institute,  established, 
82;  used  as  hospital  during  the  war, 
82;  ceased  to  operate,  83;  given  to 
Richmond  Board  of  Education,  83 

Madison  High  School,  on  site  of  Insti- 
tue,  83;  high  school  enrollment 
doubled,  84;  partial  union  with 
Model  High,  93 

Madrigal  Club,  328 

Maggs  Bros.,  London,  distributors  of  old 
books,    etc.,    106-7 

Mahaffey,  Dr.  Hugh,  gift  to  museum, 
113;    College  physician,   301 

Male  chorus,  328 

Mammoth  Cave  Convention  of  the 
K  E  A,   work  of,    1-3 

Mangum,  Major  R.  G.,  inspects  R  O  T  C, 
173 

"Martha,"  operetta,  produced,  330 

Martin,  Dr.  Henry  G.,  Director  of  Ele- 
mentary Training  School,   66 

Martin,   Dr.  Robert  R.,  28 

Marsee,  R.  A.,  files  injunction,  12 

Master's  Degree  in  Education,  courses 
for,  280-81;  preparation  of  teachers 
for  courses  of  instruction,  281;  theses 
no  longer  required,  280 

Mathematics,  club,  131;  development 
of  curriculum,  322;  members  of  fac- 
ulty, 321;  present  offerings  in  cur- 
riculum, 322;  per  cent  of  other  majors 
taking  mathematics,  323 

Mattox,  Melvin  E.,  registrar,  49;  di- 
rector of  extension,  52;  226;  acting 
director  of  Training  School,  53 

McBrayer,  Paul,  head  basketball  coach, 
299;  all  American,  156 

McCormack,  Dr.  R.  N.,  support  of  law 
for  normals,   6 


McCreary,  James  B.,  rival  of  Gov. 
Beckham,   6 

McDonough,  Major  Robert  J.,  replaced 
by  Capt.  Ernest  H.   Morgan,   184 

McDonough.  Thomas  E.,  developed 
physical  education  program,  154;  on 
physical  education  staff,  297;  re- 
signed.  298 

McDougle.  Cpl.  Earl  C,  letter  from  war 
theater,    196 

McDougle,  Dr.  Ernest  Clifton,  dean  of 
faculty,  47;  registrar,  48;  business 
agent,   51;    county  institute  work.  224 

McGibney,  William,  Eastern  orator,   129 

McGlasson,  Alvin,  member  of  mathe- 
matics staff,   321 

McGreagor,  Judge  Thomas  B.,  Regeiit, 
28 

McHone,  W.  T.,  art  teacher,  66,  268 

Mcllvaine,  Alex  Gentry,  commerce 
staff,   66 

Mcllvaine,  Miss  Edith,  likeness  of,  78 

McKee,  Miss  Lucile  Ellen,  violin 
teacher,  326 

McKeon,  N.  F.,  on  services  for  the  li- 
brary, 96 

McKinney,  Miss  Mary  Frances,  teacher 
of  geography,  289;  to  Eastern,  306; 
see  Richards,  289 

McLain,  Glen  A.,  established  Interna- 
tional Relations  Club,  289;  secured 
International  Relations  Center,  289; 
Ford  Foundation  Aid,  289;  resigned, 
308 

McLain,  G.  L.,  Model  High  principal, 
247;    sponsor    of    Milestone,    247 

McLaughlin,  Mrs.  Mary  Dorris,  teacher 
of   music   appreciation,   332 

McLellan,   Rev.  Hugh,   8 

McMillan,  Miss  Mary  Ann,  teacher  of 
expression  and  physical  education  for 
women,   297 

McPherson,  Miss  Frances  Mario,  piano 
teacher,  332 

Mebane,   Miss  Eleanor,  art  teacher,  265 

Meier,  Major  Robert,  replaces  Col. 
Star  key,   178 

Meixner,  Miss  Mary,  art  teacher,  267 

Memorial  ceremonies,  205,  206,  207 

Men's  Dormitory  Council,  134 

Messiah,  first  rendition  of,  329;  soloists, 
329;  difficulties  of  transportation  for, 
329 

Mexico,  exhibits  from,  112 

Milestone,  student  annual,  246;  senior 
class  product,  content,  faculty  ad- 
vistors,   financing,  247 

Military  Ball,  the,  committee  on  ar- 
rangements of  first  annual,  170;  Miss 
Nancy  Covington  queen  and  her  at- 
tendants, 170;  second  annual  ball,  171; 
third,  1939,  172;  fourth  annual,  1940, 
173;  fifth,  175;  sponsors  for  ball  of 
November,  1942,  177;  ball  for  No- 
vember, 1943,  179;  first  since  1943 
to  be  April,  1946,  178;  ball  for  1947, 
179;  ball  for  1948,  179;  ball  for  1949, 
180;  for  1950,  181;  for  1951,  181;  for 
1952,  182;  for  1953,  183;  16th  annual, 
1954,  184;  17th  annual,  185;  18th  an- 
nual, 188 


353 


Military  Band  organized,   190 

Military  Science  Department,  staff,  70; 
announces  cadet  assignments,  fall, 
1941,  174;  announced  girls'  pistol 
team,  175;  in  accord  witli  General 
Military  Science.  183;  record  enroll- 
ment, fall,  1956,  190;  objectives,  324; 
organization    of   instruction,    324 

Miller,  Charles  F.,  in  charge  of  physical 
education  for  men,  297 

Miller,  Mrs.  Lester,  library  staff,  69 

Miller,  Hon  .Richard  W.,  author  of  bill, 
4;  retires  from  House,  14 

Miller,  Rucie,  of  speech,  128;  head  of 
expression,  283;  organized  Little 
Theatre  Club,  283 

Million,   Miss  Issie,   music   teacher,   326 

Mississippi  River,  source  and  mouth  of, 
106,  n.  4 

Moberly,  Miss  Margaret  Hume,  com- 
merce staff,  66 

Model  High  Cadets  at  Jamestown, 
muster  roll  of,  80;  participate  at 
Boonesborough,   81 

Model  School,  creation  of,  81;  opening 
of,  13;  decline  of,  81;  early  purpose, 
89;  introduction  of  practice  school,  90; 
reduced  to  eight  elementary  grades, 
84;  PTA  dissolved,  84;  enrollment  de- 
clined, 84;  demand  for  student  teach- 
ing doubled,  84;  no  graduating  class 
in  1907,  1908,  and  1911,  82;  adopted 
requirements  of  Walters  Collegiate 
Institute,  82;  advanced  standing  to 
graduates,  82;  school  abolished,  83; 
had  not  been  used  for  training  teach- 
ers, 83;  need  for  high  school  teacher 
training  just  beginning,  84;  curricu- 
lum, 87;  extra  curricular  activities, 
87;  policy  as  to  discipline,  88;  sup- 
ported by  reorganization  of  P-TA,  89; 
location,  85;  reorganized  on  six-six 
plan,  85;   tuition,  85 

Model  Rural  School,   92 

Moore,  Charles  H.,  principal  Model 
High  School,   195 

Moore,  Dr.  William  J.,  dean  of  faculty, 
48;  author  of  chap.  IV,  42;  author  of 
chap.  V,  58;  author  of  chap.  XXIII, 
269;  head  of  Commerce  Department, 
270;   in  economics,  306 

Moore,  Miss  Wesa,  taught  intermediate 
grades  of  Model,  80 

Morehead  State  College,  14 

Morgan,  Capt.  Ernest  H.,  to  Eastern, 
August,  1954,  184;  duty  at  Ft.  Camp- 
bell, 1955,  186;  admitted  to  honorary 
membership  in  Pershing  Riflemen, 
189;  duty  at  Camp  A.  P.  Hill,  189; 
assigned  to  Korea,  October,  1956, 
189;   co-author  chap.  XIII,  168 

Morse.   Jedidiah,   288 

Moss.  Miss  Willie,  home  economics 
teacher,  313;  sponsor  of  Y.W.C.A.,  233 

Mother's  Day  celebration,  145;  music  by 
chorus,    330 

Mucio,  Sgt.  Michael,  Asst.  coach  of 
Riflemen,  188;  duty  at  Camp  A.  P. 
Hill,   189 

Murbach,    Dr.    Janet,    head    of    Foreign 


Language  Department,  130;  sponsor 
of  S  L,   130:   author  of  chap.  XXVI 

Murphy,  Miss  Mary,  teacher  of  voice, 
129 

Murray  State  College,  14 

Museum,  the  Memorial,  105-116;  the 
Director  of,  105-7,  encouraged  by 
President  O'Donnell,  108-9;  valuable 
exhibits  obtained,  109-10;  replete  in 
illustrative  material,  112;  location, 
110;  the  permanency  and  future  of, 
114;  donation  of  exhibits  as  a  me- 
memorial   to   World   War   dead,    115 

Music,  chap.  XXXV,  by  James  S.  Van 
Peursem,  325;  first  chorus,  326;  no 
longer  extra-curricular  activity,  325; 
specialized  music  courses,  326;  cur- 
riculum, 328;  practice  teaching,  330; 
in  Model  School,  326;  new  building, 
331 

Music  organization.  Band,  129;  A  Capel- 
la  Choir,  129;  Madrigal  Club.  129; 
Men's  Glee  Club,  129;  Messiah  Chorus, 
129;  Music  Club,  129,  331;  orchestra 
development,  328;  student  committee, 
134;  reorganization  of  singing  groups, 
328;  Stephen  Collins  Foster  Music 
Camp,  331;  choir  work  for  credit,  330 

Myers,  Master  Paul,  gift  to  museum, 
114 

Myers,  Major  Paul  E.,  to  Eastern,  Au- 
gust, 1955,  186;  commissioned  Major, 
July,  1956,  186;  coach  of  Rifle  Team, 
188;  co-author  chap.  XIII,  168;  author 
chap.   XXXIV,   324 

Myers,  Shilo  Shafer,  music  teacher,  326 

Myers,  Thomas  E.,  in  general  shop  and 
crafts,   67,  318 

Nagel,  Dr.  Paul  C,  on  history  staff,  308 

Nash,   Gordon,   331 

Nettinga-Neevil,    Mrs.    Cornelia,    voice 

teacher,   332 
National  Intercollegiate  Tournament  en- 
tered, 155 
Newman  Club,  232 
Niles,  John  Jacob,  works  presented  by 

music  department,  331 
Nims,  Miss  Lora,  art  teacher,  264 
Noble,  Capt.  Earle,  178 
Noland,    Mrs.    Anne,    loan   to   museum, 

111-2 
Noland,    Supt.    John,    suggests    site    for 

normal,  7-8 
Noland,     N.     B.,     rescues     cadet     from 

drowning,  81 
Normal    Executive    Council,    instruction 

of,  12 
Normal  High  School  discontinued,  85 
Normal  School,  Eastern  Kentucky  State, 

beginning    of,    13;    commission,    9-11; 

location,  85;  purpose,  89-90 

OAK,  Junior-Senior  Men's  Honorary, 
132 

O'Donnell,  William  Francis,  President, 
42;  author  of  chap.  Ill;  early  interest 
in  the  museum,  108;  obtains  cases  for 
museum,  108-9;  aruiounces  military 
staff    in    spring    of    1943,     177;     ap- 


354 


proved  Pershing  Rifle  Company,  185; 
approved  plan  to  defend  the  campus, 
188;  at  annual  inspection  of  R  O  T  C, 
189;   memorial  address,  205 

Off  Campus  Woman's  Club,  134;  re- 
ligious  organizations,   230 

Oldham,  Miss  Jane,  on  physical  educa- 
tion staff,  299 

Open  Forum,  organized  by  Dr.  Anna  A. 
Schnieb,  133;   object  of,  133 

Oratorical  Association,  Eastei-n  Ken- 
tucky State,  organized,   129 

Orchestra,  members  in  first  rendition  of 
Messiah,  329 

Organ,  electric,  installed,  330 

Oppelt,  Dr.  Robert  L.,  violin  teacher, 
333 

Palm  Sunday  program,  329 

Park,    Mrs.    Nancy   R.    (Smith),   library 

staff,  69 
Park,     Dr.     Smith,     author    chaps.     II, 
XXXIII;  chairman  of  student  council 
organization  committee,  133;   head  of 
the  mathematics  department,  321;  in- 
ventor, 321;   member  of  General  As- 
sembly,  321 
Parkhurst,  Willis  M.,  education  staff,  67 
Parks,  Lt.  General  Floyd  L.,  188 
Patridge,     Miss     Lelia,     normal     school 
faculty,  90;   description  of,  91;   death 
and   will    of,    92;    supervisor   of    Watt 
school,  94 
Paschall,     Col.     William     Douglas,     re- 
placed Major  Willard,  179;   named  16 
cadets    as    D    M    S's,    179;    announced 
applications  for  advanced  ROTC,  180; 
announced    changes    in   military   per- 
sonnel,  180;   announced  cadet  officer 
promotions,   180;    announced  sponsors 
and   cadet   appointments   for    1949-50, 
181;   commissions  in  O  R  C,   181;   re- 
placed by  Col.  Stuart  L.  Cowles,   182 
Patrick,     Dale,     electricity     and    metal 

work,  318 
Patridge,  Capt.  Alden,  169 
Patterson,  Kermit,  commerce  staff,  67 
Patterson,  President,  opposed  establish- 
ment of  normal  school,   11 
Paulding,  J.  K.,  108 

Payne,  E.  George,  Director  of  Training 
School,     52,     90;     reorganization     of 
training,  90 
Payne,  John  Howard,  Superintendent  of 

city  schools,  83 
Pearson,  Cecil,  loan  to  museum,  113 
Peel,  James  L.,  commerce  staff,  67 
Perry,  Edson,  violin  teacher,  333 
Perry,  Miss  Ruth,  taught  physical  edu- 
cation, 297 
Pershing  Rifles,   national  honorary  so- 
ciety,  132 
Pershing    Rifle    Company,    announced, 
185,    formal    dance    sponsored,    185;    4 
members    of    Company    R    at    Regi- 
mental  Assembly,    186;    25   old   mem- 
bers return,  186;  drilled  by  SFC  Paul 
R.  Huber,  187;  in  Chandler  Inaugural 
parade,    188;    won    over    Xavier,    188; 
defeated    Western,    fourth    in    Inter- 
scholastic  matches,  sixth  in  National 


Intercollegiate,    188;    admitted   honor- 
ary members,  188;  Regimental  Drill  at 
U.   K.,    189;    beaten   by   one   point   by 
U.  K.,  189 
Peterson,   Dr.   Edward,   in   history,   308; 

resigned,  308 
Phalanx,  the  Alphae  Marae  Chapter,  in- 
stalled, 174;   officers  of,  174 
Philosophy  of  Human  Nature,   The,  by 

Joseph  Buchanan,   113 
Photo  Club,  134 

Photocopies   of  historic   documents,   110 
Physical  Education,  club,  131;  improve- 
ments and  expansion,  299;  state  laws 
on,   297;    developing  modern  curricu- 
lum, 297 
Physics  Club,   131,  344 
Pickets,  Thomas  H.,  Editor,  8,  10 
Pickett,  Major  Christiancy,   169 
Pinafore,  operetta  produced,  330 
Piotrowska,  Madame  Olga,  German  and 

English  teacher,  282 
Pistol  Team,  announced,  170;  Capt.  Ford 
first   coach,    170;    matches   announced 
for    1937-38,    171;    coached    by    Capt. 
Ford  in  1938,  172;  defeated  Xavier  in 
1939,   172;   defeated  Xavier,   1941,   174; 
10  cadets  commissioned  in  1941,    174; 
defeats    O.    S.    U.,    1942,    175-76;    un- 
defeated, April   1942,   176 
Plains  of  Abraham,  exhibit  from,  110 
Pope  Pius  II,   109 
Pottery,  Indian,  112 
Present    State    of    His    Majesties    Isles, 

The,  etc.,  by  Richard  Blome,  107 
Presidents  of  Eastern,  likenesses  of,  55 
Presnell,   Glenn  E.,  football  coach,   299 
Proctor,  Mrs.  John,  convicted  of  witch- 
craft, 110 
PTC,  religious  honorary  society,  132 
Publications  by  students.   The  Student, 

127;  The  Bluemont,  127 
Public  Works  Administration,  27 
Pugh,  Miss  Ellen,  Elementary  Education 

critic,   67 
Pullen,  J.  S.,  teacher  of  agriculture,  118 

Quakers,  William  Perm,  and  committee 

of,   107 
Quarters  for  Museum,  new,  110 

Radio,  In-service  through,  228-   WHAS 
WSM,  WEKY,  229 

Raftery,  Col.  Paul  H.,  gift  to  museum, 
114 

Ragenstein,  Miss  Alma,  home  economics 
teacher,  313 

Rainey,   Dennis   G.,   biology  staff,   67 

Ralston,  Miss  Henrietta,  first  art 
teacher,  264 

Ramsey,  R.  F.,  Superintendent  of  Build- 
ings and  Grounds,  53 

Rankin,  Robert,  editor  of  Belles  Lettres, 
246 

Rankin,  Rome,  football  and  basketball 
coach,  298;  resigned,  299 

Raper,  Horace,  to  history  staff,  308 

Readnower,  Floyd,  111 

Regents,  name,  addresses  and  terms  of 
service,  29;  chairmen,  29-30;  secre- 
taries, 30 


355 


Regents'  Medal.  283 

Regional  Clubs.   134 

Register,   The   Richmond   Daily.   8.   10 

Reid.  Miss  Mary  Estelle,  produced  "Li- 
brary Number"  of  Kentucky  Review, 
247 

Religion,  attitude  of  Eastern  to,  231 

Religious  Life,  cliap.  XVH,  by  Dr.  P.  M. 
Grise.   231-232 

Religious  emphasis  changed,  135 

Religious  organizations,  officers  of  cam- 
pus. 232-233;  interests.  234;  purpose 
of  233;  programs  for  the  public,  335: 
religious  emphasis  week,  335;  wide 
influence.  236 

Reserve  Officers  Training  Corps,  114 

Revolutionary  soldier's  uniform.  111-112 

Rhoderher.  George,  vegetable  gardner 
for  college  needs,  121;  N.  Y.  A. 
assisted.   121 

Richards,  Mrs.  Mary  F.  McKinney, 
geography  staff.  67;  see  McKinney, 
289;  co-author  of  chap.  XIX;  Execu- 
tive Secretary  of  Alumni  Association, 
255 

Richards.  R.  R..  commerce  staff,  67;  war 
service,  200;   Milestone,  247 

Richmond    Commercial    Club.    The,    7 

Richmond's  desire  for  a  normal,  5,  7; 
offer  to  secure  a  normal.  8-9 

Rifle  Team  defeated  Toledo.  180-181; 
victory  in  1954.  183;  illustration  of, 
190 

Rigby.  Harold,  band  and  laboratory 
school,  332;  war  service,  200 

Rigby,  Ralph,  director  of  Berea  chorus, 
329 

Rime  of  the  Ancient  Marine,  Cole- 
ridge's, 107 

Ritter.  G.  Gordon,  band  leader,  333 

Roark,  Dr.  Ruric  Nevel,  early  promoter 
of  a  normal  school.  11;  chosen  presi- 
dent, 11,  27;  organized  the  normal,  13; 
training  of,  42 

Roark,  Mrs.  Mary  C.  acting  president, 
42;   dean  of  women.  46 

Roberts.  Miss  Marie  L..  dean  of  women, 
50 

Robinson,  Dr.  George  W.,  in  history,  308 

Robinson,  Dr.  James  Russell,  acting 
dean  of  faculty.  48;  business  agent. 
51;  supervisor  of  correspondence  and 
of  extension,  224 

Roling,  Miss  Lena  Gertrude,  supervisor 
of  Model,  80;  co-founder  of  YMCA 
and  YWCA 

Ross,  Miss  Lilly,  first  student  enrolled 
at  Eastern,  242 

Rowlett,  John  D.,  co-author  of  chap. 
XXXII.  315;  teacher  of  industrial  arts, 
318;  sponsor  of  K  I  E,  132 

ROTC,  organization  of.  168-70;  other 
units  in  Kentucky.  168;  purpose  of. 
169;  antecedents  of.  169;  the  Morrill 
Act.  169;  the  first  student  cadet  of- 
ficers, 170;  a  rifle  team,  170;  an  in- 
signia chosen.  170;  promotions.  171; 
battalion  sponsor  for  1937-38.  171;  stu- 
dents in  advanced  course  of  1938-39, 
171-72;  cadet  appointments,  1938,  172; 


enrollment,  180,  173;  staff  in  spring  of 
1940,  173;  first  class  commissioned  as 
2nd  Lieutenants  in  U.  S.  Army.  1940, 
173;  largest  enrollment  in  fall  of  1940 
and  cadet  officers,  173-74;  police  duty 
at  Churchill  Downs,  174;  more  men 
paid  for  service  in  advanced  course, 
175;  commissions  granted,  1942.  176; 
commissions  after  summer  camp  of 
1942,  176;  awards  Field  Corps  Day, 
1942,  176;  receives  Howitzers.  177; 
students  for  Ft.  Sill.  177;  cadet  staff, 
1945-46,  178;  review  and  commissions. 
May,  1947,  179;  review  and  commis- 
sions, December.  1947.  179;  cadets 
commissioned.  May,  1948,  180;  awards, 
180;  students  commissioned  at  Ft. 
Bragg.  181;  cadets  commissioned  sum- 
mer   1949.    181;    cadets   commissioned, 

1950,  181;  commissioned,  1951.  182; 
and  May  1952.  182;  cadets  to  be  com- 
missioned on  graduation  announced, 
January  1953.  182-3;  enrollment,  fall 
of     1953.     183;     commissions    granted, 

1954.  184;  all  Juniors  at  Ft.  Sill  sum- 
mer 1854,  184;  ten  cadets  honored, 
October,  1954,  184;  Veterans  Day  ob- 
served, November  11,  1954,  184;  Corps 
sponsors  announced,  1954-55,  184-5; 
cadets  selected  for  commissions,  185; 
crack  drill  team  at  Stanford,  Ken- 
tucky, 185;  commissions  granted.  May, 

1955.  185-6;  Juniors  at  Camp  Camp- 
bell, 1955,  186;  high  ranking  at  Ft. 
Sill,  186;  cadet  officers  for  1855-56, 
187;  sponsors  for  1955-56,  187;  16 
cadets  honored,  October,  1955.  187;  8 
cadet  officers  given  commissions.  188; 
plans  to  defend  the  campus.  188;  the 
tallest  color  guard.  188;  annual  inspec- 
tion.   189;    all    Juniors    at    Ft.    Meade, 

1956.  189;  record  enrollment.  190;  in- 
spection of.  second.  171;  third  annual 
awards.  173;  Corps  Day.  1942,  176; 
annual  inspection,  180;  excellent  rat- 
ings, 1947-48.  180;  cadet  officers 
named,    fall.    1950.    180;    sponsors    for 

1951.  180;  graduation  excercises.  May, 
1951.  182;  sponsors  for  1951.  182;  an- 
nual inspection.  1956.  189;  illustration 
of  Company  E..  193;  on  review.  192; 
first  staffs.  191;  of  staff.  1955,  191; 
of  staff  1957,  192;  chap.  XIII,  by  Col. 
Alden  O.  Hatch.  PMST.  Major  Paul 
E.  Meyers,  Ass't  PMST,  Capt.  Ernest 
H.  Morgan.  168 

Rumbold.  Dean,  war  service,  200 

Rural  Education,  curriculum  for  degree 
in,  94;  Model  rural  school  built,  94, 
278;  requireinents  for  training  teach- 
ers. 279 

Rush.  Ruby.  Latin  staff.  68 

Russell.  Miss  Helen,  physical  education 
staff,  297 

Salle,  Lowell  C,  commissioned,  188 

Samson,  Flem  D.,  Regent,  28 

Samuels,  Tom  C,  on  All  Big  Ten  Con- 
ference team.  156;  succeeded  Rankin, 
156;    changed  from  science  to  health 


356 


and  physical  education,  301;  resigned, 
301 

Saufley,  Judge  M.  C,  scliolarly  article 
of,  3-4 

Schnabl,  Henri,  director  of  first  Foster 
Music  Camp,  33;  composed  music 
"Hail,  Hail  Eastern  Maroons,"  248 

Schnieb.  Dr.  Anna  A.,  organizer  of 
Open  Forum.  133:  established  student 
Loan  Fund,  133;  founder  of  Kentucky 
Junior  Academy  of  Science  and  the 
Junior  Science  Bulletin,  343;  her  Ed- 
ucational    Science     Laboratory,     343; 

Science  Building,  20 

Science  Instruction,  organized  in  three 
divisions,  337-8;  enlarged  staff,  339; 
as  affected  in  atomic  age,  340;  grad- 
uates, in  medicine,  industry,  research, 
340-341;  expanded  facilities,  341-342 

Scott,  Mrs.  Mamie  West,  rural  demon- 
stration  school,   68 

Scudder,  Dr.  J.  D.,  first  physician  em- 
ployed, 300 

Secondary  Education,  requirements  for 
training  of  teachers  for,  279;  offerings 
since  1952,  280;  nuinber  of  graduates 
in  academic  fields,  280 

Seeholtz,  Arthur,  contribution  to  the 
museum.  Ill 

Seevers,  Mrs.  Blanche,  director  of  A 
Capella  Choir,  129 

Shackelford,  W.  Rodes,  aid  in  obtaining 
normals.  5;  desired  normal  for  Rich- 
mond,  5 

Sharon,  J.  A.,  acting  principal  of  Model 
School,  79;  county  institute  work, 
224;  in  history,  304;  taught  first 
mathematics,   320 

Sharp,  J.  Wilbur,  early  voice  teacher, 
325 

Sigma  Tau  Pi,   illustration  of,  271 

Simpson,  Miss  Marietta,  violin  teacher. 
332 

Sizemore,  Julius.  Ill 

S  L.  foreign  language  club,  organized, 
130 

Slater,  Miss  Elvelyn,  home  economics 
staff,  313 

Smith,  G.  D.,  interest  in  agriculture, 
117,  119;  encouraged  production  of 
fruit,  117;  employed  as  roving  am- 
bassador, 223;  co-founder  of  YMCA 
and  YWCA,  232 

Smith-Chestnut,  Mrs.  Lillian,  article  in 
Eastern  Review,  327 

Smythe,  Major  General  George  W., 
visit,   184 

Snov^r,  Mrs.  J.  Q.,  bookmobile,  102 

Snowden,  James  G.,  psychology  staff, 
68 

Spencer,  Lyle  M.,  "Reading,"  quote,  103 

Spencer,  Dr.  Virginia,  dean  of  women, 
50;  taught  in  Model  School,  79;  taught 
history,  304 

Squires,  R.  Dean,  director  of  extension, 
51.  226 

"Songs  of  Eastern,"  compiled  by  J.  E. 
Van  Peursem,  248 

Sory,  Mrs.  Robert,  director  of  civic 
chorus,   327 


Soutliern  School  Journal,  The,  service 
of.  3 

Sprague,  Dr.  William  A.,  psychology 
staff,  68 

Stafford.  Leonard  C,  chairman  of  mili- 
tary    ball     committee,     1938-39,     172 

Standard  tests,  95 

Starkey,  Col.  John  R.,  replaces  Major 
Hugh  P.  Adams,  174;  announces  12 
cadets  who  received  high  ratings, 
174-5;  announces  new  cadet  rankings, 
175;   retires  1944.  178 

Starns.  H.  Dudley,  first  president  of 
Alumni   Association,  251 

Stateland  Farm  named,  119;  sold,  120 

S  T  D.  honorary  in  literature,  130 

Stephen  Collins  Foster  Music  Camp,  due 
to  vision  of  President  H.  L.  Donovan, 
331;  first  director,  331;  national  repu- 
tation, 331 

Stephens,  Sydney,  member  of  inathe- 
matics   staff.   322 

Stewart.  John  Orr,  edited  "Official 
Book  of  Songs,"  247;  director  of 
music,  327 

Stimson.  Henry  L.,  suspends  R  O  T  C 
Camp,   175 

Stocker,  William,  author  of  chaps.  IX, 
XXI;  sponsor  of  Society  of  the  Plow, 
130 

Stone.  Thomas,  violin  teacher,  332;  war 
service.   200 

Story.  Virginia  F..  Elementary  Critic.  68 
Stott,  Roscoe  Gilmore,  English  De- 
partment,  282 

Stout.  Judge  R.  S.,  denies  injunction, 
11 

S  T  P.  of  commerce  department,   131 

Student,  The,  early  student  publication, 
245 

Student  Council,  attempted  organiza- 
tion,   133;    realized,    133;    purpose,   133 

Student  Handbook,  The.  247 

Student  Music  Committee,  sponsored  by 
Mrs.    Katherine   H.   Chenault,    134 

Student  Union  Building,  The  Keen 
Johnson,   19 

Sullivan  Hall,   25 

Sullivan,  Jere  A.,  part  in  legislation  for 
normal  schools.  5,  8,  14,  26;  Sullivan 
Hall  named  for,  25 

Swimming  Club  or  K  S,  131 

Swinford,  Willard  E.,  in  woodwork  and 
drawing.  318 

Tables  pertaining  to  faculty,  59.  60,  61, 

62 
Talisman,    The,    117,    247;    successor    of 

Student,  245 
Tarwater,  William,  band  director,  332 
Taxation    No    Tyranny,    Dr.    Johnson's, 

197 
Taylor,    Jackson    A.,    agriculture    staff, 

68 
Taylor,  Lt.  Col.  John  O.,  PMST,  178 
Teacher  Placement  Bureau,  transferred 

to  In-Service,  227 
Teater,    Miss    Ida    Pearl,     Model    High 

English,  68 
Telford,  Miss  Brown  E.,  piano  teacher, 

326 


357 


Telford  House.  The,  330 

"The  Spirit  of  Democracy,"  a  pageant 
by  Englisli  students,  284 

Thomas,  Masrter  Sergeant  Daniel  C, 
becomes  major,  180 

Three  Decades  of  Progress,  mentioned, 
1,  n.  1;  quotation  from,  43;  mentioned 
with  editor,  249 

"Three  Musketeers,"   155 

Townsend,  John  Wilson,  collection  of 
Kentuckiana  purchased,  98;  Kentucky 
in  American  Letters,  98 

Training  School,  The,  established,  79; 
location,  85;  library,  86,  97;  study  of 
foreign  languages,  87;  room  at  P.A.C. 
Infirmary,  89;  director,  92;  observa- 
tion plan,  92-93;  gardens,  117-18;  a 
manuel,  147;  enrollments,  79,  277; 
report  to  A  C  E,  248 

Tinder,  Rev.  Frank  N.,  founder  of 
Disciple  Student  Fellowship,  232 

Travels  of  the  Jesuits,  John  Lockman's, 
107,  n.   2 

Traynor-Smith,  Mrs.  Mary,  music  teach- 
er, 331 

Treasurers  of  the  College,  likenesses  of, 
41 

"Trial  by  Jury,"  presented,  330 

Trojan  Women,  staged  by  the  S  L  Club, 
130 

Turley,  R.  E.,  treasurer,  30 

Turley,  Spears,  treasurer,  30 

Tweddell,  Cadet  Major  Johnny  B.,  Com- 
mander of  Military  Band,  190 

Tyng,  Mrs.  Julian,  education  staff,  68; 
co-author  chap.  XI,   138 

University  of  Kentucky,  created,  13;  at 
cross   purposes   with  the  normals,    13 

Van  Horn,  Miss  Ruth,  home  economics 

teacher,   313 
Van  Peursem,  James  E.,  head  of  Music 

Department,    129;    post-war   over   seas 

instruction,    201;    compiled    "Songs   of 

Eastern,"  248;  author  of  chap.  XXXV, 

325 
Vaughan,  Judge  Fred  A.,  26 
Venettozzi,   Mrs.   Vasile,   voice   teacher, 

333 
Venettozzi,   Victor,   sponsor   of   O   A   K, 

132;  faculty  advisor  of  Veterans  Club, 

135;  gifts  to  museum.  111 
Verich,  Miss  Duna,  art  teacher,  268 
Veterans  Club,  135;   faculty  advisor  of, 

135 
Vicksbiurg  Citizen,   110 
Voyages,  George  Shelvocke's,  107 


Walker,  Samuel,  85;  mathematics  staff, 
69 

Walters  Collegiate  Institute,  7,  18;  prop- 
erty leased,  81;  example  of  private 
school,   95 

War  casualties,  196,  203,  204;  likenesses, 
210-215 

War  service  of  faculty,  200 

War  memorials,  207-8 

Watson,  Miss  Charlotte,  on  physical  ed- 
ucation staff,  299 

Watts,  Miss  Emma,  gives  catalog  of  old 
books,   106 

Watts,  rural  training  school,  94 

Weaver  award,   314 

Weaver,  Charles  F.,  Regent,  29;  like- 
ness, 32 

Weaver  Health  Building  erected,  297; 
adequate  facilities,  298;  gymnasium 
enlarged,  298 

Whalin,  Ralph  W.,  co-author  of  chap. 
XXXII;  war  service,  200;  head  of 
Industrial  Arts  Department,   318 

Whitehead,  Lt.  Guy,  replaced  Capt. 
Reeves,  177 

Whitehead,  Mrs.  Guy,  library  staff,  69 

Whitt,  A.  L.,  biology  staff,  69 

Wickersham,  Arthur  L.,  mathematics 
staff,  69 

Wilcox,  Col.  Frank  H.,  Jr.,  gifts  to  Di- 
rector of  museum.  111;  Cadet  Lt.  Col., 
173;  Second  Lieut.,  U.  S.  Artillery, 
173;  composed  "Hail,  Hail,  Eastern 
Maroons,"  208 

Willard,  Major  Frank  E.,  PMST,  178; 
appoints  cadet  staff  for  1947,  179 

Williams,  Miss  Martha,  on  physical  ed- 
ucation staff,  299 

Wilson,  Clyde,  director  of  physical  ed- 
ucation, 296 

Wilson,  Jr.,  M.  Glenn,  English  and 
speech,  69 

Wingo,  Miss  Germania  J.,  Elementary 
Training  School  critic,  69 

Woman's  Auxiliary  Training  Corps 
(WACS),  coming  of,  101;  discontin- 
ued, 178;  training  on  campus,  197; 
illustration  of,  217 

Women's  Clubs.  Federation  of,  13 

Women's  Residence  Hall  Organization, 
134 

Women's  Recreation  Association,  131 

Woods,  Mayor  Clarence  E.,  8,  9,  10 

Woods,  Mrs.  Rice,  loans  to  museum,  113 

World  Affairs  Club,  130;  operates  In- 
ternational Relations  Center,  289 

Yoxing,  Dr.  Stephanie,  college  physician, 
301 


358 


Part  II  concerns  such  credit 
curricular  subjects  as  "Agricul- 
ture", "Art",  "Commerce",  Edu- 
cation", "English",  "History", 
"Geography  and  Geology",  "In- 
dustrial Arts",  "Language", 
"Mathematics",  "Military  Sci- 
ence", "Music",  and  "Science". 

The  book  is  profusely  illus- 
trated. The  chapter  on  "The  War 
Years",  for  example,  is  followed 
by  the  likenesses  from  original 
photographs  of  fifty-two  casu- 
alties of  World  War  II. 


/ 


The  Open  Air  Amphitheatre,  E.  K.  S.  C. 


FIVE  DECADES  OF  PROGRESS  contains  much  of  the  earlier  history  of 
the  College,  THREE  DECADES  OF  PROGRESS,  which  was  published  by 
Eastern  in  1936.  The  second  volume,  pubhshed  in  1957,  is  an  account  of  the 
growth  and  achievements  of  this  higher  institution  of  learning  from  its  inception, 
in  1904,  to  its  present  flourishing  condition,  with  an  enrollment  of  more  than 
2,700  college  students  (September,  1957)  and  a  graduating  class  (for  1958),  in- 
cluding graduate  students,  of  more  than  six  hundred.  The  contents  of  the  book 
are,  in  fact,  a  considerable  chapter  in  the  history  of  education  in  Kentucky.